Anx - B - Technical Specification, No. SR-152 PDF

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD
PLANNING DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNOLOGY DIVISION

RE LI AB ILI T Y AN D H. V. EQ U I P ME NT D E P A RT ME NT
SPECIFICATION
SR-152
FOR
30MVA MOBILE SUBSTATIONS
161/24-36KV
JUNE 2017
ANNEXURE “B” AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-152
SPECIFICATION
SR- 152
FOR
30MVA MOBILE SUBSTATIONS
161/24-36KV
B-2
ANNEXURE “B” AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPEC IFICATION SR -152
1. PURCHASER: 10
2. NAME OF PROJECT 10
3. LOCATION 10
4. SCOPE OF WORK 10
4.1. ITEM 1 10
4.1.1. Alternative 1: 10
4.1.2. Alternative 2: 10
4.2. ITEM 2 – Main power transformer 30MVA 161/36-24kV Dyn11 (see
clause ‎13) 10
4.3. ITEM 3 – M.V. Surge Arrester (see clause ‎13‎14): 10
4.4. ITEM 4 – Cubicles installed in air conditioned outdoor L.V. Container
on mobile substation trailer (see clause ‎15), including: 11
4.5. ITEM 5 – DC supply for services installed in air conditioned outdoor
L.V. Container (see clause ‎16), including: 11
4.6. ITEM 6 – Seven (7) bays 36kV metal enclosed SF6 gas insulated
installed in air-conditioned outdoor mobile M.V. Container on mobile substation
trailer (see clause ‎17), including: 11
4.7. ITEM 7 – The Neutral Switchgear SF6 gas insulated in M.V. Container
on the mobile substation, (See Clause ‎18), including: 11
4.8. ITEM 8 – Neutral Earthing system for outdoor application (See
Clause ‎19), including: 11
4.9. ITEM 9 – 2 x 4 [MVAR] 36kV Capacitor Bank (See Clause ‎20) 12
4.10. ITEM 10 – Electrical Power Protections (See Clause ‎21) 12
4.11. ITEM 11 – Fire Protection Measures (See Clause ‎22) 12
4.12. ITEM 12 – Security Alarm System (See Clause ‎23) 12
4.13. ITEM 13 – Earthing System(See Clause ‎24) 12
4.14. ITEM 14 – Cables (See Clause ‎25) 12
4.15. ITEM 15 – Semitrailers "A" and “B” (See Clause ‎26) 12
4.16. SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS (see Clause ‎29‎29) 12
4.17. MANUFACTURER 13
5. TERMINAL POINTS & TERMINAL CONNECTION 13
6. CYBER & INFORMATION SECURITY 13
7. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND QUALITY CONTROL 14
7.1. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 14
B-3
7.2. QUALITY CONTROL 14

7.3. INTERCHANGEABILITY 15
8. STANDARDS AND CODES 15
9. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION 16
9.1. GENERAL 16
9.2. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS ATTACHED TO PROPOSAL 17
9.3. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS TO DELIVER AFTER AWARD NOTIFICATION 29
10. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS & SERVICE CONDITIONS 38
10.1. SERVICE CONDITIONS 38
10.2. RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY & MAITAINABILITY (RAM) 43
10.3. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 43
11. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 44
12. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ITEM 1 48
12.2. STANDARDS AND CODES 48
12.3. PROPERTIES 51
12.4. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 56
12.5. TESTS 147
12.6. ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE 164
13. SPECIFICATION FOR ITEM 2 - POWER TRANSFORMER 172
13.3. PROPERTIES 175
13.5. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 243
14.3. RATING 264
14.4. PROTECTIVE LEVELS 265
14.6. TESTS & INSPECTIONS 272
15.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 273
B-4
15.2. ITEM 4.1 – CUBICLE FOR CONTROL AND MEASURING EQUIPMENT FOR
OPERATION 170kV SF6 SWITCHGEAR AND ALARM PANEL 277
15.3. ITEM 4.2 – CUBICLE FOR PROTECTIVE RELAYING EQUIPMENT OF
POWER TRANSFORMER 279
15.4. ITEM 4.3 – CUBICLE FOR A.C. AND D.C SUPPLY 282
15.5. ITEM 4.4 – CUBICLE FOR NATIONAL CONTROL CENTER (NCC) RTU 287
15.6. ITEM 4.5 – CUBICLE FOR COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT 289
15.7. ITEM 4.6 – SPACE FOR CUBICLE REGIONAL DISPATCH CENTER (RDC) 290
16.1. ITEM 5.1 – REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY 292
16.2. ITEM 5.2 – REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY CHARGER 295
17.5. TESTS & INSPECTIONS 363
17.6. ELECTROMAGNETIC PLUSE 363
18.5. TESTS 383
18.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF MEASURES 383
19.5. TESTS 438
19.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF RESILIENCE MEASURES 448
B-5

20.5. TESTS 474
20.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF RESILIENCE MEASURES 478
24.1. PRPERTIES OF M.V. CABLES 514
24.2. Design and Construction 518
24.3. Tests 523
24.4. PRPERTIES OF H.V. 170KV CABLES 523
25. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EARTHING - ITEM 14 529
26. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SEMITRAILERS - ITEM 15 531
26.1. General Requirements 531
26.2. On Semitrailer “A” 531
26.3. On Semitrailer “B” 531
27. INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING 533
28. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE 536
28.1. SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear 536
28.2. Power Transformer 539
28.3. Petersen Coil 540
28.4. Other equipment 541
29. SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS 543
30. NAMEPLATES AND MARKING 545
B-6
30.1. General Requirements 545

30.2. Power Transformer nameplate: 546
30.3. Petersen Coil nameplate: 546
30.4. One line diagram nameplate on GIS: 546
30.5. SF6 Gas system nameplate: 547
30.6. Circuit breaker nameplates: 547
30.7. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches nameplate: 548
30.8. Current transformers nameplates: 548
30.9. Voltage transformers nameplates: 549
30.10. Composite insulator nameplate: 549
30.11. Surge Arresters nameplates: 549
30.12. Capacitor Units: 550
30.13. Capacitor Banks: 550
30.14. L.V. Cubicles: 550
31. PACKING AND DELIVERY 551
32. STORAGE AND HANDLING 555
33. NOTES 556
33.1. Evaluation 556
33.2. Comments by Contractor on Annexure “B” 557
33.3. Deviations from Requirements 558
33.4. Conformity with Proposal Documents 559
B-7
APPENDIXES
A1 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
A2 SPECIFICATION FOR PAINTING ON GALVANIZED SURFACES BY WET OR

ELECTROSTATIC POWDER PAINTING
A3 TYPE TEST REPORTS
A4 ON-SITE HV TEST PROGRAM FOR 170 KV GIS FOR MOBILE SUBSTATION
A5 LIST OF MINIMUM CONTROL, FAULT SIGNALS AND ALARMS
A6 SYBER REQUIREMENTS
A7 EPD-A.03 CONTROL CUBICLE ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS
A8 STATIC CALCULATION OF STRESSES ON SILICON RUBBER SF6/AIR BUSHING
A9 MAIN ANTI-CORROSION COATINGS IN GIS
B1 BUSHINGS REQUIREMENTS
B2 RELIABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF 33MVA POWER

TRAMSFORMERS FOR SUBSTATIONS
B3 MINERAL INSULATING OIL SUPPLIED FOR/WITHIN ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
B4 SELF INDICATING ORANGE SILICA GEL FOR USE AS DESICCANT IN

TRANSFORMER AIR DEHYDRATORS
B5 TESTS ON SITE
B6 SPECIFICATION FOR COATING GALVANIZED TIN OR ALUMINUM CABINETS BY

LIQUID OR POWDER COATING
B7 SPECIFICATION FOR COATING REQUIREMENTS OF POWER TRANSFORMERS

AND/OR PETERSEN COIL
B8 REPORT OF SOUND PRESSURE/INTENSITY LEVEL MEASUREMENT AND SOUND

POWER CALCULATION
B9 CONTRACTOR’S TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
B10 PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING OF NON-CONFORMANCES
B11 DESIGN REVIEW FOR TRANSFORMER ENGINEERING
C1 COMMANDS
C2 INDICATIONS
C3 ALARMS
B-8
C4 MEASURING
C5 TRANSDUCERS
D1 PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
D2 TIME SYNCHRONIZATION
D3 FREQUENCY RELAY
D4 MV BAY PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
TR031 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PURCHASE OF SEMITRAILERS FOR

TRANSFORMER MOBILE STATION
Y1 PROTECTIVE REQUIREMENTS' DESIGN FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH

RESPECT TO ELECTRIC FIELDS INTERFERENCE
B-9
1. PURCHASER:
The Israel Electric Corporation Limited (IECo)
2. NAME OF PROJECT
30 MVA Mobile Substations 161/36-24kV
3. LOCATION
I.E.Co. transmission electrical power network 161 kV
4. SCOPE OF WORK
Design, develop, manufacture, cooperate with others where necessary, factory test,
supply all relevant information necessary - for all purposes linked with the
manufacture, supply, commissioning, maintenance and proper operation of 30MVA
161/36-24kV Mobile Substation (see drawing EVK-8478 on page 47), take all
necessary steps for suitable preserving and packing thereof furnish recommended
spare parts and complete set of maintenance and repair tools, tests and verify
equipment on site, provide technical guidance and assistance, as required, all in
accordance with this Specification as detailed hereunder
4.1. ITEM 1
170kV Outdoor SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear for Mobile substation
mounted on a high way semitrailers connecting between 161kV Over-
Head line and primary side of power transformer according to the one
line diagram SP-1010-01 in the following alternatives (see clause ‎12):
4.1.1. Alternative 1:
170kV Outdoor SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear three phases encapsulated
in two (2) options of connection to Power transformer (Z1):
 Option A: Three (3) single-phase cable connections.
 Option B: Three (3) single-phase direct connections
4.1.2. Alternative 2:
170kV Outdoor SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear single phase encapsulated
in two (2) options of connection to Power transformer (Z1):
 Option A: Three (3) single-phase cable connections.
 Option B: Three (3) single-phase direct connections.
4.2. ITEM 2 – Main power transformer 30MVA 161/36-24kV Dyn11 (see
clause ‎13)
4.3. ITEM 3 – M.V. Surge Arrester (see clause ‎13‎14):

Item 3.1 Three (3) Metal oxide gapless surge arrester at 33 kV voltage
level
Item 3.2 One (1) Metal oxide gapless surge arrester at 20.78 kV voltage
level
B - 10
4.4. ITEM 4 – Cubicles installed in air conditioned outdoor L.V. Container on

mobile substation trailer (see clause ‎15), including:
Item 4.1 – Control and metering equipment necessary for operation of
170kV SF6 switchgear, visual alarm signals
Item 4.2 - Protective relaying equipment of power transformer
Item 4.3 - Control and metering for AC and DC auxiliaries supply
Item 4.4 – RTU unit for National Control Center (NCC)
Item 4.5 – Communication equipment
Item 4.6 – Junction box Regional dispatch center (RDC)
4.5. ITEM 5 – DC supply for services installed in air conditioned outdoor L.V.
Container (see clause ‎16), including:
Item 5.1 - DC Battery
Item 5.2 - Battery Charger 45A 60Vdc/400Vac
4.6. ITEM 6 – Seven (7) bays 36kV metal enclosed SF6 gas insulated installed
in air-conditioned outdoor mobile M.V. Container on mobile substation
trailer (see clause ‎17), including:
Item 6.1 - One (1) bay 36kV - 1250A for 36kV incoming feeder connecting
to secondary side of main power transformer
Item 6.2 – One (1) bay 36kV - 1250A busbar coupler
Item 6.3 – One (1) bay 36kV - 630A capacitors bank
Item 6.4 – One (1) bay 36kV - 630A outgoing lines, two (2) cables in each
phase
phase
phase
phase
4.7. ITEM 7 – The Neutral Switchgear SF6 gas insulated in M.V. Container on
the mobile substation, (See Clause ‎18), including:
Item 7.1 – One (1) 36/√3kV bay, 400A, for connection to Petersen Coil
and to Neutral Point of power transformer
Item 7.2 – One (1) 36/√3kV bay, 400A, for connection to earthing system
4.8. ITEM 8 – Neutral Earthing system for outdoor application (See
Clause ‎19), including:
Item 8.1 – 36-24kV Petersen Coil with continuously adjustable rated
current 15Amp to 150Amp, with restricted dimensions and
weight
Item 8.2 – Resistor Switching System (RSS) included in outdoor metal
clad cabinet
B - 11
Item 8.3 – Automatic Resonance Controller (ARC) for automatic tuning of

the coil inductive current (OPTIONAL)
Item 8.4 – Current Injection Unit (CIU) into secondary winding of
Petersen Coil (OPTIONAL)
4.9. ITEM 9 – 2 x 4 [MVAR] 36kV Capacitor Bank (See Clause ‎20)
4.10. ITEM 10 – Electrical Power Protections (See Clause ‎21)
4.11. ITEM 11 – Fire Protection Measures (See Clause ‎22)
4.12. ITEM 12 – Security Alarm System (See Clause ‎23)
4.13. ITEM 13 – Earthing System(See Clause ‎24)
4.14. ITEM 14 – Cables (See Clause ‎25)
4.15. ITEM 15 – Semitrailers "A" and “B” (See Clause ‎26)
4.16. SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS (see Clause ‎29)
B - 12
REQUIRED OFFERED
4.17. MANUFACTURER
4.17.1. Contractor's name and address (if it is different from

Manufacturer’s)
4.17.2. Manufacturer's name and address
4.17.3. Type of the Mobile Substation (denomination)
4.17.4. Manufacturer’s offer number
4.17.5. Contractor’s proposal number
4.17.6. Validity of proposal
4.17.7. Period time of supplying which begins on order

receiving time and ends on products delivery time
4.17.8. The offered type of Mobile Substation shall be a proven

design (not a prototype) and high experience in work ©
(Manufacturer’s declaration)
4.17.9. List of all subcontractors or sub suppliers including

name, address and status of QMS versus ISO
9001:2015 (see ‎7.1 below) standards and attach a copy
of their QMS certificate
4.17.10. List of subcontractors shall be approved by

Purchaser
5. TERMINAL POINTS & TERMINAL CONNECTION

The Mobile Substation will be installed outdoor, in conjunction with overhead
transmission lines and XLPE cables, for connection with substations in 161 kV
electric power systems
6. CYBER & INFORMATION SECURITY

The proposed Mobile Substation shall applied the data security requirements,
measures and appropriate procedures security to prevent the exposure of the
company's critical infrastructures, exposure to information security risks, as well as to
prevent access by unauthorized parties requirements as required in Appendix A6
B - 13
7. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND QUALITY CONTROL

7.1. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
7.1.1. The Contractor and its main subcontractors shell have a Quality Management
System (QMS) certified at least to ISO 9001:2015 requirements.
7.1.2. A valid certification , demonstrating compliance with this requirement ,
granted by a Certification Body (CB) which is a part of or belong to an
International Certification Network of CB's , should be submitted to Purchaser
with the bid.
7.1.3. The CB should be accredited by an Accreditation Body which is a member of
the International Accreditation Forum Multilateral Arrangement (IAF MLA).
7.1.4. The Certificate should bare the marks of the CB, the above indicated
Certification Network of CB's and its Accreditation Body.
7.1.5. The scope of activities indicated in the certificate of the QMS, should
specifically cover the scope of work required by the tender/spec. (i.e. design,
testing and manufacturing).
7.1.6. Further to the Contractor's QMS certification by any certification body, the
Purchaser shall have the right to audit and comment about its QMS.
7.1.7. It is the Contractor's responsibility to assure that its sub contractor's and
supplier's QMS and scope of supply meet Purchaser's quality requirements
as imposed by the Purchaser in the Specification.
7.1.8. The selection of Contractor's subcontractors (for the contract) shall be
subjected to Purchaser's approval.
7.2. QUALITY CONTROL
7.2.1. The Bidder shall submit with his proposal a preliminary Inspection and Test
Plan (I&T Plan).
7.2.2. A mutually agreed Inspection Plan, including witness and hold points, shall be
agreed between Purchaser and Contractor. Any subsequent alternation to his
program shall require the Purchaser’s agreement, before starting of any work
affected by these alterations.
7.2.3. When subcontracting parts of the works, Contractor shall submit copies of his
unpriced orders to his subcontractors.
7.2.4. Test and Inspection certificates as required in the Specification and the
applicable Standards, shall be submitted immediately following their
generation. The certificates shall be original, signed by Contractor and contain
actual measured values. The generation of certificates, including those
generated by Subcontractors and sub-suppliers, shall be no extra cost to
Purchaser.
7.2.5. Manufacturing shall not commence prior to respective drawing approval by
the Purchaser.
7.2.6. Changes in Purchaser’s approved design are normally unaccepted. However,
should such changes become necessary on an exceptional basis, the
Contractor shall obtain the purchaser’s approval prior to introducing any
change
7.2.7. Any equipment non-conformance to drawings, Specification or other purchase
order requirements shall by solved according to the terms and requirement
included in APPENDIX B10 “PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING OF NON-
CONFORMANCES”.
7.2.8. Source inspection, including inspection of local manufacturing, shall be
conducting by proficient, approved organization or individuals, using
documented procedures. Any such independent inspector shall be subjected
to Purchaser’s approval.
B - 14
7.2.9. All materials used in the manufacture of the equipment shall conform to the
Specification, approved drawings, accepted Standards and quality
requirements included in APPENDIX A1".
7.3. INTERCHANGEABILITY
All Mobile Substation components of the same type and rating shall be respectively
interchangeable both electrically and mechanically and when so interchanged shall
perform their function equally well in every respect. All dismountable parts, of the
same type and rating, shall be also interchangeable for all Switchgear components
and, when so interchanged, shall perform their function equally well in every respect
8. STANDARDS AND CODES

8.1. All equipment shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the
requirements of the latest relevant published Recommendations of the
International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) and their amendments.
8.2. In case of contradiction between the requirements in this Specification and IEC
Publications in any respect, the equipment shall conform to the requirements in
this specification concerning that item.
8.3. All aspects, tests, etc., not covered by the IEC Recommendations, shall be
executed according to the latest published issue of official, or otherwise
approved standards of the Manufacturer's country. In such cases, the standards
themselves shall be supplied.
8.4. In case of updating, amending, replacing or withdrawing any mention standard,
after issuing this specification, the impact of these changing on the Specification
will be subjected to agreements between the Contractor and the Purchaser
8.5. For the purpose of this specification, the definitions listed in IEC 60050 (IEV) and
other IEC standards have been used
B - 15
9. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
Manufacturer's offered data and parameters should be filled in against purchaser's required
values – as well as in absence thereof under all relevant paragraphs in the free columns on
the right hand side. A definite answers (Yes or No) or appropriate comments shall be given
to other requirements.
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.1. GENERAL
9.1.1. This document contains proprietary information of

Israel Electric Corporation (I.E.Co.) and is to be
used for the Project and for the sole purpose for
which it is furnished. The recipient or anyone on its
behalf shall not be entitled to use the document, or
any part thereof, for any other purpose without the
prior written approval of I.E.Co. The recipient shall
keep this document in strict confidence and shall
not transfer, disclose or divulge it to any other
person without the prior written approval of I.E.Co.
I.E.Co. is the sole owner of all intellectual property
rights associated with this document and any
future work product thereof
©
9.1.2. Each of the design, supervising, operation and
maintenance electrical engineer teams of the main
equipment subsystems (HV GIS switchgear,
161/24 kV Transformer, MV switchgear, Digital
Equipment) will include at least one technical
English or Hebrew fluent speaking engineer during
all the equipment life (included subcontractors
when relevant)
©
9.1.3. Bidder must submit CV for each of the said
proposed Engineers, to be reviewed by IEC:
9.1.3.1. Each proposed Engineers must have at least

Bachelor of sciences degree in electricity
9.1.3.2. IEC reserves the right, at its sole discretion to

disapprove any of the proposed personnel or
to request the Bidder to replace any of them
9.1.3.3. In case of replacement of the proposed

Engineer during the Equipment life, the
Contractor will send to IEC his/her CV for
approval
B - 16
REQUIRED OFFERED
©
9.1.4. For the avoidance of doubt the documentation
should be written by a fluent English/Hebrew
speaker or translated by a certified skilled
translator
9.1.5. All dimensions shall be in metric units
9.1.6. All documents shall be submitted in DOCX or PDF

formats
9.1.7. All drawings shall be submitted in DWG or PDF

formats
9.1.8. All descriptive materials (lists, instruction books,

etc.) should be numbered and dated for easy
identification and reference purposes
9.1.9. Indicate for all requirements, number of drawing,

catalogues or other documents
9.1.10. During the tender process, IECo, on its own

discretion, may ask to receive additional technical
documents relevant to the bidder’s proposal. The
bidder will be obliged to submit the documents
according to a specified time.
9.2. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS ATTACHED TO

PROPOSAL
9.2.1. Documentation for all Items:
9.2.1.1. Dimension drawings giving principal

dimensions
9.2.1.2. Description and drawing of cubicles and wiring

diagrams and layout scheme
9.2.1.3. Description and explosion drawings of the

Items showing all components and
corresponding identification tag numbers
9.2.1.4. Operating Instructions of the Items under

various operating conditions
B - 17
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.1.5. Instruction Books shall include drawings,

diagrams and prescriptions required for:
 Assembly on site
 Commissioning and site testing
 Operation
 Maintenance
 Checking
 Overhauls, repairs
 Dismantling
 Information for ordering renewal parts
 Indication for storage before erection
under the environmental conditions as
specified in cl. ‎10.1
 Loading guide for the transformer
 Technical data for all the equipment
supplied within the contract
9.2.1.6. Drawing of the nameplate
9.2.1.7. Type test report for each ITEM including test

circuit, instruments used and description of
test method
9.2.1.8. Example of Routine tests reports
9.2.1.9. Example of Final factory test reports
9.2.1.10. Reliability and maintainability reports
9.2.1.11. Manufacturer is requested to fill in the

enclosed APPENDIX B2 "Reliability,
Maintainability, Safety (RMS)” based on
relevant information from users. Manufacturer
shall describe the system of relevant data
collection from users
9.2.1.12. Customer list for each ITEM of offered type for

the last five (5) years (include date of supply,
quantity, electrical ratings)
9.2.1.13. Specification of the Manufacturer's Coating

system
9.2.1.14. List of external metal parts which should be

painted including and painting instruction for
purchaser approval
B - 18
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.1.15. List of accessories and fittings with short

description, technical data, software
specifications (where applicable) and
catalogues
9.2.1.16. Drawings and description of packing and

handling for each ITEM
9.2.1.17. List of all items to be shipped separately for

field assembly
9.2.1.18. Manufacturer shall provide with his offer a

detailed description of his methods used to
reduce or eliminate electrical and
electromagnetic interference chosen on the
basis of EMC analysis
9.2.1.19. Manufacturer shall provide with his offer a list

of test equipment for EMC tests on site
9.2.1.20. Description of corrosion protection of

equipment
9.2.1.21. Quality Management manual
9.2.1.22. Certificate of Approval of the Quality

Management System (see sub-clause ‎7.1)
according to the ISO 9001:2015 Standard by
an authorized inspection agency
9.2.1.23. Quality control plan
9.2.1.24. Quality plan during manufacturing
9.2.1.25. Inspection and Test Plan
9.2.1.26. Inspection and test procedures
9.2.1.27. Design control procedures
9.2.1.28. Acceptance test procedures for material and

sub-assemblies
9.2.1.29. Qualification of Subcontractor's Procedure
B - 19
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.1.30. List of qualified suppliers of the most important

parts and components (if applicable)
9.2.1.31. Nonconformance and corrective action

procedures
9.2.1.32. A list of special tools for installation,

commissioning, maintenance and repair
operations (including total quantities, number
of catalogue and itemized prices)
9.2.1.33. A list of recommended spare parts including

total quantities, manufacturer name, number of
catalog, itemized prices and storage
conditions
9.2.1.34. A list of all parts which could wear out after 5

years, 10 years and 20 years of operation
according to Manufacturer or user experience
(including total quantities, manufacturer name,
number of catalog, itemized prices and
storage conditions)
9.2.1.35. Details about installation safety rules for

handling and protection against arc (gas and
solid) decomposition by products, disposal
procedures for SF6 equipment, maintenance
procedures, tests and trouble shooting
9.2.1.36. Contractor's declaration that his specialists will

participate in all meetings in Israel required by
Purchaser during technical clarification as well
as during performing the contract
9.2.1.37. Details about environmental management

system (EMS) according to ISO 14001
9.2.1.38. An environmental product declaration (EPD)

approved and certified by an Accredited
Certification body. The calculation will take into
consideration the requirements for EPD
according to ISO 14025.
9.2.1.39. Manufacturer shall provide with his offer a

detailed description of his methods used to
reduce or eliminate EMP (electromagnetic
pulse) and GMD (geomagnetic disturbance)
chosen on the basis of analysis
B - 20
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.1.40. Manufacturer shall provide with his offer a list

of test equipment for EMP and GMD tests on
site
9.2.1.41. A detailed schedule of Training Course on

proposed Items for Purchaser's personal
9.2.2. Additional Documentation for Item 1 & 6 & 7 (HV &

MV GIS1):
9.2.2.1. One line diagram of HV outdoor SF6 insulated

switchgear
9.2.2.2. General arrangement of HV outdoor SF6

insulated switchgear and gas system
compartments
9.2.2.3. Plans, elevations and cross-sections of HV

outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear
9.2.2.4. Physical details of HV outdoor SF6 insulated

switchgear
9.2.2.5. Description and drawing of the support

insulators
9.2.2.6. Description and drawing of air/SF6 bushing

from bushing Manufacturer (silicon rubber
bushing)
9.2.2.7. Description and drawing of the pressure relief

device
9.2.2.8. Certificate of SF6 gas non-toxicity
9.2.2.9. SF6 gas recycling guide
9.2.2.10. Detailed vapor pressure graph showing the

relationship between the SF6 gas pressure,
temperature and density
9.2.2.11. Graph of current versus time for burn-through

of the enclosure at the weakest and strongest
areas, for short-circuit currents of fixed and
traveling types (including 50 kA)
1
In this clause, when written HV it means also to MV switchgear
B - 21
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.2.12. Manufacturer shall provide with his offer

general indications about the handling of SF6
arcing by-products with an assessment of their
effects on equipment and personnel and with
his requirements for dates of removal
9.2.2.13. Description of gas monitoring system
9.2.2.14. Assembly and details of the gas filling,

evacuating and processing equipment
9.2.2.15. Proposal for the basic earthing system of HV

outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear and all the
supplied equipment
9.2.2.16. Diagram and information on the character and

functioning of interlocks
9.2.2.17. Description of measuring units supplied by

Manufacturer with all data
9.2.2.18. Assembly of local control panels
9.2.2.19. Wiring diagrams of HV outdoor SF6 insulated

switchgear and of the local control panels
9.2.2.20. Description of all measuring control and

protective relaying equipment
9.2.2.21. Drawings depicting the interlock system
9.2.2.22. Thermal calculation of the cubicle ventilation

for heat evacuation
9.2.2.23. Contact movement diagram for auxiliary switch
9.2.2.24. Details of connections to the overhead line
9.2.2.25. Details of cables connections to the

transformer
9.2.2.26. Details of direct connections to the transformer
9.2.2.27. Arrangement and details of the structural

support steelworks
B - 22
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.2.28. Support point reactions, including download,

uplift, shear and torque for HV outdoor SF6
insulated switchgear and supporting structures
9.2.2.29. Description, cross sections and explosion

drawings showing all components and the
corresponding catalogue number of:
9.2.2.29.1. Circuit breakers
9.2.2.29.2. Disconnectors
9.2.2.29.3. Earthing Switches
9.2.2.29.4. Current Transformers
9.2.2.29.5. Voltage Transformers
9.2.2.29.6. Surge Arresters
9.2.2.29.7. Cable connections to transformer
9.2.2.29.8. Direct connection to transformer
9.2.2.30. Description of the breaking process of high

and low currents by circuit breaker
9.2.2.31. Description, drawing and contact movement

diagram under rated conditions for main
contacts of the:
9.2.2.32. Description and schematic drawing of the

operating mechanism of the:
B - 23
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.2.33. Description and drawing of inspection windows

and complete documentation on the links and
mechanical position indicators for earthing
switches
9.2.2.34. A front view of LCC including type of

equipment mounted in LCC (alarm indication,
measuring indication, bay control unit, local
bay control mimic and interposing relays etc.)
including type of equipment mounted in LCC
9.2.2.35. Catalogue of pressure and temperature

transducers
9.2.2.36. Magnetizing curves for current and voltage

transformers
9.2.2.37. Installation and commissioning plan including

man power diagram
9.2.2.38. HV test on site program of GIS
9.2.2.39. Requirements by Manufacturer for opening the

switchgear for maintenance or repair work.
User guidance on the methods of achieving
the removal of any defective component with
the minimum disturbance to the adjacent
components
9.2.2.40. In addition Manufacturer is requested to fill in

the enclosed RAMS Appendix B2 based on
relevant information from users. Manufacturer
shall describe the system of relevant data
collection from users
9.2.2.41. A list of all gaskets and sealing rings in GIS

including location, dimensions, compound
denomination, number of catalogue, resilience
properties, hardness and duration of
conservation in storage without loss of
qualities
9.2.2.42. A list of all bolts used in GIS including

dimensions, number of catalogue, material,
type of thread, maximum torque for fastening
B - 24
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.2.43. Type test report of accessories (circuit

breaker, disconnector, bushings, support
insulators, barrier, CT’s. VT's, relays,
instruments etc.) including test circuit,
instruments used and description of test
method
9.2.2.44. Instruction concerning disassembly and end of

life procedures for different components of the
equipment (composition, weight, toxicity, etc.)
9.2.3. Additional Documentation for Item 2 & 8 (Power

Transformer and Petersen Coil2):
9.2.3.1. Description of arrangement of windings and

core.(location of windings relative to the core)
9.2.3.2. Cross section through core and windings as

well as through core window with windings
installed, indicating clearances between
windings of the same phase, between
windings of different phases, to core etc. with
details on insulating materials, size of
insulation to core and areas with strengthened
insulation
9.2.3.3. Cross section drawing of transformer core

showing the selector switch and manholes
with approximate dimensions
9.2.3.4. External view, on transformer side on which

manholes are located, showing all external
accessories near the manholes
9.2.3.5. Description, technical data and catalogue of

on-load tap changer
9.2.3.6. Drawings and technical data of voltage

regulator
9.2.3.7. Description, technical data and catalogue of

monitoring system
9.2.3.8. Description of oil preservation system
2
In this clause, when written Transformer it means also to Arc Suppression Reactor
B - 25
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.3.9. Technical data of oil and oil test report
9.2.3.10. General information and drawings covering the

principle design of the cooling equipment.
Description of temperature actuating relays.
Temperature at which cooling equipment
starts and range of adjustment, power and
control voltage supply diagram, automatic
control diagram
9.2.3.11. Complete description of coolers and fans

including metal coating, painting and test
reports
9.2.3.12. Drawing and description of air drain system
9.2.3.13. Description and drawing of control box and list

of all measuring control and protective relaying
equipment included in control box
9.2.3.14. Description of protection devices and their

connection diagram
9.2.3.15. Drawings and technical data for each type of

bushings. (H.V., L.V., neutral and core)
9.2.3.16. Description, cross section, wiring diagram and

drawings of bushing CT’s
9.2.3.17. Drawings of transformer anchoring for anti-

seismic purposes
9.2.3.18. Information about design of structures and

foundation
9.2.3.19. Type tests of accessories (OLTC, bushings,

radiators, CT’s, voltage regulator, Buchholz
relay, etc.)
9.2.3.20. A list of all bolts used, including dimensions,

number of catalogue, material, type of thread,
maximum torque for fastening.
9.2.4. Additional Documentation for Item 9 (capacitor

bank)
9.2.4.1. Capacitor bank
B - 26
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.4.1.1. Descriptions, catalogues, data sheets and

drawings of switching modules, bushing,
support insulators
9.2.4.1.2. Layout drawing of the modules components

including compartments, windows and roof .
9.2.4.1.3. Description of a heating system of the

module
9.2.4.1.4. Description of a ventilation system of the

modules, or of other means to meet the
environmental conditions specified in
Clause ‎10.1 ‎including temperature
calculation on the top of the capacitor units
in the capacitor compartment
9.2.4.1.5. Description of the high temperature alarm

system
9.2.4.1.6. Service information concerning Installation,

Operation, Maintenance and Inspection of
metal-enclosed capacitor banks
9.2.4.1.7. General outline drawings with all the

relevant dimensions of the foundation
(including cable entrances) necessary for
fixing the capacitor module and switching
module as well as all the details concerning
the drainage system if Contractor considers
such a solution
9.2.4.1.8. Complete type test reports of switching

modules, bushing, support insulators
9.2.4.2. Capacitor Units

drawings of capacitor unit
9.2.4.2.2. A material safety data sheet for

impregnation fluid and other data
concerning the characteristics of the used
impregnate with regard to the environment
and available procedures for disposal of
unserviceable capacitor units
B - 27
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.4.2.3. A curve of average partial discharge

inception level versus dielectric temperature
in the dielectric
9.2.4.2.4. A curve of capacitor dielectric losses as a

function of ambient temperature
9.2.4.2.5. A curve of capacitance variation as a

function of ambient temperature
9.2.4.2.6. A test report, that confirms the value of

maximum parallel stored energy, the tank
must be capable of handling without rupture
hazard
9.2.4.2.7. Definite type tank rupture curve or, if the

curves are probability type curves, then
both 10% probability curve and 50%
probability curve shall be provided
9.2.4.2.8. Peak current measured during the

proposed capacitor unit discharge into the
short circuit across its terminals
9.2.4.2.9. Complete type test reports of capacitor unit
9.2.4.3. Current Transformer (CT) For Unbalance

Protection:

drawings as well as complete type test
reports of current transformer
9.2.4.3.2. Magnetizing curve
9.2.4.3.3. Characteristic ratio and phase - angle

curves at 50Hz
9.2.4.3.4. Complete technical description of the

transient overvoltage protective devices
connected across the primary and the
secondary sides of the CT
9.2.4.3.5. Complete type test report of the CT
9.2.4.4. Seismic Analysis
B - 28
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.2.4.4.1. Contractor is required to submit a seismic

analysis report to prove the qualification
level of each component according to IEEE
693/2005 Annex S
9.2.4.4.2. For capacitor module enclosure according

to IEEE 693/2005 Annex O
9.2.4.4.3. For protection and control chamber

according to IEEE 693/2005 Annex M
9.2.4.4.4. For circuit breaker according to IEEE

693/2005 Annex C
9.3. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS TO DELIVER AFTER

AWARD NOTIFICATION
9.3.1. Documentation for all Items:

3
2 months
9.3.1.1. After notification of award, Contractor shall,
submit to the Purchaser for approval five (5)
complete sets of hard copies and one (1)
Electronic media copy in the files format doc,
DWG and PDF covering the following required
documentation, within
9.3.1.2. Painting specification procedures for approval

including: surface preparation procedures,
application procedures, materials (paints and
metal coating), technical data sheets, details
about protecting of problematic places (special
thickness, strip coats), quality control
procedures and case history of the paint
system
9.3.1.3. Quality control documents:
9.3.1.3.1. Inspection and Test Plan included in

Manufacturer's Quality Plan
9.3.1.3.2. Quality Control Procedures
9.3.1.3.3. Electrical testing procedures as per

applicable standards
3
After notification of award
B - 29
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.3.1.3.4. Non-conformance's procedures
9.3.1.3.5. Final list of all subcontractors and sub-

suppliers including name, address and a
copy of their Quality Assurance
certificates.
9.3.1.4. Instruction manual, drawings and any other

relevant descriptive materials which shall
contain all information required for the storage
before erection, assembly, commissioning,
operation, maintenance, dismantling,
checking, testing, repair and overhaul of the
Items and any accompanying equipment
thereof supplied
9.3.1.5. Instruction books will include for all equipment

supplied within the contract, all technical 4
3 months
information, drawings, diagrams and
prescriptions required for:
9.3.1.5.1. Technical data for all the supplied

equipment
9.3.1.5.2. Storage before erection and Spare Parts

storage requirements
9.3.1.5.3. Assembly on site
9.3.1.5.4. Commissioning and site testing
9.3.1.5.5. Operation and loading guide
9.3.1.5.6. Maintenance
9.3.1.5.7. Dismantling
9.3.1.5.8. Overhauls, repairs
9.3.1.5.9. Recommended periodic testing
9.3.1.5.10. Such drawing lists, performance test

curves, lists of parts, etc., as may be
required to give Purchaser complete
information for the ordering of spare parts
4
Before equipment delivery
B - 30
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.3.1.5.11. Software specifications for all accessories

(where applicable)
9.3.1.5.12. Detailed indications on draining and

refilling and handling of SF6 gas, including
arcing products in case of internal arc, in
any GIS compartment
9.3.1.5.13. Weight and type of insulation of Power

transformer for DGA evaluation purposes:
9.3.1.5.13.1.1. Paper of H.V. winding (kg/type)
9.3.1.5.13.1.2. Paper of L.V. winding (kg/type)
9.3.1.5.13.1.3. Paper of leads (kg/type)
9.3.1.5.13.1.4. Press-board (kg/type)
9.3.1.5.13.1.5. Side plates (kg/type)
9.3.1.5.13.1.6. Core plates (kg/type)
9.3.1.6. The Purchaser will return the documentation to

5
Contractor with approval or with comments to 2 months
revised them within
9.3.1.7. The Contractor may start the manufacture of

any stage of the approval process in order to
meet the contractual delivery date, but taking
into account that the equipment shall fully
meet the approved documentation and any
changes required shall not postpone the
contractual delivery date
9.3.1.8. If all, or any part, of the submissions required

drawings are returned by Purchaser, stamped
"Approved Except as Noted", Contractor shall
correct the drawings in DWG format according 6
1 month
to Purchaser's comments and resubmit them
within:
This process will be finished only after
Purchaser's approval
5
From documentation receiving
6
From comments sending
B - 31
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.3.1.9. In addition to the drawing requirements,

Contractor shall furnish a comprehensive
outline as to the extent of field fabrication
required, cleaning, checking, inspection,
painting, testing, etc., to be done by the
Erector
9.3.1.10. After approval of the drawings and instruction

books the Contractor shall submit to the 4
2 months
Purchaser, two (2) hard copies and one (1) CD
the following:
9.3.1.10.1. Drawings with the files of drawings in PDF

and DWG format
9.3.1.10.2. Complete instruction books
9.3.1.11. Installation and Erection Commissioning

4
program shall be supplied for approval, on two 2 months
(2) hard copies and one (1) CD within
9.3.1.12. Routine tests and Special tests reports of the

4
equipment shall be submitted for approval, on 1 month
two (2) hard copies and one (1) CD within
9.3.1.13. Complete nameplate drawings according to

relevant standards
9.3.1.14. All documents and drawings shall be provided

with:
9.3.1.14.1. Purchaser's name
9.3.1.14.2. Station or project name
9.3.1.14.3. Unit number
9.3.1.14.4. Purchaser's order number
9.3.1.14.5. Supplier's order number
B - 32
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.3.1.15. Purchaser reserves to himself the right to

require all additional necessary data: manuals,
catalogues, drawings, etc. that may contribute
in completing information supplied by
Manufacturer. Anyway, the Contractor is
obliged to submit updates and corrections as
required.
9.3.2. Additional Documentation for Item 1 & 6 & 7 (HV &

MV GIS7):
9.3.2.1. One line diagram and general lay-out
9.3.2.2. Cross-sections
9.3.2.3. Electromechanical design including static and

dynamic stresses
9.3.2.4. General data and proposed drawings for

earthing grid
9.3.2.5. Steps for ensuring fire protection
9.3.2.6. Detailed technical drawings and cross sections

containing the dimensions, details of
mounting, equipment weights and all relevant
cross-sectional measurements of the HV
switchgear
9.3.2.7. Description and drawings of the support and

barrier insulators from insulator Manufacturer
9.3.2.8. Description and drawings of air/ SF6 bushing

from bushing Manufacturer
9.3.2.9. Diagrams and schemes of the HV Switchgear,

such as:
9.3.2.9.1. Wiring diagrams of control and measuring

circuits
9.3.2.9.2. Gas distribution diagram
9.3.2.9.3. Gas compartment scheme
7
In this clause, when written HV it means also to MV switchgear
B - 33
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.3.2.9.4. Gas monitoring scheme, including all

devices for measuring, control and alarm
9.3.2.10. Details about installation, safety rules for

handling and protection against arc (gas and
solid) decomposition by products, disposal
procedures for SF6 equipment, maintenance
procedures, tests and trouble shooting
9.3.3. Additional Documentation for Item 2 & 8 (Power

Transformer and Petersen Coil8):
9.3.3.1. Outline drawings of Power Transformer

complete with all accessories, including all
necessary details for mounting, such as fixing
holes, weight, major dimensions permissible
static and dynamic forces.
9.3.3.2. Cross section of ready assembled transformer,

showing inner arrangement and details of
pressure relief device, method of sealing and
prevention of internal condensation etc., as
well as material used
9.3.3.3. Details of skid base, provisions for blocking

the transformer after it’s installation, coolers,
bushing terminals, anti-seismic fixations, etc.
9.3.3.4. The drawings of transformer base shall include

the following information:
 Arrangement and size of the base
members
 Width and length of each bearing member
 Load on each bearing member
 Center of gravity of loads
 Location of jacking points
 Center line distance between base
supports piers
 Number of base supports piers
9.3.3.5. H.V. and L.V. connection schemes
9.3.3.6. General dimensions and wiring diagram of

control box.
8
In this clause, when written Transformer it means also to Arc Suppression Reactor
B - 34
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.3.3.7. Voltage regulation system.
9.3.3.8. Connection diagram of protection devices
9.3.3.9. Schematic wiring of cooling equipment.
9.3.3.10. Drawings, schemes and tests reports of on-

load tap changer
9.3.3.11. Drawings and test reports of all bushings and

bushing insulators
9.3.3.12. A list of all gaskets and sealing rings including

location, dimensions, number of catalogue,
resilience properties and duration of
conservation in storage without loss of
qualities
9.3.3.13. Wiring diagrams of all accessory equipment

furnished with the transformer, including
connections to tap-changer and software
specifications
9.3.3.14. Size and location of ground connectors for

power transformer and terminal box.
9.3.3.15. Drawings and wiring diagrams for Resistor

Switching System cubicle
9.3.3.16. Curves of active and total losses versus

adjusted current in the whole adjustment
range of Petersen Coil
9.3.3.17. Certificate for insulating oil
9.3.3.18. Authorization documents of the welding

procedures used during manufacture in the
factory and in the field, as well as the 9
6 months
qualification documents of the personnel that
has performed the welding processes in the
factory
9
Before the delivery of the first transformer
B - 35
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.3.3.19. For power transformer models development

purposes used in transient overvoltages and
overcurrents calculation of switching
operations, the following data shall be
provided:
9.3.3.20. The transformer capacitive scheme (computed

for grounded core case), including:
9.3.3.20.1. Equivalent capacitance of each winding

terminal to ground.
9.3.3.20.2. Capacitance between each pair of

windings.
9.3.3.20.3. Series capacitance of each winding.
9.3.3.21. The nominal flux density at rated voltage and

the saturation flux density - in Tesla
9.3.3.22. The magnetizing curve of the assembled

magnetic core (for the closest winding to the
core) in the following conditions:
9.3.3.22.1. Represented as the peak values of the

voltage (or magnetic flux) versus the no-
load peak current.
9.3.3.22.2. Measured up to 1.2 p.u. and extrapolated

up to 2.5 p.u. of the magnetic flux.
9.3.3.22.3. The air-core inductance for 2 pu to 2.5 pu.

(computed from H.V. side and L.V. side)
9.3.3.22.4. All the graphs shall be presented in

uniform scale instead the logarithmic
scale.
9.3.3.23. The core power losses dependence on the

peak value of the voltage. (in the uniform scale
representation)
9.3.3.24. After engineering of the transformer the

Manufacturer is requested to submit to
Purchaser for approval, a design review
according to APPENDIX B11
B - 36
REQUIRED OFFERED
9.3.4. Additional Documentation for Item 9(capacitor

bank)
9.3.4.1. Outline drawings of the complete bank

showing the bank in its entirety as well as its
different component parts
9.3.4.2. The main outline drawings showing total

weight, major dimensions and connection to
the bank
9.3.4.3. Complete part list of the Bank including

manufacturer’s name, the main technical data
of the components, relevant standards, etc.
9.3.4.4. Front, lateral, rear, plan and upper views of the

capacitor bank
9.3.4.5. All mounting details of the capacitor bank
9.3.4.6. Final general outline drawings with all the

relevant dimensions of the foundation
(including cable entrances) necessary for
fixing the capacitor bank as well as all the
details concerning the drainage system if
Contractor considers such a solution
9.3.4.7. Rating plate of the capacitor and switching

bank
9.3.4.8. The detailed internal arrangement of the

installed equipment in the capacitor bank
including the dimensions of the clearances
between the live parts (phases) as far as the
clearances between live parts and grounded
components
9.3.4.9. Schematic three-phase electrical medium-

voltage diagram of capacitor bank
9.3.4.10. Drawings of the following main elements:

 Capacitor unit (including capacitor
bushings)
 Line connectors
 Eight (8) phase Earthing switch
 Unbalance current transformer
 Support insulator
B - 37
10. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS & SERVICE

CONDITIONS
Manufacturer's offered data and parameters should be filled in against purchaser's
required values – as well as in absence thereof under all relevant paragraphs in the
free columns on the right hand side. A definite answers (Yes or No) or appropriate
comments shall be given to other requirements.
REQUIRED OFFERED
10.1. SERVICE CONDITIONS
10.1.1. System Data
10.1.1.1. Rated system High Voltage (line to line) (kV) 161
10.1.1.2. Rated system Medium Voltage (line to line) (kV) 33/22
10.1.1.3. Highest system High Voltage (line to line) (kV) 170
10.1.1.4. Highest system Medium Voltage (line to line)

36/24
(kV)
10.1.1.5. Neutral connection in High Voltage (161 kV effectively

system) earthed
solidly
10.1.1.6. Neutral connection in Medium Voltage (33/22 earthed or
kV system) through
impedance
10.1.1.7. Symmetrical short circuit current in High Voltage

50
(161 kV system)
10.1.1.8. Symmetrical short circuit current in Medium

16/20
Voltage (33/22 kV system)
10.1.1.9. Earth Fault Factor in High Voltage (161 kV

1.4
system)
10.1.1.10. Earth Fault Factor in Medium Voltage (33/22 kV

1.85
system)
10.1.1.11. Fault duration in High Voltage (161 kV system) 1s
10.1.1.12. Fault duration in Medium Voltage (three

1s/1hr
phase/single phase)
B - 38
REQUIRED OFFERED
10.1.1.13. Transformer bay auto-reclosing policy in High 3 - phases

Voltage (161 kV system) 1 - shot
10.1.1.14. Line auto-reclosing policy in Medium Voltage 3 - phases

(33/22 kV system) 2 - shots
10.1.1.15. Rated Frequency (Hz) 50
10.1.1.16. Range of frequency variation (Hz) 50.5-47.2
10.1.1.17. DC auxiliary supply voltage for control and 60

alarm [V] (48÷66)
10.1.1.18. AC auxiliary supply voltage for heating and 230

lighting [V] (207÷253)
10.1.2. Climatic Conditions
10.1.2.1. Long periods without rain, alternating with high

humidity as experienced in coastal or desert
areas in this country
10.1.2.2. Permissible ambient air temperature: ©
10.1.2.2.1. Maximum (deg. C) +50
10.1.2.2.2. Minimum (deg. C) -5
10.1.2.2.3. Average, measured over a period of 24

+35
hours (deg. C)
10.1.2.3. Permissible humidity:
10.1.2.3.1. Low relative/absolute humidity (%//g/cum) 4/0.9
10.1.2.3.2. High relative/absolute humidity (%//g/cum) 100/27
10.1.2.4. Rain intensity (mm/min) 15
10.1.2.5. Low/High air pressure (KPa) 70/106
10.1.2.6. Solar radiation: Heating effects of solar radiation

1120
(W/sq. m)
B - 39
REQUIRED OFFERED
10.1.2.7. Maximum wind velocity measured 10 m above

44
grade (bare area) at 3 sec duration (m/sec)10
10.1.3. Environmental Conditions
10.1.3.1. Environmental parameters according to IEC IEC 60721-3-

standard 4/2002
10.1.3.2. Sever atmospheric and industrial air pollution,

dust, salt spray and sandstorms
10.1.3.3. Water from sources other than rain: Spraying

15
water and water jets with water velocity (m/sec)
10.1.3.4. Chemically active substances according to

Table 4 4C3
IEC 60721-3-4/2002
10.1.3.5. Mechanically active substances according to

Table 5 4S3
IEC 60721-3-4/2002
10.1.4. Special Requirements for Environmental

Protection
10.1.4.1. Due to the severe environmental conditions to

which the equipment may be subjected during
its service life, the following requirements for its
protection form an integral part of the
Specification and are in addition to the standard
design and protective measures which the
Manufacturer would normally invoke for
conditions C5-M/I as indicated in ISO-12944-5
10.1.4.2. Bolts, nuts and washers greater than 1/2" shall

be Zinc coated by the method, Electrolytically or
Thermo diffusion, and shall be passivated
according to ASTM F1135-99 Grade 3 Olive
Drab color, or equivalent standard (indicate the
standard)
10
Considering a 50 years mean return period
B - 40
REQUIRED OFFERED
10.1.4.3. Components such as springs, pins and those for

which a tight maintained dimensional tolerance
is required shall be made of stainless steel. The
preferred stainless steel is an austenitic grade;
however, if physical requirements are
overriding, other stainless steel grades will be
acceptable. Austenitic grades will be subject to
a solution quench. Prior to being placed into
service all stainless steel components will be
cleaned and passivated
10.1.4.4. All aluminum components shall be fabricated

from grades of aluminum that show resistance
to salt spray and moist conditions; e.g., Al-Mg
base alloys. Al-Cu alloys are not acceptable.
After fabrication, all aluminum components shall
be anodized to ASTM B 580-79 Type A, or
equivalent (indicate the standard)
10.1.4.5. All copper or copper alloy components shall be

electrolytically tinned to ASTM B 579-73
Service Condition SC4 or equivalent (indicate
the standard)
10.1.4.6. Components such as sleeves or bushings which

may be fabricated having an inner face of one
metal and a supporting outer face of another, or
conductors which are used with connectors of a
dissimilar metal, are to have their exposed
interfaces protected against moisture
10.1.4.7. All bearings shall be sealed type. The seal shall

be guaranteed to be protective against sand,
salt spray and moisture for a minimum period of
10 years.
10.1.4.8. All grease packed bearing shall be shipped

lubricated
10.1.4.9. All exposed metal surfaces of the transformer

shall be coated according to APPENDIX B7,
with upper color RAL 7038
10.1.4.10. All components shall successfully withstand in

operation the climatic and environmental
conditions as defined under clause ‎10.1 and
B - 41
REQUIRED OFFERED
10.1.4.11. Environmental conditions shall not cause

corrosion or deterioration of the gasket and/or
mating material of gasket joints
10.1.4.12. All interiors of enclosures, panels, cabinets, etc.

which are not of corrosion resistant metal, shall
be thoroughly cleaned, primed and painted
10.1.4.13. The interior coatings shall not deteriorate when

exposed to the SF6 gas and other vapors, arc
products, etc., that may be present in the
enclosures. They shall also not contain any
substances, which could contaminate the
enclosed SF6 gas or affect its insulating
properties over a period of time
10.1.4.14. All exterior surfaces of GIS shall be coated with

a corrosion inhibitor type primer, an
intermediate and a finish coat. The total paint
thickness shall not be less than 150 microns for
the outdoor sections of the GIS and 100
microns for the indoor sections of the GIS, if
existing
10.1.4.15. All structural support and associated steelwork,

as well as the connection bolts, shall be hot dip
galvanized according to ASTM A123 or ASTM
A386 and. The thickness of the zinc shall be at
least 90 μm on average but the minimum
thickness shall not be less than 70 μm. If
dimensional or functional requirements do not
allow hot dip galvanizing, steel parts will be
electrolytically zinc plated to a minimum
measured thickness of 20 μm. Galvanized steel
shall be protected by paint (see Appendix A2)
10.1.4.16. The cubicle shall be protected by paint

according to Appendix B6
10.1.4.17. A small quantity of touchup paint, identical to

the specific finish coat, shall be furnished with
the equipment
10.1.4.18. Fill in the Appendix A9
10.1.5. Seismicity of Site ©
B - 42
REQUIRED OFFERED
10.1.5.1. The seismic design of the equipment and their

IEEE 693-
supports shall be based on the seismic
2005
qualification requirements stated in standard
10.1.5.2. The required seismic qualification level for moderate

equipment qualification shall be level
10.1.6. Electromagnetic compatibility

IEC 60255-
10.1.6.1. The equipment will be installed in an 26
environment having the following maximum
severity levels according to
10.1.6.2. Severity level for electrostatic discharge [kV] 4
10.1.6.3. Severity level for radio frequency interference

10
[V/m]
10.1.6.4. Severity level for electrical 1MHz burst

2.5
disturbance [kV]
10.1.6.5. Severity level for fast transients according to

2
IEC [kV]
10.1.7. Other Requirements
10.1.7.1. Permissible altitude over the sea level (m) 1000
10.1.7.2. The equipment shall be vermin proof
10.2. RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY & MAITAINABILITY

(RAM)
10.2.1. Manufacturer is requested to fill in the enclosed

RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY,
(RAM) Appendix B2 based on relevant information
from users. Manufacturer shall describe the system
of relevant data collection from users.
10.3. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS
10.3.1. The equipment shall be constructed as to comply

with the ratings and to meet all test requirements of
this specification
B - 43
REQUIRED OFFERED
10.3.2. The equipment shall be substantially in the same

electromechanical conditions at the termination, as
at the beginning, the specified test duties
11. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
11.1.1. Tests General
11.1.1.1. Contractor shall perform Production Tests to

check the quality and uniformity of the
workmanship and materials used in the
manufacture of the equipment
11.1.1.2. The Manufacturer is required to submit with

the proposal type test reports of the offered
equipment type, performed by a neutral
laboratory (e.g. Kema) accredited to ISO/IEC
17025 (2005) by an accreditation body which
is a member of ILAC MRA (e.g. APLAC, EA,
IAAC, A2LA).
Furthermore the Laboratory scope of
accreditation must include the required specific
test methods used for the above mentioned
type tests
11.1.1.3. Contractor shall also submit test data to prove

that the design has the capability to meet all
the ratings as specified in Annexure "B" as
well as relevant test report
11.1.1.4. 8 (eight) weeks prior to the execution of the

routine (also special and type tests) tests the
Contractor shall notify the Purchaser the exact
date of performing of the tests
11.1.1.5. Contractor shall submit with the test reports a

list of all measuring instruments, including their
accuracy class and type, test equipment and
test circuits
B - 44
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
11.1.1.6. Contractor shall submit a list of all tests to be

performed on site, after mounting of the
equipment, however the final test program
shall be agreed between Purchaser and
Manufacturer
11.1.1.7. Contractor shall indicate permissible

tolerances for each test value
11.1.1.8. The equipment type tested cannot be used in

equipment which will be supplied to Purchaser
11.1.1.9. The missing type and special tests will be

performed in a neutral laboratory approved by
Purchaser according to the specification
requirements
11.1.1.10. The equipment can be supplied only after

approval of all type and routine test reports
11.1.1.11. Purchaser can require from Contractor to

perform again type tests, which are not
performed according to the requirements in
this specification without extra price and in
presence of IECo representatives.
11.1.1.12. Contractor shall perform all Routine (also

special) Tests for every supplied Item and
each component (circuit breaker, isolator,
earthing switch etc.) and accessories of the
installation according to the provisions of the
latest relevant issue of IEC Recommendations
and submit all test reports
11.1.1.13. The Purchaser can require from Contractor to

carry out the tests in the presence of the
Purchaser representatives
11.1.1.14. Routine tests shall be performed on all

transportable assemblies
11.1.1.15. All external components and fittings that are

likely to affect the performance of the
equipment during the tests shall be in place
11.1.2. Equipment Qualification to Prove Seismic

Withstand
B - 45
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
11.1.2.1. The offered equipment shall be verified to

prove the seismic design. The equipment shall moderat
be qualified according to IEEE 693-2005. The e level
required seismic qualification level
11.1.2.2. The equipment shall be qualified taking into

account the in service configuration
(equipment installed on semitrailer)
11.1.2.3. Seismic withstand capability for the equipment

shall be demonstrated by inherently
acceptable in accordance with IEEE 693-2005.
The appropriate calculations shall be
submitted to Purchaser for approval
11.1.3. Tests After Erection On-Site
11.1.3.1. Contractor shall include in his offer a list of

recommended on site tests.
11.1.3.2. The final on-site test program shall be agreed

between the Purchaser and the Contractor
11.1.3.3. The on-site tests will be performed by the

Purchaser in the presence and under
responsibility of Contractor's representative
B - 46
B - 47
ITEM 1 – H.V. GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR
12. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ITEM 1
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.1. MANUFACTURER

Manufacturer’s)
12.1.3. Type of the 170 kV outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear

(denomination)
12.1.7. The offered type of 170 kV outdoor SF6 insulated

switchgear shall be a proven design (not a prototype) and © ©
high experience in work (Manufacturer’s declaration)

name, address and status of QMS versus ISO 9001:2015
(see ‎7.1 above) standards and attach a copy of their
Q.M.S. certificate
12.1.9. List of subcontractors shall be approved by Purchaser
12.2. STANDARDS AND CODES

The terminology used in this Specification, is, except where otherwise indicated, in
accordance with IEC Publications:
12.2.1. IEC 60068-1(2013) Environmental testing

12.2.2. IEC 60085 (2007) Electrical insulation – Thermal evaluation and
designation
12.2.3. IEC 60099-4 (2014) Surge Arresters – Metal-Oxide surge arresters without
gaps for A.C. systems.
12.2.4. IEC 60137 (2008) Insulated bushings for alternating voltages above 1000V
12.2.5. IEC 60255-1 (2009) Measuring relays and protection equipment
B - 48
12.2.6. IEC 60376 (2005) Specification of technical grade sulfur hexafluoride (SF6)
for use in electrical equipment
12.2.7. IEC 60417 (2004) Graphical symbols for use on equipment
12.2.8. IEC 60480 (2004) Guidelines for the checking and treatment of sulfur
hexafluoride (SF6) taken from electrical equipment and specification for its
re-use
12.2.9. IEC 60529 (2013) Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code)
12.2.10. IEC 60617 (2012) Graphical symbols for diagrams
12.2.11. IEC 60695-2-2 (1991) Fire hazard testing - Part 2: Test methods –
Section 2: Needle-flame test
12.2.12. IEC 60721-3-4 (1996) Classification of environmental conditions - Part 3:
Classification of groups of environmental parameters and their severities -
Section 4: Stationary use at non-weather protected locations
12.2.13. IEC 60721-4-3 (2001) Classification of environmental conditions - Part 4-3:
Guidance for the correlation and transformation of environmental condition
classes of IEC 60721-3 to the environmental tests of
IEC 60068 - Stationary use at weather protected locations
12.2.14. IEC 60815-1 (2008) Selection and dimensioning of high-voltage insulators
intended for use in polluted conditions - Part 1: Definitions, information and
general principles
12.2.15. IEC 60815-3:2008 Selection and dimensioning of high-voltage insulators
intended for use in polluted conditions - Part 3: Polymer insulators for a.c.
systems
12.2.16. IEC 60947-1 (2007) Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 1:
General rules
12.2.17. IEC 60947-7-1 (2002) Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 7-1:
Ancillary equipment - Terminal blocks for copper conductors
12.2.18. IEC 61000-4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4: Testing and
measurement techniques
12.2.19. IEC 61439-1 (2011) Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies -
Part 1: General rules
12.2.20. IEC 61462 (2007) Composite hollow insulators - Pressurized and
unpressurized insulators for use in electrical equipment with rated voltage
greater than 1000V - Definitions, test methods, acceptance criteria and
design recommendations
12.2.21. IEC 61463 (2000) Bushings - Seismic qualification
12.2.22. IEC 61850 Communication networks and systems for power utility
automation
12.2.23. IEC 61869-1(2007) Instrument transformers - Part 1: General requirements
12.2.24. IEC 61869-2(2012) Instrument transformers - Part 2: Additional
requirements for current transformers
12.2.25. IEC 61869-3 (2011) Instrument transformers - Part 3: Additional
requirements for inductive voltage transformers
12.2.26. IEC 62039 (2007) Selection guide for polymeric materials for outdoor use
under HV stress
12.2.27. IEC 62073 (2003) Guidance on the measurement of wettability of insulator
surfaces
12.2.28. IEC 62155 (2003) Hollow pressurized and unpressurized ceramic and
glass insulators for use in electrical equipment with rated voltages greater
than 1000V
12.2.29. IEC 62217 (2012) Polymeric HV insulators for indoor and outdoor use -
General definitions, test methods and acceptance criteria
B - 49
12.2.30. IEC 62262 (2002) Degrees of protection provided by enclosures for
electrical equipment against external mechanical impacts (IK code)
12.2.31. IEC 62271-1 (2011) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 1:
Common specifications
12.2.32. IEC 62271-3 (2015) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 3:
Digital interfaces based on IEC 61850
Handling procedures for sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) and its mixtures
12.2.34. IEC/IEEE 62271-37-082 (2012) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear -
Part 37-082: Standard practice for the measurement of sound pressure
levels on alternating current circuit-breakers
Alternating current circuit-breakers
Alternating current disconnectors and earthing switches
Inductive load switching
Gas-insulated metal-enclosed switchgear for rated voltages above 52kV
Seismic qualification for gas-insulated switchgear assemblies for rated
voltages above 52 kV
12.2.40. IEC 62271-209:2007 High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 209:
Cable connections for gas-insulated metal-enclosed switchgear for rated
voltages above 52 kV - Fluid-filled and extruded insulation cables - Fluid-
filled and dry-type cable-terminations
12.2.41. IEC 62271-303/2008 - HV switchgear and control-gear – Use and handling
of sulfur hexafluoride (SF6).
12.2.42. IEC 62271-310:2008 High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 310:
Electrical endurance testing for circuit-breakers above a rated voltage of 52
kV
12.2.43. IEC 81346-1:2009 Industrial systems, installations and equipment and
industrial products - Structuring principles and reference designations -
Part 1: Basic rules
12.2.44. CENELEC EN 50052 Cast aluminium alloy enclosures for gas-filled high-
voltage switchgear and control gear
12.2.45. CENELEC EN 50064 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy enclosures
for gas-filled high-voltage switchgear and controlgear
12.2.46. CENELEC EN 50069 Welded composite enclosures of cast and wrought
aluminium alloys for gas-filled high-voltage switchgear and controlgear
12.2.47. CENELEC HD 22.1 Rubber insulated cables of rated voltages up to and
including 450/750 V Part 1: General requirements
12.2.48. CENELEC HD 22.9 Part 9: Single core non-sheathed cables for fixed
wiring having low emission of smoke and corrosive gases
12.2.49. IEEE C37.122 Standard for High Voltage Gas-Insulated Substations Rated
Above 52 kV
12.2.50. IEEE C37.122.1/2014 – IEEE guide for gas-insulated substations rated
above 52 kV.
12.2.51. IEEE C37.122.6/2013 – IEEE recommended practice for the interface of
new gas insulated equipment in existing gas insulated substations rated
over 52kV.
12.2.52. IEEE C57.13:2008 Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers
12.2.53. IEEE 693-2005 Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations
B - 50
12.2.54. DIN 1055 Actions on structures
12.2.55. DIN 45635 parts 1+12- Measurement of noise emitted by machines;
airborne noise emission; enveloping surface method; basic method,
divided into 3 grades of accuracy
12.2.56. DIN 48113 Post insulators for switchgears and substation with nominal
voltages greater than 1000 V; co-ordination of the definitions for
mechanical bending strength
12.2.57. ANSI C37.82-82 – IEEE standard methods for the measurement of sound
pressure levels of AC power circuit breakers.
12.2.58. ASTM A123 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings
on Iron and Steel Products
12.2.59. ASTM A386 Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled Steel
Products
12.2.60. ASTM D2794 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to
the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact)
12.2.61. ASTM D4541 Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings
Using Portable Adhesion Testers
12.2.62. ASTM D635 Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and
Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position
12.2.63. BS EN 50089 Cast resin partitions for metal-enclosed gas-filled high-
voltage switchgear and controlgear
12.2.64. ISO 1518 Paints and varnishes – Determination of scratch resistance
12.2.65. ISO 1520 Paints and varnishes – Cupping test
12.2.66. ISO 2409-2007 Paints and varnishes – Cross-cut test
12.2.67. ISO 9000 Quality management systems – Fundamentals and vocabulary
12.2.68. ISO 9001 Quality management systems – Requirements
12.2.69. ISO 10005 Quality management systems – Guidelines for quality plans
12.2.70. ISO 14001 Environmental management systems – Requirements with
guidance for use
12.2.71. ISO 14025 Environmental labels and declarations – Type III environmental
declarations – Principles and procedures
12.2.72. ISO 16276:2007 Corrosion protection of steel structures by protective paint
systems – Assessment of, and acceptance criteria for, the
adhesion/cohesion (fracture strength) of a coating
12.2.73. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 General requirements for the competence of testing
and calibration laboratories
12.2.74. ISO 19840:2012 Paints and varnishes – Corrosion protection of steel
structures by protective paint systems – Measurement of, and acceptance
criteria for, the thickness of dry films on rough surfaces
12.2.75. NACE SP0188 Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings
on Conductive Substrates
12.2.76. SPC-PA 1 Shop, Field, and Maintenance Printing of Steel
12.3. PROPERTIES
MANUFACTURER'S OFFERED DATA AND PARAMETERS SHOULD BE FILLED IN AGAINST PURCHASER'S REQUIRED
VALUES – AS WELL AS IN ABSENCE THEREOF UNDER ALL RELEVANT PARAGRAPHS IN THE FREE COLUMNS ON THE
RIGHT HAND SIDE.
A DEFINITE ANSWERS (YES OR NO) OR APPROPRIATE COMMENTS SHALL BE GIVEN TO OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
B - 51
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.3.1. Electrical Data11 ©
12.3.1.1. Rated voltage Ur (kV) 170
12.3.1.2. Rated insulation level (at the minimum

operating density of the equipment):
12.3.1.2.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage
12.3.1.2.1.1. Phase to earth Up (kV peak) 750
12.3.1.2.1.2. Across open switching device and

860
isolating distance Up (kV peak)
12.3.1.2.2. Power frequency withstand voltage for 60

sec:
12.3.1.2.2.1. Phase to earth Ud (kV r.m.s.) 325

375
isolating distance Ud (kV r.m.s)
12.3.1.3. Power frequency withstand of switchgear bays

at atmospheric pressure of SF6 gas and 20C :
12.3.1.3.1. Power frequency withstand voltage for 60

sec:
12.3.1.3.1.1. Phase to earth (kV r.m.s.)

isolating distance (kV r.m.s.)
12.3.1.3.2. Power frequency withstand voltage

continuous:
12.3.1.3.2.1. Phase to earth (kV r.m.s.)

isolating distance (kV r.m.s.)
12.3.1.4. Rated frequency fr (Hz) 50
11
The terms used here are in general according to IEC recommendations. In case that Manufacturer
can supply GIS with higher performance than those acc. to IEC standards or IECo requirements, he
should indicate his offered values and relevant standards, etc., which they conform.
B - 52
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.3.1.5. Rated normal currents Ir : 1250
12.3.1.6. Rated short-time withstand current Ik (kA

50
r.m.s.)
12.3.1.7. Rated duration of short-circuit tk (sec) 1
12.3.1.8. Rated peak withstand current Ip (kA peak) 125
12.3.1.9. Total time until burn-through at line to ground

short-circuits current not less than (sec/kA 0.5/50
r.m.s.)
12.3.2. Temperature Rise

The components of the SF6 insulated switchgear shall be able to
carry the specific rated current continuously without exceeding
the limit value of temperature rise, acc. to IEC 62271-203/2011
subcl.4.4.2 IEC 62271-1/2011 table3
Indicate value and type of material.
12.3.2.1. Bolted connections [K] 65
12.3.2.2. Spring loaded contacts [K] 55
12.3.2.3. Points of the enclosure accessible to an

30
operator [K]
12.3.2.4. Terminals (silver, nickel or tin coated) [K]

55
12.3.3. Degree of Protection

According to IEC 60529/2013
12.3.3.1. Outdoor GIS lP65
12.3.3.2. Accessories IP55
12.3.3.3. Motor drive units lP54 D
12.3.3.4. Control cubicles lP55
12.3.3.5. Protection of LCC equipment against

IK 10
mechanical impact acc. to IEC 62262/2002
12.3.4. Environmental Protection
B - 53
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.3.4.1. See clause ‎10.1
12.3.5. Auxiliary and Control Circuits
12.3.5.1. Rated supply voltage Ua:

60 
12.3.5.1.1. D.C. (V)
(+10%)
(-15%)
230 /
12.3.5.1.2. A.C. (V)
400 
(+10%)
(-15%)
DC
12.3.5.1.3. The ripple voltage in case of DC supply is compon
limited at: ent
+5%
12.3.5.2. The impulse voltage withstand (kV peak) 5
12.3.5.3. Power frequency withstands voltage for 1 min

2
(kV r.m.s.)
12.3.6. Capacitances and Impedances
12.3.6.1. Capacitance to ground per phase of:
12.3.6.1.1. Disconnectors:
12.3.6.1.1.1. On position (pF)
12.3.6.1.1.2. Off position (pF)
12.3.6.1.2. Current transformer (pF)
12.3.6.1.3. Circuit breaker (with one quenching

chamber):
12.3.6.1.3.1. On position (pF)
12.3.6.1.3.2. Off position (pF)
12.3.6.1.4. Voltage transformer (pF)
12.3.6.1.5. Surge arrester (pF)
B - 54
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.3.6.1.6. Duct (pF/m)
12.3.6.1.7. 90 deg. Elbow module (pF)
12.3.6.1.8. T – shaped module, cross module (pF)
12.3.6.1.9. Barrier insulator (pF)
12.3.6.1.10. Support insulator (pF)
12.3.6.1.11. SF-6 outdoor bushing (pF)
12.3.6.1.12. Total capacitance to ground of SF6

insulated switchgear (pF)
12.3.6.2. Surge impedance ()
12.3.6.3. Inductance for bus-duct (H/m)
12.3.6.4. Resistance of bus-duct enclosure at fr (/m)
12.3.6.5. Resistance of bus-duct conductor at fr (/m)
12.3.7. Total thermal losses at rated current (kW)
12.3.8. Seismic qualification of GIS equipment (including

LCC) according to IEEE 693 /2011 and IEC
62271-207/2012 and
IEC 60068-3-3 and IEC 61463/2000
12.3.8.1. Qualification level acc. to IEEE 693/2011 or Modera

IEC 62271-207/2012 te
B - 55
12.4. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
MANUFACTURER'S OFFERED DATA AND PARAMETERS SHOULD BE FILLED IN AGAINST
PURCHASER'S REQUIRED VALUES – AS WELL AS IN ABSENCE THEREOF UNDER ALL RELEVANT
PARAGRAPHS IN THE FREE COLUMNS ON THE RIGHT HAND SIDE.
A DEFINITE ANSWERS (YES OR NO) OR APPROPRIATE COMMENTS SHALL BE GIVEN TO

OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.1. General
12.4.1.1. The switchgear shall be designed for outdoor

installation
12.4.1.2. The switchgears shall be of modular design

offer maximum flexibility from the point of view
of design, operation, maintenance, extension
of substation and possible repairs
12.4.2. Metalclad Enclosure
12.4.2.1. The material or thickness of the enclosures

shall be such as to withstand an internal arc
and to definitely prevent a melt-through or
puncturing of the housing within the second
stage (0.5 sec) of short-circuit protection
systems, with a single phase short-circuit
current of 50 kA. The possibility of arc traveling
may be considered in this respect and the
above requirement on thickness shall apply for
the zones where the arc is stable (flange zone)
12.4.2.2. Type of material for enclosure of:
12.4.2.2.1. Circuit Breaker
12.4.2.2.2. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches
12.4.2.2.6. Remaining sections of bay
B - 56
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.2.3. Wall thickness for enclosure of:
12.4.2.3.1. Circuit Breaker (mm)

(mm)
12.4.2.3.3. Current Transformers (mm)
12.4.2.3.4. Voltage Transformers (mm)
12.4.2.3.5. Surge arresters (mm)
12.4.2.3.6. Cable connection enclosure (mm)
12.4.2.3.7. Enclosure for direct connection to

transformer (mm)
12.4.2.3.8. Remaining sections of bay (mm)
12.4.2.4. Wall thickness for enclosure in the flange zone

(for stable arc burning) of:

(mm)
12.4.2.4.5. Surge Arresters (mm)

transformer (mm)
12.4.2.5. Outside diameter for enclosure of:
B - 57
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2

(mm)
12.4.2.5.5. Surge Arresters (mm)

transformer (mm)
12.4.2.6. Design pressure for enclosure of:12
12.4.2.6.1. Circuit Breaker (bar)
12.4.2.6.2. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches (bar)
12.4.2.6.3. Current Transformers (bar)
12.4.2.6.4. Voltage Transformers (bar)
12.4.2.6.5. Surge Arresters (bar)
12.4.2.6.6. Cable connection enclosure (bar)

transformer (bar)
12.4.2.6.8. Remaining sections of bay (bar)
12.4.2.7. Design temperature of enclosures (K)
12.4.2.8. Minimum bursting pressure of:
12
Indicate bar relative or absolute
B - 58
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2

transformer (bar)
12.4.2.9. The maximum pressure that the enclosures

can withstand without damage or distortion
assuming that a pressure relief device is not
fitted or fails to operate:

transformer (bar)
12.4.2.10. D.C. resistance at operating temperature of:
12.4.2.10.1. Circuit Breaker ()
12.4.2.10.2. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches ()
12.4.2.10.3. Current Transformers ()
12.4.2.10.4. Voltage Transformers ()
B - 59
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.2.10.5. Surge Arresters ()
12.4.2.10.6. Cable connection end ()
12.4.2.10.7. Direct connection to transformer ()
12.4.2.11. Induced circulating current (% rated current)
12.4.2.12. Specific active losses at maximum current

(W/m)
12.4.2.13. Total active losses (W)
12.4.2.14. Type of manufacture (casting or welding) for

enclosure of:
12.4.2.14.1. Circuit Breaker
12.4.2.14.6. Cable connection

transformer
12.4.2.14.8. Remaining sections of switchgear
12.4.2.15. Welded and/or bolted connections of the

enclosures are acceptable, but field assembly
of separate sections should be done by bolting.
12.4.2.16. Connections between the enclosures of

different phases in order to limit circulating
currents shall be supplied by GIS Manufacturer
12.4.2.17. The finish and painting of the enclosures shall

be able to withstand the service conditions
specified under cl.‎10 (fill in Appendix A9)
B - 60
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.2.18. Painting of enclosures
12.4.2.18.1. Exterior painting (µm)

150
Indicate number of layers
12.4.2.18.2. Interior coating (µm)

If applicable send details
12.4.2.19. Test report for cross cut test (see cl. ‎12.5.2.23)
grad 0
shall be provided acc. to ISO 2409
12.4.2.20. A small quantity of touch up paint, identical to

the specific finish coat, shall be furnished with
equipment
12.4.3. Division into Compartments
12.4.3.1. The gas insulation system shall be divided into

independent gas compartments for operational ©
and maintenance reasons
12.4.3.2. Such subdivisions shall be accomplished with

gas tight segregating insulators so that the
following requirements are observed:
12.4.3.2.1. The dielectric characteristics in one

compartment shall not substantially alter
when an adjacent compartment is at a
reduced pressure (due to leaks or
maintenance operations)
12.4.3.2.2. SF6 /epoxy insulating system configuration

should provide reliable spacer protection
against surface flashover, independent of
the applied voltage form. GIS internal
discharges, if they occurred at HV tests,
overvoltage's, etc., are permissible in the
gas gap only, which is classified as self-
restoring insulation
12.4.3.2.3. The dielectric strength of the insulation

shall not be reduced as a result of
switching operations during the service life
B - 61
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.3.2.4. The quantity of gas to be evacuated and

recharged before and after maintenance
operations shall be a minimum.
Indicate volume (m3)
12.4.3.2.5. The extent of plant rendered inoperative

as a result of excessive leakage or for
maintenance operations shall be a
minimum
12.4.3.3. The SF6 insulated switchgear will be provided

with separate compartments for SF6/air
bushings
12.4.3.4. The electrical connections between the various

gas compartments shall preferably be made by
means of multiple contact connectors so that
electrical connection is automatically achieved
when bolting one section to another.
12.4.3.5. The surface of the connector fingers and

conductor tubes on such connections shall be
silvered
Indicate thickness (m)
12.4.3.6. Please give details in case of other electrical

connections between gas compartments
12.4.3.7. Each gas compartment shall be provided with

means for eliminating decomposition products
and residual moisture
12.4.3.8. Partitioning of the SF6 insulated switchgear will

take into consideration the following
requirements:
12.4.3.8.1. An internal fault will never contaminate

more than one gas compartment and will
therefore never involve more than three
compartments (i.e. the compartment
where the fault took place and the two
adjacent compartments)
12.4.3.8.2. A detailed plan for repair a fault in each

compartment including all steps required
during dismantling, repair, mounting and
testing shall be supplied by Contractor
B - 62
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.3.8.3. The Contractor shall ensure availability of

supplying all the components of the SF6
insulated switchgear offered type for a
period of 15 (fifteen) years from the
delivery of GIS. acc. to the contract
12.4.3.8.4. The Purchaser shall be informed by

Contractor about the intention to change
the offered type of GIS 2 (two) years
before production interruption
12.4.4. Support Insulators and Partitions
12.4.4.1. Manufacturer's name and type designation for:
12.4.4.1.1. Support insulators (spacer insulators)
12.4.4.1.2. Partitions (gas barrier)
12.4.4.2. The support insulators shall have sufficient

strength to ensure that the conductor spacing
and clearances are maintained when faults
occur
12.4.4.3. In addition to cl. 5.104 in IEC 62271-203, the

partitions including seals to the conductor and
the enclosure shall be gas-tight and shall be
capable of withstanding the maximum pressure
differential that could occur across the barrier
as follows:
12.4.4.3.1. With a vacuum drawn on the one side of

the barrier and, on the other side, at least
the maximum gas pressure that can exist
under normal operating and maintenance
conditions.
Indicate the design pressure of the
partitions (bar)
12.4.4.3.2. With maximum gas overpressure at least

equal to the operating pressure of the
relief devices that could be attained with a
persistent internal fault arc unless the
barriers have been specifically designed to
collapse and act as pressure relief device
B - 63
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.4.3.3. The relation between breaking pressure

and design pressure of gas barrier >3
insulators shall be higher than
12.4.4.3.4. Indicate the relation between design

withstand pressure of partitions and
opening pressure of pressure relief device
12.4.4.4. The supporting insulators and partitions shall

be free from partial discharge at a voltage level
at least 5% above the maximum service
voltage
12.4.4.5. Materials used including ASTM data sheets:
12.4.4.5.1. Polyesters
12.4.4.5.2. Epoxies
12.4.4.5.3. Ceramics
12.4.4.5.4. Other material
12.4.4.6. Thermal shock test with preceding and

following partial discharge test performed
(short description added)
12.4.4.7. Creepage distance for:
12.4.4.7.1. Support insulators (CB/other) (mm/mm)
12.4.4.7.2. Partitions (CB/other) (mm/mm)
12.4.4.8. The partitions and support insulators shall be

subjected to the tests specified under subcl.
‎12.5.1.11 and ‎12.5.2.11 (see also Appendix
A3)
12.4.5. Protection against Overpressure
12.4.5.1. Type of external pressure relief
B - 64
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.5.2. Suitable guards and deflectors shall be

provided for external pressure relief to prevent
pieces of the diaphragm or plug from flying out,
or any dangerous SF6 arc product gases
escaping in a manner that could endanger
personnel who may be present
12.4.5.3. Operating pressure of the valve of the external

pressure relief13
12.4.5.3.1. Circuit breaker (bar)
12.4.5.3.2. Other section (bar)
12.4.5.4. Minimum/maximum expected working time of

the pressure relief (msec)
12.4.6. Technical Data for SF6 Gas System
12.4.6.1. SF6 Gas Ratings:
12.4.6.1.1. The switchgear shall be designed for use

with SF6 gas complying with provisions 
acc. to IEC 60376 (2005)
12.4.6.1.2. Manufacturer
12.4.6.1.3. Density of SF6 gas at 20 C and 760 torr 6.16

(g/l)
12.4.6.1.4. Critical temperature for liquefying by

45.6
compression of SF6 gas (C)
12.4.6.1.5. Dielectric strength at atmospheric pressure

and 20C (kV/cm)
12.4.6.1.6. Dielectric dissipation factor at atmospheric

pressure and 20C (tan) (%)
12.4.6.1.7. Impurity or group of impurities as

determined by test, acc. to IEC 60376
Table l
12.4.6.1.8. CF4 (concentration mass by mass) (%) 0.05
13
B - 65
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.6.1.9. Oxygen + nitrogen, air (%) 0.05
12.4.6.1.9.1. Water (ppm) 15
12.4.6.1.9.2. Acidity expressed as HF (ppm) 0.3
12.4.6.1.9.3. Hydrolysable fluorides, expressed as HF

1.0
(ppm)
12.4.6.1.9.4. Oil content (please indicate concentration

and method of measurement)
12.4.6.1.10. A biological test for non-toxicity of the SF6

gas shall be carried out, acc. to IEC 60376
(2005) cl.22
12.4.6.1.11. Rated filling gas pressure at 20 ºC in:14
12.4.6.1.11.1. Circuit breaker (bar)
12.4.6.1.11.2. Cable connection enclosure (bar)
12.4.6.1.11.3. Direct connection to transformer (bar)
12.4.6.1.11.4. Voltage transformer (bar)
12.4.6.1.11.5. Surge Arresters (bar)
12.4.6.1.11.6. Remaining sections of bay (bar)
12.4.6.1.12. The critical pressures at which an alarm

signal will be given at 20 C in:
14
B - 66
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.6.1.13. The pressure rising in adjacent

compartments of CB in case of accidental
leak (bar)
12.4.6.1.14. The critical pressure at which the affected

part of the equipment must be isolated at
20 C in:
12.4.6.1.15. Maximum pressure rise due to

temperature at 50 ºC in:
12.4.6.1.16. Rated filling gas density at 20 ºC in:
12.4.6.1.16.1. Circuit breaker (g/l)
12.4.6.1.16.2. Cable connection enclosure (g/l)
12.4.6.1.16.3. Direct connection to transformer (g/l)
B - 67
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.6.1.16.4. Voltage transformer (g/l)
12.4.6.1.16.5. Surge Arresters (g/l)
12.4.6.1.16.6. Remaining sections of bay (g/l)
12.4.6.1.17. The critical densities at which the alarm

signals will be given in:
12.4.6.1.18. The critical density at which the affected

part of the equipment must be isolated in:
12.4.6.1.19. Dielectric strength at rated density in:
12.4.6.1.19.1. Circuit breaker (kV/cm)
12.4.6.1.19.2. Cable connection enclosure (kV/cm)
12.4.6.1.19.3. Direct connection to transformer (kV/cm)
12.4.6.1.19.4. Voltage transformer (kV/cm)
B - 68
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.6.1.19.5. Surge Arresters (kV/cm)
12.4.6.1.19.6. Remaining sections of bay (kV/cm)
12.4.6.1.20. Dew point temperature of water vapor

content in SF6 gas in the installed
-5
switchgear determined, acc. to IEC 60376
(2005) not more than (C)
12.4.6.1.21. Maximum permissible water vapor content

at rated operating pressure at 20 C in
continuous operation/filling for:
12.4.6.1.21.1. Circuit breaker (ppm)
12.4.6.1.21.2. Cable connection enclosure (ppm)
12.4.6.1.21.3. Direct connection to transformer (ppm)
12.4.6.1.21.4. Voltage transformer (ppm)
12.4.6.1.21.5. Surge Arresters (ppm)
12.4.6.1.21.6. Remaining sections of bay (ppm)
12.4.6.1.22. Maximum gas leakage rate that can

normally be tolerated from any gas
<0.5
compartment and between compartments
(%/year)
12.4.6.1.23. Maximum permissible SF6 gas losses

(leakage and handling) for life duration (30 <1
years) for entire substation (%)
12.4.6.1.24. The procedure for SF6 handling shall be

acc. to IEC 60480 (2004) and IEC 62271-4
(2013)
12.4.6.1.25. Time between refilling (years) >10
12.4.6.1.26. Manufacturer is required to supply his

recommendation for steps to be taken in
design ventilation of GIS in case of SF6
leakage
B - 69
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.6.1.27. Permissible total SF6 gas losses (%/year)

<0.5
12.4.6.1.28. Gas used during shipping of installation

Indicate also the pressure (bar)
12.4.6.2. Gas Monitoring
12.4.6.2.1. The insulating capacity of each gas filled

compartment shall be monitored ,
separately, via designated gas monitoring
conventi
12.4.6.2.2. Type of gas monitoring
onal
12.4.6.2.3. The monitoring system shall have the

following setting levels:
12.4.6.2.3.1. For Circuit Breaker:

- Loss of SF6 ©
- General lock-out
12.4.6.2.3.2. For remaining sections of SF6 bay :

- SF6 pressure rising (where applicable)
- Minimum service SF6 pressure or density
- Loss of SF6
For voltage transformer:

- Minimum service SF6 pressure or density
- Loss of SF6
12.4.6.3. Gas Treatment Devices
12.4.6.3.1. Constructional measures for controlling

moisture increase in SF6 gas, or to remove
the impurities:
12.4.6.3.1.1. Static filters
12.4.6.3.1.2. Dynamic filters
12.4.6.3.1.3. Sealing rings with large diffusion lengths
12.4.6.3.1.4. Desiccants
B - 70
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.6.3.1.5. Other measures
12.4.6.3.2. These constructional measures shall be

provided as permanent facilities,
preferably arranged so that they can be
removed, replaced
12.4.6.4. Gas Filling and Evacuating accessories
12.4.6.4.1. SF6 gas supply system must be self-

contained and must work independently
12.4.6.4.2. Each gas compartment shall be equipped

with a gas supply connection to permit
evacuation or refilling with gas
12.4.6.4.3. Easy access to filling points should be

provided
12.4.6.4.4. The SF6 gas supply connection for the gas

compartments shall be appropriate to
connect the mobile DILO gas refilling
devices type 3-019, 3-041, 3-020, 3-061 or
Z288-R02
12.4.6.4.5. The scope of supply shall include all the

necessary SF6 gas storage cylinders, as
well as those necessary for any other
gases which may be used during
commissioning and maintenance
operations
12.4.6.4.6. The equipment shall be provided with all

the necessary pipes, couplings, flexible
tubes and valves for coupling up to the
switchgear equipment, for filling or
evacuating all the gases to be used
12.4.6.4.7. The design of the plant, valves, couplings,

connections, etc., shall be of such a
standard that leakage of any SF6 gas
during the filling and evacuating processes
is kept to an absolute minimum
12.4.6.4.8. The arrangement of valves, coupling and

pipe work shall also be such as to prevent
accidental loss of gas into the atmosphere
B - 71
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.6.5. Gas Seals
12.4.6.5.1. All gas seals shall be designed to ensure

that leakage rates are kept to an absolute
minimum under all normal pressure,
temperature, electrical load and fault
conditions
12.4.6.5.2. The seals shall not deteriorate when

exposed to the gas and vapors, as well as
to temperature variations and mechanical
forces that can be expected
12.4.6.5.3. Type of materials of gas seals:
12.4.6.5.3.1. Between gas barrier insulator and

conductors

enclosures
12.4.6.5.3.3. Between enclosure flanges
12.4.6.5.4. Gas valve material
12.4.6.5.5. Number of gas seals between enclosure

flanges
12.4.6.6. Pipes and Fittings
12.4.6.6.1. Type of material for fittings of gas pipe

connections
12.4.6.6.2. Type of material for pipes
12.4.6.7. Shut Off Valves: All shut off valves shall be

equipped with protective cover over the valve
spindle to guard against unauthorized
operation
12.4.7. Partial Discharge Measurement
12.4.7.1. UHF method

Please send technical documentation including
calibration method, sensitivity verification, etc.
B - 72
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.7.1.1. Manufacturer name of couplers
12.4.7.1.2. Type of couplers
12.4.7.1.3. Location of couplers
12.4.7.1.4. Maximum distance between two adjacent

couplers(m)
12.4.7.1.5. Indicate number of offered couplers
12.4.8. Prevention of Dielectric Strength

Reduction
12.4.8.1. The surface finish of all conductors, joints,

connections and metallic enclosures shall
5
provide maximum Partial Discharge level not
more than during the whole operating period
[pC]
12.4.8.2. The surface roughness of conductors and of

the metallic enclosures shall be such that no
reduction in dielectric strength occurs under
the influence of the electric field stress:
12.4.8.2.1. Conductor (m)
12.4.8.2.2. Inner surface of enclosure (m)
12.4.8.3. Particular attention shall be paid to the

selection of suitable materials and to
constructional features to prevent moisture
penetration
12.4.8.4. The design of hazardous insulation systems,

the methods of clearing and preliminary
treatment, the assembly, transport etc., shall
ensure that no ingress of impurities (left over
from assembly, or metallic parts produced by
switching operations) occurs so that the
insulating capacity shall not be affected. This
also applies to dust, fibers left from cleaning
and traces of lubricant.
12.4.9. Structural Support and Associated Steel

Work
B - 73
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.9.1. The Contractor shall supply all the steelwork

necessary for fixing and supporting the GIS
and the associated equipment
12.4.9.2. The design of supporting steel structure shall

permit total accessibility
12.4.9.3. A system of personnel crossovers, access

platforms and/or decking, staircases and
ladders provided with hand railings shall be
included for easy access to all components.
The sloping of stairs shall be less than 45
12.4.9.4. All metallic frames, rails and the like, fixed in

the semitrailer for supporting and fixing the
switchgear, the local control panels, etc., shall
be provided and mounted by the Contractor
12.4.9.5. All other metallic parts (supporting structures,

access platforms, etc.) shall be included in the
GIS scope of supply
12.4.9.6. The finish and painting of the structural support

and associated steel work shall be according to
Appendix A2 and shall enable withstanding the
service conditions under clause ‎10.1 (Fill in
also Appendix A9):
12.4.9.6.1. Hot dip outdoor parts

Average
12.4.9.6.1.1. Hot dip galvanized thickness (µm)
120
12.4.9.6.1.2. The painting shall be acc. to Appendix

A2 cl. 3.2.1 in one of the following
painting system:
70+50
12.4.9.6.1.2.1. Liquid paints – Epoxy polyamide
(µm)
60+60
12.4.9.6.1.2.2. Electrostatic power painting (µm)
20
12.4.9.6.2. Steel parts electrolytically zinc plated with
minimum zinc layer (µm)
B - 74
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.9.6.3. The painting of outdoor parts shall be acc.

to Appendix A2 cl. 3.2.2 in one of the
following painting system:
100
12.4.9.6.3.1. Liquid paints – Epoxy polyamide (µm)
and two component aliphatic 50
polyurethane (µm)
60+60
12.4.9.6.3.2. Electrostatic power painting (µm)
12.4.10. Earthing
12.4.10.1. The earthing shall include all the metallic parts

of the switchgear which are normally not
energized (enclosures, supports, bases, pipes,
operating mechanism cabinet etc.)
12.4.10.2. The continuity of the earthing circuits shall be

ensured taking into account the thermal and
electrical stresses caused by the current they
may have to carry
12.4.10.3. The switchgear earthing as well as the design

of earthing system of mobile substation shall
be proposed with the offer and supplied by the
Contractor, based on his equipment and
design arrangement Please give your
comments
12.4.10.4. Please take into consideration in your design

that the main earthing system supplied by
Purchaser shall be made of hot-deep
galvanized steel
12.4.10.5. All necessary ground pads, flat copper and

copper rope bars and conductors for earthing
the switchgear, the structural support steel
work, the local control panels including their
doors etc., shall be provided by Contractor
12.4.10.6. The ground pads shall be copper faced:
12.4.10.6.1. RF Grounding, unless otherwise specified,

shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause
3
B - 75
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.10.6.2. RF Grounding Straps shall be placed

according to Appendix Y1 clause 3
12.4.10.7. If portable devices for temporary earthing when

carrying out maintenance work are considered
necessary and/or useful, additionally to the
required earthing switches, the Contractor shall
propose a set of such devices
12.4.10.7.1. Ground pads for temporary earthing shall

be provided in this case
12.4.10.8. The ground pad connections shall be rated for

the one (1) second short-time current ratings of 50 ©
the GIS equipment (kA)
12.4.10.9. The earthing terminals shall be acc. to IEC

62271-1/2011 cl.5.3 and shall be marked acc.
to IEC 60417
12.4.10.10. The maximum potential difference between

any point on the enclosure and the nearest
ground pad or between any two points on
65 ©
adjacent enclosures shall not exceed for the
maximum internal or external design fault
current (V)
12.4.10.11. Manufacturer is required to supply his

recommendations for steps to be taken before
such operations are carried out to ensure
safety for personnel
12.4.10.12. Manufacturer shall indicate in his offer steps

taken to mitigate transient ground rise effects
on disconnector operation
12.4.11. Interlocks
12.4.11.1. Interlocking between different items of

switchgear shall be carried out, acc. to IEC
62271-203 (2011) subcl.5.11
12.4.11.2. The interlocking system design shall take into

consideration that its testing shall be possible
during normal operation
B - 76
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.11.3. The internal interlocking system of switchgear

shall fulfill the following conditions:
12.4.11.3.1. Disconnectors can only be operated when

Circuit Breaker is open and earthing
switches are in the open position.
12.4.11.3.2. Circuit Breaker can only be closed when

disconnectors and earthing switches are in
their final position where disconnectors are
in a closed position
12.4.11.3.3. High speed earthing switch Q8 can only be

operated when line disconnector Q9 is
open and there is no voltage on the line
12.4.11.3.4. It should be possible to connect a cable for

interlock process of Disconnector Q9 and
earthing switch Q8 from medium voltage.
This should be done by terminals in serial
to the interlock system
12.4.11.3.5. The following interlocking release

switches, provided with a key, shall be
mounted in control cubicle:
12.4.11.3.5.1. Main Interlocking release
12.4.11.3.5.2. Line earthing switch interlocking release
12.4.11.3.5.3. Earthing switch interlocking release
12.4.11.3.6. Manufacturer shall indicate additional or

alternative interlocks and shall give all
necessary information the purpose and
function of interlocks
12.4.11.3.6.1. The Purchaser reserve himself the right

to give his amendments during approval
of electrical circuit diagrams drawing’s
B - 77
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.11.4. Manufacturer shall submit with the tender a

clear description of the interlock conditions in
terms of Boolean algebra
12.4.12. Control Cubicle
12.4.12.1. For local control and supervision of the

switchgear one control cubicle shall be
provided.
12.4.12.2. Degree of protection IP55
12.4.12.3. The monitoring, measuring and control units for

the control and supervision of the switchgear
shall be offered by Manufacturer
12.4.12.4. The communication functionality of the

switchgear control system shall:
12.4.12.4.1. Conform to Network & Security

Safeguards Requirements for Control
Protection and Data Acquisition Systems
in Transmission and Substation Division
as detailed in Appendix A6
12.4.12.4.2. The communication functionality of the

switchgear control system shall be
according to Appendix Y1 clause 1 & 5
12.4.12.5. LCC mounted on the supporting structure shall

be included in seismic calculations/tests
12.4.12.6. Control cubicle shall be designed with the

following features:
12.4.12.6.1. Stable framework (indicate material and

thickness of material)
12.4.12.6.2. Rear, side, top and bottom covers

(indicate material and thickness of
material)
12.4.12.6.3. Front door with cut-out covered with

Plexiglas for easy visibility of the
equipment
B - 78
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.12.6.4. Internal front door for mimic diagram and

easy visibility of the metering equipment
12.4.12.6.5. Bottom plates equipped with cable glands.

The bottom plate for customer’s cable
shall be removable
12.4.12.6.6. Solid copper earthing bar (indicate cross

section)
12.4.12.6.7. The anchoring of LCC to floor will be

designed acc. to IEEE 693, Annexures A
(A4) and L
Please send the proposed drawing.
12.4.12.6.8. Material of LCC:
12.4.12.6.9. Painting of LCC:

Please fill in Appendix A9
12.4.12.6.9.1. For CC made of aluminum the painting

shall be acc. to Appendix B6 in one of
the following painting systems:
12.4.12.6.9.1.1. Liquid coating – Polyamide epoxy

50
(m)
50
and Polyurethane (m)
12.4.12.6.9.1.2. Powder coating – Pure polyester

80
(m)
12.4.12.6.9.2. For CC made of steel the painting shall

be acc. to Appendix A2 one of the
following painting systems:
12.4.12.6.9.2.1. Liquid coating – Polyamide epoxy

70
(m)
50
and Polyurethane (m)
12.4.12.6.9.2.2. Powder coating – Phenolic epoxy

70
(m)
50
and Pure polyester (m)
12.4.12.6.9.3. Test report for cross cut test (see cl.

‎12.5.2.23) shall be provided acc. to ISO grad 0
2409
B - 79
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.12.6.9.4. A small quantity of touch up paint,

identical to the specific finish coat, shall
be furnished with equipment
12.4.12.7. Access to the internal equipment of the cubicle

shall be from the front only
12.4.12.8. Legends (in English) shall be provided for all

schemes and for each signal
12.4.12.9. The control cubicle shall be EMI proofed
12.4.12.10. Details of the circuits in the control cubicle

as well as design details will be settled
between Contractor and Purchaser
12.4.12.11. Modifications of LCC in design stage shall

not involve additional prices
12.4.12.12. The minimum fault signals shall be

according to Appendix A5 of this specification
12.4.12.13. The Manufacturer shall provide with his

offer recommendations for the design
arrangement of the control cables laying route
between the control cubicles and the GIS
equipment
12.4.12.14. The cable between local control cubicles

and operating mechanisms, gas monitoring,
CT’s, VT’s and Hurting plug-in connectors shall
be supplied by Contractor
12.4.12.15. Mimic diagram and local control facilities:
12.4.12.15.1. A mimic diagram with all necessary

position indicators shall be provided on the
face of the LCC, so that clear and
complete indication is given at any time on
the position of the breakers, Disconnectors
and Earthing switches
12.4.12.15.2. Position indicators for CB, Disconnectors

and Earthing switches shall be provided
with three indicating positions: (1) open,
(2) close, (3) no voltage
B - 80
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.12.15.3. A common local/remote selector switch for

CB and Disconnectors shall be mounted in
control cubicle for selecting the desired
mode of operation
12.4.12.15.4. For each high speed earthing switch the

push buttons shall be provided with a key
12.4.12.15.5. Green and red push buttons shall be

mounted in control cubicle for local
opening (red) and closing (green) of all
switching device except high-speed
earthing switches
12.4.12.15.6. For circuit breaker the push buttons shall

be rectangular and all others shall be
circular
12.4.12.15.7. The control devices for all operating

mechanisms of the switchgear shall be
included in the mimic diagram
12.4.12.15.8. The LCC shall include all auxiliary relays,

fuses, low voltage switches, etc.,
necessary for control, remote control,
alarm, measuring, interlocking, etc.,
circuits
12.4.12.15.9. Ten (10) interposing relays shall be

provided in control cubicle
12.4.12.15.9.1. Manufacturer/Type
12.4.12.15.9.2. The interposing relays shall be

energized from two control sources with 60
rated voltage (V-DC)
6NO+2N
12.4.12.15.9.3. Number of contacts
C
12.4.12.15.9.4. The measuring transducers for

metering currents, voltages, active and
reactive power and frequency shall be
provided in control cubicle
12.4.12.15.10. For each fuse shall be provided a

label with description of fuse function
B - 81
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.12.15.11. Relay contacts shall be for V. DC 250 
12.4.12.15.12. For each alarm five (5) NO potential

free contacts for Customer's use shall be
wired to the terminals of the cubicles :
1(one) for local alarm (60V-DC), 1(one) for
remote alarm (60V-DC), 1(one) for 
substation computer , 1(one) contact
depending on mechanical sign, and 1(one)
contact depending on coil activation (with
self-reset), 1 (one) reserved
12.4.12.15.13. Internal, automatically operated

lighting of the electrical unit to provide
good working conditions shall be provided
12.4.12.15.14. Heating of the LCC shall be

provided:
12.4.12.15.14.1. Heaters shall be provided with

thermostats for temperature regulation
12.4.12.15.14.2. Number of heaters for LCC
12.4.12.15.14.3. Rated voltage (V. A.C. single phase) 230
12.4.12.15.14.4. Rated power (W/heater)
12.4.12.15.14.5. Total power required by all heaters

(W)
12.4.12.16. Metering unit
12.4.12.16.1. One or some metering units shall be

mounted on the face of LCC
12.4.12.16.2. The metering unit shall integrate a number

of measurements, monitoring and
metering functions as follows:
12.4.12.16.2.1. Phase voltage for phases 1, 2, 3 in

switchgear
12.4.12.16.2.2. Line voltage between phases 1, 2, 3

in switchgear
B - 82
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.12.16.2.3. Currents for phases 1, 2, 3 in

switchgear
12.4.12.16.2.4. Active power for phases 1, 2, 3 in

switchgear
12.4.12.16.2.5. Reactive power for phases 1, 2, 3 in

switchgear
12.4.12.16.2.6. Active energy for phases 1, 2, 3 in

switchgear
12.4.12.16.2.7. Reactive energy for phases 1, 2, 3 in

switchgear
12.4.12.16.3. Indicate the number and type of metering

units for the above functions installed in
LCC:
12.4.12.16.4. Technical data for metering unit:
12.4.12.16.4.1. Type of serial interface
12.4.12.16.4.2. Number of analog inputs/outputs
12.4.12.16.4.3. Output data transmitted to RTU will

be between 4-20mA with typical ± 0.1%
accuracy not more than
12.4.12.17. Gas density monitoring system
12.4.12.17.1. Type and manufacturer of gas density

monitor
12.4.12.17.2. Gas density monitors should consist of two

contacts
12.4.12.17.3. The number of gas density monitors
B - 83
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.12.17.4. Visual alarm signals, as well as the control

and protection equipment associated with
gas density/pressure monitoring devices
shall be provided, together with any relays
for the alarm, indication, protection and
control released to gas monitoring.
Provision shall be made for remote
signaling
12.4.12.17.4.1. For each alarm 3 (three) NO

potential free contacts for customer use
shall be wired to the terminals of the
control cubicle;
1(one) for local alarm (60 V-DC),
1(one) for remote alarm (60 V-DC), 1
(one) reserved
12.4.12.17.4.2. The alarm and trip signals shall be

done at the front of the cubicle. Alarm
and trip signals shall be displayed
separately
12.4.13. Auxiliary and Control Circuits
12.4.13.1. The auxiliary and control circuits and devices,

as well as the wiring shall be executed and
mounted, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) and
IEC 62271-1 (2011) subcl.5.4
12.4.13.2. The graphical symbols for diagrams shall be

according to IEC 60617 (2012)
12.4.13.3. All denomination used by manufacturer shall

be according to the Item Designation in
Electro-technology standard IEC 81346 (2009)
12.4.13.4. Unless otherwise required in this Specification,

control wiring, terminal blocks, arrangement of
wiring shall be designed according to Israel
Electric Co. standard EPD-A.03/2004
APPENDIX A7
12.4.13.5. The Purchaser can furnish the following power

supply voltages:
12.4.13.5.1. Heating purposes (V-AC single phase) 230
B - 84
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
60
12.4.13.5.2. Motor of operating mechanism (V-DC) (+10% -
15%)
60
12.4.13.5.3. Control circuits (V-DC) (+10% -
15%)
60
12.4.13.5.4. Alarm circuits for substation computer (V-
(+10% -
DC) 15%)
60
12.4.13.5.5. Other alarm circuits (V-DC) (+10% -
15%)
12.4.13.6. All wiring and cables from CT's, VT's, gas

density monitor and operating mechanisms
shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 4
and mounted in screen-covered ducts fixed on
support structure
12.4.13.7. All wiring for auxiliary equipment and operating

devices for connection to Purchaser's cables
shall be terminated at terminal blocks in control
cubicle after passing through appropriate RF
energy shunting penetration and/or filter. Filter
attenuation design shall rely on Appendix Y1
clause 2 table 2
12.4.13.8. Current circuits and voltage circuits shall be in

separate cables
12.4.13.9. Control circuits and power circuits shall be in

separate cable
12.4.13.10. Separate cables shall be provided for DC1,

DC2 and AC circuits
12.4.13.11. Contractor shall supply all cables for

interlocking purposes
12.4.13.12. Control circuits to the two tripping coils shall

be in separate cables according to Appendix
Y1 clause 4
12.4.13.13. Terminals:
12.4.13.13.1. Type of terminals shall be as follows:

Phoenix
12.4.13.13.1.1. Current circuits (16 mm2, 500V)
UGSK/s
B - 85
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
Phoenix
12.4.13.13.1.2. Voltage circuits (16 mm2, 500V) URTK/s
12.4.13.13.1.3. Control and alarm circuits (10 mm2, Phoenix

750V) UK 6N
12.4.13.13.1.4. Remote signal and alarm circuits Phoenix

(1.5-4 mm2, 750V) UK 6N
12.4.13.13.2. Each terminal block shall be provided with

not less than 10% spare terminals
12.4.13.13.3. The blocks shall be spaced to allow ample

clearance on all sides
12.4.13.13.4. The terminals shall be with facility for plug

connection on both sides for circuit
breakers and disconnectors (indicate type)
12.4.13.13.5. The connection between control cubicles

and interface cubicles shall be through
terminals
12.4.13.14. Wiring:
12.4.13.14.1. Wiring shall be carried out with flexible

conductors according to Appendix Y1
clause 4 with a preferred cross section as
follow:
12.4.13.14.1.1. Control and alarm circuits with

1.5
current lower than 0.5 A (mm2)
12.4.13.14.1.2. Control and alarm circuits with

2.5
current higher than 0.5 A (mm2)
12.4.13.14.1.3. CT secondary circuits (mm2) 6
12.4.13.14.1.4. VT secondary circuits (mm2) 4
12.4.13.14.2. The wires with XLPE insulation shall be for

1000V rated voltage
B - 86
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.13.14.3. In case of connection by means of

sockets, the Contractor shall supply spare
pins (minimum 5) for Purchaser’s spare
cores in cables as well as spare wiring
(minimum 5) from sockets to bays
switchgear.
Please indicate the number of spare pins
and wiring provided.
12.4.13.14.4. The type of sockets shall be Hurting type
12.4.13.14.5. EMC requirements shall be taken into

consideration in all phases of planning the
GIS equipment acc. to IEC 62271-203
(2011) cl.6.9
12.4.13.14.6. The contractor shall use a combined EMC

hardened secondary cables and EMC
hardened connectors with a minimum
transfer impedance
12.4.13.14.7. All cables shall be screened and the

screen shall be earthed at both cable
ends. The cables shall be coated with an
external PVC sheath
12.4.13.14.7.1. Cable screening/shielding shall be

according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4
12.4.13.14.7.2. Cables/Conduit shall be terminated

at equipment entry point according to
Appendix Y1 clause 4
12.4.13.14.8. All wiring insulation and terminal blocks

shall be flameproof protected acc. to
ASTM D635
12.4.13.14.9. The Purchaser reserve himself the right to

give his amendments during approval of
electrical circuit diagram drawings
12.4.13.15. Auxiliary switches for circuit breakers,

disconnectors and earthing switches:
B - 87
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.13.15.1. Auxiliary switches shall be supplied with

and directly operated by each operating
mechanism to indicate positively whether
each pole is open or closed
12.4.13.15.2. The relay contacts shall comply with IEC

61810 (2011) and shall be designed for V 250
DC
12.4.13.15.3. Auxiliary switches shall be clearly and

durably marked
12.4.13.15.4. The number of normally open (NO) and

12NO +
normally closed (NC) contacts per each
12NC
operating mechanism, for customer's use
shall not be less than
12.4.13.15.5. These contacts shall be wired to terminals

in control cubicle
12.4.13.15.6. Multiplication of not more than 4NO+4NC

contacts from the total number of contacts
for customer's use is acceptable but only
by two separate auxiliary relays, one
operates by NO main contact and other
operates by NC contact. In this case the
Contractor will prepare via the contacts of
theses relays a supervisory alarm which
indicates no voltage or faulty position.
12.4.13.15.7. Auxiliary contact class 1
12.4.13.15.7.1. Rated and making current for

auxiliary switches shall be continuously 10
at least (A D.C.)
12.4.13.15.7.2. Rated short time withstand current A

100/30
DC/msec
12.4.13.15.7.3. Breaking current at 220V D.C. with a

circuit time constant of a least 20 ms 2
shall be at least (A D.C.)
12.4.13.15.8. Auxiliary switches shall be easily

accessible for connection, inspection and
adjustment
B - 88
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.13.15.9. Suitable MCB's as necessary for

protection of the control circuits shall be
provided. All MCB's shall be monitored
and the tripping of MCB shall be remote
signaled.
12.4.13.15.10. Data for AC MCB:
12.4.13.15.10.1. Manufacturer/type
12.4.13.15.10.2. Rated current (A)
12.4.13.15.10.3. Short circuit current (kA)

2NO
12.4.13.15.10.4. Number of auxiliary contacts
+2NC
12.4.13.15.11. Data for DC MCB:
12.4.13.15.11.2. Rated current (A)
12.4.13.15.11.3. Short circuit current (kA)

2NO
12.4.13.15.11.4. Number of auxiliary contacts
+2NC
12.4.14. Bus ducts and Conductors
12.4.14.1. The conductors connections to be supplied for

interconnecting the items of primary
equipment, shall be in accordance with the
following general requirements:
12.4.14.1.1. Expansion joints shall be provided

wherever they are necessary
12.4.14.1.2. The conductors shall be capable of

carrying, without overheating or otherwise
deteriorating, the rated current
12.4.14.1.3. The surface finish of all conductors, joints,

provide maximum Partial Discharge level 5
not more than during the whole operating
period [pC]
B - 89
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.14.1.4. Mechanical Strength and Supports:
12.4.14.1.4.1. All the conductors shall be sized so as to

withstand without any damage or
distortion the short-circuit forces
12.4.14.1.4.2. Conductors shall be supported by

insulators (or section barriers) spaced at
such intervals that under short-circuit
fault current conditions any transient
reduction in the phase-to-phase or phase
to earth clearance of the conductors (as
a result of elastic bending or distortion)
shall not cause any spark-over
12.4.14.2. Conductor material
12.4.14.3. General dimensions:
12.4.14.3.1. Conductor outer diameter (mm)
12.4.14.3.2. Conductor inner diameter (mm)
12.4.14.3.3. Conductor cross section (mm2 )
12.4.14.3.4. Maximum unsupported length of conductor

between insulators
12.4.15. Position indicators
12.4.15.1. Position indicating devices for contacts in the

main circuit shall be set upon the compact
module for every switching element and meet
the requirements acc. to IEC 62271-205 (2008)
cl. 5.12
12.4.15.2. Each position indicator shall clearly indicate the

switching device to which it belongs
12.4.16. Requirements for Composite SF6/Air

Bushings
The 170 kV connection to OH line shall be performed by
Composite SF6/Air Bushings
12.4.16.1. Insulator Manufacturer
B - 90
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.16.2. Type (condenser or gas type):
12.4.16.3. Rated voltage (kV) 170 ©
12.4.16.4. Rated insulation level at minimum dielectric

gas density:
12.4.16.4.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage (kV

750 ©
peak)
12.4.16.4.2. Power frequency withstands voltage, 1 min

325 ©
dry and wet. (kV r.m.s.)
12.4.16.5. Rated current: 1250 ©
12.4.16.6. Rated thermal short-time current (kA) 50 ©
12.4.16.7. Duration of short-time current (sec) 1©
12.4.16.8. Rated frequency (Hz) 50
12.4.16.9. Outdoor heavy duty, high grade, high

creepage-path type, composite hollow insulator
Silicon
suitable for the climatic, environmental and
rubber
atmospheric conditions as described under
clause ‎10.1.3 shall be provided15
12.4.16.10. The insulator shall be "anti-fog" profile with

normal sheds or aerodynamic profile with
alternate sheds (preferable) (acc. to figure 2a
or figure 6 in IEC 60815-3 (2008) and the
enclosed drawings on pages B-165, B-166
(please fill in all data) permitting easy access
for greasing and cleaning to all surfaces
12.4.16.11. Mounting of bushing (indicate the

permissible angle from vertical, if applicable)
12.4.16.12. The materials used in design of composite

insulators (for example see drawing on page
B-168)
12.4.16.13. The insulators shall be only "windformed"

type not "drop shaped edge"
15
Type B of pollution severity and SPS class e (very heavy) as defined in IEC 60815-1/2008
B - 91
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.16.14. Color of insulator grey
53.7mm
12.4.16.15. Reference unified specific creepage
/kVph.
distance to earth
(RUSCD) (mm)16 5270
12.4.16.16. Corrected unified specific creepage

distance USCD for insulator diameter (Kad)
taking into consideration fig.7b in IEC 60815-3
(2008), for HTM (hydrophobicity transfer
materials) with possible loss of hydrophobicity
(mm)
12.4.16.17. Minimum creepage distance In SF6 (mm)
12.4.16.18. Arcing distance (A) not less than (mm) ≥1500
12.4.16.19. Permissible value of loading on terminal:
12.4.16.19.1. Service load (sum of all loads occurring

simultaneously in service: conductor pull,
conductor weight and wind, excepted 2700 ©
short-circuit) in any direction in space not
less than (N)
12.4.16.19.2. Testing load for 60 sec. applied to the

midpoint of the terminal, perpendicular to 4700 ©
the bushing axis (N)
12.4.16.19.3. Short time load (sum of all loads occurring

simultaneously in case of service and
6700 ©
short-circuit) in any direction in space not
less than (N)
12.4.16.19.4. Recommended rope pull (N)
12.4.16.20. Wind load at wind velocity of 44 m/sec acc.

to DIN 1055 (N)
12.4.16.21. Seismic qualification of bushing acc. to IEC

TS 61463
12.4.16.21.1. Ground acceleration reference
16
The required value is for insulator with average diameter Da<300 mm
B - 92
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.16.21.2. Simultaneous earthquake acceleration

applied at the bushing flange taking into
consideration seismicity of the site “ag “
acc. to subcl.6.2 in IEC 61463
12.4.16.21.3. Horizontal acceleration “af “ (m/s2)
12.4.16.21.4. Vertical acceleration (m/s2)
12.4.16.21.5. Height of mounting of bushing (m)
12.4.16.21.6. Testing method used
12.4.16.22. Safety factors of insulator taking into

consideration the requirements under subcl.
‎12.4.16.19 (see Appendix A8 in the following
conditions17:
12.4.16.22.1. Condition 1 – routinely expected load

including
- design pressure 100% (if applicable)
- mass 100%,
- rated terminal load 100% (tensile force > 2.1
on conductors,
weight of conductor and load to wind on
conductor)
- load do to wind on bushing 30%
12.4.16.22.2. Condition 2– rarely occurring extreme

loads including
- mass 100%,
- rated terminal load 50% (tensile force
> 1.5
on conductors,
conductor)
- short circuit load 100%
17
Safety factor = Damage limit of the tube insulator//Bending moment
B - 93
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.16.22.3. Condition 3– rarely occurring extreme

loads including
- mass 100%,
- rated terminal load 70% (tensile force
> 1.2
on conductors,
conductor)
- seismic load 100%
Tube
12.4.16.23. The design of insulator will be only:
type
12.4.16.24. Describe the manufacturing process of

composite insulator in separate document
12.4.16.24.1. Method vulcanization HTV
12.4.16.24.2. Type of inorganic fillers added to polymer

materials and concentration
12.4.16.24.3. Describe the mechanism of hydrophobicity

transfer and recovery and include details
in connection with:
12.4.16.24.3.1. Losing and recovery of

hydrophobicity in time
12.4.16.24.3.2. Losing and recovery of

hydrophobicity in polluted conditions
12.4.16.24.3.3. Losing and recovery of the

hydrophobicity under rain conditions
12.4.16.24.3.4. Changing of dielectric withstand

characteristics at losing and recovery of
hydrophobicity characteristic
12.4.16.25. Send drawings with all the dimensions

required and with manufacturing tolerances
12.4.16.26. Materials:
12.4.16.26.1. Housing
12.4.16.26.1.1. Wall thickness of the housing (mm)
B - 94
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.16.26.2. Interface:
12.4.16.26.2.1. Between glass fibers and

impregnating resin
12.4.16.26.2.2. Between tube and housing
12.4.16.26.2.3. Between various parts of the

housing: between sheds and sheath
12.4.16.26.2.4. Between housing, tube and end

fittings
12.4.16.26.3. Tube
12.4.16.26.4. End fitting
12.4.16.27. Indicate if electrode or capacitive foil and

film condenser body are provided
12.4.16.28. Indicate if corona ring is necessary
12.4.16.29. Specify the surface hydrophobicity level of

the hollow insulator material at the time of
installation acc. to IEC 62073 (2003).
Indicate the measurement method and submit
test report.
12.4.16.30. Specify the loss of hydrophobicity of sheds

versus time in polluted zone and ability to
recover hydrophobicity after loss
12.4.16.31. Electric field stress around the Triple-

Junction areas:
12.4.16.31.1. Air/SIR/Metal (kV/cm)
12.4.16.31.2. FRP/SIR/Metal (kV/cm)
12.4.16.32. Recommended method to detect on site the

defective insulators (send technical
description)
12.4.16.33. Limits of temperature inside the tube

(highest/lowest) (˚C/˚C)
B - 95
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.16.34. Tube characteristics:
12.4.16.34.1. External diameter (mm)
12.4.16.34.2. Internal diameter (mm)
12.4.16.34.3. Wall thickness (mm)
12.4.16.34.4. Specified Mechanical load (SML) at room

> 11175
temperature (N)
12.4.16.34.4.1. Deflection under bending load of

SML (tube in irreversible plastic phase)
(mm)
12.4.16.34.4.2. Residual deflection after release of

the above load (mm)
12.4.16.34.5. Maximum Mechanical Load (MML) (N) > 4470
12.4.16.34.5.1. Deflection under bending load

(MML) (mm)
12.4.16.34.5.2. Deflection under bending load

1.5xMML (tube in elastic phase) (mm)
12.4.16.34.5.3. Residual deflection after release of

the above load (mm)
12.4.16.34.6. Specified internal pressure (SIP) (MPa)
12.4.16.34.7. Maximum service pressure (MSP) (Mpa)
12.4.16.34.8. Maximum permissible axial stress (Mpa)
12.4.16.34.9. Maximum residual strain after bending

load:
12.4.16.34.9.1. MML load (µm/m)
12.4.16.34.9.2. Damage limit load (µm/m)
12.4.16.34.9.3. SML load (µm/m)
12.4.16.34.10. Maximal tube residual deflection

under bending load:
B - 96
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.16.34.10.1. MML load (mm)
12.4.16.34.10.2. Damage limit load (mm)
12.4.16.34.10.3. SML load (mm)
12.4.16.34.11. Other method to determine the

onset of deterioration (if applicable)
12.4.16.35. Indicate if the influence of solar radiation is

included in calculation of MSP
12.4.16.36. Indicate method of attaching the metal end-

fitting to the tube.
Describe also the checking methods
12.4.16.37. Indicate the sealing system for composite

hollow insulator
12.4.16.38. Indicate if decomposition product resulted

from interactions between interior surface of
the tube and gaseous or liquid insulation
materials
12.4.16.39. Required minimum air clearance "phase to

phase/phase to earth" (m/m)
12.4.16.40. Weights:
12.4.16.41. The bushing shall be provided with a

corrosion-proof nameplate, made of suitable
material and characters engraved by laser acc.
to :
and including :
12.4.16.41.1. Rated (1 sec) short-time current
12.4.16.41.2. Creepage distance
12.4.16.41.3. Rated pressure and reference temperature

for the pressure
12.4.16.41.4. Maximum mechanical load (MML)
12.4.16.42. Type, sample and routine tests reports shall

be supplied acc. to IEC 61462 and IEC 60137
B - 97
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.17. Requirements for SF6/Cable Connections

for GIS (option A)
12.4.17.1. In Option A the connection of 170 kV

switchgear to transformer shall be performed
by cable connections (one (1) connection per
phase)
IEC
12.4.17.2. The cable connections shall be designed acc. 62271-
to 209
(2007)
12.4.17.3. The cable connections shall be an integral part

of this Specification and the Manufacturer of
SF6 switchgear shall supply them including all
necessary accessories, insulating, facilities,
etc., needed for their operation,
commissioning, testing, monitoring and
maintenance Requirements and characteristics
of cable connection enclosure
12.4.17.4. The cable connection will be dry type for XLPE

extruded cable acc. to IEC 62271-209 (2007)
fig.4,5
12.4.17.5. Rated voltage (kV) 170
12.4.17.6. Number of phases in one enclosure 1
12.4.17.7. Rated insulation level at minimum gas density:
12.4.17.7.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage (kV

750
peak)
12.4.17.7.2. Power frequency withstand voltage, 1min

325
(kV r.m.s.)
12.4.17.8. Rated normal current (A) 1250
12.4.17.9. Maximum temperature with no heat transfer

from the main circuit end terminal to the cable 90
termination (C)
12.4.17.10. Rated short-time withstand current for 1 sec

50
(kA)
B - 98
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.17.11. Rated peak withstand current (kA) 125
12.4.17.12. The minimum functional pressure for

insulation (pme) at 20 ºC shall be less than < 0.35
(MPa)
12.4.17.13. Rated filling pressure (pre) (MPa) > pme
12.4.17.14. Maximum operating pressure (MPa) < 0.85
12.4.17.15. Gas-pressure limits for dielectric test of < pme+

cable termination at 20C (MPa) 0.02
12.4.17.16. Cooperation between SF6 GIS

Manufacturer and Cable Manufacturer is
necessary to ensure suitable and safe cable
sealing ends
IEC-
12.4.17.17. The limits of supply of GIS Manufacturer 62271-
shall be according to 209
fig. 4
12.4.17.18. The cable sealing ends shall include:
12.4.17.18.1. The tubular enclosure and the flanges

(one flange to match the flanges of the
switchgear and the other to suit the cable
insulator, with its base fittings) shall be
supplied by the SF6 Switchgear
Manufacturer
12.4.17.18.2. Direct connection by 4X35mm2 flexible

non insulated Cu wire between GIS
enclosure and cable flange shall be
supplied by GIS Manufacturer acc. to
appended EVK-8254.
Please send details of mounting.
12.4.17.18.3. If nonlinear resistors are necessary to be

connected between GIS enclosure and
cable flange, these shall be supplied by
cable manufacturer.
Please indicate the type of recommended
nonlinear resistors, number, and
characteristics and send details of
mounting.
B - 99
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.17.18.4. The cable insulator with the fittings and the

head fitting, mounted on the cable
conductor, supplied by a Cable
Manufacturer
12.4.17.18.5. The sealing ends shall be submitted to all

the type tests and routine tests, according
to IEC 62271-203 (2011)
12.4.17.19. Suitable means shall be provided to enable

the switchgear to be completely filled with SF6
gas and tested, even when a cable is not
available and fitted into the SF6 switchgear
12.4.17.20. The GIS Manufacturer shall provide for

cable connection the disconnecting facilities
from GIS and earthing, for performing HV tests
on power cables
12.4.17.21. The distance between cable connection and

1.5
semitrailer floor will be higher than (m)
12.4.17.22. The insulation of the disconnecting facilities

from GIS shall be capable of withstanding the
following cable test voltage at minimum
working density or pressure of SF6 gas in the
sealing end (AC test – Uo for 24 hours)(kV/24
hours)
12.4.17.23. All cables between GIS and transformers

will be supplied by Contractor
12.4.18. Requirements for Direct Connections for

GIS (Option B)
12.4.18.1. In Option B the connection between GIS

(switchgear) and transformer will be performed
by direct connection
12.4.18.2. The connections shall be an integral part of this

Specification and the GIS Manufacturer shall
supply them including all necessary
accessories, insulating, facilities, etc, needed
for their operation, commissioning, testing,
monitoring and maintenance
B - 100
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
IEC
12.4.18.3. The direct connection between GIS and
62271-
transformers shall be designed acc. to: 211
12.4.18.3.1. Rated voltage (kV) 170 
12.4.18.3.2. Number of phase in one enclosure 1
12.4.18.3.3. Rated insulation level:
12.4.18.3.3.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage (kV

750 
peak)
12.4.18.3.3.2. Power frequency withstand voltage (kV

325 
r.m.s.)
12.4.18.3.4. Rated normal current (A) 1250 
12.4.18.3.5. Rated short time withstand current for 1

50 
sec (kA)
12.4.18.3.6. Rated peak withstand current (kA peak) 125 
12.4.18.3.7. Rated SF6 gas pressure (bar gauge)
12.4.18.3.8. The maximum operating gas pressure (bar

gauge)
12.4.18.3.9. Minimum gas pressure for dielectric tests

(bar gauge)
12.4.18.3.10. Mechanical forces applied to the bushing

at connection interface applied 2000 
transversally or axially less than (N)
12.4.18.3.11. Mechanical forces applied on the bushing

flange and transformer according to IEC
62271-211 Mechanical forces applied on
the bushing flange and transformer
12.4.18.3.11.1. Bending moment Mo less than

10
(kNm)
12.4.18.3.11.2. Shearing force Ft less than (kN) 10
12.4.18.3.11.3. Tensile or compressive force Fa less

5
than (kN)
B - 101
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.18.3.12. The vibrations generated by transformer

will be made known by Purchaser to SF6
G.I.S. Manufacturer and shall be taken into
consideration in design of GIS
Indicate the characteristics of vibrations
can be suffered by GIS in standard design
12.4.18.3.13. The contact surfaces of the connection

20
interface shall be silver – coated (m)
12.4.18.4. Cooperation between GIS Manufacturer and

Transformer Manufacturer is necessary to
ensure suitable and safe connection
IEC-
12.4.18.5. The limits of supply of GIS Manufacturer shall
62271-
be according to 211
fig. 1
12.4.18.6. In addition the GIS manufacturer shall supply:
12.4.18.6.1. Connections between the enclosures of

different phases in order to limit circulating
currents in transformer tank
12.4.18.6.2. Insulation junctions placed between

bushing flange and flange of transformer
connection enclosure or between
transformer enclosure and next enclosure,
to achieve correct operation of protection
schemes of transformer, will be capable to
withstand power frequency voltage test
with 5 kV r.m.s for 1 min18
12.4.18.6.3. Nonlinear resistors connected in parallel

with insulation junction
Indicate the number and characteristic and
send detail of mounting
IEC
12.4.18.7. The transformer connection shall be submitted
62271-
to all the type tests and routine tests acc. to 211
18
In case of the insulation junction placed between transformer tank and bushing flange, it (including
non-linear resistors) will be supplied by transformer manufacturer.
B - 102
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.18.8. The transformer connection shall include

facilities to perform the “tan.” test on
transformer with 10 kV test voltage
Please send details of the required facilities
and insulation
12.4.18.9. Suitable means shall be provided to enable the

switchgear to be completely filled with SF6 gas
and tested, even when a transformer is not
available and fitted into the SF6 switchgear
B - 103
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19. Requirements for Circuit Breaker
12.4.19.1. TYPE
12.4.19.1.1. Type of circuit breaker (denomination)
12.4.19.1.2. Type of mounting (horizontal preferable

or vertical)
12.4.19.1.3. The circuit breaker shall supplied in

accordance with the requirements of IEC
62271-100 (2012) IEC 62271-203 (2011)
Indicate the type of interrupting chamber
12.4.19.1.4. The circuit breaker shall be capable to

break and make the capacitor banks
(MVAR)
12.4.19.2. ELECTRICAL DATA
12.4.19.2.1. Breaking Capacity:
12.4.19.2.1.1. Circuit breakers shall be ample and safe

for protecting and instantly interrupting
their circuit as specified in "Properties"
clauses ‎12.3 and "tests and
Inspections" ‎12.5
12.4.19.2.1.2. The circuit breakers shall be

substantially in the same mechanical
conditions at the termination, as at the
beginning, of the specified test duties
12.4.19.2.1.3. Circuit breakers shall be capable for

carrying rated voltage and their main
current carrying parts shall be at the
termination of the specified tests
substantially in the same condition as at
the beginning
B - 104
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.2.1.4. The breakers shall be restrike free for all

operating duties except capacitive
current breaking. They shall be able to
break any current up to the rated
breaking current at any voltage up to
maximum rated voltage
12.4.19.2.1.5. The breakers shall be type C2 (very low

expected probability of restrike during
capacitive current breaking)
12.4.19.2.1.6. The breakers shall be class M2 proved

by mechanical endurance test consist of
10000 operating sequences
12.4.19.2.1.7. Number of series connected breaking

1
units per pole
12.4.19.2.1.8. The CB shall have a monitoring system

to ensure that all breaker poles are
either open or closed
12.4.19.2.2. Auto-Reclosing: The breakers shall be

supplied suitable for three-phase rapid
auto-reclosing duty, acc. to IEC 62271-
100 (2012) cl.4.104
12.4.19.2.3. Rated voltage Ur (kV) 170
12.4.19.2.4. Rated insulation level acc. to IEC 62271-

1 (2011) cl.4.2 and IEC 62271-100 (2012)
12.4.19.2.4.1. Rated lightning impulse withstand

voltage 1.2/50 sec full wave, both 750/860
polarities “to earth/across open 
contacts” Up (kV peak)
12.4.19.2.4.2. Rated short duration power frequency

withstands voltage 1 min. “to 325/375
earth/across open contacts” Ud 
(kV r.m.s.)
12.4.19.2.5. Rated normal current Ir

Indicate the over-current capability of CB 1250 ©
(if applicable)
B - 105
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.2.6. Rated short time withstand current Ik (kA) 50 ©
12.4.19.2.6.1. Rated peak withstand current Ip (kA

135 
peak)
12.4.19.2.6.2. Rated duration of short circuit tk (sec) 1©
12.4.19.2.7. Rated short-circuit breaking current at

170kV- Isc
12.4.19.2.7.1. Value of A.C. component, not less than

50
(kA r.m.s.)
12.4.19.2.7.2. Maximum permissible percentage of the

D.C. component at contact separation
taking into account a time constant of 45
msec (%)
12.4.19.2.7.3. Minimum opening time of the first

opening pole Top (ms)
12.4.19.2.8. Breaking capacities not less than:
12.4.19.2.8.1. Asymmetrical (MVA)
12.4.19.2.8.2. Symmetrical (MVA) 14720 ©
12.4.19.2.9. Rated short circuit making current (kA

125 ©
peak)
12.4.19.2.10. Rated operating sequence for CB suitable CO-15sec-

for three phase rapid auto-reclosing -CO
12.4.19.2.11. If the dead time is adjustable indicate the

adjustment limits
12.4.19.2.12. Rated transient recovery voltage

characteristics for terminal faults, acc. to
IEC 62271-100 (2012) Table 3 cl.4.102
and cl.6.106
10 | 30 | 60 |
12.4.19.2.12.1. At breaking capacity in percent at 100
170 kV (%)
12.4.19.2.12.2. First pole to clear factor (kpp) 1.3
B - 106
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.2.12.3. Standard value of TRV
12.4.19.2.12.3.1. u1 = first reference voltage (kV)
12.4.19.2.12.3.2. t1 = time to reach u1 (s)
12.4.19.2.12.3.3. uc = second reference voltage

(TRV peak value) (kV peak)
12.4.19.2.12.3.4. t2 = time to reach Uc (s)
12.4.19.2.12.3.5. td = time delay (s)
12.4.19.2.12.3.6. u1/ t1 = rate of rise (kV/s)
12.4.19.2.12.4. TRV characteristics for 2nd and 3rd

clearing poles acc. to IEC 62271-100/
(2012) Table 6 cl. 4.102.3
12.4.19.2.12.4.1. Rate of rise of recovery voltage

(RRRV)
12.4.19.2.12.4.1.1. 2nd clearing pole (kV/s)
12.4.19.2.12.4.1.2. 3rd clearing pole (kV/s)
12.4.19.2.12.4.2. uc – second reference voltage
12.4.19.2.12.4.2.1. 2nd clearing pole (kV peak)
12.4.19.2.12.4.2.2. 3rd clearing pole (kV peak)
12.4.19.2.13. Rated transient recovery voltage (TRV)

characteristics for short-line faults, acc. to
IEC 62271-100 (2012) Table 3 cl.4.105
and cl.6.109 Annex A
12.4.19.2.13.1. Fault current in percent of rated

90+2 | 75+4
symmetrical breaking current (%)
12.4.19.2.13.2. First pole to clear factor 1
B - 107
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.2.13.3. Standard values of transient

recovery voltage of the supply circuit for
short line faults
12.4.19.2.13.3.1. td = time delay (s)
12.4.19.2.13.3.2. Rate of rise at rated short circuit

breaking current Isc (du/dt)TF
(kV/s)
12.4.19.2.13.3.3. Rate of rise at short-line fault

breaking current IL (du/dt)SLF
(kV/s)
12.4.19.2.13.3.4. Voltage at instant of current

interruption ux (kV)
12.4.19.2.13.3.5. Transient peak voltage um (kV)
12.4.19.2.13.4. Values of TRV on line side
12.4.19.2.13.4.1. Voltage at instant of current

interruption uo (kV)
12.4.19.2.13.4.2. Peak factor (p.u.)
12.4.19.2.13.4.3. Peak value of first peak of line

side TRV uL (kV)
12.4.19.2.13.4.4. Time delay tdL (s)
12.4.19.2.13.4.5. Rate of rise of line side TRV

(duL/dt) (kV/s)
12.4.19.2.13.5. Total first peak voltage across the

CB:
12.4.19.2.13.5.1. Time coordinate tT= tL+ 2tDL to

first peak (s)
12.4.19.2.13.5.2. Source side voltage contribution

uS to TRV at tT (kV)
12.4.19.2.13.5.3. First peak voltage uT = uL +

uS (kV)
B - 108
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.2.14. Rated out-of-phase making and breaking

current acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012)
cl.4.102 Table 3 cl.4.106 and cl.6.110
12.4.19.2.14.1. Value of out-of-phase breaking

12.5
current Iop (kA)
12.4.19.2.14.2. Value of out-of-phase making

17.6
current Iop (kA)
12.4.19.2.14.3. Symmetrical breaking current in

percent of the assigned out of phase Test Duty
breaking capacity (% Iop) acc. to IEC OP1 OP2
62271-100 (2012) Table 26
12.4.19.2.14.4. D.C. component of the breaking

current shall be less than of the A.C. 20
component (%)
12.4.19.2.14.5. Transient recovery voltage

characteristics for out-of-phase
breaking, acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012)
cl.4.102 Table 3
12.4.19.2.14.5.1. First pole to clear factor 2
12.4.19.2.14.5.2. u1 = first reference voltage (kV)
12.4.19.2.14.5.3. t1 = time to reach u1 (s)
12.4.19.2.14.5.4. uC = TRV peak value (kV)
12.4.19.2.14.5.5. t2 = time to reach uC (s)
12.4.19.2.14.5.6. td = time delay (s)
12.4.19.2.14.5.7. u1/ t1 = rate of rise (kV/s)
12.4.19.2.14.6. Out-of-phase power frequency 2Un/3=

recovery voltage (kV) 196.5
12.4.19.2.15. Rated capacitive switching currents acc.

to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl.4.107 Table
9 IEEE C37 06 table 14
B - 109
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.2.15.1. Class of CB in connection to

C2
restrike performance
12.4.19.2.15.2. Rated line charging breaking

63
current (A)
12.4.19.2.15.3. Rated cable charging breaking

160
current (A)
12.4.19.2.15.4. Rated single capacitor bank

400
breaking current (A)
12.4.19.2.15.5. Rated back to back capacitor bank

400
breaking current (A)
12.4.19.2.15.6. Rated back-to-back capacitor bank

inrush making current 20/4300
(current/frequency) (kA peak/Hz)
12.4.19.2.16. Inductive load switching capabilities acc.

to IEC 62271-110 (2012)
12.4.19.2.16.1. Magnetizing current (A)
12.4.19.2.16.2. Shunt reactor switching current (A)
12.4.19.2.17. Rated Time Quantities of main contacts

acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl. 4.109
12.4.19.2.17.1. Opening time (no load) (ms 

tolerance)
12.4.19.2.17.2. Arcing time (ms  tolerance)
12.4.19.2.17.3. Break time not more than (ms 

50 
tolerance)
12.4.19.2.17.4. Pre-arcing time (ms  tolerance)
12.4.19.2.17.5. Closing time (no load) (ms 

tolerance)
12.4.19.2.17.6. Dead time (ms  tolerance)
B - 110
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.2.17.7. Close-open time (no load) (ms 

tolerance)
12.4.19.2.17.8. Reclosing time (no load) (ms 

tolerance)
12.4.19.2.17.9. Open-Close-Open time (no load)

(ms  tolerance)
12.4.19.2.17.10. Operating time diversion between

breaker poles on closing or/and tripping
shall not exceed :
12.4.19.2.17.10.1. Open (ms) 3.3
12.4.19.2.17.10.2. Close (ms) 5
12.4.19.2.17.10.3. Close-open (ms)
12.4.19.2.17.10.4. Open-close (ms)
12.4.19.2.18. Time quantities of auxiliary contacts:
12.4.19.2.18.1. Closing time of:
12.4.19.2.18.1.1. Auxiliary switch break contact

(ms  tolerance)
12.4.19.2.18.1.2. Auxiliary switch make contact

(ms  tolerance)
12.4.19.2.18.1.3. Auxiliary switch wiping contact

(ms  tolerance)
12.4.19.2.18.2. Opening time of:
12.4.19.2.18.2.1. Auxiliary switch break contact

(ms  tolerance)
12.4.19.2.18.2.2. Auxiliary switch make contact

(ms  tolerance)
12.4.19.2.18.2.3. Auxiliary switch wiping contact

(ms  tolerance)
B - 111
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2

NO/NC auxiliary contacts and main
contact at:
12.4.19.2.18.3.1. Closing operation (ms/ms 

tolerance)
12.4.19.2.18.3.2. Opening operation (ms/ms 

tolerance)
12.4.19.2.19. Additional time quantities required by

Purchaser:
12.4.19.2.19.1. Minimum time open command (ms

 tolerance)
12.4.19.2.19.2. Minimum time close command (ms

 tolerance)
12.4.19.2.19.3. Time delay between close-open

command
(ms  tolerance)
12.4.19.2.19.4. Time delay between close-open

command
(ms  tolerance)
12.4.19.2.20. Class of CB taking into account the

number of mechanical operation which Class M2
will be able to perform in concordance (10000
with manufacturer maintenance program CO)
acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl.4.110
12.4.19.2.21. Sound pressure level
12.4.19.2.21.1. Sound pressure level shall be

measured according to IEC 62271-37-
082 (2012)
12.4.19.2.21.2. Near field measurement with fully

opened control cabinet doors:
B - 112
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.2.21.2.1. Sound pressure level at 0.6 m

distance from tested circuit
breaker during tripping operation
(dB)

breaker during closing operation
(dB)
12.4.19.2.21.3. Near field measurement with fully

closed control cabinet doors

(dB)

(dB)
12.4.19.2.21.4. Far field measurement:

(dB)

(dB)
12.4.19.3. OPERATING MECHANISM
12.4.19.3.1. Type of operating mechanism (spring,

spring-hydraulic) 
Spring operating mechanism is preferable
12.4.19.3.2. The breakers shall be supplied with

operating mechanisms, suitable for single
and three phase rapid auto-reclosing
duty, without derating
B - 113
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.3.3. The circuit breaker mechanism shall be

designed to absorb any shock incident to
the operation of the breaker with
minimum resultant disturbance, jar and
noise
12.4.19.3.4. Steps to prevent undesirable operation

due to stresses, vibrations etc. shall be
provided by the design. Please give
details.
12.4.19.3.5. System of blocking main contacts in

closed position (latching) and in open
position. Please send description and
drawings.
12.4.19.3.6. Please indicate method of damping the

energy of moving parts at closing and
tripping
12.4.19.3.7. Operating mechanism shall be designed

for successful local and remote electrical
and local manual control for emergency
operation
12.4.19.3.8. The manual tripping device shall be

protected against accidental operation
(description to be included)
12.4.19.3.9. The stored energy shall be sufficient to

provide for the performance of the rated
operating sequence at all currents up to
the rated short circuit currents
12.4.19.3.10. In case the stored energy is not sufficient

for the completion of a closing (tripping)
operation, the operating mechanism shall
be blocked and an alarm shall be given.
A closing operation already started shall
be carried out to the end.
12.4.19.3.11. Automatic recharging of the closing

mechanism shall be provided for renewed
operation immediately after completion of
a closing operation
B - 114
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.3.12. Manual charging of the energy

accumulators shall be possible in the ©
event of failure of the motor drive
12.4.19.3.13. Crank for emergency manual operation

shall be supplied
12.4.19.3.14. Each pump motor shall be protected with

a thermal magnetic type overload
protection device and with an open phase
protection, not enclosed in the motor
12.4.19.3.15. Each pump shall be provided with a

running time meter, to stop the motor if
the normal running time is exceeded, in
case of leakage (if applicable)
12.4.19.3.16. Each motor circuit shall be provided with

means for disconnecting the motor and
the protection devices from the power
supply. The disconnecting means (socket
and plug) shall be enclosed in suitable
housing, even if located inside the
operating mechanism cabinet
12.4.19.3.17. The operating mechanism shall be

provided with push buttons located inside
the operating mechanism cabinet for local
opening and closing of circuit breaker
12.4.19.3.18. Motor drive mechanism shall be

accommodated in vermin proof and
IP 55
weatherproof operating mechanism
cabinet with degree of protection
12.4.19.3.19. Operating mechanism cabinet shall be

designed bottom closed with plated
provided with cable glands
B - 115
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.3.20. Local/remote selector switch (located in

bay control cubicle) shall interrupt all
circuits, including those of the trip coil for
control purposes, but shall not interrupt
the circuits used for protection purposes
to both trip coils. A normally closed alarm
contact, in "local" position shall be
provided and wired to the terminals of
control cubicle.
12.4.19.3.21. In control cubicle an electrical position

indicating device shall be provided for CB
position with the following functions:
12.4.19.3.21.1. – position 1 – CB closed
12.4.19.3.21.2. – position 2 – CB open
12.4.19.3.21.3. – position 3 – no voltage
12.4.19.3.22. A mechanical position indicating device

shall be provided on operating
mechanism of each CB
12.4.19.3.23. The operating mechanism with its control

relays shall afford the equivalent of trip-
free and anti-pump features
12.4.19.3.24. Control relays supplied with the circuit

breakers shall be heavy-duty, plug-in-
type, with dust tight covers. Where
practical, they shall be arranged to break
both polarities of the control circuit
12.4.19.3.25. All the three poles shall be tripped

automatically if any one pole fails to close
following a closing pulse. Phase
disagreement relays or other devices
shall be provided by Manufacturer.
12.4.19.3.26. Phase disagreement relay shall send five

seconds trip signal to coils
12.4.19.3.27. Power supply voltage:

60 (+10%)
12.4.19.3.27.1. Control circuit (V-D.C.) (-15%)
B - 116
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
60 (+10%)
12.4.19.3.27.2. Alarm circuit (V-D.C.) (-15%)

capable of closing and opening the circuit
breaker for any value of supply voltage
between 85% and 110% of the rated
value

capable of closing and opening the circuit
breaker for any value of supply pressure
value
12.4.19.3.30. The closing coil shall operate correctly

supply voltage of the closing device
12.4.19.3.31. The opening/tripping coil shall operate

correctly between 70% and 110% of the
rated supply voltage of the opening
device
12.4.19.3.32. Number of closing coils per breaker.(per

1
phase)
12.4.19.3.32.1. Maximum power rating per closing

coil at 60 V D.C. (W/phase)
12.4.19.3.32.2. Current required by closing circuit

at 60 V D.C. (A/phase)
12.4.19.3.32.3. Permissible duration of total current

by closing circuit (s)
12.4.19.3.32.4. Resistance of closing coil ()
12.4.19.3.32.5. Maximum power rating per closing

coil at 60 V DC (W/phase)
12.4.19.3.32.6. Current required by closing circuit

at 60 V-DC (A/phase)

by closing circuit (s)
B - 117
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.3.32.8. Resistance of closing coil ()
12.4.19.3.33. Number of tripping coils per breaker (per

2
phase)
12.4.19.3.33.1. Maximum power rating per tripping

coil at 60V DC (W/phase)
12.4.19.3.33.2. Rated trip current at 60 V DC

(A/phase)
12.4.19.3.33.3. Tripping peak current when tripping

circuits are energized at 60 V DC
(A/phase)

by tripping circuit (s)
12.4.19.3.33.5. Resistance of tripping coil ()
12.4.19.3.33.6. Each tripping coil shall be mounted

on separated armature of magnet
12.4.19.3.34. Maximum cable resistance at 60 V-DC of

the tripping circuit for which trip coil
operation is assured (/phase)
12.4.19.3.35. Facilities shall be provided to enable

travel and timing measurements to be
carried out after the switchgear has been
filled with SF6 gas. The test connections
shall be possible without opening of any
gas section
12.4.19.3.36. The routine test of each CB shall include

contact movement diagram (contact
displacement as against time) for main
contact and auxiliary switches. The
Manufacturer shall indicate method of
plotting, list of apparatus used and
information about possible modification of
the curves
B - 118
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.3.37. Minimum SF6 gas pressure or density for

which circuit breakers operation is
allowed without mechanical damages
(bar or g/l)
12.4.19.3.38. The following alarms shall be provided as

a minimum:
Indicate corresponding values
12.4.19.3.38.1. Abnormal density of SF6 gas

system (low density, minimum breaking
density /pressure, minimum dielectric
density)
12.4.19.3.38.2. Abnormal pressure of the operating

mechanism at 20˚C
12.4.19.3.38.2.1. Low/high pressure with time

delay (bar/bar)
12.4.19.3.38.2.2. Minimum auto-reclosing

pressure (bar)
12.4.19.3.38.2.3. Minimum closing pressure (bar)
12.4.19.3.38.2.4. Minimum tripping pressure if

applicable (bar)
12.4.19.3.38.3. Under voltage for pumps (with time

delay)
12.4.19.3.38.4. Under voltage for direct current

control circuits
12.4.19.3.38.5. Failure of any essential part of the

operating mechanism and motor
protection
12.4.19.3.38.6. Normal running time of pump

exceeded

breaker poles on closing or tripping
greater than indicated values
B - 119
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.3.39. Facilities shall be provided to enable

travel and timing measurements with CB
analyzer.
Indicate the type of CB analyzer.
12.4.19.3.40. The following data shall be indicated by

Manufacturer:
12.4.19.3.40.1. Travel specifications under rated

conditions:
12.4.19.3.40.1.1. Total travel (mm +/- tolerance)
12.4.19.3.40.1.2. Over travel open (mm +/-

tolerance)
12.4.19.3.40.1.3. Over travel close (mm +/-

toleranc
12.4.19.3.40.1.4. Rebound open (mm +/-

tolerance)
12.4.19.3.40.1.5. Rebound close (mm +/-

tolerance)
12.4.19.3.40.1.6. Contact wipe (mm +/- tolerance)
12.4.19.3.40.2. Velocity specification under rated

conditions:
12.4.19.3.40.2.1. Closing operation (mm/s +/-

tolerance)
12.4.19.3.40.2.2. Opening operation (mm/s +/-

tolerance)
12.4.19.3.41. Spring Mechanism
12.4.19.3.41.1. Number of mechanisms per

1/3
breaker (Alt 1/ Alt 2)
12.4.19.3.41.2. Motor reset and hand reset
12.4.19.3.41.3. Motor voltage (V-DC) 60
B - 120
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.3.41.4. Rated motor power (W)
12.4.19.3.41.5. Starting motor current (A–DC)
12.4.19.3.41.6. Steady motor current (A)
12.4.19.3.41.7. Total running time required for

spring loading:
12.4.19.3.41.7.1. After ON operation (sec)
12.4.19.3.41.7.2. After CO operation (sec)
12.4.19.3.41.7.3. After OCO operation (sec)
12.4.19.3.41.8. Total spring loading of closing

mechanism (kJ)
12.4.19.3.41.9. Number of turns per closing

operation
12.4.19.3.41.10. Spring mechanisms shall be

provided with electrical and mechanical
interlocks against undesired operation
resulting from a mechanical fault
12.4.19.3.41.11. For hand reset the direction of

motion of the handle shall be marked
12.4.19.3.41.12. Actuating force required for

manually charging (N)
12.4.19.3.42. Spring Hydraulic Mechanism
12.4.19.3.42.1. Number of mechanisms per

1/3
breaker (Alt 1/ Alt 2)
12.4.19.3.42.2. Spring-hydraulic mechanism shall

be complete with pump, accumulator,
necessary controls, piping, valves and
wiring
B - 121
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.3.42.3. Operating oil pressure shall be

maintained automatically and a
pressure gauge shall be provided to
give indication of the pressure
12.4.19.3.42.4. Motor voltage (V-DC) 60
12.4.19.3.42.5. Rated motor power (W)
12.4.19.3.42.6. Starting motor current /elapsed

time until steady current (A/msec)
12.4.19.3.42.7. Steady motor current (A)
12.4.19.3.42.8. Delivery rate (m3/h)
12.4.19.3.42.9. Total running time required for

spring loading:
12.4.19.3.42.9.1. After 1 ON operation (sec)
12.4.19.3.42.10. Stored operations
12.4.19.3.42.11. Spring-hydraulic mechanisms shall

be provided with electrical and
mechanical interlocks against undesired
operation resulting from a mechanical
fault
12.4.19.3.42.12. Blocking shall apply on all three

phases, even if the pressure is low in
only one or two phase mechanism(s)
12.4.19.3.42.13. Material of:
12.4.19.3.42.13.1. High and low hydraulic piping
12.4.19.3.42.13.2. Connection between piping and

control cabinet
B - 122
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.3.42.14. Spring-hydraulic mechanisms shall

be provided with a counter for oil-pump
start and an oil fault alarm relay
12.4.19.4. ACCESSORIES AND FITTINGS
12.4.19.4.1. Each circuit-breaker shall be equipped

with a complete set of necessary
accessories for operation, including the
following:
12.4.19.4.1.1. Position indicators (Alt 1/ Alt 2) 1/3
1/3
12.4.19.4.1.2. Operation counter to indicate the
number of trip operations (Alt 1/ Alt 2)
1/3
12.4.19.4.1.3. Gas density monitor (Alt 1/ Alt 2)
12.4.19.4.2. The electromagnetic compatibility

requirements shall be taken into account
in design of counter
12.4.19.4.3. The CB shall have a monitoring system to

ensure that all breaker poles are either
open or closed (please give details)
12.4.19.4.4. Heaters
12.4.19.4.4.1. Heaters shall be provided in operating

mechanism cabinet for heating and to
prevent condensation

thermostats
12.4.19.4.4.3. Number of heaters
12.4.19.4.4.4. Rated voltage (V) 230
12.4.19.4.4.5. Rated power (W/heater)
12.4.19.4.4.6. Total power required by all heaters for

one three phase CB (W)
B - 123
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.19.4.4.7. AC power supplies shall be provided

with breakers with one NC alarm
contact each
12.4.20. Requirements for Disconnectors and

Earthing Switches
12.4.20.1. Type and General Requirements:
12.4.20.1.1. Type of Disconnectors:
12.4.20.1.1.1. The disconnectors (Q9) can be offered

as combined disconnectors with LSES
Q52 (if applicable indicate type and
send single line diagram modified
accordingly)
12.4.20.1.2. Type of earthing switches:
12.4.20.1.2.1. High speed earthing switches (Q8)
12.4.20.1.2.2. Low speed earthing switches (Q52)
12.4.20.1.3. The Disconnectors and earthing switches

shall be designed acc. to IEC 62271-102
(2013) and IEC 62271-203 (2011)
12.4.20.1.4. Earthing switches close to the circuit

breakers and current transformers shall
be designed as insulated earthing
switches in order to enable an current
injection test, without removing SF6 gas
or other components
12.4.20.1.5. The insulated earthing switches shall be

designed to have a insulation level of
2 kV and shall be able to carry an
continuous current of 400 A
12.4.20.1.6. The earthing switches shall be provided

with a indicating pointer linked directly to
the operating shaft of the moving contact
©
of each phase, in order to indicate the
OPEN and CLOSE position of the
earthing switches
B - 124
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.20.1.7. In case that the requirement under subcl.

‎12.4.20.1.6 above cannot be fulfilled,
windows shall be supplied for all low and
high speed earthing switches
12.4.20.1.8. The inspection windows shall be so

designed to assure an easy and reliable
checking of contact position
12.4.20.1.9. Manufacturer shall submit with the

proposal the relevant drawing for the
above required pointer
12.4.20.1.10. Easy access to indicating position device

and mechanical interlocks shall be
provided
12.4.20.2. Electrical Data ©
12.4.20.2.1. Rated voltage Ur (kV) 170
12.4.20.2.2. Rated frequency (Hz) 50
12.4.20.2.3. Rated normal current for all

Disconnectors at maximum ambient 1250
temperature +50ºC:
12.4.20.2.4. The switching current capability of

disconnectors acc. to IEC 62271-102 cl.
3.4.101 and IEV 441-14-05 (A)
12.4.20.2.5.1. Rated lightning impulse withstand

voltage full wave 1.2/50 sec, both
polarities:
12.4.20.2.5.1.1. To earth (kV peak) 750
12.4.20.2.5.1.2. Across the isolating distance (kV

860
peak)
12.4.20.2.5.2. Rated power frequency (50 Hz)

withstand voltage 1min:
B - 125
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.20.2.5.2.1. To earth (kV r.m.s.) 325
12.4.20.2.5.2.2. Across the isolating distance (kV

375
r.m.s.)
12.4.20.2.6. Rated short-time withstands current for

Disconnectors and earthing switches for 1 50
sec (Ik) (kA r.m.s.)
12.4.20.2.7. Rated peak withstand current for

Disconnectors and earthing switches (Ip) 125
(kA peak)
12.4.20.2.8. Rated short circuit making current for high

125
speed earthing switches (kA peak)
12.4.20.2.9. Rated bus charging current switching

capability of Disconnectors acc. to IEC
62271-102 (2013) Annex F 0.1
(A r.m.s)
12.4.20.2.10. Rated bus transfer current switching

capability of Disconnectors acc. to IEC
62271-102 (2013) Annex B
12.4.20.2.10.1. Rated bus-transfer current (A) 1000
12.4.20.2.10.2. Rated bus-transfer voltage (V

10
r.m.s)
12.4.20.2.11. Rated induced current switching

capability of earthing switches acc. to IEC
62271-102 (2013) Annex C
12.4.20.2.11.1. Class of high speed earthing

B
switches
12.4.20.2.11.1.1. Electromagnetically induced

current:
12.4.20.2.11.1.1.1. Rated induced current for

80
high speed earthing switches (A r.m.s.)
12.4.20.2.11.1.1.2. Rated induced voltage for

high speed earthing switches (kV 2
r.m.s.)
B - 126
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.20.2.11.1.2. Electrostatically induced current:

3
high speed earthing switches (A r.m.s)

high speed earthing switches (kV 9
r.m.s)
12.4.20.2.11.2. Class of low speed earthing

A
switches
12.4.20.2.11.2.1. Electromagnetically induced

current:

50
low speed earthing switches (A r.m.s.)

low speed earthing switches (kV 1
r.m.s.)
12.4.20.2.11.2.2. Electrostatically induced current:

0.4
low speed earthing switches (A r.m.s)

low speed earthing switches (kV 3
r.m.s)
M2
12.4.20.2.12. Classification of disconnectors for
(10000
mechanical endurance CO)
12.4.20.2.13. Classification of earthing switches for M1

mechanical endurance (2000 CO)
12.4.20.2.14. Classification of high speed earthing

E1
switches for electrical endurance
12.4.20.2.15. Opening/closing time of:
12.4.20.2.15.1. Disconnectors (msec/msec)
B - 127
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.20.2.15.2. Low speed earthing switch

(msec/msec)
12.4.20.2.15.3. High speed earthing switch

(msec/msec)
12.4.20.2.15.4. Combined disconnectors and ES (if

applicable) (msec/msec)
12.4.20.3. Contacts
12.4.20.3.1. Contacts shall be of the high pressure

contact type, and shall open and close
with sufficient positive action but shall not
cause galling of the contact surface
12.4.20.3.2. Full contact and current carrying capacity

shall be secured during reasonable
overtravel and undertravel of the
mechanism
12.4.20.3.3. All contact surfaces shall be silver plated

with minimum thickness of silver plating 20
(m)
12.4.20.3.4. Contact pressure (N/sq. cm)
12.4.20.4. Operating mechanism
12.4.20.4.1. Type of Disconnectors operating

mechanism (number/denomination):
12.4.20.4.2. Combined disconnectors and ES (if

applicable) (number/denomination):
12.4.20.4.3. Type of earthing switch operating

mechanism (number/denomination):
12.4.20.4.3.1. High speed earthing switches
12.4.20.4.3.2. Low speed earthing switches
B - 128
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.20.4.4. Control of Disconnectors and earthing

switches shall be arranged for local
(manual and electrical) and remote
control
12.4.20.4.5. The three phases of each Disconnectors

or earthing switch shall be operated
simultaneously
12.4.20.4.6. Once the electrical command of an

operation has been initiated, the power
mechanism shall complete the open or
close operation without requiring the
electrical command to be held closed
12.4.20.4.7. The Disconnectors and the earthing

switches shall be provided with a time
delayed discrepancy alarm to indicate
that one or more phases failed to operate
correctly
12.4.20.4.8. Local/remote selector switch shall be

provided in the control cubicles for
selecting the desired mode of operation
of Disconnectors (see subcl.
12.5.12.13.3)

provided with push buttons located inside
the operating mechanism cabinet for local
opening and closing of isolator (see
subcl. ‎12.4.12.15.5)
12.4.20.4.10. A local control key shall be provided in

control cubicle for operation of each HS
earthing sw‎12.4.12.15.3itch (see
subcl.‎12.4.12.15.4)
12.4.20.4.11. Crank for emergency manual operation

shall be supplied
12.4.20.4.12. A normally closed alarm contact in "local"

position shall be provided and wired to
the terminals
B - 129
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.20.4.13. In case of loss of auxiliary D.C. voltage

for blocking purposes, the Disconnectors
shall be blocked until unlocked with key to
allow insertion of handle for manual
operation
12.4.20.4.14. In control cubicle an electrical position

indicating devices shall be provided for
Disconnectors and earthing switch, with
the following functions:
12.4.20.4.14.1. - Position 1 – closed
12.4.20.4.14.2. - Position 2 – open
12.4.20.4.14.3. - Position 3 - no voltage
12.4.20.4.15. Mechanical position indicating device

shall also be provided on operating
mechanism of Disconnectors and
earthing switch
12.4.20.4.16. The position of disconnectors/earthing

switches shall be displayed in a
mechanically linked mimic diagram in
LCC
12.4.20.4.17. Manufacturer may also propose his own

solution for a clear and reliable indication
of the operating position of Disconnectors
and earthing switches for approval by
Purchaser
12.4.20.4.18. Control relays supplied with the

disconnectors and the earthing switches
shall be heavy-duty type, with dust tight
covers. Where practical, they shall be
arranged to break both polarities of the
control circuit
12.4.20.4.19. Relay contacts shall be rated as indicated

in subcl. ‎12.4.13.15 (Auxiliary switches)
12.4.20.4.20. Maximum force and number of

revolutions required for manual operation
(N/no. of revolutions)
B - 130
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.20.4.21. Each electrical motor for power operation

shall be protected with a thermal-
magnetic type overload protection device
12.4.20.4.22. Each motor circuit shall be provided with

means for disconnecting the motor and
the protection devices from the power
supply (indicate type)
12.4.20.4.23. The disconnecting means shall be

enclosed in suitable housing, even if
located inside the operating mechanism
cabinet
12.4.20.4.24. Rating of motor drive:
12.4.20.4.24.1. Rated power (kW)

60
12.4.20.4.24.2. Rated voltage (V.D.C.) +10%
-15%
12.4.20.4.24.3. Rated current (A)
12.4.20.4.24.4. Starting current / elapsed time until

steady current (A/msec)
12.4.20.4.24.5. Total running time (sec)
12.4.20.4.25. Number of mechanisms per

Disconnectors
12.4.20.4.26. Number of mechanisms per Earthing

Switch
12.4.20.4.27. Number of mechanisms per combined

Disconnector and Earthing Switch (if
applicable)
12.4.20.5. Interlocks
12.4.20.5.1. Disconnectors and earthing switches

shall have provision for locking in both the
open and closed positions
B - 131
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.20.5.2. When the Disconnectors is locked in

either the open or closed position, the
short-circuit or other cause shall not bring
it out of this position
12.4.20.5.3. Disconnectors and associated earthing

switch shall be electrically interlocked to
prevent either of them closing unless the
other is open.
In case of combined disconnectors and
ES will be provided also the mechanical
interlocking
12.4.20.5.4. In addition, an mechanical interlock with

padlock shall be used

shall each have their own separate
electrical interlocking devices
12.4.20.5.6. Blocking of either electrical or manual

operation by an NC auxiliary contact of a
circuit breaker or another Disconnectors
shall be provided
12.4.20.5.7. The locking positions shall be provided

with labels "open" and "closed"
respectively
12.4.20.5.8. Interlocking between secondary voltage

of VT's and high speed line earthing
switch shall be provided
12.4.20.5.9. Blocking in case of hand operation shall

be identical to blocking in case of
electrical operation
12.4.20.5.10. Please send description of interlocking in

case of combined disconnectors and
earthing switches
B - 132
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
MEAS. PROT. MEA PROT MEA
PROT
SCOR . S
CORE
CORE CORE E CORE CORE
12.4.21. Requirements for Current

Transformers
12.4.21.1. TYPE
12.4.21.1.1. Types of current

transformer (denomination)
12.4.21.1.2. The current transformer

IEC 61869-1/2007
shall be supplied in IEC 61869-2/2012
accordance with:
12.4.21.1.3. Class of protective current

P
transformer
12.4.21.2. ELECTRICAL DATA (T1)

 
CORE NO. 1,2,3,4
12.4.21.2.1. Number of cores 1 3
12.4.21.2.2. Rated primary current Ipr

400 400
(A)
12.4.21.2.3. Rated secondary current

5 5/5/5
Isr (A)
12.4.21.2.4. Rated short time thermal

current for 1sec Ith (kA 50
r.m.s)
12.4.21.2.5. Rated dynamic current Idyn

125
(kA peak)
12.4.21.2.6. Rated continuous thermal

current Icth (1.2 x Ipr) (A) 480 480
12.4.21.2.7. Rated primary short circuit

current Ipsc (kA r.m.s) 50
12.4.21.2.8. Extended current rating (%)

120 NA
B - 133
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
PROT
SCOR . S
CORE
12.4.21.2.9. Rated output burden Sr

20 20
(VA)
12.4.21.2.10. Accuracy class 0.2s 5P
12.4.21.2.11. Instrument security factor

5 NA
FS
12.4.21.2.12. Accuracy limit factor ALF NA 30
12.4.21.2.13. Current error at rated

 0.2 1
primary current (%)
12.4.21.2.14. Phase displacement at

 10  60
rated primary current (min)
12.4.21.2.15. Composite error εc (%) > 10 5
12.4.21.2.16. Maximum secondary

winding resistance Rct ()
12.4.21.2.17. Knee point voltage (V)
12.4.21.2.18. Exciting current at knee

point voltage (A)
12.4.21.2.19. Maximum permissible

density current taking into
consideration the rated
short-time thermal current
50kA/1sec and maximum
winding temperature 200C
for aluminum or 250C for
cooper:
12.4.21.2.19.1. Primary winding,

including also the skin
effect (A/mm2)
12.4.21.2.19.2. Secondary winding,

including also the skin
effect (A/mm2)
B - 134
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
PROT
SCOR . S
CORE
12.4.21.2.20. Safety factor taking into

consideration maximum
permissible density current
and actual density current
for each winding:
12.4.21.2.20.1. Primary winding
12.4.21.2.20.2. Secondary winding

Indicate also the
cross section
12.4.21.3. Insulation requirements 
12.4.21.3.1. Lightning impulse withstand

voltage test 1.2/50 sec full 750
wave, both polarities (kV-
peak)
12.4.21.3.2. Lightning impulse withstand

voltage test 1.2/50 sec full 325
wave, both polarities (kV-
peak)
12.4.21.3.3. Partial discharge test acc. IEC 62271 203

to: (2011) cl.6.2.9
12.4.21.3.3.1. PD level at 1.2xUm/3 kV <5

(pC)
12.4.21.3.4. Class of insulation windings E

acc. to: IEC 60085 (2007)
12.4.21.3.5. Rated power frequency

voltage withstand for
3
secondary terminals and
between sections (kV r.m.s)
12.4.21.3.6. Rated withstand voltage for

inter-turn insulation (kV 4.5
peak)
B - 135
REQUIRED OFFERED
Alt 1 Alt 2
PROT
SCOR . S
CORE
12.4.21.3.7. The overvoltage transmitted

from the primary to IEC 61869-1
secondary terminals for Table 9
impulse type B acc. to: ≤ 1.6
shall not exceed (kV peak)
12.4.21.4. General requirements
12.4.21.4.1. The secondary windings

shall be wired to barrier
type terminals
accommodated in a
terminal box mounted
directly on the current
transformer section of the
GIS and in control cubicle
12.4.21.4.2. Provisions shall be made

for earthing of the
secondary windings inside
the terminal box
12.4.21.4.3. The position of the primary

terminals in the current
transformer section of the
GIS shall be clearly marked
by plates permanently fixed
to the enclosure
12.4.21.4.4. Indicate if return primary

conductor has any
influence on CT's
composite error
12.4.21.4.5. The primary terminal P1

shall be in the CB's
direction
12.4.21.4.6. Indicate if CT's have turn

correction. In the affirmative
indicate turn correction ratio
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
B - 136
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.22. Requirements for Inductive Voltage

Transformers
12.4.22.1. Type and General Requirements
12.4.22.1.1. Type of voltage transformer

(denomination) Indicate if the VT is air gap
core type
12.4.22.1.2. The voltage transformers shall be supplied

in accordance with IEC 61869-3 (2011)
12.4.22.1.3. The voltage transformers will be

connected line-to-ground
12.4.22.1.4. The VT's should be of either plug-in

construction or the disconnect link type
12.4.22.1.5. Special covers and shields should be

supplied so that the station can be
pressurized and dielectrically tested in
case of removal of the VT's
12.4.22.2. Electrical data (T5) ©
12.4.22.2.1. Rated primary voltage Upr (kV) 161/3
115/3/
12.4.22.2.2. Rated secondary voltages Usr (V)
115/3
12.4.22.2.3. Accuracy class 0.2 (3P)
12.4.22.2.4. Rated voltage factor Fv:
12.4.22.2.4.1. Continuous, not less than 1.2
12.4.22.2.4.2. 30 sec, not less than 1.5
12.4.22.2.5. Rated output for each secondary winding

40
(VA)
12.4.22.2.6. Total simultaneous burden in specified

80
accuracy class (VA)
12.4.22.2.7. Class of insulation windings acc. to IEC

E
60085 (2007)
B - 137
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.22.2.8. Thermal limiting output for each

secondary winding without exceeding the
limits of temperature rise:
12.4.22.2.8.1. Secondary windings (kVA/kVA)
12.4.22.2.8.2. Total simultaneous burden (kVA)
12.4.22.2.9.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage -

1.2/50 sec full wave, both polarities (kV 750
peak)
12.4.22.2.9.2. One minute power frequency withstand

325
voltage on primary winding (kV r.m.s.)
12.4.22.2.9.3. The partial discharge level acc. to IEC

61869-1 (2007) Cl. 5.3.3.1
12.4.22.2.9.4. PD level at 1.2xUm/3 (pC) <5
12.4.22.2.9.5. The overvoltage transmitted from the

primary to secondary terminals for
impulse type B acc. to IEC 61869—1 1.6
(2007) Table 9. Shall not exceed (kV
peak)
12.4.22.2.9.6. Dielectric dissipation factor at Um/3

(tan.) (%)
12.4.22.2.9.7. The rated power frequency withstand

voltage for secondary windings and 3
between sections (kV r.m.s.)
12.4.22.2.9.8. The rated power frequency withstand

3
voltage for earthed terminal (kV r.m.s.)
12.4.22.2.9.9. Each winding shall fulfill its respective

accuracy requirements within its output
range, while at the same time other
winding has an output of any value from
0 to 100% of the upper limit of the output
range specified for the other winding
B - 138
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.22.2.9.10. The VT shall be designed to

withstand without damage when
energized at rated voltage, the
mechanical and thermal effects of an
external short-circuit for the duration of
1sec acc. to IEC 61869-3 07 (2011) Cl.
6.301
12.4.22.3. Special requirements
12.4.22.3.1. All inductive VT’s must be designed so as

to be able when connected directly to a
170 kV line up to 100 km long or cable
line up to 20 km long to drain the trapped
charge, initially assumed to be 1.5 p.u. to
values lower than 0.2 p.u.
Indicate time period for draining the
trapped charge from the moment of line or
cable disconnection.
12.4.22.3.2. The VT’s shall have the capability to

withstand thermally and mechanically two
successive drainages of the line, the
second of which occurs immediately after
the first one
12.4.22.3.3. The characteristics of the 170 kV double

circuit transmission lines or cable lines, to
which VT’s will be connected are as
follow:
12.4.22.3.3.1. Overhead line:

R1 = 0.0400 /km
X1 = 0.3830 /km
R0 = 0.1860 /km
X0 = 1.4790 /km
RM = 0.0487 /km
XM = 0.3653 /km
C1 = 9.6820 nF/km
C0 = 6.1450 nF/km
12.4.22.3.3.2. Cable line:

R1 = 0.0138 /km
X1 = 0.1856 /km
R0 = 0.0639 /km
X0 = 0.0517 /km
CE = 288 nF/km
B - 139
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.22.3.4. Maximum energy which the voltage

transformer may absorb in a period of 2
sec. during transient ferroresonance
occurrence without any damage (kJ)
12.4.22.3.5. Discharge withstand capability test will be

performed. Describe method and supply
the test report.
12.4.22.3.6. The following data shall be supplied by

Manufacturer for first manufactured VT:
12.4.22.3.6.1. Leakage inductance for primary winding

(H)
12.4.22.3.6.2. Leakage inductance for secondary

windings (H/H)
12.4.22.3.6.3. Resistance for primary winding ()
12.4.22.3.6.4. Resistance for secondary windings (/)
12.4.22.3.6.5. Magnetizing curve taking into

consideration the following:
12.4.22.3.6.5.1. The uniform scale representation

is preferred instead of logarithmic
one
12.4.22.3.6.5.2. The magnetizing curve shall be

measured directly on the core
and not on the assembled VT
(without the influence of primary
winding capacitance)
12.4.22.3.6.5.3. Magnetizing curve will be sent as

Upeak (or peak) versus Ipeak
12.4.22.3.6.5.4. Magnetizing curve up to 2 p.u.

(measured values and
extrapolated up to 4 p.u. of the
magnetic flux or dynamic
saturation inductivity for 3.5 - 4
p.u)
12.4.22.3.6.6. Hysteresis curve
B - 140
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.22.3.6.7. Equivalent resistance of the magnetic

core power losses or magnetic core
power losses dependence on the peak
value of the magnetizing branch voltage
taking into consideration the following:
12.4.22.3.6.7.1. The uniform scale representation

is preferred instead the
logarithmic one
12.4.22.3.6.7.2. Rfe = f( Upeak) or Pfe = f1(

Upeak) where Upeak is the peak
value of the magnetizing branch
voltage
12.4.22.3.6.8. Core power losses including both eddy-

current and hysteresis power losses
12.4.22.3.6.9. Secondary loads (indicate the respective

power factor cos. )
12.4.22.3.6.10. Indicate if steps shall be taken

(screenings, special type of earthing) to
reduce overvoltage between terminals of
secondary windings and earth to safe
value on switching the VT on and off at
rated voltage and during atmospheric
overvoltages
12.4.22.3.7. Each VT should be equipped with one

Ferro resonance protection device using a
resistor or reactor to be connected across
one secondary winding. The final data
about value of resistor/reactor and
duration of resistor/reactor connection will
be decided after results of Ferro
resonance study by VT's Manufacturer
and in parallel by IECo. The results of the
two studies should be compared and a
final decision will be taken. All necessary
electrical data and drawings for the Ferro
resonance damping device and required
automation shall be supplied.
B - 141
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.22.3.8. Maximum time allowed between last

circuit breaker opening time to all
Disconnectors opening time, without any
damage caused to the Ferro resonance
protective device (sec)
12.4.22.3.9. Miniature circuit breakers for protection of

secondary side of VT's should be provided
in control cubicle
12.4.22.3.10. Each MCB shall be equipped with 2NC and

auxiliary contacts 2NO
12.4.23. Requirements for ZnO Surge Arrester
12.4.23.1. TYPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
12.4.23.1.1. Type of ZnO Surge Arrester

(denomination)
12.4.23.1.2. The surge arrester shall be supplied in

accordance with IEC 60099-4 /2014
SF6
12.4.23.1.3. The insulation medium of surge arrester
will be
12.4.23.1.4. Number of column
12.4.23.1.5. Mounting position – connection to busduct

on top of SA enclosure (preferable)
12.4.23.1.6. The surge arrester and accessories shall

be suitable for outdoor application
12.4.23.1.7. The SA should be of disconnect link type
12.4.23.1.8. Special covers and shields should be

supplied so that the station can be
pressurized and dielectrically tested after
removal of the SA
12.4.23.2. ELECTRICAL DATA 
12.4.23.2.1. Rated voltage Ur of arrester (kV r.m.s) 132
12.4.23.2.2. Continuous operating voltage Uc (kV

r.m.s)
B - 142
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.23.2.3. Continuous current of arrester at Uc (mA)
12.4.23.2.3.1. Resistive component of continuous

current (mA)
12.4.23.2.3.2. Capacitive component of continuous

current (mA)
12.4.23.2.4. Reference voltage Uref (kV)
12.4.23.2.5. Reference current Iref (mA peak)
12.4.23.2.6. Permissible temporary overvoltage (after IEC6009

discharge of 7 kJ/kV) 9-4
The power frequency voltage versus time subcl
characteristics shall be supplied: 6.12
12.4.23.2.6.1. At 1.05 Ur (sec)
12.4.23.2.6.2. At 1.10 Ur (sec)
12.4.23.2.6.3. At 1.15 Ur (sec)
12.4.23.2.7. Nominal discharge current 8/20 sec 20

wave (kA peak)
12.4.23.2.8. Arrester class: SH
12.4.23.2.8.1. Thermal energy rating not less

10
than[kJ/kV]
12.4.23.2.8.2. Repetitive charge transfer rating not less

2.4
than [C]
12.4.23.2.9. Minimum energy discharge capability for a

7
single impulse energy (kJ/kV)
12.4.23.2.10. Minimum prospective symmetrical fault

50
current (kA r.m.s)
12.4.23.2.11. Protective levels
12.4.23.2.11.1. Maximum residual voltage at 8/20

µs lightning impulse current wave
12.4.23.2.11.1.1. At 0.1 kA (kV peak)
B - 143
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.23.2.11.1.2. At 0.5 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.1.3. At 1 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.1.4. At 3 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.1.5. At 5 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.1.6. At 10 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.1.7. At 15 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.1.8. At 20 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.1.9. At 40 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.2. Maximum residual voltage at 30/60

µs switching impulse current wave
12.4.23.2.11.2.1. At 0.5 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.2.2. At 1 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.2.3. At 2 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.2.4. At 3 kA (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.11.3. Maximum residual voltage for steep

current impulse with 1 sec virtual front
time and peak value equal to the rated
discharge current ±5% (kV peak)
12.4.23.2.12. The insulation level between internal parts

and metal housing shall be:
12.4.23.2.12.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.3

19
phase to earth (kV peak) LOPL
12.4.23.2.12.2. Power frequency withstand voltage 1.06

20
phase to earth (kV peak) SOPL
12.4.23.2.13. SF6 pressure for insulation at 20 C
19
LOPL – Lightning over-voltage Protection Level of arrester
20
SOPL -Switching over-voltage Protection Level of arrester
B - 144
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.23.2.14. PD level at 1.05 Uc (pC) <5
12.4.23.3. OTHER REQUIERMENTS
12.4.23.3.1. Each arrester compartment is fitted with

gas connection for gas monitoring devices
and for SF6 maintenance, like in other
GIS compartments
12.4.23.3.2. The surge arrester compartment shall be

provided with an access opening closed
with cover including pressure relief device
and filter
12.4.23.3.3. Please indicate the used method for

electrical field control along the axis of
active parts and between active parts and
earthed encapsulation (send details)
12.4.23.3.4. The bottom plate of the arrester housing

shall be removable and provided with
bushing for the insulated connection to
earth
12.4.23.3.5. Two earthing terminals shall be provided

in the bottom plate of the arrester housing
(indicate type, dimensions, material)
12.4.23.3.6. The conductor used for connection of SA

to earthing system will be supplied by
Manufacturer:
12.4.23.3.6.1. Type and size of conductor (mm2)
12.4.23.3.6.2. Length/phase (m)
12.4.23.3.6.3. Insulation (kV r.m.s)
12.4.23.3.6.4. Maximum permissible length of lead

between SA enclosure and earth (mm)
12.4.23.3.6.5. Type and material of terminals
12.4.23.3.7. The manufacturer will supply all covers for

closing the apertures in GIS enclosure for
performing of HV test on site of GIS
without surge arrester
B - 145
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.23.3.8. Please indicate if special provisions are

required during shipment and storage of
surge arrester
12.4.24. Dimensions and Weights
12.4.24.1. DIMENSIONS
12.4.24.1.1. Dimensions of 170 kV SF6 switchgear:
12.4.24.1.1.1. Overall length (m)
12.4.24.1.1.2. Overall width (m)
12.4.24.1.1.3. Maximum height (m)
12.4.24.1.2. Typical dimensions of a local control

cubicle:
12.4.24.1.2.1. Length (m)
12.4.24.1.2.2. Width (m)
12.4.24.1.2.3. Height (m)
12.4.24.2. WEIGHTS
12.4.24.2.1. Total weight of 170 kV SF6 switchgear (t)
12.4.24.2.2. Total mass of SF6 gas in the 170 kV SF6

switchgear (t)
12.4.24.2.3. The mass of gas in the largest/smallest

gas sections (kg)
12.4.24.2.4. Mass of reserve SF6 gas supplied by

Contractor shall be 10% from total mass
of SF6 gas (kg)
12.4.24.2.5. Shipping weight (ton)
12.4.25. LOADS ON SEMITRAILER
12.4.25.1.1. Static (kN)
B - 146
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.4.25.1.2. Dynamic impulse forces in all relevant

directions during switching operation of
CB's (kN)
12.4.25.1.3. Number of drawing including diagram of

forces and explanations
12.4.25.1.4. Please indicate and describe recom

mended methods to absorb shocks
transmitted to floor of the semitrailer
12.5. TESTS
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1. Type Tests
12.5.1.1. The Manufacturer is required to submit with

the proposal type test reports of the offered
equipment type, performed by a neutral
laboratory (e.g. Kema) accredited to ISO/IEC
17025 (2005) by an accreditation body which
is a member of ILAC MRA (e.g. APLAC, EA, ©
IAAC, A2LA).
Furthermore the Laboratory scope of
accreditation must include the required specific
test methods used for the above mentioned
type tests
12.5.1.2. Type test reports for offered type according to

the provisions of the latest relevant issue of
©
IEC Recommendations, shall be supplied with
the proposal21 see Appendix A3.
12.5.1.3. Dielectric tests acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011)

subcl.6.2
12.5.1.3.1. Power frequency (50-Hz) withstand

voltage test 1 min, on the main circuit acc.
to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.6.2
12.5.1.3.1.1. To earth and between phases (kV r.m.s.) 325
21
Indicate number of each test report
B - 147
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1.3.1.2. Across isolating distance and across

375
open switching device (kV r.m.s.)
12.5.1.3.1.3. Power frequency (50 Hz) withstand

voltage test, 1 min, wet conditions for 325
bushings (kV r.m.s.)
12.5.1.3.2. Lightning impulse withstand voltage test

1.2/50 sec full wave, both polarities, acc.
to IEC 62271-1 (2011) cl. 6.2.6.2
12.5.1.3.2.1. To earth and between phases (kV peak) 750
12.5.1.3.2.2. Across isolating distance and across

860
open switching device (kV r.m.s.)
12.5.1.3.3. Partial discharge tests acc. to IEC 62271 -

203 (2011) subcl.6.2.9
12.5.1.3.3.1. Maximum permissible PD level at

<5
1.2Ur/√3/>1min (pC)
12.5.1.3.4. Artificial pollution test for composite

outdoor bushings based on IEC-TC-36
Guides and local pollution indices
(ESDD/NSDD)
12.5.1.3.4.1. Test procedure
12.5.1.3.4.2. Acceptance criteria
12.5.1.3.4.3. Conclusion
12.5.1.3.5. Dielectric type test of cable termination in

a single phase at minimum functional
pressure for insulation acc. to IEC 62271-
209 (2007)
The tests will be performed at maximum
SF6 gas pressures (MPa)
12.5.1.3.6. Dielectric tests on auxiliary and control

circuits acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011)
subcl.6.2.10 IEC 62271-1 (2011)
subcl.6.10.6
B - 148
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1.3.6.1. Power frequency voltage withstand test

(50 Hz) 1 min. (kV r.m.s.)
If electronic components are used 2
indicate the testing procedure and test
value
12.5.1.3.7. Radio interference voltage (RIV) tests (for

external bushings) acc. to IEC 62271 -203
(2011) subcl.6.3
2500
Radio interference level at 1.1 Ur/√3 does
not exceed maximum value (V)
12.5.1.4. Tests to prove the temperature rise and

measurements of resistances acc. to:
12.5.1.4.1. Measurement of the resistance of the

main circuit acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011)
subcl.6.4
Acceptance test value will be supplied.
12.5.1.4.2. Measurement of the resistance of auxiliary

contacts class 1 acc. to IEC 62271-1
(2011) cl. 6.4.2.1
12.5.1.4.3. Temperature rise test on main circuit and

on auxiliary and control equipment acc. to
IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.6.5
12.5.1.4.3.1. The resistance value measured prior and

after temperature rise test will not differ 20
by more than (%)
12.5.1.5. Tests to prove the rated peak and the rated

short-time withstand current (on main circuits
and earthing circuits) acc. to IEC 62271 -203
(2011) subcl.6.6
12.5.1.5.1. Rated short-time withstand current (kA

50/1
r.m.s./sec)
12.5.1.5.2. Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)

125
12.5.1.6. Verification of making and breaking capacities

acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl. 6.101
B - 149
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1.6.1. Circuit breakers acc. to IEC 62271-100

(2012) Cl.6.102 to 6.112 IEEE C37 06
12.5.1.6.2. Earthing switches and Disconnectors acc.

to IEC 62271-102 (2013)
12.5.1.6.2.1. Short circuit making capability of HSES

class E1
IEC 62271-102 (2013) Cl.6.101
12.5.1.6.3. Bus transfer current switching capability of

disconnectors IEC 62271-102 (2013)
Cl.6.106 Annex. B
12.5.1.6.4. Induced current switching capability of ES

EC 62271-102 (2013) Cl.6.107 Annex. C
12.5.1.6.5. Bus charging switching capability of

disconnectors
IEC 62271-102 (2013) Cl.6.108 Annex. F
12.5.1.7. Mechanical and environmental tests acc. to

IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl. 6.102
Number of operating cycles for:
12.5.1.7.1. Circuit breakers class M2 acc. to IEC

62271-100 (2012) subcl. 6.101.2.4
Five times the following test series shall
be performed:
12.5.1.7.1.1. Circuit breaker at minimum supply 500x

voltage and operating pressure (C–O)
12.5.1.7.1.2. Circuit breaker at rated supply voltage 500x

and operating pressure (C–O)
12.5.1.7.1.3. Circuit breaker at maximum supply 500x

voltage and operating pressure (C–O)
250 x
12.5.1.7.1.4. Circuit breaker at rated supply voltage
and operating pressure (C–0.3s
-CO-
3min-C)
B - 150
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1.7.2. Disconnectors class M2 and Earthing

Switches class M1 acc. to IEC 62271-102
(/2013) cl.6.102
Ten times for Disconnectors and two
times for ES the following series will be
performed:
12.5.1.7.2.1. Disconnectors and ES at rated supply 900x

voltage and for hand operated (C–O)
12.5.1.7.2.2. Disconnectors and ES at minimum 50x

supply voltage (C–O)
12.5.1.7.2.3. Disconnectors and ES at maximum 50x

supply voltage (C–O)
12.5.1.7.3. Operation test at limit temperatures acc. to

IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 6.102
12.5.1.7.3.1. Operation test at high temperature (C) +50
12.5.1.7.3.2. Operation test at low temperature (C) -5
12.5.1.7.4. Operating time, maximum energy

consumption, operation of auxiliary
contacts, position indicating device shall
be verified
12.5.1.7.5. The main circuit resistance shall not

20%
increase after test more than
12.5.1.7.6. All other elements comprising interlocks. 50x(C–

Contractor shall indicate a list. O)
12.5.1.7.7. A tightness test shall be performed before

and after mechanical endurance test
12.5.1.8. Electrical endurance testing of CB acc. to IEC

62271-310 (2008)
12.5.1.9. Voltage test as condition check, after breaking

and mechanical tests acc. to IEC 62271-1
(2011) cl.6.2.11
12.5.1.10. Verification of degree of protection for auxiliary

and control circuits acc. to IEC 62271-203
(2011) subcl.6.7
B - 151
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1.10.1. Verification of the IP coding acc. to IEC

60529 (2013)
12.5.1.10.2. Mechanical impact test acc. to IEC 62262

(2002) cl.5
12.5.1.11. Test for support insulators and partitions acc.

to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) cl.6.104, cl.6.106
and IEEE C37-122 and BS 50089.
Please indicate other standards and describe
test method.
12.5.1.11.1. Pressure test on partitions
12.5.1.11.1.1. Pressure test higher than:

> 3p
Indicate design pressure "p".
12.5.1.11.1.2. Thermal performance (on partitions and

support insulators)
12.5.1.11.1.3. Tightness test for partitions
12.5.1.12. Proof tests for enclosures, acc. to IEC 62271 -

203 (2012) subcl. 6.103
12.5.1.12.1. Bursting pressure test:
12.5.1.12.1.1. Pressure rise (KPa/min) ≤ 400
12.5.1.12.1.2. Bursting pressure for cast aluminum or

5 x p22
composite aluminum enclosures
12.5.1.12.1.3. Bursting pressure for welded aluminum (2.3v)(σ

or steel enclosures23 t/σa)p
12.5.1.12.2. Non-destructive pressure test acc. to to

IEC 62271-03 (2012) subcl. 6.103.3
12.5.1.12.2.1. Test pressure for cast aluminum

enclosures
22
p – design pressure
23
v – welding coefficient, σt – design stress at test temperature, σa – design stress at design
temperature
B - 152
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1.12.2.2. Test pressure for welded aluminum and

steel enclosures
12.5.1.12.2.3. Alternative procedures for non-

destructive pressure test may be
indicated
12.5.1.13. Internal arc test, at 50 kA and 0.5 sec. arc

duration acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.
6.105
12.5.1.14. Gas tightness test acc. to IEC 62271 -203

(2011) subcl.6.8
Indicate if the proposed equipment is closed or
sealed pressure system
12.5.1.15. Environmental tests:
12.5.1.15.1. Outdoor equipment (stationary use at non-

weather protected location) acc. to IEC
60721-4-4 (2003) and IEC 60068
12.5.1.16. Corrosion test on earthing connections acc. to

IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 6.107
12.5.1.17. Corrosion test on enclosures acc. to IEC

62271-203 (2011)
subcl. 6.108
12.5.1.18. Electromagnetic Compatibility – EMC
12.5.1.18.1. Emission tests from the auxiliary and

control circuits acc. to IEC 62271-1 (2011)
cl.6.9.1.2
12.5.1.18.2. Immunity tests on auxiliary and control

circuits which include electronic
equipment (if applicable):
12.5.1.18.2.1. Electric fast transient/burst test acc. to

IEC 62271-1 (2011) cl.6.9.2.3 Test
2
voltage (kV):
12.5.1.18.2.2. Oscillatory wave immunity test acc. to

IEC 62271-1 (2011) cl.6.9.2.4
B - 153
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1.18.2.3. Electrostatic discharge test (ESD) on

electronic equipment
12.5.1.18.3. Ripple on DC input power port immunity

test acc. to IEC 61000-4-17
12.5.1.18.4. Voltage dips, short interruptions and

voltage variations on DC input power port
immunity test acc. to IEC 61000 4-11 and
4-29
12.5.1.18.5. Indicate the tested sub-assemblies
12.5.1.19. Tests on auxiliary and control circuits acc. to

IEC 62271-1/2011 cl.6.10
12.5.1.19.1. Functional tests
12.5.1.19.2. Electrical continuity of earthed metallic

parts test
12.5.1.19.3. Verification of the operational

characteristics of auxiliary contacts
12.5.1.19.4. Environmental tests including:
12.5.1.19.4.1. Cold test acc. to IEC 60068-2-1
12.5.1.19.4.2. Dry heat test acc. to IEC 60068-2-2
12.5.1.19.4.3. Damp heat acc. to IEC 60068-2-3
12.5.1.19.4.4. Cyclic test acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
12.5.1.19.4.5. Vibration response and seismic test acc.

to IEC 60068-2-6
12.5.1.19.4.6. Other environmental tests acc. to

IEC 60068-2
Please indicate.
12.5.1.20. Type tests of CT’s acc. to IEC 61869-1,2/2012
12.5.1.20.1. Additional type tests:
B - 154
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1.20.1.1. Measurement of exciting current and

voltage at 50 Hz with open primary
winding and drawing of magnetization
curve for each core of CT’s
12.5.1.20.1.2. Transmitted overvoltage test
12.5.1.21. Type tests of VT’s acc. to IEC 61869- 1,3

(2012)
12.5.1.21.1. Transmitted overvoltage test as additional

type test
12.5.1.22. Type tests of SA’s acc. to IEC 60099-4 (2014)
12.5.1.23. Type tests of composite air/SF6 bushing acc.

to IEC 61462 (2007) IEC 60137 (2008)
12.5.1.23.1. Design tests acc. to IEC 61462 cl.7 and

table 3
12.5.1.23.1.1. Tests on interface and connections IEC

61462 cl.7.2
12.5.1.23.1.2. Tests on shed and housing material acc.

to IEC 62217 (2012) cl.9.3
12.5.1.23.1.3. Tests on tube material acc. to IEC 62217

cl.9.4
12.5.1.23.2. Mechanical tests acc. to IEC 61462 cl.8
12.5.1.23.3. Sample tests acc. to IEC 61462 cl.9
12.5.1.23.4. Special tests:
12.5.1.23.4.1. Accelerated aging test
12.5.1.23.4.2. Power arc test
12.5.1.23.4.3. Tests on insulating materials acc. to IEC

62039
12.5.1.23.4.3.1. Tests on housing materials
12.5.1.23.4.3.2. Core
B - 155
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1.23.4.3.3. Structural materials
12.5.1.24. Type tests for cable connection acc. to IEC

62271-209 (2007) cl.8
12.5.1.25. Seismic qualification test shall prove that the

GIS equipment including LCC will operate fully
satisfactory during and after earthquake acc.
to IEEE C37.122.1 IEEE 693 IEC/TS 61463
IEC 62271-207 (2012)
12.5.1.25.1. Qualification by combined test and

dynamic analysis
12.5.1.25.2. The qualification shall consider the as built

condition of the GIS, including supports
and structure in defining the excitation for
test and analysis
12.5.1.25.3. LCC (auxiliary and control equipment)

which is independent of the GIS shall be
qualified independently
12.5.1.25.4. The dynamic analysis report shall be acc.

to IEEE 693 and shall take into
consideration:
12.5.1.25.4.1. Damping ratio (%)
12.5.1.25.4.2. The history parameters acc.to IEEE 693

cl.5.5.2
12.5.1.25.4.3. Test sequence acc.to IEEE 693 cl.5.5.4
12.5.1.25.4.4. Qualification by combined test and

numerical analysis shall be performed
acc.to IEEE 693 cl.6
12.5.1.25.4.5. Documentation for test and analysis

report shall be according to IEEE 693
cl.8
12.5.1.26. Electrical and mechanical life tests of bellows,

elbows or expansion joints acc. to IEEE
C37.122
B - 156
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.1.27. Welding and pressure testing performed on

the pressure vessels acc. to CENELEC 50069
and 50064
12.5.1.28. Cross cut test of painting acc. to ISO 2409 grad 0
12.5.2. Routine and Sample Tests
12.5.2.1. Power frequency voltage 1min, dry test, on the

main circuit, at minimum functional pressure,
with switching devices (CB and Disconnectors)
closed and open, acc. to24 IEC 62271-203 325 ©
(2011) subcl.7.1
(kV r.m.s.)
12.5.2.2. Partial discharge measurements on transport

units or components acc. to IEC 62271-203 ©
(2011) subcl.7.1.2
325kV/
12.5.2.2.1. Pre-stress voltage/duration (kV r.m.s./sec)
1min
1.2
12.5.2.2.2. Measuring voltage / duration (kV
r.m.s./sec) Ur/√3 /
> 1 min
12.5.2.2.3. Partial discharge level for all assemblies

not more than (pC)
Contractor shall indicate a list of all 5
components subjected to partial discharge
test.
12.5.2.2.4. No partial discharge up to (kV r.m.s.)
12.5.2.2.5. Extinction voltage (kV r.m.s.)
12.5.2.3. Voltage tests (1 s) for the auxiliary and control

circuits, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) ubcl.7.2 1
(kV r.m.s.)
24
The CB’s and Disconnectors will be tested also in open position with 375 kV r.m.s, if will be supplied
as transportable units
B - 157
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.2.4. Measurement of the resistance of the main

circuits, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011)
≤ 1.2 Ru
subcl.7.3
Overall resistance on transport units measured 
with the equipment in closed position (ohm)25
12.5.2.5. Gas tightness tests acc. to IEC 62271-


203/2011 subcl.7.4
12.5.2.6. Visual check, verification of design and

checking of nameplate, in order to prove the
compliance with Specification SR-152 acc. to
IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl.7.5
12.5.2.7. Pressure tests of enclosures acc. to


IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.7.101
1.3 x p /
12.5.2.7.1. Welded aluminum/steel enclosures (bar)
≥
1min26
12.5.2.7.2. Cast aluminum and composite aluminum 2xp/≥

enclosures (bar) 1min
12.5.2.8. Mechanical operation tests, acc. to IEC 62271-

203 (2011) subcl.7.102 
Number of operating cycles for:
12.5.2.8.1. Circuit breaker at:
5 x (C-
12.5.2.8.1.1. Rated supply voltage and rated pressure
for operation (if applicable) O)
5 x (O-
to-C)
to=0.3 s

12.5.2.8.1.2. Minimum supply voltage and minimum 5xC
pressure for operation (if applicable) 5xO

12.5.2.8.1.3. Maximum supply voltage and maximum 5xC

pressure for operation (if applicable) 5xO

25
Ru = Sum of the resistance of relevant components (CB, Disconnectors, etc) during the type test
26
p = design pressure of enclosure
B - 158
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.2.8.1.4. The SF6 pressure and pressure of

operating mechanism (if applicable),
operating times and mechanical travel
characteristics shall be noted during the
test
12.5.2.8.2. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches at:
5 x (C-
12.5.2.8.2.1. Rated supply voltage
O)

5 x (C-
12.5.2.8.2.2. Minimum supply voltage
O)

5 x (C-
12.5.2.8.2.3. Maximum supply voltage
O)

12.5.2.8.2.4. Operating time and maximum energy
consumption shall be recorded during
the test. Operation of auxiliary contacts

and position indication device shall be
verified for manual mechanism, the max.
forces shall be recorded.
5 x (C-
12.5.2.8.3. All switching device fitted with interlocks
(Contractor shall indicate a list) O)

12.5.2.8.4. Operating time measurements of main
contact of CB at rated conditions (SF6
pressure, pressure of operating
mechanism, control voltage) including
contact movement diagram for each
phase and each tripping coil:
12.5.2.8.4.1. Closing time
12.5.2.8.4.2. Closing time difference
12.5.2.8.4.3. Opening time with each tripping coil
12.5.2.8.4.4. Opening time difference with each

tripping coil
12.5.2.8.4.5. Close-open time
B - 159
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.2.8.4.6. Close-open time difference
12.5.2.8.4.7. Open-close-open time
12.5.2.8.4.8. Open-close-open time difference
12.5.2.8.4.9. Dead time
12.5.2.8.5. Operating time measurements of auxiliary

contacts of circuit breaker closing/opening
time
12.5.2.8.6. The routine test of CB shall include the

contact movement diagram for each
phase (contact displacement as against
time for opening with each tripping coil,
closing, close-open and open-close-open
operations) for main contact and auxiliary
switches. The Manufacturer shall indicate
method of plotting, list of apparatus used
and information about possible
modification of the curves.
12.5.2.8.7. Checking of CB operating mechanism

characteristics and monitoring system of
operating mechanism
12.5.2.8.8. Operation of electrical and mechanical

interlocks
12.5.2.8.9. Operation of anti-pumping device
12.5.2.9. Tests of auxiliary circuits, equipment and

interlocks in the control mechanisms acc. to 
IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.7.103
12.5.2.10. Tests on auxiliary and control circuits acc. to


IEC 62271-1 (2011) subcl.7.2 shall include:
12.5.2.10.1. Inspection and verification of conformity to

the circuit diagrams and wiring diagrams
12.5.2.10.2. Functional tests
12.5.2.10.3. Verification of protection against electrical

shock
B - 160
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.2.10.4. Verification of the electrical continuity of

earthed metallic parts (if not possible only
visual inspection)
12.5.2.11. Routine tests of partitions and support

insulators acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011)
cl.7.104 and BS 50089
12.5.2.11.1. Power frequency voltage test (kV r.m.s.)
12.5.2.11.2. Visual inspection
12.5.2.11.3. Nondestructive examination (indicate

method)
12.5.2.11.4. Partial discharge test
2x
12.5.2.11.5. Pressure test
Indicate also the design pressure (bar). design
pressur
e, 1min
12.5.2.11.6. Production consistency pressure test acc.

to BS 50089 cl.7.2.5
12.5.2.11.7. Permissible leakage rate Fp (%)
12.5.2.12. Welding and pressure testing performed on

the pressure vessels shall be according to

CENELEC EN 50 052 (cast) CENELEC EN 50
064 and EN 50069 (welded)
12.5.2.13. LCC tests acc. to IEC 61439-1/2009

IEC60439-1 (2004) IEC60204-1 (2005) IEC 
60255-3 (1992)
12.5.2.14. Check of the pick-up values of the pressure

©
and density of SF6 gas monitoring
12.5.2.15. Check of pressure relief device ©
12.5.2.16. UHF coupler test ©
12.5.2.17. Measurement of heater resistance ©
12.5.2.18. Resistance measurement of control coils of CB ©
B - 161
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.2.19. Tests of current transformers acc. to IEC


61869-2 (2012) and additional tests as follow:
12.5.2.19.1. Routine test for accuracy for measuring

core at extended current rating
12.5.2.19.2. Measurement of secondary resistance for

each core and each ratio and correction at
750
12.5.2.19.3. Measurement of exciting current and

voltage at 50 Hz with open primary
winding and drawing of magnetization
curve on one of each core of CT’s for
each delivery
12.5.2.19.4. Test for verifying the knee point voltage by

measuring the exciting current and voltage
for two points of magnetization curve
close to the knee point
12.5.2.20. Tests of voltage transformers acc. to IEC

61869-3/2011 
and additional tests as follow:
12.5.2.20.1. Gas density gauge check shall be

performed to show the switch contact
operate as specified
12.5.2.20.2. Measurement of primary and secondary

windings resistance
12.5.2.20.3. Measurement of insulation resistance acc.

to ANSI C 57.13 (1993) Cl.8.3
12.5.2.20.4. Measurement of the magnetization curve

at 50 Hz on one VT of each delivery acc.
to IEEE C57.13 (2008) Cl.8.3
12.5.2.20.5. Tests of Ferro resonance protection

device (if applicable)
12.5.2.21. Routine and acceptance tests of Surge


Arresters acc. to IEC 60099-4 (2014)
12.5.2.22. Routine and sample tests of composite air/SF6

bushings acc. to IEC 61462 (2007) cl.10
B - 162
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.2.22.1. Sample tests acc. to IEC 61462/2007 cl.9
12.5.2.22.1.1. Verification of dimensions
12.5.2.22.1.2. Mechanical tests
12.5.2.22.1.3. Galvanizing test
12.5.2.22.1.4. Check of between end fittings and the

housing
12.5.2.22.2. Routine tests acc. to IEC 61462 (2007)

cl.10
12.5.2.22.2.1. Visual examination
12.5.2.22.2.2. Pressure test
12.5.2.22.2.3. Mechanical tests
12.5.2.22.2.4. Tightness test
12.5.2.23. Cross-cut test of painting acc. to ISO 2409 grad 0
12.5.2.24. Completeness and packing check
12.5.2.25. Test certificate of SF6 gas acc. to IEC 60376

(2005)
12.5.3. Tests after Erection on Site
12.5.3.1. Voltage tests on the main circuits shall be

according to attached Appendix A4 and
according to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.
10.2.101
12.5.3.1.1. The Manufacturer will supply all

accessories (covers for closing the
apertures in GIS enclosures, etc.) for
performing of HV tests on site (HV cable,
etc)
12.5.3.1.2. The Manufacturer will supply all necessary

adapters and fittings for connection of the
following HV test equipment to GIS (for
details see Appendix A4)
B - 163
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.5.3.2. Power frequency voltage test for the auxiliary

and control circuits, acc. to IEC 62271-203
(2011) subcl. 10.2.101.3
12.5.3.3. Measurement of the resistance of the main

circuits of the complete equipment, acc. to IEC
62271-203 (2011) subcl. 10.2.101.4
12.5.3.4. Gas tightness tests acc. to IEC 62271-

203/2011 subcl. 10.2.101.5
12.5.3.5. Checks and verifications of correct wiring,

proper function of the interlocks, proper
function of the control, measuring and
regulating equipment including heating and
lighting acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.
10.2.101.6
12.5.3.6. Measurement of gas condition, acc. to IEC

62271-203 (2011) subcl. 10.2.101.7
Indicate the maximum permissible moisture
content (ppm).
12.5.3.7. Mechanical operation tests for the various

components (circuit breakers, isolators,
earthing switches)
12.5.3.8. EMC compatibility site measurements shall be

performed acc. to IEC 62271-1 Annex J
12.6. ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE

OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.6.1. Electromagnetic Pulse Measures
12.6.1.1. Sensor/Controller Cable Shielding:
12.6.1.1.1. CT/VT Sensor, CB Position Sensors and

other cables shall be according to
Appendix Y1 clause 1 & 4 & 5
12.6.1.2. Control Cubicle:
B - 164
OFFERED
REQUIRED
Alt 1 Alt 2
12.6.1.2.1. The Control Cubicle will terminate any

necessary control and monitoring cables
Consistent with Cable Shielding
Guidelines, including circumferential
bonding of shield cables, termination of
conduit and other measures. Power to the
Control Cubicle will be through shielded
cable according to Appendix Y1 clause 1
&4
COMPOSITE INSULATOR – ALTERNATE SHEDS TYPE
P1
P1 \2
P2
d1 l1
S1
C
S
l2
d2
l2
Dt
Ds2
Ds1
REQUIRED OFFERED
> 15 mm P1-P2 = P1-P2

> 0.8 S/P1 = S/P1
> 40 mm C = C
 = 5-14 = 
Kad =1 = Kad
Da < 300 mm = Da
RUSCD = 53.7 mm/kV = l
L = 5280 mm = L
B - 165
<4 L/A = L/A

< 4.5 l1/d1 = l1/d1
< 4.5 l2/d2 = l2/d2
Kad = Correction factor of the RUSCD for insulator diameter

Da = (Ds1+Ds2+2Dt)/4
RUSCD = Reference unified specific creepage distance phase to ground.
L = Phase to ground external creepage distance
A = Arcing distance
COMPOSITE INSULATOR – NORMAL SHEDS TYPE
P
P \2
C=d
S
Dt
Ds
REQUIRED OFFERED
S/P > 0.8 S/P =

C > 25 mm C =
 = 5-14  =
Kad =1 Kad =
Da < 300 mm Da =
RUSCD= 53.7 mm/kV l =
L = 5280 mm L =
B - 166
L/A <4 L/A =
l/d < 4.5 l/d =
Kad = Correction Factor for insulator diameter of the RUSCD

Da = (Dt+Ds1)/2
RUSCD = Reference unified specific creepage distance phase to ground
A = Arcing distance
B - 167
COMPOSITE INSULATOR
No. ITEMS MATERIALS DETAILS FILLED BY

MANUFACTURER
HOUSING SILICON RUBER
TUBE FRP
FLANGE ALUMINIUM
INTERFACE 1
(BETWEEN HOUSING
AND TUBE)
INTERFACE 2
(BETWEEN HOUSING
AND FLANGE)
INTERFACE 3
(BETWEEN TUBE AND
FLANGE)
INNER SURFACE ARC RESISTANCE

SURFACE
B - 168
B - 169
B - 170
B - 171
ITEM 2 – POWER TRANSFORMER
13. SPECIFICATION FOR ITEM 2 - POWER TRANSFORMER
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.1. MANUFACTURER

Manufacturer’s)
13.1.3. Type of the Power Transformer (three phases, two

winding) (denomination)

13.1.8. The offered type of Power Transformer shall be a

proven design (not a prototype) and high experience ©
in work (Manufacturer’s declaration)

9001:2015 (see subclause ‎7.1 above) standards and
attach a copy of their Q.M.S. certificate

Purchaser

The following standards are applicable in the relevant parts to the individual
components of the transformer:
13.2.1. IEC 60076-1/2011: Power Transformer part-1: General

13.2.2. IEC 60076-2/2011: Power Transformer Part-2: Temperature rise for liquid
immersed oil transformers
B - 172
13.2.3. IEC 60076-3/2013: Insulation levels, dielectric tests and external clearances
in air
13.2.4. IEC 60076-4/2002: Guide to the lightning impulse and switching impulse
testing - Power transformers and reactors
13.2.5. IEC 60076-5/2006: Ability to withstand short circuit
13.2.6. IEC 60076-7/2005: Loading guide for oil-immersed power transformers
13.2.7. IEC 60076-10/2016: Determination of sound levels
13.2.8. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted
conditions: Definitions, information and general principles
conditions: Ceramic and glass insulators for a.c. systems
conditions: Polymer insulators for a.c. systems
13.2.11. IEC 61083-1/2001: Instruments and software used for measurement in
high-voltage impulse tests: Requirements for instruments
13.2.12. IEC 61083-2/2013: Instruments and software used for measurement in
high-voltage impulse tests: Requirements for software for tests with
impulse voltages and currents
13.2.13. IEC 61869-2/2012: Instrument transformers: Additional requirements for
Current transformers
13.2.14. IEC 60085/2007: Electrical insulation - Thermal evaluation and
designation
13.2.15. IEC 60137/2008: Insulating bushings for alternating voltages above 1000
V
13.2.16. IEC 60214/2014: On-load tap-changers
13.2.17. IEC 60255-26/2013: Electrical disturbance tests for measuring relays and
protection equipment
13.2.18. IEC 60296/2012: specification for unused mineral insulating oils for
transformers and switchgear
13.2.19. IEC 60317/2013: specifications for particular types of winding wires -
Enameled round and rectangular copper wire
13.2.20. IEC 60404-8-7/2008: specifications for individual materials -
Cold-rolled grain-oriented electrical steel strip and sheet delivered in the
fully-processed state
13.2.21. IEC 60529/2013: Degrees of protection provided by enclosures. (IP code)
13.2.22. IEC 60554/2001: specification for cellulosic papers for electrical purposes
13.2.23. IEC 60567/2011: Oil-filled electrical equipment – Sampling of gases and
analysis of free and dissolved gases - Guidance
13.2.24. IEC 60641/2008: Pressboard and presspaper for electrical purposes
13.2.25. IEC 60721-3-4/1995: Classification of environmental conditions
13.2.26. IEC 60851/2013: Winding wires-Tests methods
13.2.27. IEC 61181/2012: Mineral oil-filled electrical equipment
Application of dissolved gas analysis (DGA) to factory tests on electrical
equipment
13.2.28. IEC 61439/2014: Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies
13.2.29. IEC 61850/2016: Communication networks and systems in substations
13.2.30. IEC 62155/2003: Tests on hollow insulators for use in electrical equipment
13.2.31. IEC 62231/2006: Composite station post insulators for substations with
a.c. voltages greater than 1 000 V up to 245 kV – Definitions, test methods
and acceptance criteria
13.2.32. IEC 60071-2/1996: Insulation co-ordination - Part 2: Application guide
13.2.33. IEEE Std. C57.109-2008: Guide for Liquid-Immersed Transformer
Through-Fault-Current Duration
B - 173
13.2.34. IEEE Std C57.12.90-2015: Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution,
Power, and Regulating Transformers
13.2.35. IEEE Std C57.93-2007: Guide for Installation and Maintenance of Liquid-
Immersed Power Transformers
13.2.36. IEEE Std 693-2005: Recommended Practice for Seismic Design for
Substations
13.2.37. ANSI/IEEE C57.12.00-2010: General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed
Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
13.2.38. ISO/IEC 17025/2006: General requirements for the competence of testing
and calibration laboratories
13.2.39. ISO 9001:2015: Quality Management Systems Requirements
13.2.40. ISO 14001:2004: Environmental Management Systems
13.2.41. ISO 14025:2006: Environmental labels and declarations - Type III
environmental declarations - Principles and procedures
13.2.42. ISO 4871:2009: Acoustics - Declaration and verification of noise emission
values of machinery and equipment
13.2.43. SSPC-PA 1/2004: Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel
13.2.44. API STD 650-2011: Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage
13.2.45. ASTM A 153M-2009: Standard specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on
Iron and Steel Hardware
13.2.46. ASTM A 876/2012: Standard specification for Flat-Rolled, Grain-Oriented,
Silicon-Iron, Electrical Steel, Fully Processed Types
13.2.47.
13.2.48. ASTM B 579-73/2015: Standard specification for Electrodeposited
Coatings of Tin-Lead Alloy. (Solder Plate)
13.2.49. ASTM B 580-79/2014: Standard specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings
on Aluminum
13.2.50. ASTM D 3455/2011: Standard Test Methods for Compatibility of
Construction Material with Electrical Insulating Oil of Petroleum Origin
13.2.51. ASTM D 520-00/2011: Standard specification for Zinc Dust Pigment
13.2.52. ASTM F 1135-99/2004: Standard specification for Cadmium or Zinc
Chromate Organic Corrosion Protective Coating for Fasteners
13.2.53. BS EN 10025-2004: Hot rolled products of structural steels
13.2.54. DIN EN ISO 2409/2007: Paints and varnishes - Cross-cut test
13.2.55. DIN EN ISO 12944-2/1998: Paints and varnishes -
Corrosion protection of steel structures by protective paint systems:
Classification of environments
13.2.56. DIN EN 50216-4:2015 Power transformer and reactor fittings. Basic
accessories (earthing terminal, drain and filling devices, thermometer
pocket, wheel assembly)
B - 174
13.3. PROPERTIES
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.3.1. Electrical Data

3
13.3.1.1. Number of phases
©
IEC
13.3.1.2. Ratings of the transformer shall be based on the 60076-2
following temperature conditions tables
T1 & T2
(k=-5)
60
13.3.1.2.1. Winding temperature rise as measured by
resistance [K]
55
13.3.1.2.2. Top oil temperature rise as measured by
thermometer [K]
73
13.3.1.2.3. Winding hot spot temperature rise and
metallic parts in contact with cellulosic
insulation material [K]
40
13.3.1.2.4. Maximum temperature of the cooling air [˚C]
50
13.3.1.3. Rated frequency [Hz]
©
13.3.1.4. Rated voltages:
161
13.3.1.4.1. High voltage winding [kV]
36 | 24
13.3.1.4.2. Low voltage winding [kV]
©
13.3.1.5. Coils voltages:
161
13.3.1.5.1. High voltage winding [kV]
36/√3 |
13.3.1.5.2. Low voltage winding [kV]
24/√3
©
13.3.1.6. Connection symbol:
Dyn11
13.3.1.7. Type of cooling methods shall be ONAN/ONAF

©
13.3.1.8. Rated power based on the temperature
conditions under sub-clause ‎13.3.1.2 with cooling
according to the following methods
B - 175
REQUIRED OFFERED
30
13.3.1.8.1. ONAF [MVA]
20
13.3.1.8.2. ONAN at least [MVA]
13.3.1.9. Rated currents:
13.3.1.9.1. H.V. winding terminal at 65˚C winding

temperature rise, with ONAF cooling method
[A]
13.3.1.9.2. L.V. winding terminal based on temperature

condition described at sub clause ‎13.3.1.2,
with ONAF cooling method [A]
13.3.1.9.2.1. At principal tap [A]
13.3.1.9.2.2. At maximum tap [A]
13.3.1.9.2.3. At minimum tap [A]
13.3.1.10. Thermal time constant as defined in IEC 60076-2

and IEC 60076-7 for1:
13.3.1.10.1. Oil [min]
13.3.1.10.2. Average winding [min]
13.3.1.11. On-load tap changer shall be supplied on low

voltage side:
27(±13
13.3.1.11.1. Number of taps
steps)
±15%
13.3.1.11.2. Voltage range [kV]
13.3.1.12. Two (2) rated voltage ratios (at no load

guaranteed):
161/36
13.3.1.12.1. At principal tap [kV/kV] or
161/24
13.3.1.12.2. At maximum tap (+5.4kV) [kV/kV]
13.3.1.12.3. At minimum tap (-5.4kV) [kV/kV]
13.3.1.12.4. The Tap Changer sensor cables shall be

B - 176
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.3.1.13. Reduced capacity for the range of voltage

regulation below the middle tap is acceptable.
Manufacturer shall indicate corresponding values
for each tap
13.3.1.14. Transformer neutral: The L.V. 36(24) kV neutral

shall be brought out through a suitable neutral
bushing to enable operation directly earthed or
by Petersen coil. Necessary connections shall be
provided
13.3.1.15. Short circuit impedance between H.V. (161kV)

and L.V. (36kV) winding terminals guaranteed at
75˚C based on rated power 30MVA:
13.3.1.15.1. Positive sequence impedance at:

12±7.5
13.3.1.15.1.1. principal tap (%±tolerance)
Uscmax
13.3.1.15.1.2. maximum tap (%±tolerance)
±10
Uscmin
13.3.1.15.1.3. minimum tap (%±tolerance)
±10
13.3.1.15.2. Zero sequence impedance at:

X0±10
13.3.1.15.2.1. principal tap (%±tolerance)
X0max±
13.3.1.15.2.2. maximum tap (%±tolerance)
10
X0min±
13.3.1.15.2.3. minimum tap (%±tolerance)
10
13.3.1.16. In addition for 2 or more units on one order the

differences of same impedance between each
two transformers shall not exceed
7.5
13.3.1.16.1. For positive sequence principal tap [%]
10
13.3.1.16.2. For positive sequence extreme taps [%]
10
13.3.1.16.3. For zero-sequence principal and extreme
taps [%]
©
13.3.1.17. Rated insulation level:
13.3.1.17.1. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage

1.2/50μsec:
B - 177
REQUIRED OFFERED
650
13.3.1.17.1.1. H.V. (161kV) winding terminal [kV peak ]
200
13.3.1.17.1.2. L.V. (36kV) winding terminal [kV peak]
200
13.3.1.17.1.3. L.V. (36kV) neutral terminal [kV peak ]
13.3.1.17.2. Rated power frequency withstand voltage 60

sec:
275
13.3.1.17.2.1. H.V. (161kV) winding terminal [kV peak ]
70
13.3.1.17.2.2. L.V. (36kV) winding terminal [kV peak]
70
13.3.1.17.2.3. L.V. (36kV) neutral terminal [kV peak ]
13.3.1.18. Guaranteed regulation on the principal tap (H.V. -

161kV winding to L.V. - 36kV winding with rated
power on L.V. winding):
13.3.1.18.1. Unity power factor [%]
13.3.1.18.2. 0.8 power factor [%]
13.3.1.19. Guaranteed regulation on the principal tap (H.V. -

161kV winding to L.V. - 24kV winding with rated
power on L.V. winding) at:
13.3.1.19.1. Unity power factor [%]
13.3.1.19.2. 0.8 power factor [%]
13.3.1.20. Guaranteed exciting current referred to 30MVA
13.3.1.20.1. At 161kV voltage [%]
13.3.1.20.2. At 170kV voltage[%]
13.3.1.21. No-load harmonics at:
13.3.1.21.1. 100% rated voltage:
13.3.1.21.1.1. 3rd [%]
13.3.1.21.1.2. 5th [%]
13.3.1.21.1.3. 7th [%]
B - 178
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.3.1.21.2. 110% rated voltage:
13.3.1.21.2.1. 3rd [%]
13.3.1.21.2.2. 5th [%]
13.3.1.21.2.3. 7th [%]
13.3.1.22. Maximum Inrush r.m.s. magnetizing current with

no residual magnetism at 161kV (p.u. based on
full load current)
13.3.1.23. Permissible time the transformer can withstands 161 36

the following power frequency overvoltage at no-
kV kV
load:
13.3.1.23.1. 135% overvoltage [sec]
IEC
13.3.1.24. Each transformer shall have at least overload
capabilities in accordance with 60076-7
13.3.1.25. Manufacturer shall supply indications about

permissible overloads, taking into account the
following data:
13.3.1.25.1. Top oil temperature [˚C]
98˚C
13.3.1.25.2. Hot spot temperature at continuous
operation [Normal loss of life]
22
13.3.1.25.3. Average ambient temperature [˚C]
13.3.1.25.4. Previous continuous loading related to

30MVA[K1]
B - 179
REQUIRED OFFERED
0 0 0 0
13.3.1.25.5. Permissible overload (K2 % of 30MVA rated
. . . . 1
power) for the following high loading time:
5 7 8 9
13.3.1.25.5.1. 0.5h
13.3.1.25.5.2. 1h
13.3.1.25.5.3. 4h
13.3.1.25.5.4. 8h
13.3.1.25.5.5. 24h
©
13.3.1.26. All associated components of the transformer
including bushings, bushing CT’s and tap
changer shall have overload capabilities not
lower than the transformer
13.3.1.27. Losses and auxiliary power prices/kW evaluation

will be considered at commercial stage as
follows:
6050
13.3.1.27.1. No load (excitation) losses at 161kV ($/kW)
1800
13.3.1.27.2. Load (copper) losses at 30 MVA ($/kW)
2800
13.3.1.27.3. Auxiliary power at 30MVA will be ($/kW
13.3.1.28. Losses:
13.3.1.28.1. At the first stage of proposal only tolerances

values shall be submitted
13.3.1.28.2. The losses values will be submitted only at

the commercial stage. (Calculated values
shall be introduced. Final measure values
shall be within tolerances)
IEEE
STD
13.3.1.28.3. The tolerances for losses are according to
C57.12.
00
13.3.1.28.4. No load loss (excitation loss) at:
B - 180
REQUIRED OFFERED
±10
13.3.1.28.4.1. 50Hz and 161kV voltage applied
(guaranteed) at both ratios (kW ± tolerance
%).
±10
13.3.1.28.4.2. 50Hz and 170kV voltage applied
(guaranteed) at both ratios (kW ± tolerance
%)
13.3.1.28.5. Load losses at 30MVA and 75˚C at:
±10
13.3.1.28.5.1. Maximum tap (kW ± tolerance %)
±10
13.3.1.28.5.2. Principal tap (kW ± tolerance %)
±10
13.3.1.28.5.3. Minimum tap (kW ± tolerance %)
13.3.1.28.6. Total loss(guaranteed) excluding auxiliary

power at 30MVA (no-load plus load loss with
30MVA loading of the low voltage winding)
at:
±6
13.3.1.28.6.1. Maximum tap (kW ± tolerance %)
±6
13.3.1.28.6.2. Principal tap (kW ± tolerance %)
±6
13.3.1.28.6.3. Minimum tap (kW ± tolerance %)
0
13.3.1.28.7. In addition for 2 or more units belonging to
the same order the average tolerances for
no load and short circuit losses of all ordered
units on maximum, minimum and principal
taps shall not exceed (%)
±10
13.3.1.28.8. Auxiliary power (total power requirements for
cooling) with 30MVA loading on the L.V. side
(kW ±tolerance %)
13.3.1.28.9. If transformer losses exceed the declared

values, IECo reserves the right to reject the
transformer or to accept it with compensation
acc. to annexure “D” in General Conditions.
13.3.1.29. Guaranteed efficiency (not including power for

cooling) at 0.85 power factor and 161/36kV at:
13.3.1.29.1. Full load (30MVA)[%]
B - 181
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.3.1.29.2. 3/4 load (22.5MVA)[%]
13.3.1.29.3. 1/2 load (15MVA) [%]
13.3.1.29.4. 1/4 load (7.5 MVA) [%]
13.3.1.30. Guaranteed efficiency (not including power for

cooling) at 0.85 power factor and 161/24kV at:
13.3.1.30.1. Full load (30MVA)[%]
13.3.1.30.2. 3/4 load (22.5MVA)[%]
13.3.1.30.3. 1/2 load (15MVA) [%]
13.3.1.30.4. 1/4 load (7.5 MVA) [%]
13.3.1.31. The guarantee of the noise emission shall be

submit as declared single number or dual
number in accordance with ISO 4871
13.3.1.32. Maximum guaranteed spatially averaged average

sound pressure level of the transformer at short
circuit impedance voltage, rated current and
rated frequency, with the OLTC on the principal
tapping and cooling equipment in operation, at
2.0m distance from the principal radiating surface
[dB(A)]
13.3.1.33. Maximum guaranteed spatially averaged sound

power level of the transformer at short circuit
impedance voltage, rated current and rated
frequency, with the OLTC on the principal
tapping and cooling equipment in operation,
[dB(A)]
13.3.1.34. Maximum guaranteed spatially averaged sound

pressure level of the transformer at no load and
excited at rated voltage and rated frequency, with
the OLTC on the principal tapping and cooling
equipment out of service, at 1m distance from the
principal radiating surface [dB(A)]
B - 182
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.3.1.35. Maximum guaranteed sound power level of the

transformer at no load and excited at rated
voltage and rated frequency, with the OLTC on
the principal tapping and cooling equipment out
of service [dB(A)]
IEC
13.3.1.36. Maximum guaranteed total sound power level at
rated voltage, rated current and rated frequency, 60076-
with cooling equipment in operation and the 10
OLTC in the principal tapping calculated by
summarizing the guaranteed values under sub-
clause 15.2.32 and 15.2.34, according to
shall not exceed [dB(A)] 85©
13.3.1.37. Radio influence voltage [µV]
13.3.1.38. Indicate the transformer category, according to

IEEE Std.C57.12.00-2006, to which the offered
transformer belongs from point of view of through
fault withstand capability (acc. to ANSI/IEEE
C57.109-1993 (R 2008))
In case the offered transformer cannot be assign
to any category, Manufacturer is required to
submit its through fault protection curve
B - 183
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.1. Magnetic Circuit

ASTM A876
13.4.1.1. The core shall be manufactured of high cold
rolled grain oriented, low-loss, non-aging sheet, IEC 60404-
steel lamination according to 8-7
13.4.1.2. Type (designation and catalogue number)
13.4.1.3. Manufacturer
13.4.1.4. Type of the sheet
13.4.1.5. Material of the sheet
13.4.1.6. Thickness of the sheet [mm]
13.4.1.7. The sheets shall be insulated

Please indicate the Manufacturer and type of
insulation
13.4.1.8. The iron core shall be provided with cooling ducts
13.4.1.9. The sheets shall be pressed by means of glass

tapes and suitable tension screw
13.4.1.10. Indicate whether step lapped core method is

used in construction of magnetic circuit
13.4.1.11. Indicate if magnetic shunts/screens are required
13.4.1.11.1. Send details
13.4.1.11.2. The shunts/screens operating efficiency shall

be proved during transformer load-losses
test, by measuring the electric field quantity
which is passed through
13.4.1.12. In order to provide an external removable core

grounding connection, the magnetic circuit
earthing links shall be brought outside the
transformer tank as follows:
B - 184
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.1.12.1. All the sections of the magnetic core

separated by oil channels or electrically
insulated shall be brought outside the
transformer tank, each one through a
separate transition bushing.
The transition bushings shall be located in a
weatherproof box, protected IP55 and
mounted on the tank cover.
Inside this box, all these bushings shall be
linked together and the connection between
this link and the earthing point in the lower
part of transformer tank shall be carried out
by an insulated copper cable 1×95 mm²,
rated 1 kV and passed through an insulated
flexible metallic conduit. The upper end of
the flexible metallic conduit shall be
grounded to the weatherproof box.
The earthing connection point located in the
lower part of transformer tank shall be
marked by a nameplate located close to the
grounding pad.
On the nameplate shall be written “Magnetic
Core Grounding Point".
Indicate the number of transition bushings
for the magnetic core sections
13.4.1.12.2. Indicate the number of transition bushings

for the magnetic core sections
B - 185
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.1.12.3. The metallic transformer active parts

insulated from the tank and insulate between
them, such as a core frame, beams, tie
plates, braces etc. shall be linked together
by an insulated wire and brought outside the
transformer tank through a separate
transition bushing. This bushing shall be
located in the same waterproof box on the
tank cover. The link between the different
parts shall be performed in such manner to
avoid loop forming. The connection between
this bushing and the earthing point in the
lower part of the transformer tank shall be
carried out by an insulated cooper cable
1x95mm2, rated 1kV and passed through
the insulated flexible metallic conduit
mentioned above. The earthing connection
point located in lower part of transformer
tank shall be marked by a nameplate located
close to the grounding pad. On the
nameplate shall be written "core Clamp
Grounding Point"
13.4.2. Windings
13.4.2.1. Type of windings (disk, layer, interleaved) for:
13.4.2.1.1. H.V. (161kV) winding
13.4.2.1.2. L.V.(36kV) winding
13.4.2.2. In order to protect the winding copper wire

against sulfur corrosion phenomena, the copper
wire shall be enameled according to
IEC 60317
And all materials used in transformer
construction (oil, gaskets, insulation materials,
glues, etc.) shall be corrosive sulfur free
13.4.2.3. Type, standard or specification and catalogue

number of windings wire:
13.4.2.3.1. H.V. (161kV) winding
13.4.2.3.2. L.V.(36kV) winding
13.4.2.4. Material, type and catalogue of H.V. and L.V.

insulation:
B - 186
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.2.4.1. HV winding
13.4.2.4.2. LV winding
13.4.2.4.3. Tapping connections
13.4.2.4.4. Side plates
13.4.2.4.5. Thermally upgraded paper or equivalent

©
shall be used for winding insulation
13.4.2.4.6. Manufacturer’s upgraded paper
13.4.2.4.7. Catalogue number
IEC 60554
13.4.2.4.8. Conforming standards IEC 60641-
3-1
13.4.2.5. Temperature class of winding insulation

120(E)
according to IEC 60085 [˚C]
13.4.2.6. Winding hot-spot temperature and metallic parts

in contact with cellulosic insulation material shall 110
not exceed [˚C]
13.4.2.7. Capacitance to earth and capacitance between

windings (per phase):
13.4.2.7.1. H.V. (161kV) winding terminal to ground

(L.V. winding not grounded) [pF]
13.4.2.7.2. L.V. (36kV) winding terminal to ground (H.V.

winding not grounded) [pF]
13.4.2.7.3. H.V. (161kV) winding terminal to L.V. (36kV)

winding [pF]
13.4.2.8. Series capacitance:
13.4.2.8.1. H.V. (161kV;) winding [pF]
13.4.2.8.2. L.V. (36kV) winding [pF]
13.4.2.9. Total three-phase capacitance from L.V. (36)kV)

windings to ground [mF]
B - 187
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.2.10. Resistance of winding at 75˚C (per phase):
13.4.2.10.1. H.V. (161kV) winding [Ω]
13.4.2.10.2. L.V. (36kV) winding [Ω]
13.4.2.11. Temperature class of winding insulation 120 (E)
13.4.2.12. Temperature-rise at 30MVA of:
13.4.2.12.1. Average winding (guaranteed) measured by

resistance [K]
13.4.2.12.2. Hot spot [K]
13.4.2.12.3. Top of winding oil [K]
13.4.2.13. Ability to withstand three phase short-circuit

currents on L.V. (36kV) side:
13.4.2.13.1. Maximum withstand symmetrical short-circuit

current on:
13.4.2.13.1.1. H.V. (161kV) winding terminals [kA r.m.s.]:

Maximum tap
Principle tap
Minimum tap
13.4.2.13.1.2. L.V. (36kV) winding terminals [kA r.m.s.]

Maximum tap
Principle tap
Minimum tap
13.4.2.13.2. Dynamic withstand short-circuit current on:
13.4.2.13.2.1. H.V. (161kV) winding terminals [kA peak]

Maximum tap
Principle tap
Minimum tap
13.4.2.13.2.2. L.V. (36kV) winding terminals [kA peak]

Maximum tap
Principle tap
Minimum tap
13.4.2.13.3. Permissible duration of the symmetrical 2

short-circuit current not less than [sec]
B - 188
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.2.13.4. Maximum permissible value of average

temperature of the winding after short-circuit 250
shall not exceed [˚C]
13.4.2.14. Joint of wire:
13.4.2.14.1. The joint shall be tin plated
13.4.2.14.2. Joint of wire into winding:
13.4.2.14.2.1. The winding design shall care for a

minimum joint of wire into the same
winding, then the actual performed joints
shall not exceed the designed number
13.4.2.14.2.2. Type of joint (butt, lap)
13.4.2.14.2.3. Type of technology (welding, soldering)
13.4.2.14.2.4. Type of solder (specification) shall be

without phosphorus content
IEC 60581
13.4.2.14.2.5. Test of samples according to: and AWS
D9.2
13.4.2.14.3. Joint between ends of winding and leads:
13.4.2.14.3.1. Type of joint on LV side
13.4.2.14.3.2. Type of joint on HV side
13.4.2.14.4. Joint between leads of winding and bolts of

bushings:
13.4.2.14.4.1. The connection at LV bushings terminals

shall be performed in such manner to avoid
current passing through any screwed
connection
13.4.2.14.4.2. Type of joint on LV side
13.4.2.14.4.3. Type of joint on HV side
13.4.2.15. The flexible connections inside the tank shall be

performed of thin copper tapes instead of copper
fibers
B - 189
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.3. On-load tap changer (OLTC)
13.4.3.1. Manufacturer is required to offer two alternatives

for On Load Tap Changer shall be mounted on
L.V. (36kV) side:
13.4.3.1.1. Vacuum OLTC

MR
13.4.3.2. Manufacturer Reinhausen
or ABB
13.4.3.3. Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue
13.4.3.4. Standard
13.4.3.5. Type (rotary/linear) (denomination)......................

3
13.4.3.6. Number of phases
13.4.3.7. Tap voltages:

10.8
13.4.3.7.1. Voltage range [kV] (±5.4)
13.4.3.7.2. Step voltage [kV] 0.415
13.4.3.7.3. At principal rapping (middle “0” tap position)

transformer shall have 161/36kV ratio
13.4.3.7.4. Number of taps above principal position 13
13
13.4.3.7.5. Number of taps below principal position
13.4.3.8. Rated switching capacity [kVA]
13.4.3.9. Breaking capacity [kVA]
13.4.3.10. Full capacity is required for the taps above

principal tap position
13.4.3.11. Voltage regulation category C.F.V.V. (constant

Flux Voltage Variation)
13.4.3.12. Rated through current [A]
13.4.3.13. Maximum rated through current (highest tapping 1.2Ith

current of transformer) [A]
B - 190
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.3.14. Maximum rated step voltage [V]
13.4.3.15. The overload capability of the tap changer:
13.4.3.15.1. Maximum permissible overload current [A]
13.4.3.15.2. Duration [sec]
13.4.3.15.3. Number of the tap changes operations for

the above overload conditions
13.4.3.15.4. Tap changing equipment shall be capable to

carry and switch the maximum permissible
overload current of power transformer
13.4.3.16. Rated short time current
13.4.3.16.1. For 2 sec [kA r.m.s.]
13.4.3.16.2. For 4 sec [kA r.m.s.]
13.4.3.17. Dynamic short circuit withstand current [kA peak]
13.4.3.18. Insulation levels:
13.4.3.18.1. Voltage class [kV]
13.4.3.18.2. Maximum continuously operating voltage [kV

r.m.s.]
13.4.3.18.3. Lightning impulse withstand voltage

1.2/50μsec
350
13.4.3.18.3.1. To earth [kV peak]
13.4.3.18.3.2. Between phases [kV peak]
13.4.3.18.3.3. Between the first and last contacts of the

tap selector or selector switch and, where
fitted, of the change-over selector [kV peak]
13.4.3.18.3.4. Between any two adjacent contacts of the

tap selector or selector switch or any other
contacts relevant to the tap-changer
contact configuration [kV peak]
B - 191
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.3.18.3.5. Between diverter switch contacts in their

final open position [kV peak]
13.4.3.18.4. Power frequency withstand voltage 50Hz, 1

min:
140
13.4.3.18.4.1. To earth [kV r.m.s.]
13.4.3.18.4.2. Between phases [kV r.m.s.]
13.4.3.18.4.3. Between the first and last contacts of the

tap selector or selector switch and, where
fitted, of the change-over selector [kV
r.m.s.]
13.4.3.18.4.4. Between any two adjacent contacts of the

tap selector or selector switch or any other
contacts relevant to the tap-changer
contact configuration [kV r.m.s.]
13.4.3.18.4.5. Between diverter switch contacts in their

final open position [kV r.m.s.]
13.4.3.19. Tests:
IEC 60076-1
13.4.3.19.1. OLTC shall be tested according to: subcl. 11.7
IEC 60214
13.4.3.19.2. Other standards with which OLTC will DIN/VDE

comply
13.4.3.20. The tap changer consists of the diverter switch

installed into an oil compartment and tap selector
mounted below it.
13.4.3.21. Oil of diverter switch shall be completely

separated from oil of transformer
13.4.3.22. Diverter switch oil compartment pressure proof

up to [bar]
13.4.3.23. Gas oil flow relay for protection of the diverter

switch compartment:
RS-2001
13.4.3.23.1. Manufacturer designation. or
equivalent
B - 192
REQUIRED OFFERED
Oil flow
13.4.3.23.2. Type speed
13.4.3.23.3. Variant
13.4.3.23.4. Flap valve aperture [mm]
13.4.3.23.5. Critical oil flow tripping the flap valve at 20˚C

[m/s +%]
13.4.3.23.6. Number and type of contacts (normally open,

normally closed, changeover)
13.4.3.23.7. Make/break current of the contact for

250Vdc and time constant 40msec [A/A]
13.4.3.23.8. Switching capacity [W]
13.4.3.23.9. Tests voltage to ground 50Hz, 1min [kV 2.5

r.m.s.]
13.4.3.23.10. Shock and vibration proof up to (m/sec2)
13.4.3.23.10.1. In frequency range (Hz to Hz)
13.4.3.23.11. Degree of protection according to: IEC IP55

60529
13.4.3.24. Type of surge protection of the diverter switch
13.4.3.25. The equipment shall be complete with all

necessary device for:
13.4.3.25.1. Manual operation
13.4.3.25.2. Electric operation from a local panel
13.4.3.25.3. Electric operation by remote control from

substation control room
13.4.3.25.4. Electric operation by remote control from

Central Electrical Dispatch
13.4.3.26. The tap-changer shall enable the initiation of

signals:
B - 193
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.3.26.1. 'Tap in progress' signal (indicates that tap

changer is under operation)
13.4.3.26.2. 'Incomplete tap changer operation' (indicates

that a preset time for the tap operation has
elapsed without completing a tap change)
13.4.3.26.3. 'Extreme tap position' (indicates the two

extreme positions, as well as the medium
position)
13.4.3.26.4. 'Motor protective switch open' (indicates that

motor protective switch of the tap changer is
open
13.4.3.26.5. Additional to the above mentioned signals,

the tap changer shall enable the initiation of
signals (NO contact) in all taps positions
13.4.3.27. Tap changer motor drive unit serves for driving

the tap changer to the selected service position:
13.4.3.27.1. Manufacturer and type
13.4.3.27.2. Power [kW]
13.4.3.27.3. Voltage [Vac] 230/400
13.4.3.27.4. Phase 3
13.4.3.27.5. Frequency 50
13.4.3.27.6. Starting current [A]
13.4.3.27.7. Synchronous speed [r.p.m.]
13.4.3.27.8. Revolutions of the drive shaft per switching

operation
13.4.3.27.9. Rated torque on the drive shaft [Nm]
13.4.3.27.10. Revolution of the hand crank per switching

operation
13.4.3.27.11. Time period per tap change operation [sec]
B - 194
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.3.27.12. Maximum number of operating positions
13.4.3.27.13. The motor drive housing shall be provided

with heaters permanent controlled by
thermostat.
Indicate its power [kw]
13.4.3.28. All mechanical and electrical parts necessary for

operating of tap changer shall be housed in
weatherproof hot dip galvanized or aluminum
enclosure with sealed doors provided with locks
13.4.3.29. The tap changer control box shall be provided

with environmental protection type according to: IP55
13.4.3.30. The bottom of the tap changer control box shall

be provided with plates for the cable entries.
Indicated number of cable entries
13.4.3.31. Gearing of motor drive unit shall include

transmission gear and control gear
13.4.3.32. Hand crank with plastic handle shall be provided
13.4.3.33. Operation counter shall be provided to record the

switching operation performed
13.4.3.34. For reading the counter, the control box shall be

provided with window
13.4.3.35. Additional electrical equipment:
13.4.3.35.1. External mechanical position indicator
13.4.3.35.2. Safety switch interlocked with hand crank
13.4.3.35.3. Remote Automatic Local selector with

minimum 8 poles for mounting on
Purchaser’s control panel
13.4.3.35.4. Local “Rise-off Lower” control switch
13.4.3.35.5. Remote “Rise-off-Lower” control switch
B - 195
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.3.35.6. Position transmitter Diode Matrix BCD code,

to generate a BCD coded signal at its
connecting terminals corresponding to the
tap position
13.4.3.35.7. Additional to the contact range for OLTC

remote position, the motor drive shall be
equipped with a N/O contact range for each
tap position of the tap changer for Purchaser
use.
13.4.3.35.8. Remote indicating lamps for mounting on

control panel
13.4.3.35.9. Contact door
13.4.3.35.10. Electrostatic thermo device
13.4.3.36. Contact life
13.4.3.36.1. Number of tap change operations at rated

through current
13.4.3.36.2. Number of tap change operations at 50% of

rated through current
13.4.3.36.3. Number of permissible successive

operations per hour
13.4.3.37. Approximate number of operations before

changing oil in diverter switch tank (operations
are carried out at an average load of 70%)
13.4.3.38. Mechanical life of OLTC (to be determined by a

type test)
13.4.3.39. Total weight [kg]
13.4.4. Voltage Regulator
13.4.4.1. Automatic electronic operations control system

for OLTC shall be mounted in ITEM 4.2 cubicle
13.4.4.1.1. Sensor and control cables shall be according

to Appendix Y1 clause 4 & 5
B - 196
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.4.2. The voltage regulator shall comply with IEC 61850

standards requirements
13.4.4.3. The voltage regulator shall include all the

hardware and software necessary to
communicate with substation control system.
13.4.4.4. The voltage regulator software fulfill the

requirements of Appendix A6
13.4.4.5. The voltage regulator and all other static

equipment shall be protected against shocks,
vibrations, electro-magnetic and temperature
influence appeared in the installation site
MR
13.4.4.6. Manufacturer or
equivalent
Digital
13.4.4.7. Type indoor panel
mounting
TAPCON BU
13.4.4.8. Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue or
equivalent
13.4.4.9. Remote control of voltage level shall be provided

from:
13.4.4.9.1. The voltage regulator, when it sets to LOCAL

mode
13.4.4.9.2. The station control system, when it set to

REMOTE control mode via serial link
13.4.4.10. For remote control mode the voltage regulator

shall include all hardware and software required
for establishing a serial link to the station's
computer
13.4.4.11. The voltage regulator shall connected to the RJ45

station communication LAN by connector
13.4.4.12. Auxiliary power supply [Vdc] 60
13.4.4.13. Power frequency withstands voltage 50Hz (1 2.5

min) to ground [kV r.m.s.]
B - 197
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.4.14. Lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50μsec 5

to ground [kV peak]
13.4.4.15. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2]

In frequency range (Hz to Hz)
13.4.5. Changeover Switch (OFF LOAD TAP

CHANGER)
13.4.5.1. The low voltage winding shall be connected to a

changeover switch located under oil in the
transformer tank, to provide the low-voltage
ratings specified (36 or 24kV)
13.4.5.2. The switch shall be externally operated with

provision for padlocking in any position
13.4.5.3. The switch shall be suitable for manual operation

when the substation is de-energized
MR
Reinhausen
13.4.5.4. Manufacturer
or
equivalent
13.4.5.5. Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue
13.4.5.6. Standard
13.4.5.7. Type (rotary/linear) (denomination
13.4.5.8. Number of phases 3
13.4.5.9. Rated through current acc. to [A] IEC 60214
13.4.5.10. Tap changing equipment shall be capable to

carry the maximum permissible overload current
of transformer
13.4.5.11. The overload capability of the tap changer:
13.4.5.11.1. Maximum permissible overload current (A)
13.4.5.11.2. Duration (sec)
13.4.5.12. Short circuit strength:
B - 198
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.5.12.1. Thermic at 3 sec [kA r.m.s.]
13.4.5.12.2. Dynamic [kA r.m.s.)
13.4.5.13. Insulation of tap changer:
13.4.5.13.1. Voltage class [kV]
13.4.5.13.2. Lighting impulse withstand voltage:
13.4.5.13.2.1. To earth [kV peak]
13.4.5.13.2.2. Between phases [kV peak]
13.4.5.13.3. Power frequency withstand voltage, 50Hz, 1

min:
13.4.5.13.3.1. To earth [kV r.m.s.]
13.4.5.13.3.2. Between phases [kV r.m.s.]
13.4.5.14. Hand crank with plastic handle shall be provided:
13.4.5.15. Type and location of tap changer position

indicator (Please send drawing)
13.4.5.16. Interlocking device shall be provided. (please

send details)
13.4.5.17. The contact life of an off load tap changer shall

exceed the transformer life.
13.4.5.18. Working temperature range [˚C/˚C]
13.4.5.19. Off load tap changer shall be tested according to: IEC 60214-2
13.4.6. Transformer tank
13.4.6.1. Tank manufacturer
13.4.6.2. The transformer tank shall be of welded steel

plate construction, reinforced in order to IEC 60076-1
withstand the most severe conditions of subcl.
operation, transport and vacuum treatment 10.1.2.6
according to
B - 199
REQUIRED OFFERED
EN 10025
grade
13.4.6.3. The steel grade shall be S235JR
or
equivalent
13.4.6.4. Other steel grades will subjected to Purchaser

approval
API 650
or European
13.4.6.5. All welding shall be according to the standard for equivalent
"Welded steel tanks for oil storage"
standard
(DIN, EN)
13.4.6.5.1. Details of welding: Tanks and their structural

attachments shall be welded by the SMAW
with basic E70 covered electrodes conform
to AWS A5.1, GTAW, SAW, FCAW with
E71T-5 electrode conform to AWS A5.20.
Use of any other process will be by
agreement between the Contractor and the
Purchaser. Welding shall be performed in a
manner that ensure full penetration and
complete fusion in the vertical and horizontal
butt welds
13.4.6.5.2. Inspection of welds:
13.4.6.5.2.1. Butt welds: Inspection for the quality of the

welds shall be made using the radiographic
method and the visual method
13.4.6.5.2.2. Fillet welds: Inspection for the quality of the

welds shall be made using the visual
method
13.4.6.5.3. Radiographic test:
13.4.6.5.3.1. Radiographic inspection is required for

shell butt welds. For butt welded joints in
which the thinner shell plate is less than or
equal to 9.6 mm thick, one (1) spot
radiograph shall be taken in the first 2
meter of complete vertical joints of each
type and thickness welded by each welder
or welding operator
B - 200
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.6.5.3.2. One (1) spot radiograph shall be taken in

the first 2 meter of complete horizontal butt
joint
13.4.6.5.3.3. In addition, all junctions of vertical and

horizontal joins shall be radiographed
13.4.6.5.3.4. Technique: The radiographic examination

method shall be in accordance with Section
V, Article 2, ASME code
13.4.6.5.3.5. Radiographic interpretation: All radiograms

shall be delivered to I.E.Co./Material
Laboratory prior painting for interpretation
and acceptance
13.4.6.5.4. Welders qualification: The Contractor shall

conduct tests for all welders assigned to
manual and semiautomatic welding and all
operators assigned to automatic welding to
demonstrate the welders and operators
ability to make acceptable welds
13.4.6.6. The transformer tank shall be absolutely water

and hot-oil tight and provided with an oil tight
cover
13.4.6.7. The mechanical design of the tank shall prevent

water accumulation on the transformer cover in
order to avoid corrosion appearance
13.4.6.8. The tank shall be designed to withstand full

vacuum
13.4.6.9. The tank, oil-filled components and vital pipe

works shall withstand the maximum static weight
of oil in service plus an additional over pressure 0.5
of minimum [bar]
A routine test shall be performed to prove the
above requirement
13.4.6.10. The construction of the tank shall enable easy

installation or removal of bushings, bushing
current transformers, and other accessories
without disturbing the leads, emptying the
transformer or removing the cover
B - 201
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.6.11. The joints between the tank and the cover and
between various sections shall be provided with
suitable flanges and properly spaced bolts and
gaskets to make joints oil-tight
13.4.6.12. Five (5) pockets (two oil temperature sensors,

two winding temperature sensors and one
reserve) shall be provided on transformer cover
13.4.6.13. Two (2) pockets for oil temperature sensors, shall

be provided on the bottom of the transformer
13.4.6.14. Lifting eyes for transformer cover, conservator

tanks, on load tap-changer as well as lugs for
lifting completely assembled transformer shall be
provided
13.4.6.15. Four (4) jacking points shall be provided at height

not less than 350 mm to transformer base and
shall be sufficient wide to permit a tolerance from
the center line of 150 mm
Location and relevant dimensions will be
represented.
13.4.6.16. The transformer tank shall be grounded

according to subcl. ‎13.4.8
13.4.6.17. The tank shall also be provided with:
13.4.6.17.1. Oil drain valve (3 inch) type DN 80
13.4.6.17.2. Oil filter valve (3 inch) type DN 80
13.4.6.17.3. Two (2) shutoff oil valves between main tank

and conservator on each side of the
Buchholz relay
Indicate type and size
13.4.6.17.4. Two (2) sampling valves (1 inch), one for

draining the oil from the winding bottom level
and one for draining the oil from the winding DN 25
top level.
Type:
Both valves shall be placed on the drain side
of the drain valve
13.4.6.18. All other necessary valves for vacuum and filling,

draining and filtration of oil shall be provided
B - 202
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.6.19. Each transformer tank shall be fitted with a

pressure-relief device to protect against high
pressures inside the oil tank
13.4.6.20. The transformer tank shall be provided with one

manhole (minimum 800x500mm) and space all
around On Load Tap Changer to permit easy
inspection and repair (minimum 400mm between
OLTC and tank)
13.4.6.21. Additional manhole(s) shall be provided in front

of the connections between the LV bushings and
the winding to permit easy connections removal
and assembly
13.4.6.22. In case, the connections between the HV

bushing and the winding is performed at bushing
inferior part, additional manhole(s) shall be
provided also in front of these connections to
permit easy connections removal and assembly
13.4.6.23. The transformer cover shall be provided with

provisions to protect all the accessories mounted
on the cover against mechanical damages
13.4.6.24. The transformer cover shall be provided with two

provisions to make possible tying the workers
safety belts in order to ensure safe work on the
cover. These provisions shall be proportionally
placed on the cover surface, in order to permit
the workers free movement on all transformer
cover and shall be according to enclosed drawing
EVK-8488
13.4.6.25. The transformer tank shall be provided with two

provisions for anchor ladders to permit the
workers safety to go up on the cover. The
provisions shall be according to the enclosed
EVK-8487
13.4.6.26. The transformer tank shall be provided with

provisions for mounting metal supports for surge
arresters.
13.4.7. Coating
B - 203
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.7.1. The coating of the transformer different metal

component (cover, outside/inside tank,
conservator, radiators, pipe system etc.) shall
comply the requirements in Appendix B7
13.4.7.2. The coating repairs after test shall be done

according to Appendix B7 and collected in a
summary report attached to transformer test
reports
13.4.7.3. The Manufacturer shall present, which coating

application method A, B, C or D (see Appendix
B7) selected for the different areas of the
transformer
13.4.7.3.1. Outside tank
13.4.7.3.2. Outside cover
13.4.7.3.3. Inside tank and cover
13.4.7.3.4. Inside conservator
13.4.7.3.5. Outside conservator
13.4.7.3.6. Inside radiators
13.4.7.3.7. Outside radiators
13.4.7.3.8. Pipe system
13.4.7.4. Indicate other coated components (if any) and

their coating
13.4.7.5. The Manufacturer shall provide the Control Box

coating application system according to table 2.1
in Appendix B6
13.4.8. Earthing
13.4.8.1. The earthing shall include all the metallic parts of

transformer which are normally not energized
(tank, radiators, conservator, pipes, control box,
etc.)
B - 204
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.8.2. Four (4) grounding pads with tapped holes shall

be welded one on each side of transformer tank
periphery.
Location shall be indicated in relevant drawing
13.4.8.3. The grounding pads shall be copper faced and

marked with appropriate graphical symbols
13.4.8.4. Rated short-time withstand current of grounding

50
pads for 1 sec. [kA]
13.4.8.5. Rated peak withstand current [kA peak] 125
13.4.8.6. The maximum potential difference between any

point of the equipment and the nearest ground
pad or between any two points of adjacent 65
equipment shall not exceed, for the maximum
internal or external fault current [V]
13.4.8.7. Flanged joints provided with gaskets shall be

galvanic connected
13.4.8.8. All parts on the transformer cover shall be

connected to the grounding terminals of the
cover
13.4.8.9. The grounding of the metallic parts core shall be

performed according to sub-clause ‎13.4.1.12
13.4.8.10. The OLTC cover shall be grounded by at least

two opposite points parallel with the long
transformer axis
13.4.8.11. Additional grounding points shall be provided as

follows
13.4.8.11.1. On CT's housing
13.4.8.11.2. Near to OLTC cover
13.4.8.11.3. Near to H.V. bushings
13.4.8.12. For grounding path continuity, grounding straps

connections between cover and tank shall be
provided
B - 205
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.8.13. Manufacturer is required to supply his

recommendations for earthing system and an
earthing drawing
13.4.9. Skids
13.4.9.1. The bottom of the transformer shall be provided

with a steel skid base or a steel plate, suitable for
pulling in directions parallel to both center lines of
the tank
13.4.9.2. Pulling eyes at base of transformer for skidding

transformer parallel to either center line of
transformer shall be provided
13.4.9.3. The transformer shall be fastened to supports on IEEE 693

semitrailer so as to withstand non stationary Moderate
vibrations, shocks and seismic events as defined
level
in
13.4.9.4. The anchorage welds of the transformer to the

support shall fulfill the requirements of according IEEE 693
to
13.4.9.5. The vendor shall indicate on the equipment

outline drawing: location, size and length of field
welds
13.4.10. Gaskets
13.4.10.1. The necessary gaskets shall be tight under all

conditions especially against the hot oils. Means
shall be provided to prevent over compression of
the gaskets
13.4.10.2. Material of gaskets shall be synthetic rubber

which shall not deteriorate under the action of hot
oil
13.4.10.3. Gaskets between metal surfaces shall be set in

grooves so that all parts are bolted metal to metal
13.4.10.4. The gaskets manufacturer shall supply a ASTM

compatibility test report according to: D3455
13.4.11. Oil and Oil Preservation System
B - 206
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.11.1. The transformer oil shall meet the requirements

indicated in I.E.Co. Specification for inhibited
mineral insulating oil No. 50/2013 (see Appendix
B3
13.4.11.2. The transformer oil certificate shall be approved

by Purchaser before delivery.
13.4.11.3. Oil manufacturer and type according to I.E.Co.

©
Specification No. 50/2013 Appendix B3
13.4.11.4. Oil preservation system shall be provided for

protecting the oil against atmospheric moisture
and oxygen
13.4.11.5. Oil preservation system should be

Manufacturer’s standard, excluding any system
which permits direct contact between oil and air.
All necessary accessories shall be supplied by
Manufacturer
13.4.11.6. Type of oil preservation equipment
13.4.11.7. The conservator shall contain main conservator

with synthetic membrane and conservator for tap
changer
13.4.11.8. The anti-vibration supports shall be provided

between conservator and its support
13.4.11.8.1. Type
13.4.11.8.3. Number
13.4.11.8.4. Rated Load [kg]
13.4.11.8.5. Standard or Specification shall be attached
13.4.11.9. Conservator shall be provided with all necessary

drain cocks, plugs for oil filling, connection to
tank etc.
B - 207
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.11.10. Conservator and conservator for tap-changer

shall be provided with cobalt free SILICAGEL
AIR DRIER complying with Appendix B4
requirements
13.4.11.10.1. Type of silicagel
13.4.11.10.3. Standard or specification shall be attached
13.4.11.10.4. Manufacturer is requested to fill in all data in

the enclosed Appendix B4
13.4.11.11. The silicagel shall be clearly visible through a

glass and shall be mounted for each conservator
at 1.5m approximately above ground level.
13.4.11.12. The paint, insulation materials and all other

materials in contact with transformer oil shall not
contain any substance that may, to any extent,
influence its dielectric properties or result in
chemical reactions with the oil or in any way lead
to a deterioration of oil quality
13.4.11.13. Recommended vacuum for site filling [kPa]
13.4.11.14. First filling of oil shall be provided by

Manufacturer
13.4.12. Cooling System
13.4.12.1. The cooling system shall consist of the

necessary heat exchanger, complete with
automatic control equipment required to maintain
the specified temperature rise in subcl ‎13.3.1.2 in
the service conditions from clause ‎10.1
13.4.12.2. Heat exchanger:

Menk or
13.4.12.2.1. Radiator’s Manufacturer
equivalent
13.4.12.2.2. The heat exchanger shall be divided into

coolers (radiators).
Indicate number of radiators
B - 208
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.12.2.3. All radiators of heat exchanger shall be

equipped with valves to permit the removal
of any radiator without draining the oil from
the cooling system
13.4.12.2.4. Vent holes with plugs shall be provided in

the top, and drain holes with plugs in the
bottom of each radiator or heat exchanger
13.4.12.2.5. The studs, as well as their threaded holes,

used in various subassemblies in contact
with the atmosphere shall be silicone
greased before fastening.
13.4.12.2.6. All corners and problematic places will be

strip coated
13.4.12.3. Fans:
13.4.12.3.1. The forces air cooling shall be achieved by

means of silent fans
13.4.12.3.3. Manufacturer's designation
13.4.12.3.4. Type
13.4.12.3.5. Number (per radiator)
13.4.12.3.6. Total number of pans
13.4.12.3.7. Air flow at full cooling:
13.4.12.3.7.1. Per fan [m3/min]
13.4.12.3.7.2. Per cooling system [m3/min]
13.4.12.3.8. Fans motors
13.4.12.3.8.1. Manufacturer
13.4.12.3.8.2. Manufacturer's designation and catalogue

number
13.4.12.3.8.3. Voltage [VAC] 400/230
B - 209
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.12.3.8.4. Phase 3
13.4.12.3.8.5. Frequency [Hz] 50
13.4.12.3.8.6. Synchronous speed [rpm]
13.4.12.3.8.7. Starting current [A]
13.4.12.3.8.8. Power per fan [kW]
13.4.12.3.8.9. Rated power factor
13.4.12.3.8.10. Rated efficiency
13.4.12.3.8.11. Protection degree according to IP55

standard IEC-60529
13.4.12.3.8.12. Weight [kg]
13.4.12.3.9. The fan shall be connected by means of the

terminal box provided at the motor
13.4.12.3.10. The terminal box shall be equipped with

cable glands to enable several fans to be
connected in parallel.
Indicate type and number of cable glands
13.4.12.3.11. Water accumulation around the terminal box

shall be avoided
13.4.12.3.12. The fan motor shall be provided with a rating

plate containing the electrical and
mechanical data of the fan
13.4.12.3.13. The fan shall be provided with vibration

damping:
13.4.12.3.13.1. Type
13.4.12.3.13.3. Number
13.4.12.3.13.4. Rated load [kg]
B - 210
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.12.3.13.5. Standard or specification shall be

attached
13.4.12.3.13.6. All bearings shall be sealed type
13.4.12.3.14. The motor shall be provided with thermal

overload and overcurrent protection
13.4.12.3.15. The motor shall be capable to operate for

any value of supply voltage between 85%
and 110% of rated voltage
13.4.12.3.16. Auxiliary power (total fans power

requirements for cooling) at full capacity [kW]
13.4.12.4. Cooling system control:
13.4.12.4.1. Manufacturer's standard control method shall

be applied for control of transformer cooling
equipment
13.4.12.4.2. A complete control system for the automatic

operation of the cooling system shall be
provided
13.4.12.4.3. A transfer switch for automatic or manual

control of the cooling system shall be
provided
13.4.12.4.4. The control of the cooling equipment shall be

fully automatic and shall include relays or
auxiliary contacts for remote indications the
number of fans in operation and remote
alarm for failure
13.4.12.4.5. Control equipment for transformer cooling

shall include necessary circuit breakers,
selector switches, temperature control relays
alarm actuating devices, and associated
equipment as required to provide a complete
control system (automatically and manual
control)
13.4.12.4.6. The control of the transformer cooling shall

be from hot spot temperature (winding
thermometer)
B - 211
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.12.4.7. The cooling system control shall incorporate

means to initiate fans immediately upon
sudden increase of load above a threshold
value agreed between the Purchaser and the
Contractor
13.4.12.4.8. Due to severe environmental service

conditions, the cooling system control shall
incorporate means to initiate daily, for
duration of half an hour, all non-operated
fans in order to prevent their mechanical
blocking
13.4.12.4.8.1. Forced Air Cooling Fans are vulnerable

to failure. Remediation shall take one or
more of the following forms:
13.4.12.4.8.2. House Power for fans shall be RF filtered

and shall be routed to the forced air cooling
fans through RF sealed conduit. A MOV of
appropriate size with an appropriate RF
ground shall be placed on each of the fan
motor conductors
13.4.12.4.8.3. The transformer Bidder shall identify the

deration level where it can operate safely
without Forced Cooling Fans
13.4.12.4.8.4. Bidder shall supply spare fan motors shall

be provisioned with the mobile substation
to effect replacement of failed
13.4.12.4.9. All control equipment shall be housed in the

Transformer Control Box (see ‎13.4.13)
13.4.12.4.10. The following signals shall be provided:
13.4.12.4.10.1. Position signal of the switch for local or

remote control circuits
13.4.12.4.10.2. Alarm signal for power supply failure
13.4.12.4.10.3. Alarm signal for control voltage supply

failure
13.4.12.4.10.4. Alarm signal for motor disconnected

by protection relays
B - 212
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.12.4.10.5. Alarm signal for outage of any one of

the fans
13.4.12.4.10.6. Alarm signal for exceeding

temperature limit conditions
13.4.12.4.10.7. For all these signals double circuits

shall be provided
13.4.12.5. Transformer performance with cooling out of

service:
13.4.12.5.1. Transformer carrying power, based on the

temperature conditions under sub-clause
13.2, with one of the following cooling
element out of service:
13.4.12.5.1.1. One fan [MVA]
13.4.12.5.1.2. One radiator [MVA]
13.4.12.5.2. Estimated time that transformer can carry full

load, without damage, at 30˚C ambient
temperature, with all fans out of service
under the following conditions
13.4.12.5.2.1. Starting cold [hours]
13.4.12.5.2.2. After continuous operating at full load

[hours]
13.4.13. Transformer Control Box
13.4.13.1. All necessary automatic control, motor starters,

protective devices, switches, etc. for cooling
equipment shall be assembled in dust proof and IEC-61439-1
weatherproof metal or aluminum box arranged
for mounting on the tank according to
13.4.13.1.1. The Transformer Control Box shall be

shielded against RF energy, including the
use of RF sealing, appropriate penetrations,
filters or other protection means for power,
sensor and control cabling
B - 213
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.13.2. One (1) incoming power supply breaker with

overcurrent protection relay shall be provided
15
and shall have an interrupting rating of not less
than [kA]
13.4.13.3. One (1) 230V AC, 16A electric outlet shall be

provided for service proposes
13.4.13.4. Mini circuit breakers shall be provided for power

heater and light supply circuits
13.4.13.5. Heater 230V AC with thermostats shall be

provided
13.4.13.5.1. Number of heaters
13.4.13.5.2. Unit power per heater [W]
13.4.13.6. A 5W, 230V AC lamp with a switch shall be

provided
13.4.13.7. The control box shall be accessible from ground

level for operation by a man. Top of control box
shall not be more than 2300mm above top of
foundation
13.4.13.8. The control box shall be provided with a door for

front access, handles, locking facilities (key
locks) and all equipment required for local
operation
13.4.13.9. The control box shall be provided with IP 55

environmental protection of type according to IEC
60529
Galvanized
13.4.13.10. Material of the control box metal or
aluminum
13.4.13.11. Thickness of the control box
13.4.13.12. The control box shall be provided for

terminating the conduits and wiring for
Purchaser’s connection
13.4.13.13. The control box coating system shall be

according to Appendix B6
B - 214
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.13.14. Cables Glands on the bottom of control box

shall be provided. Indicate number
13.4.13.15. Drain holes shall be provided at low points of

box and conduits.
13.4.13.16. The control box shall be supported by suitable

vibration damping device
13.4.14. Wiring
13.4.14.1. Wiring shall be in general according to enclosed

EPD-A.03 Standard (Appendix A7) unless ©
otherwise required in this specification
13.4.14.1.1. All small wiring for control or accessory

equipment shall be according to Appendix
Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

supply voltages:
13.4.14.2.1. Heating purposes (V AC single phase) 230
13.4.14.2.2. Motors (V AC) 230/400
13.4.14.2.3. Control circuits (V AC) 230
13.4.14.2.4. Alarm circuits (V DC) 60
13.4.14.3. All small wiring for control or accessory

equipment shall be installed in standard
galvanized rigid steel conduits, or electrical
metallic tubing, or ducts, with water tight joints.
Indicate type
13.4.14.4. Wiring shall be carried out with flexible

conductors with a preferred cross section as
follows
13.4.14.4.1. Control circuits [mm2] 1.5
13.4.14.4.2. Secondary circuits of bushing current

4
transformers [mm2]
13.4.14.5. All small wiring enclosures shall be grounded
B - 215
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.14.6. The terminal blocks in the control boxes of the

tap changer and of the fans shall be as follows:
Phoenix
13.4.14.6.1. Current circuits
UGSK/S + GS
Phoenix
13.4.14.6.2. Control circuits
UNKN
13.4.14.7. All control and instrument wiring, alarm leads and

secondary windings of instrument transformer for
connection to Purchaser’s cables shall be
terminated at terminal blocks
13.4.14.8. The blocks shall be spaced to allow 1½” (inch)

clearance on all sides. Liberal space shall be
provided for training and crossing Purchaser’s
incoming leads
13.4.14.9. The size of Purchaser’s incoming conduits will be

2 inches or larger
13.4.14.10. Ten (10) free terminals shall be left at

Purchaser’s disposal in each terminal block
13.4.14.11. The assembled control equipment and wiring

connections shall be subjected to a one minute
IEC 60076-3
High voltage power frequency test at the factory
clause 9
after fabrication and assembly is complete,
according to:
2
13.4.14.11.1. The wiring for auxiliary power and control
circuit at (kV AC)
2.5
13.4.14.11.2. The wiring for CT secondary windings (kV
AC)
13.4.15. Accessories
13.4.15.1. The following accessories shall be provided for

the protection and control of the transformer
13.4.15.2. Pointer thermometer for local measuring of top oil

©
temperature
13.4.15.3. Characteristic of Pointer thermometer for local

measuring of top oil temperature:
B - 216
REQUIRED OFFERED
MESSKO
13.4.15.3.1. Manufacturer or
equivalent
TRASY 2
13.4.15.3.2. Manufacturer’s designation (order No
MT-ST 160F
13.4.15.3.3. Catalogue number 635082
13.4.15.3.4. Type dial
13.4.15.3.5. The pointer thermometer shall include:
13.4.15.3.5.1. Thermo well type Combi-Well
13.4.15.3.5.2. Thermometer case welded into transformer

EN 50216-4
acc. to
13.4.15.3.6. Measuring range [˚C] -20 to +140
class 1
13.4.15.3.7. Tolerance of indication
DIN 16203
13.4.15.3.8. The oil temperature indicator shall have

appropriate contacts for alarms and tripping
the CB’s of transformer
13.4.15.3.9. Number and type of adjustable alarm

contacts (normally-open, normally-closed, 4
changeover)
5A 220V AC
13.4.15.3.10. Switching capacity of the contacts 0.1A 250V
DC
13.4.15.3.11. Capillary (length/type) 6m/23
13.4.15.3.12. Number of cable glands/type 4/2
13.4.15.3.13. Test voltage to ground 50Hz, 1 min [kV

2
r.m.s.]
13.4.15.3.14. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2] 2g

in frequency range Hz to Hz 5 to 15
13.4.15.3.15. Degree of protection, according to IEC IP 54

60529
13.4.15.3.16. Manufacturer recommendation for

on off
temperature values:
B - 217
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.15.3.16.1. Alarm [˚C]
13.4.15.3.16.2. Trip [˚C]
13.4.15.4. Pointer thermometer for local measuring of

©
winding temperature
13.4.15.5. Characteristic of Pointer thermometer for local

measuring of winding temperature:
MESSKO
equivalent
TRASY 2
MT-STW
160F2 for
13.4.15.5.2. Manufacturer’s designation (order No.)
different
cooling
methods
13.4.15.5.3. Catalogue number 635162
13.4.15.5.4. Type dial
13.4.15.5.5. The pointer thermometer shall include:
13.4.15.5.5.1. Temperature sensor including heating coil

ZT-F2
and gradient adjustment
13.4.15.5.5.2. Additional wiring and components (1 relay

and additional resistors) for adjustment of
two temperature gradients corresponding to
each cooling method under subcl. 13.7
13.4.15.5.5.3. Current converter V5a
13.4.15.5.5.4. Thermometer case welded into transformer EN 50216
13.4.15.5.6. Measuring range 0 to +160
Class 1
13.4.15.5.7. Tolerance of indication
DIN 16203
13.4.15.5.8. The winding temperature indicator shall have

appropriate contacts for alarms and tripping
the CB’s of transformer
13.4.15.5.9. Number/type of micro switches (normally-

4
open, normally-closed, changeover)
B - 218
REQUIRED OFFERED
5A 220V AC
13.4.15.5.10. Switching capacity of the contacts 0.1A 250V
DC
13.4.15.5.11. Capillary (length/type) 6m/23
13.4.15.5.12. Number of cable glands/type 4/2
13.4.15.5.13. Tests voltage to ground 50Hz, 1 min [kV

2
r.m.s.]

In frequency range, Hz to Hz. 5 - 15
13.4.15.5.15. Degree of protection, according to IEC

IP 55
60529
13.4.15.5.16. Manufacturer recommendation for

temperature values:
13.4.15.5.16.1. Fans operations [˚C] on off
13.4.15.5.16.2. Alarms [˚C]
13.4.15.5.16.3. Trip [˚C]
13.4.15.6. Pressure relief valve with breakable diaphragm to

safeguard the tank against abnormal internal ©
overpressure
13.4.15.7. Characteristic of Pressure relief valve:

Qualitrol
equivalent
13.4.15.7.3. Type spring load
13.4.15.7.4. Automatic or manual reset
13.4.15.7.5. Operating response pressure [bar]

1
13.4.15.7.6. Number and type of the trip contacts
changeover
13.4.15.7.7. Make/break current of the alarm contacts, for

60V DC and time constant 4msec [A/A]
B - 219
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.15.7.8. Switching capacity of the alarm contacts [W]
13.4.15.7.9. Test voltage to ground 50 Hz, 1 min [kV

2
r.m.s.]
13.4.15.7.10. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2]

In frequency range, Hz to Hz

IP 55
60529
13.4.15.8. Twin float Buchholtz relay ©
13.4.15.9. Characteristic of Twin float Buchholtz relay:

EMB
equivalent
13.4.15.9.2. Manufacturer’s designation DR 80
13.4.15.9.3. Type XB-0278-01
13.4.15.9.4. Vent valve for taking gas sample shall be

provided. The valve shall be located at 1.2m
height from the ground.
2
13.4.15.9.5. Number and type of contacts
changeover
13.4.15.9.6. Make/break current for 220V DC and time

2/2
constant 20msec [A/A]
13.4.15.9.7. Switching capacity of the contacts [W]
13.4.15.9.8. Test voltage to ground 50Hz, 1 min, [kV

2
r.m.s.]
13.4.15.9.9. The relay shall be tested for leaks at:
13.4.15.9.9.1. Pressure [bar]
13.4.15.9.9.2. Time [min]
13.4.15.9.10. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2]

In frequency range (Hz to Hz)
B - 220
REQUIRED OFFERED

IP 55
60529
13.4.15.9.12. Manufacturer recommendations for alarm

on off
and trip:
13.4.15.9.12.1. Oil level above pipe center [mm+/-]
13.4.15.9.12.2. Gas accumulation or oil loss [cm3 +/-]
13.4.15.9.12.3. Oil flow velocity referred to nominal

pipe size [cm/sec +/-%]
13.4.15.9.12.4. Buchholz Relay power and sensor

leads shall be according to Appendix Y1
clause 2 & 4 & 5
13.4.16. Transformer monitoring system
13.4.16.1. Electronic monitor for liquid filled transformer for

installing in Purchaser's panel (delivered loose) ©
shall be provided
13.4.16.1.1. The Electronic Transformer Monitor cables

&4&5
13.4.16.2. Characteristic of Electronic monitor:

Qualitrol
equivalent
13.4.16.2.2. Type of monitoring system 509 - 100
13.4.16.2.4. The electronic monitor for liquid filled

transformer shall have the following
measurements and monitoring functions:
13.4.16.2.4.1. Advanced thermal modeling of winding

temperature measurement
13.4.16.2.4.2. Top and bottom oil temperature

measurement
13.4.16.2.4.3. Integrated OLTC temperature monitoring
B - 221
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.16.2.4.4. Cooling system control and fans monitoring
13.4.16.2.4.5. Monitoring of oil levels in the main and

OLTC conservators
13.4.16.2.5. The monitoring system shall be equipped

with:
13.4.16.2.5.1. Adjustable relays to operate cooling

equipment, signal alarms and provide trip
8
functions depending on transformer
conditions
13.4.16.2.5.2. Relay for sensors, power and internal

1
instrument circuitry diagnostics
13.4.16.2.5.3. 4-20mA DC loops for use with SCADA

4
systems
RS-232
13.4.16.2.5.4. Digital communication port with optic
RS-485
interface RJ-45
13.4.16.2.5.5. Keypad to operate the device
13.4.16.2.5.6. Easy to read (at least 2 lines, 16

characters) alphanumeric Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD)
13.4.16.2.5.7. Red LED set point indicators to indicate

8
that the set point has been exceeded
13.4.16.2.6. Input modules:
13.4.16.2.6.1. RTD modules for monitoring oil

3
temperatures
13.4.16.2.6.1.1. Input type parameter PT100
13.4.16.2.6.1.2. Output range [C] -40 to +120
13.4.16.2.6.2. Contact closure module for fan control

contactor state monitoring (energized / not
energized)
13.4.16.2.6.3. CT modules for monitoring winding

3
temperatures
B - 222
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.16.2.6.3.1. Input range [A] 0 to 10
13.4.16.2.6.4. Potentiometer modules for monitoring oil

2
level
13.4.16.2.6.4.1. Input range [Ω] 5000
13.4.16.2.6.4.2. Output range scaling [%] 0 to 100
±0.5% full
13.4.16.2.6.5. Input modules accuracy
range
13.4.16.2.7. Output contacts:

10 isolated
13.4.16.2.7.1. Number and type NO/NC
13.4.16.2.7.2. Contacts switching capacity at:
13.4.16.2.7.2.1. 230V AC
13.4.16.2.7.2.2. 60V DC
13.4.16.2.8. Required accessories: 1
13.4.16.2.8.1. Three (3) temperatures sensors PT100
13.4.16.2.8.2. Oil level sensor with local indication for

OLTC conservator
13.4.16.2.8.2.1. Scale diameter [mm]
13.4.16.2.8.2.2. Dry contact required for minimum and

1NO+1NC
maximum oil level
13.4.16.2.8.3. Oil level sensor with local indication for

main conservator
13.4.16.2.8.3.1. Scale diameter [mm]
13.4.16.2.8.3.2. Dry contact required for minimum and

1NO+1NC
maximum oil level
13.4.16.2.8.4. Monitoring software, to be run on PC, for

remote control supervision which comply
with the requirements of Appendix A6
13.4.16.2.8.5. PC communication equipment
B - 223
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.16.2.8.6. 19" Rack Mounting Kit
13.4.16.2.9. The monitoring system communication

IEC 61850
protocol shall comply with the standard
13.4.16.2.10. Test voltage to ground 50Hz, 1 min. [kV

2.5
r.m.s.]
40-290 V
13.4.16.2.11. Auxiliary power supply
AC/DC

In frequency range [Hz/Hz] 60/120
13.4.16.2.13. Degree of protection, according to IEC-

IP55
60529
13.4.17. Bushing
13.4.17.1. The connections between transformer and

different voltages of the system and neutral point
will be achieved by bushings
13.4.17.2. The bushings shall be designed for the service

conditions stated in clause 10 in this specification IEC 60137
and tested according to
13.4.17.3. The external bushings insulator (envelope) must

fulfill the requirements for outdoor heavy duty,
high grade, high creepage path type, Hollow
composite insulator suitable for the climatic,
environmental and atmospheric conditions as
described under clause 10:
13.4.17.4. Insulator's Pollution levels according to Desert

and Coastal-Industrial types of environments, as IEC 60815-1
defined by:
combination
of type A
13.4.17.4.1. Environmental type of pollution
and type B,
A-prevalent
e
13.4.17.4.2. Site pollution severity (SPS) class (very heavy)
13.4.17.5. The H.V. and L.V. bushings shall be mounted on

the transformer cover and shall be located as
indicated in the attached drawing
EVK-8488
B - 224
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.17.6. The following types of bushings shall be

provided:
13.4.17.6.1. H.V. (161kV) side of transformer in two (2)

alternatives (type A1 and type A2)::
13.4.17.6.1.1. Alternative A: Type A1 – 170kV transformer IEC 62271-

cable connection 209
13.4.17.6.1.2. Alternative B: Type A2 – 170kV SF6-OIL

IEC 62271-
direct connections between GIS and
211
transformer acc. to
13.4.17.6.2. Type B - L.V. (36KV) line and neutral

bushing
13.4.17.6.3. Type C - L.V. (1.0KV) core and frame

earthing bushing
13.4.17.7. Alternative A : Type A1 – 170kV transformer

cable connection:
13.4.17.7.1. The cable connections shall be an integral

part of this Specification and the
transformer's Manufacturer shall supply them
including all necessary accessories,
insulating, facilities, etc., needed for their
operation, commissioning, testing,
monitoring and maintenance Requirements
and characteristics of cable connection
enclosure
IEC 62271-
13.4.17.7.2. The cable connections shall be designed 209
according to
IEC 62271-
13.4.17.7.3. The cable connection will be dry type for 209
XLPE extruded cable according to fig.4,5
pfisterer
equivalent
13.4.17.7.5. Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue:
13.4.17.7.6. Type
1
13.4.17.7.7. Number of phase in one enclosure
B - 225
REQUIRED OFFERED
170
13.4.17.7.8. Rated voltages Ur [kV]
13.4.17.7.9. Insulation levels:

750
13.4.17.7.9.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage
1.2/50μsec [kV peak]
355
13.4.17.7.9.2. Power frequency withstand voltage (dry)
[kV r.m.s.]
325
13.4.17.7.9.3. Power frequency withstand voltage (wet)
[kV r.m.s.]
250
13.4.17.7.10. Rated current Ir [A]
90
13.4.17.7.11. Temperature of transformer connection
enclosure and temperature of connection
interface, as indicated in 4.4.2 of IEC 62271-
203, shall not exceed [˚C]
17.7Ir
13.4.17.7.12. Rated thermal short time current (Ith) for 2
sec [kA r.m.s.]
2.5Ith
13.4.17.7.13. Rated dynamic short-circuit current [kA peak]
2000
13.4.17.7.14. Mechanical forces applied on the bushing at
connection interface applied transversally or
axially not less than
20
13.4.17.7.16. Cooperation between Transformer

Manufacturer and Cable Manufacturer is
necessary to ensure suitable and safe
connection
13.4.17.7.17. The name’s Cable Manufacturer will be

made known by Purchaser to the
Transformer Manufacturer in due time
13.4.17.7.18. The limits of supply of Transformer IEC 62271-

Manufacturer shall be according to 209 fig. 4
B - 226
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.17.7.19. The transformer connection shall include

transformer with 10 kV test voltage.
and insulation
13.4.17.7.20. Material of the conductor terminal aluminum
13.4.17.7.20.1. Cable end
13.4.17.7.20.2. Transformer end
13.4.17.7.21. Diameter of the conductor terminal
13.4.17.7.21.1. Cable end [mm]
13.4.17.7.21.2. Transformer end [mm]
13.4.17.7.22. Cross sectional area of the conductor

terminal:
13.4.17.7.22.1. Cable end [mm2]
13.4.17.7.22.2. Transformer end [mm2]
13.4.17.7.23. The cable sealing ends shall include:
13.4.17.7.23.1. The tubular enclosure and the flanges

(one flange to match the flanges of the
transformer and the other to match the
cable insulator, with its base fittings) shall
be supplied by the transformer
Manufacturer
13.4.17.7.23.2. Direct connection by 4X35mm2

flexible non insulated Cu wire between
transformer enclosure and cable flange
shall be supplied by transformer
Manufacturer according to drawing no
EVK-8254
Please send details of mounting
B - 227
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.17.7.23.3. If nonlinear resistors are necessary to

be connected between transformer
enclosure and cable flange, these shall be
supplied by cable manufacturer.
Please indicate the type of recommended
nonlinear resistors, number, and
characteristics and send details of
mounting
13.4.17.7.23.4. The cable insulator with the fittings

and the head fitting, mounted on the cable
conductor, supplied by the Cable
Manufacturer
IEC 62271-
13.4.17.7.23.5. The sealing ends shall be submitted to 203
all the type tests and routine tests, IEC 60840
according to
13.4.17.7.24. Suitable means shall be provided to enable

the transformer to be completely be filled
with oil and be tested, even when the cable
is not available and fitted into the transformer
13.4.17.7.25. Transformer Manufacturer shall provide for

cable connection the disconnecting facilities
from transformer and earthing, for performing
HV tests on power cables
13.4.17.7.26. The insulation of the disconnecting facilities

from transformer shall be capable of
withstanding cable voltage test in the sealing
end (AC test – Uo for 24 hours)[kV/24hrs]
13.4.17.7.27. The distance between cable connection and

semitrailer floor [m]
13.4.17.7.28. All cables between transformers and GIS will

be supplied by Cable manufacturer
13.4.17.7.29. Total weight (including flanges) [kg]
13.4.17.8. Alternative B: Type A2 - H.V. 170KV SF6-OIL

direct connections between GIS and transformer:
B - 228
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.17.8.1. The connections shall be an integral part of

this Specification and the transformer's
Manufacturer shall supply them including all
necessary accessories, insulating, facilities,
etc, needed for their operation,
commissioning, testing, monitoring and
maintenance
MICAFIL
equivalent
13.4.17.8.3. Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue:
13.4.17.8.4. Type
1
13.4.17.8.5. Number of phase in one enclosure
170
13.4.17.8.6. Rated voltages Ur [kV]

750
1.2/50μsec [kV peak]
355
[kV r.m.s.]
325
[kV r.m.s.]
250
13.4.17.8.8. Rated current Ir [A]
90
13.4.17.8.9. Temperature of transformer connection
enclosure and temperature of connection
interface, as indicated in 4.4.2 of IEC 62271-
203, shall not exceed [˚C]
17.7Ir
13.4.17.8.10. Rated thermal short time current (Ith) for 2
sec [kA r.m.s.]
2.5Ith
13.4.17.8.11. Rated dynamic short-circuit current [kA peak]
13.4.17.8.12. Enclosure Filled with SF6:
13.4.17.8.12.1. Minimum functional pressure for

<0.35
insulation (Pme) at 20[˚C] [MPa]
B - 229
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.17.8.12.2. SF6 rated filling pressure [MPa] > Pme
13.4.17.8.12.3. SF6 maximum operating pressure

<0.85
[MPa]
13.4.17.8.12.4. SF6 minimum pressure (Pme) for < Pme +

dielectric at 20[˚C] [MPa] 0.02
13.4.17.8.13. Gas and vacuum tightness
IEC 62271-
13.4.17.8.13.1. The bushing shall prevent entering
211
insulating oil into the GIS, and gas into the
subcl. 5.3
transformer
IEC 62271-
13.4.17.8.13.2. The bushing shall be capable of
211
withstanding vacuum conditions as part of
subcl. 5.3
maintenance operations according to
2000
13.4.17.8.14. Mechanical forces applied on the bushing at
connection interface applied transversally or
axially less than [N]
IEC 62271-
13.4.17.8.15. Mechanical forces applied on the flange of
211
the bushing attached to the transformer subcl. 5.5
connection enclosure according to
10
13.4.17.8.15.1. Bending moment Mo less than [kNm]
10
13.4.17.8.15.2. Shearing force Ft less than [kN]
5
13.4.17.8.15.3. Tensile or compressive force Fa less
than [kN]
IEC 62271-
13.4.17.8.16. The vibrations generated inside the
energized transformer transmitted to SF6 211
switchgear shall be made known by subcl. 5.7
Purchaser to SF6 switchgear Manufacturer
in order to take into consideration the SF6
switchgear design according to
Indicate the characteristics of vibrations can
be made by the transformer
IEC 62271-
Manufacturer and GIS Manufacturer is 211
necessary to ensure suitable and safe subcl. 5.6
connection and minimum displacement
between them according to
B - 230
REQUIRED OFFERED
20
IEC 62271-
13.4.17.8.19. The limits of supply of Transformer
211 fig. 1 &
Manufacturer shall be according to subcl. 5.1

Manufacturer and GIS Manufacturer is
necessary to ensure suitable and safe
connection
13.4.17.8.21. The name’s GIS Manufacturer will be made

known by Purchaser to the Transformer
Manufacturer in due time
13.4.17.8.22. The transformer connection shall include

transformer with 10 kV test voltage.
and insulation
13.4.17.8.23. Suitable means shall be provided to enable

the transformer to be completely filled with oil
and tested, even when a SF6 switchgear is
not available or fitted into the transformer
IEC 62271-
13.4.17.8.24. The transformer connection shall be
submitted to all the type tests and routine 211
tests according to
13.4.17.8.25. Material of the conductor terminal aluminum
13.4.17.8.25.1. SF6 end
13.4.17.8.25.2. Transformer end
13.4.17.8.26.1. SF6 end [mm]
13.4.17.8.26.2. Transformer end [mm]

terminal:
13.4.17.8.27.1. SF6 end [mm2]
B - 231
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.17.8.27.2. Transformer end [mm2]
13.4.17.9. Technical requirements for Type B - L.V. (36KV)

line and neutral bushing
MICAFIL
equivalent
13.4.17.9.2. Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue
13.4.17.9.3. Type
13.4.17.9.4. Number 4
Composite/
13.4.17.9.5. Material and color
Porcelain
13.4.17.9.6. Condenser core insulation technology
13.4.17.9.7. Rated voltages:
13.4.17.9.7.1. Rated phase to phase voltage [kV] 36
13.4.17.9.7.2. Rated phase to earth voltage [kV] 36/√3
13.4.17.9.7.3. Maximum phase to earth temporary

IEC 60137
overvoltages the bushings can withstand subcl. 5.1
according to:

250
1.2/50μsec (dry) [kV peak]
105
[kV r.m.s.]
95
[kV r.m.s.]
IEC 60137
13.4.17.9.9. Rated currents according to: cl. 4.2 to 4.4
1250
13.4.17.9.9.1. Rated current (Ir) [A]
B - 232
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.7Ir
13.4.17.9.9.2. Rated thermal short time current (Ith) at 2
sec [kA r.m.s.]
2.5Ith
13.4.17.9.9.3. Dynamic short-circuit withstand current [kA
peak]
IEC 60137
13.4.17.9.10. Required minimum values to cantilever Subcl. 4.5
withstand load applied on the bushing as (level II)
defined in
1000
13.4.17.9.10.1. Cantilever operating load not less than
[N]
2000
13.4.17.9.10.2. Cantilever test load [N]
13.4.17.9.10.3. Recommended rope pull [N]

10
13.4.17.9.11. Partial discharge level at 1.5Un/√3 not more
than [pC]
0.007
13.4.17.9.12. Maximum value of dielectric dissipation
factor (tan ) at ambient temperature and at
1.05Um/√3 shall not exceed
IEC 60137
13.4.17.9.13. The bushings shall be designed for operation Subcl 4.8,
in the temperature conditions stipulated in 5.3. 10.1
‎10.1 according to
13.4.17.9.14. Angle of mounting from the vertical [°]
13.4.17.9.15. Creepage distance:
13.4.17.9.15.1. Minimum reference unified specific

creepage distance (RUSCD) according to 53.7
SPS class e [mm/kV]
13.4.17.9.15.2. Correction factor (Kad) of the

reference unified specific creepage
distance RUSCD, for insulator average
diameter Da
13.4.17.9.15.3. Minimum corrected unified specific

creepage distance (USCD) [mm/kV]
13.4.17.9.15.4. Minimum total creepage distance (L)

of the insulator [mm]
B - 233
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.17.9.16. Arcing distance (A) not less than [mm]
13.4.17.9.17. Maximum Creepage factor CF 4
13.4.17.9.18. The bushing shall have permissible

temporary overvoltage capabilities not lower
than the power transformer
13.4.17.9.19. Bushings shall be capable to carry maximum

permissible overload current of the power
transformer
13.4.17.9.20. Maximum permissible overload of the IEC 60137

bushing according to table 2
13.4.17.9.20.1. The bushing hottest-spot temperature

above the temperature of the immersion
medium in overload conditions [˚C]
13.4.17.9.20.2. Duration [sec]
13.4.17.9.21. The insulators shall be of the Open or Anti-

fog profiles, with alternate or non-alternate
shed type (acc. to the enclosed drawing on
page B-257 and B-259) permitting easy
access for greasing and cleaning to all
surfaces
13.4.17.9.22. The insulators shall be only “windformed”

type, not “drop shaped edge” and not with
under ribs
13.4.17.9.23. Indicate on enclosed drawing on page B-257

and B-259 all dimensions required
13.4.17.9.24. Material of the conductor terminal

terminal
13.4.17.9.27. Indicate whether the protective gaps are

provided for bushings
B - 234
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.17.9.28. The material for HV bushings inner tube

which is passed through the conductor from
the winding
13.4.17.9.29. The bushings shall be of simple design such

as hollow insulator and not as bushing with
internal insulation
13.4.17.9.30. The connection between the windings and

the bushings terminals shall be performed in
such manner that avoid the current passing
through any screwed connection
13.4.17.9.31. Indicate the applied special treatments for

the metallic parts corrosion protection
13.4.17.9.32. Total weight (including flanges [kg]
13.4.17.10. Technical requirements for Item C (1.0 kV)

core earthing bushing:
13.4.17.10.2. Type
13.4.17.10.3. Number of earthing bushings according to

subcl.‎13.4.1.12.3
Porcelain
13.4.17.10.4. Material and color Brown
1
13.4.17.10.5. Rated voltage [kV]
13.4.17.10.6. Rated current [In]
13.4.17.10.7. Dry lightning impulse withstand voltage

1.2/50sec [kV peak]
13.4.17.10.8. Power frequency withstand voltage, dry and

wet [kV r.m.s.]
1.5
13.4.17.10.9. Rated thermal short time current (Ith) at 10
sec [kA r.m.s.]
2.5Ith
13.4.17.10.10. Dynamic short-circuit withstand current
[kA peak]
B - 235
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC 60137
13.4.17.10.11. Maximum permissible overload of the table 2
bushing according to
13.4.17.10.11.1. The bushing hottest spot temperature

above the temperature of the immersion
medium in overload condition [C]
13.4.17.10.11.2. Duration [sec]
13.4.17.10.12. Minimum external creepage distance

[mm]

[mm]

terminal [mm2]

IEC 60137
13.4.17.11. All bushing shall be mark by with nameplate
subcl. 6.2
according to
In addition the following data shall be provided
13.4.17.11.1. Rated short time (2 sec) current
13.4.17.11.2. Creepage distance
13.4.17.11.3. Cantilever withstand service load
13.4.18. Bushing CT’s
13.4.18.1. Bushing type current transformers shall be

furnished on the L.V. and neutral bushings (see
drawing No. 1 on page B - 260)
13.4.18.2. Type of current transformers (denomination)
13.4.18.2.1. Type CT1 - L.V. neutral bushing CT’s for

zero sequence overcurrent protection
13.4.18.2.2. Type CT2 - L.V. (36kV) side three phase

bushing CT’s
B - 236
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.18.2.3. Type CT3 - L.V. (36kV) side one phase

bushing CT’s for thermal image
13.4.18.3. The bushing current transformers shall be

IEC 61869-2
designed and tested in accordance with:
13.4.18.4. Electrical data for Bushing CT - Type CT1:
13.4.18.4.2. Phases N
13.4.18.4.3. Number of cores 1
13.4.18.4.4. Type of cores Protection
13.4.18.4.5. Rated primary current [A] 800
13.4.18.4.6. Secondary current [A] 5
13.4.18.4.7. Rated continuous thermal current 1.2xI1
13.4.18.4.8. Rated burden [VA] 20
13.4.18.4.9. Accuracy class 5P
13.4.18.4.10. Accuracy limit factor (ALF) 20
13.4.18.4.11. Current error at rated primary current [%] ±1
13.4.18.4.12. Phase displacement at rated primary current

±60
[min]
13.4.18.4.13. Composite error at rated accuracy limit

<5
primary current [%]
13.4.18.4.14. Secondary winding resistance, Rct at 20˚C

[Ω]
13.4.18.4.15. Knee point voltage [V]
13.4.18.4.16. Magnetizing current at knee point voltage [A]
13.4.18.4.17. Rated short-time (2 sec) thermal current [kA

20
r.m.s.]
B - 237
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.18.4.18. Rated dynamic current [kA peak] 50
13.4.18.4.19. Rated insulation level [kV peak/kV r.m.s.] 170/70
13.4.18.4.20. Class of insulation, acc. to IEC 60085 A
13.4.18.5. Electrical data for Bushing Current Transformer –

CT2 CT3
Type: CT2 & CT3:
13.4.18.5.2. Phases 3 1
13.4.18.5.3. Number of cores 1
13.4.18.5.4. Type of cores measuring
13.4.18.5.5. Primary current I1 [A] 800-1000
13.4.18.5.6. Rated continuous thermal current 1.5xI1 [A]
13.4.18.5.7. Secondary current [A] 5
13.4.18.5.8. Extended current rating [%] 150
13.4.18.5.9. Rated burden [VA] 20
13.4.18.5.10. Accuracy class 0.5
13.4.18.5.11. Instrument security factor [FS] 5/10
13.4.18.5.12. Current error at rated primary current [%] ±0.5

±30
[min]
13.4.18.5.14. Composite error at rated accuracy limit

>10
primary current [%]
13.4.18.5.15. Secondary winding resistance, Rct at 20˚C

[Ω]
13.4.18.5.16. Rated short-time (2 sec) thermal current [kA

20
r.m.s.]
13.4.18.5.17. Rated dynamic current [kA peak] 50
B - 238
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.18.5.18. Rated insulation level [kV peak/kV r.m.s.] 170/70
13.4.18.5.19. Class of insulation, acc. to IEC 60085 105 (A)
13.4.18.6. General requirements for bushing CT’s:
13.4.18.6.1. The secondary windings (for each type) shall

be wired to barrier type terminals
accommodated in a thermal box mounted
directly on power transformer tank
13.4.18.6.2. Provisions shall be made for earthing of the

secondary windings inside the terminal box
13.4.18.6.3. The bushing current transformers shall carry

IEC 61869-2
the markings specified in
13.4.18.6.4. Cables from Bushing CT’s shall be according

to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5
13.4.19. Connection Between LV side of transformer

to 36kV cable
13.4.19.1. The connections between 36kV side of

transformer and 36kV cable shall be an integral
part of this Specification and they shall be
supplied including
13.4.19.1.1. Outdoor post insulators
13.4.19.1.2. Rigid conductors
13.4.19.1.3. All necessary accessories, insulating

facilities, etc. needed for their execution
commissioning, testing and maintenance
13.4.19.2. Characteristics of 36KV outdoor post insulators

IEC 62231
according to:
13.4.19.2.2. Number of post insulators 4
13.4.19.2.3. Material of core and housing
13.4.19.2.4. Type outdoor
B - 239
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.19.2.5. Rated voltage 36
13.4.19.2.6.1. Lightning impulse withstands voltage [kV

200
peak]
13.4.19.2.6.2. Power frequency withstands voltage 1 min

95
dry and wet [kV r.m.s.]
13.4.19.2.7. Rated current [A] 1250
13.4.19.2.8. Overload capability:
13.4.19.2.8.1. Maximum permissible overload of insulator

[A]
13.4.19.2.8.2. Duration [sec]
13.4.19.2.9. Rated thermal short time current [kA r.m.s.] 20
13.4.19.2.10. Duration of short time current [sec]
13.4.19.2.11. Outdoor heavy duty, high grade, high

creepage path type, composite insulator
atmospheric conditions (see subclause ‎10.1)
shall be provided. The insulators shall be of
thermal sheds type permitting easy access
for greasing and cleaning to all surfaces
according to our drawings on Appendix B-1
(please fill in all data). Drawing of insulator
with all dimensions shall be provided
13.4.19.2.12. Minimum creepage distance [mm] 900
13.4.19.2.13. Arcing distance not less than [mm] 225
13.4.19.2.14. Failing load bending [N]
13.4.19.2.15. Torsional strength [Nm]
13.4.19.2.16. Stresses on mounted insulators:
13.4.19.2.16.1. Guaranteed value of failing load

DIN 48113
(≥120%F) acc. to:
3000
Not less than [N]
B - 240
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.19.2.16.2. Permissible values of loading for DIN 48113

terminals acc. to:
13.4.19.2.16.3. Service load (≤40%F) (sum of all loads

occurring simultaneously in service:
conductor pull, conductor weight and wind, 1000
short-circuit excepted) in any direction in
space not less than) [N]
13.4.19.2.16.4. Testing load for 60 sec, applied to the

midpoint of the terminal, perpendicularly to 1750
the bushing axis (>70XF) [N]
13.4.19.2.16.5. Short-time load (F*) (sum of all loads

occurring simultaneously in case of short-
2500
circuit) in any direction in space not less
than [N]
13.4.19.2.17. Type of insulator terminals shall be

according to Manufacturer Standard
13.4.19.2.19. Diameter of the conductor terminal [mm]

terminal [mm2]
13.4.19.2.21. Markings according to IEC 62231
13.4.19.2.22. The insulators shall be subject to the tests

IEC 62231
specified in:
13.4.19.3. Characteristics of rigid conductors
13.4.19.3.1. Conductor material and dimensions

[mm/mm]
13.4.19.3.2. Conductor cross-section [mm2]
13.4.19.3.3. Current ratings:
13.4.19.3.3.1. Rated current [A] 1250
13.4.19.3.3.2. Rated peak withstand current (dynamic s.c.

50
current) [kA peak]
B - 241
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.19.3.3.3. Rated short time (3 sec) current [kA r.m.s.] 20
13.4.20. NAMEPLATE
13.4.20.1. The transformer shall be provided with a IEC 60076-1

nameplate, of suitable material, according to cl. 8
13.4.20.2. The nameplate shall be protected from UV

radiation, withstand the service conditions
specified under clause ‎10.1, durable and
readable during the entire power transformer life
duration.
13.4.20.3. In addition the nameplate shall contain the

following information
13.4.20.3.1. A diagram showing the use of each core of

bushing CT’s and its corresponding terminal
markings for each ratio of power transformer
13.4.20.3.2. Rating of the transformer with forced cooling

at 50˚C and 65˚C rise
13.4.20.3.3. Number of this specification
13.4.20.3.4. Sound pressure level at no load according to

IEC 60076-10 [dB(A)]
13.4.20.3.5. Sound pressure level at full load according to

IEC 60076-10 [dB(A)]
13.4.20.4. Except of main rating plate with the information

listed above, all the transformer accessories shall
carry plates with identification and characteristics
of the auxiliary equipment according to standards
for such components (bushing, tap changer,
current transformer, cooling system, relays, etc.)
13.4.21. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
13.4.21.1. The overall dimensions of the assembled power

transformer shall not exceed trailer dimensions
according to L*W*H [mm*mm*mm]
13.4.21.2. Approximate weights (net):
13.4.21.2.1. Core [t]
B - 242
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.4.21.2.2. Coils (HV/LV) [t]
13.4.21.2.3. Cellulose insulation [t]
13.4.21.2.4. Tank [t]
13.4.21.2.5. Radiators [t]
13.4.21.2.6. Fittings [kg]
13.4.21.2.7. Oil [t]
13.4.21.2.8. Total weight shall not exceed [t] 100 ©
13.4.21.2.9. Empty tank weight [t]
13.4.21.2.10. Weight of heaviest piece to be handled [t]
13.4.21.2.11. Weight for transport including trailer shall not

80
exceed [t]
13.5. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.1. Routine Tests ©
13.5.1.1. Routine tests for all accessories (bushing,

grounding bushing, CT’s, etc.) according to the
relevant standards, shall be submitted
13.5.1.2. The Routine Tests Reports shall include:

IEC
13.5.1.3. Measuring of winding resistance on each tap 60076-1
position (performed before no-load test), according subcl.11.
to
12
IEC
13.5.1.4. Measuring of voltage ratio and check of phase 60076-1
displacement, according to subcl.11.
3
B - 243
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.1.5. Measuring of short-circuit impedance and load IEC

losses shall be performed at principal tap and on the 60076-1
highest and lowest tap, according to sub clauses subcl.11.
‎13.3.1.15, ‎13.3.1.16, ‎13.3.1.28 4
IEC
13.5.1.6. Measuring of no-load loss and exciting current, 60076-1
according to subcl.11.
5
13.5.1.7. The measurements shall be made at:
13.5.1.8. 90% of rated voltage
13.5.1.10. 105.6% of rated voltage
13.5.1.12. Dielectric Routine tests:
13.5.1.13. Chopped wave Lightning impulse (LIC) on IEC

maximum, minimum and principal tap of each H.V. 60076-3
(161 kV) and L.V. (24 kV) line terminals according to
cl.13
in the following order:
one
13.5.1.14. Reduced level full impulse: applicati
on
13.5.1.15. H.V. (161 kV) line terminals (kV peak)
13.5.1.16. L.V. (24 kV) line terminals (kV peak)

one
13.5.1.17. Full level full impulse: applicati
on
13.5.1.18. H.V. (161 kV) line terminals (kV peak) 650
13.5.1.19. L.V. (24 kV) line terminals (kV peak) 170
two
13.5.1.20. Full level chopped impulses: applicati
ons
B - 244
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.1.23. Chopping time between (µsec) 3-6
two
13.5.1.24. Full level full impulses: applicati
ons
IEC
13.5.1.27. Switching impulse test for the line terminal (SI) 60076-3
cl.14.4
one
13.5.1.28. Reduced level full impulse : applicati
on
13.5.1.29. H.V. (161 kV) line terminals (kV peak)
13.5.1.30. L.V. (24 kV) line terminals (kV peak) N.A.
three
13.5.1.31. Full level full impulse: applicati
on
13.5.1.33. L.V. (24 kV) line terminals (kV peak) N.A.
13.5.1.34. A neutral current measurement shall follow each

reduced and full voltage wave application if current
records are not obtained simultaneously with
voltage records
13.5.1.35. The impulse tests shall be performed with impulse IEC

testing equipment which complies with the 61083-
requirements of 1&2
IEC
13.5.1.36. The impulse test report shall Comply with 60076-4
cl.11
IEC
13.5.1.37. Applied voltage test (AV), according to 60076-3
cl.10
13.5.1.38. H.V. (161 kV) line terminals (kV r.m.s.) 275
B - 245
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.1.39. L.V. (24 kV) line and neutral terminals (kV r.m.s.) 70
IEC
13.5.1.40. Induced voltage test with Partial discharge 60076-3
measurements (IVPD) according to subcl.11.
3
13.5.1.41. The test shall be performed in a symmetrical three-

phase connection at L.V. principal tap position, feed
by L.V. side
IEC
13.5.1.42. The time sequence for the application of the test 60076-3
(IVPD) shall be according to
Figure 1
IEC
60076-3
13.5.1.43. The test acceptance criteria shall be according to
subcl.11.
3.5
13.5.1.44. Voltage tests (1 min.) for the auxiliary and control 60076-3
circuit (AuxW) (kV r.m.s.) as follows: scl. 9
13.5.1.45. The wiring for aux power and control circuit at (kV 2
AC)
13.5.1.46. The wiring for CT secondary windings (kV AC) 2.5
IEEE Std
13.5.1.47. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor (tan C.57.12.9
δ) and the capacitance, on each transformer, 0
according to
subcl.10.
and additional conditions as follows:
10
13.5.1.48. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor

shall be made on fully assembled transformer
13.5.1.49. The measurement shall be performed at (kV) 10
13.5.1.50. The test shall be performed with guarded circuit as

follows:
13.5.1.51. H.V. to Tank; L.V. and Core and bushing test taps
on guard
13.5.1.52. H.V. to Core; L.V. and Tank on guard
13.5.1.53. H.V. to L.V.; Tank and Core on guard
B - 246
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.1.54. L.V. to Tank; H.V. and Core on guard
13.5.1.55. L.V. to Core; H.V. and Tank on guard
13.5.1.56. During the dielectric dissipation factor measurement

the tank shall be grounded
13.5.1.57. The values of dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) at 0.5

20°C shall not exceed (%)
13.5.1.58. In the test report both the measured test

temperature and the reference temperature shall be
indicated
13.5.1.59. Zones C1 and C2 of H.V. bushings shall be

measured
13.5.1.60. The report shall contain a table with the temperature

correction factor in steps of 5°C up to the maximum
temperature rise of the transformer
13.5.1.61. For the first delivered transformer exact

measurements shall be performed during
transformer cooling after temperature rise test
completion
13.5.1.62. Measurement of the insulation resistance and of the

polarization index:
13.5.1.63. Measurement of the windings insulation resistance

and of the polarization index (the ratio of apparent
insulation resistance after 10 min. to that after 1 5
min. after the application of testing voltage) shall be
performed, on each transformer, at (kV DC)
13.5.1.64. The measurement shall be made between:
13.5.1.65. H.V. to Tank; L.V., Core and Core frame to Guard

of instrument
13.5.1.66. H.V. to Core; L.V. ,Core frame and Tank earthed

and to Guard of instrument
13.5.1.67. H.V. to Core frame; L.V., core and Tank earthed

B - 247
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.1.68. H.V. to L.V.; Tank, Core and Core frame earthed

13.5.1.69. L.V. to Tank; H.V., Core and Core frame to Guard of

instrument
13.5.1.70. L.V. to Core; H.V., core frame and Tank earthed

13.5.1.71. L.V. to Core frame; H.V., core and Tank earthed

IEC60076
13.5.1.72. Measurement of the core and frame insulation -1
resistance during 1 min. according to subcl.11.
12
13.5.1.73. shall be performed at (kV DC) 2.5
13.5.1.74. The measurement shall be performed between:
13.5.1.75. Each insulated section of Core to Core frame
13.5.1.76. Each insulated section of Core to Tank
13.5.1.77. Core frame to Tank
13.5.1.78. Test Report for the polarization index measurement

as well as variation of apparent winding insulation
resistance with time shall be provided
13.5.1.79. The minimum value will be agreed between

purchaser and Manufacturer
13.5.1.80. The polarization index value shall be higher than

IEC
60076-1
subcl.11.
13.5.1.81. Testing of OLTC operation according to
7
& IEC
60214
13.5.1.82. OLTC control system shall be checked by means of

the voltage regulator of the transformer. Manual
operation of the OLTC shall also be checked
B - 248
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.1.83. In case of checking by means of voltage regulator,

voltage shall be varied by means of variac. The
check shall be performed for both slow and sudden
voltage variations
13.5.1.84. The alarm signal for delayed transition from one tap
to another shall be checked
13.5.1.85. Forced outage of OLTC and initiation of suitable

alarms shall be checked
13.5.1.86. Mechanical test:

IEC
60076-1
13.5.1.87. Oil leak test according to:
subcl.
11.8
13.5.1.88. The tank, oil-filled compartments and vital pipe

works shall be tested for oil tightness according to
Manufacturer’s Standards at a minimum pressure
as stated in ‎13.4.6.9
13.5.1.89. The Manufacturer shall describe in the proposal

how the oil-leak test is to be performed
13.5.1.90. Vacuum withstand test:
13.5.1.91. Main tank without oil (KPa)
13.5.1.92. Conservator (KPa)
13.5.1.93. Tap changer compartments (KPa)
13.5.1.94. Permanent enclosure deflection after the oil leakage

test and vacuum test shall be recorded and
mentioned in the test reports
13.5.1.95. Mechanical test of transformer tank, oil level gauges

and valves to prove proper operation
IEC
13.5.1.96. Testing of current transformers according to 61869-2
13.5.1.97. Magnetization curves shall be performed for each

CT core
13.5.1.98. Check of the ratio and polarity of each CT
B - 249
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC
60076-1
13.5.1.99. Determination of capacitances windings-to-earth, scl.
and between windings, according to
11.1.2.2.
a
13.5.1.100. Tests of auxiliary devices
13.5.1.101. Verification of the correct wiring

IEC
13.5.1.102. Testing of the bushings according to
60137
13.5.1.103. Routine and Sample tests for the hollow IEC

insulators performed by insulators Manufacturer,
62155
according to
IEC
13.5.1.104. Measurement of dissolved gases in dielectric 60076-1
liquid for each separate oil compartment except
scl.11.1.2
diverter switch compartment, according to
.2
13.5.1.105. Oil tests for each oil quantity existing in the

different transformer compartments, or delivered in IEC
separate containers (if any), according to 60296
APPENDIX B3 and
13.5.2. Type Tests ©
13.5.2.1. Contractor shall perform all type tests on the first IEC
delivered power transformer except where indicated 60076-1
otherwise and submit all test reports according to scl.11.1.3
13.5.2.2. The type test reports shall include:

IEC
13.5.2.3. Temperature-rise tests according to (only for the 60076-2
first new design of the power transformer)
cl. 6 & 7
13.5.2.4. The temperature rise test shall be performed on the

maximum current tapping.
13.5.2.5. The temperature rise test report shall include also

the oil and average winding thermal time constant:
13.5.2.6. Windings temperature rise (measured by the

resistance method)
B - 250
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.2.7. Top oil temperature rise (measured by

thermometer)
13.5.2.8. Measurement of power taken by the fans
13.5.2.9. The external Infrared Thermography of the tank

shall be performed in order to check the
effectiveness of the cooling system during the
temperature rise test
IEC
60076-2
Annex
13.5.2.10. A chromatographic analysis of dissolved gases in C.4,
the oil shall be performed before and after the
IEC
temperature rise test according to
61181 &
IEC
60567
13.5.2.11. Determination of transformer sound level (only for IEC

the first delivered power transformer) according to 60076-10
13.5.2.12. The verification of the declared noise emission

values for a batch of transformers according to ISO
4871.
13.5.2.13. The measurement performed with the OLTC on the

principal tapping shall include:
13.5.2.14. Measurement of sound pressure level of the

transformer under no-load and excited at rated
voltage and rated frequency, with cooling equipment
out of service, at 1m distance from the principal
radiating surface.

transformer in operation at short-circuit impedance
voltage, rated current and rated frequency, with
cooling equipment out of service, at 1m distance
from the principal radiating surface.

transformer in operation at short-circuit impedance
voltage, rated current and rated frequency, with
cooling equipment in operation, at 2.0m distance
from the principal radiating surface.
B - 251
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.2.17. Measurement of sound pressure level of the cooling

equipment in operation, with transformer non
energized, at 2.0 m distance from the principal
radiating surface
13.5.2.18. In addition Manufacturer is requested to fill in all

data in the enclosed Appendix B8
13.5.2.19. Type tests for all accessories (OLTC, CT, VR,

bushings, etc.), according to the relevant standards,
shall be submitted
13.5.3. Special Tests ©
13.5.3.1. In addition to the tests mentioned above,

Manufacturer shall perform the following special
tests on the first delivered power transformer,
except where indicated otherwise and supply test
reports and curves accordingly:
13.5.3.2. The special test shall include:

IEC
13.5.3.3. winding hot-spot temperature-rise measurement as 60076-1
a part of temperature-rise test under sub-clause
clause
according to ‎13.5.2.3
11.1.4 b
13.5.3.4. In addition to sub-clause ‎13.5.1.6, measurement of

no load losses and exciting current by Single-phase
method, on the L.V. star connected winding shall be
performed on each power transformer at 0.1Un/√3
voltage, as follows:
13.5.3.5. Supply voltage between 2u and 2n terminals,

terminals 2v and 2n short-circuited and terminal 2w
free (measurement A)
13.5.3.6. Supply voltage between 2v and 2n terminals,

terminals 2w and 2n short-circuited and terminal 2u
free (measurement B)
13.5.3.7. Supply voltage between 2w and 2n terminals,

terminals 2u and 2n short-circuited and terminal 2v
free (measurement C)
13.5.3.8. Differences between the values of the currents in

the symmetrical phases measurements shall not 10
exceed (%)
B - 252
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.3.9. Differences between the values of the no-load

losses in the symmetrical phases measurements 5
shall not exceed (%)
13.5.3.10. If the transformer will be shipped without oil, the IEEE

Dew Point test shall be provided for each delivered C57.93-
transformer according to 2007
13.5.3.11. The moisture content in percent of dry weight on 1

each transformer's insulation shall not exceed (%)
13.5.3.12. Additional to the CT tests performed by the CT

Manufacturer, after assembling the current
transformers, insulation resistance measurement 2.5
tests shall be performed for each transformer, on
the CT terminals block, at (kV r.m.s.) :
IEC
13.5.3.13. Lightning impulse on L.V. neutral terminal by direct 60076-3
application (LIN),on each power transformer, subcl.
according to 7.2.3 .d
and 13.4
one
13.5.3.14. Reduced level full impulse applicati
on
three
13.5.3.15. Full level full impulse applicati
ons
13.5.3.16. Voltage test value (kV peak) 200
13.5.3.17. Duration of the front time up to (µsec) 13
IEC
13.5.3.18. Measurement of zero-sequence impedance, on 60076-1
each power transformer according to sub-clauses
subcl.
‎13.3.1.15.2 and ‎13.3.1.16
11.6
13.5.3.19. Sweep Frequency Response Analysis (SFRA) shall

be performed on each power transformer to obtain a
fingerprint reference used for comparison in order to
detect any subsequent internal mechanical
configuration change, occurred during transport, or
after fault events. The SFRA test involves the
analysis of the frequency response of each winding,
as follows:
B - 253
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.3.20. Tests on L.V. winding shall be performed in 2 tap

positions: in the principal tap position and in the tap
combination that places all sections of the tap
windings in the circuit
13.5.3.21. When tests are performed at principal tap position,

the previous tap position must also be recorded. It is
recommended that principal tap position
measurements be made after arriving from lower
tap positions
13.5.3.22. Bushings not under test, including neutrals, shall be

ungrounded
13.5.3.23. Shall be performed 9 tests with the following

connections:
13.5.3.24. 2u-2n, 2v-2n, 2w-2n; 1U-1V-1W open
13.5.3.25. 1U-1W, 1V-1U, 1W-1V; 2u-2v-2w-2n open
13.5.3.26. 1U-1W, 1V-1U, 1W-1V; 2u-2v-2w-2n short circuited
13.5.3.27. Magnetization curves based on the test values for

the voltages up to 110% (or 120% if possible) of
nominal and on calculated values for voltage above
110% (120%) up to 140% on each power
transformer
13.5.3.28. The thermal and dynamic ability to withstand the IEC

short-circuit currents shall be demonstrated by
60076-5
calculation according to
13.5.3.29. In addition the Contractor shall submit short-circuit

test reports for similar transformers delivered by the
Contractor in the past
13.5.3.30. In case the Contractor has the facilities to perform a

short-circuit test for the specified transformer a price
proposal for this test shall be included in Annexure
"C"
13.5.3.31. For calculation of the short-circuit current at

transformer terminals, the short-circuit power (S'') of 15000
the H.V. system shall be assumed (MVA)
B - 254
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.3.32. Measurement of the harmonics on the no-load

current on each power transformer
IEC
13.5.3.33. Determination of transient voltage transfer 60076-1
characteristics on each power transformer
scl.
according to
11.1.4.e
13.5.3.34. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor (tan

δ) and the capacitance, only on the first power
transformer, in the same conditions as required
under sub-clause ‎13.5.1.56, but with the voltage
applied in Increasing steps (of 0.2Un) up to rated
coil voltage and reduced in similar steps

δ) and the capacitance in the emptied transformer
(after tests completion and transformer draining for
delivery purpose). The measurement shall be
performed only on the first transformer, in the same
conditions as in sub-clause ‎13.5.1.56, in order to
detect the location of future faults (oil or active
parts) Indicate the recommended test voltages for:
13.5.3.36. H.V. (kV) :
13.5.3.37. L.V. (kV) :
13.5.3.38. Testing of cooling system on each power

transformer:
13.5.3.39. Pressure test for radiators
13.5.3.40. Testing of fans
13.5.3.41. Automatic and manual operation of fans shall be

checked. Automatic operation and tripping shall be
checked by means of a thermostat
13.5.3.42. All alarms shall be checked
13.5.3.43. Unreliability Demonstration Procedure as defined in

Appendix B2
13.5.3.44. Coating tests of all coated components, on each

power transformer according to Appendix B7
B - 255
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.3.45. In case additional Special Tests are performed by

Manufacturer, please indicate
13.5.4. Equipment qualification to prove seismic

withstands (additional requirements to subcl. ©
‎11.1.2)
13.5.4.1. The transformer performance level is defined
according to IEEE Std 693 clause 8.3.2 and Fig A.2
13.5.4.2. The transformer shall be tested or analyzed for the

Required Response Spectrum according to IEEE Std
693 clause A.1.2.2.1 and Figure A.2
13.5.4.3. Required qualification method for different kind of IEEE 693

equipment:
13.5.4.4. Seismic withstand capability for the power

transformer shall be demonstrated according to
Annex D.4.1 static analysis
13.5.4.5. Seismic withstand capability for Composite polymer

material and insulators shall be demonstrated by
Annex D.4.4 time history shake-table test for 161kV and
above Annex D.4.4.2 shall be used for Monitoring
requirements for composite polymer bushings shake
table test.
Annex D.4.5 static pull test for 36kV
Annex D.4.3 /A.1.4 inherently acceptable for 24kV
13.5.4.6. After the shake table test the bushing shall be

checked to fulfill the functional requirements
according to Annex D.5.2
After shake-table testing of bushings, they shall be
subjected to and pass all routine tests as specified
in the latest revision of IEEE C57.19.00
13.5.4.7. Seismic withstand capability for terminal boxes shall

be demonstrated by Annex L.4.2, A1.3.1 at 1.5g
13.5.4.8. After performing the tests or analysis the Contractor

is requested to submit for approval the following
documents:
13.5.4.9. Seismic analysis qualification report according to

IEEE Std 693/ Annex S
B - 256
REQUIRED OFFERED
13.5.4.10. Seismic test qualification report according to IEEE

Std 693/ Annex T
13.5.5. Tests after erection on site
13.5.5.1. The field tests will be performed by the Purchaser in

the presence and under responsibility of
Contractor’s delegate according to Appendix B5
13.5.5.2. The site tests shall include also a SFRA test to

compare its results with the Fingerprint test carried
out according to sub-clause ‎13.5.3.19
13.5.5.3. In case additional tests are required by

Manufacturer please indicate
13.5.6. Additional Electromagnetic Pulse Remediation

Measures
13.5.6.1. Regardless of the implementation of RF resilience

measures at the transformer, Bidder shall provide
Manual Safe Operating Procedures in order to allow
operation of the transformer in potential extreme
circumstances where normal safety measures,
sensors, controls, and protections are not available
B - 257
P1
P1 \2
P2
d1 l1
S1
C
S
l2
d2
l2
Dt
Ds2
Ds1
REQUIRED OFFERED
P1-P2 > 15 mm P1-P2 =

S/P1 > 0.65 S/P1 =
C > 40 mm C =
 = 5-10  =
Kad =1 Kad =
Da < 300 mm Da =
RUSCD = 53.7 mm/kV l =
L = 5280 mm L =
L/A < 4.7 L/A =
l1/d1 < 4.5 l1/d1 =
l2/d2 < 4.5 l2/d2 =

A = Arcing distance
B - 258
P
P \2
C=d
S
Dt
Ds
REQUIRED OFFERED
S/P > 0.65 S/P =
C > 25 mm C =
 = 5-10  =
Kad =1 Kad =
Da < 300 mm Da =
L = 5280 mm L =
L/A < 4.7 L/A =
l/d < 4.5 l/d =
Da = (Dt+Ds1)/2
A = Arcing distance
B - 259
Drawing no. 1: CT's core designation
B - 260
B - 261
B - 262
ITEM 3 – M.V. SURGE ARRESTER
REQUIRED OFFERED
14.1. MANUFACTURER

Manufacturer’s)
14.1.3. Type of the Surge Arrester (denomination)

14.1.8. The offered type of Surge Arrester shall be a proven

design (not a prototype) and high experience in work ©


Purchaser

components of the S.A.:
14.2.1. IEC 60099-4/2014: Surge arrester. Metal-oxide surge arresters without

gaps for a. c. systems
14.2.2. IEC 60099-5/2013: Surge arrester. Part 5. Selection and application
recommendations
B - 263
14.2.3. IEC 61462/2007: Composite hollow insulators - Pressurized and
unpressurized insulators for use in electrical equipment with rated voltage
greater than 1 000 V - Definitions, test methods, acceptance criteria and
design recommendations
conditions: Definitions, information and general principles
conditions: Ceramic and glass insulators for a.c. systems
conditions: Polymer insulators for a.c. systems
14.2.7. IEC 60137/2008: Insulating bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V
14.2.8. IEC 60721-3-4/1995: Classification of environmental conditions
14.2.9. IEC 60071-2/1996: Insulation co-ordination - Part 2: Application guide
14.2.10. ISO 9001:2015: Quality Management Systems Requirements
14.2.11. ISO/IEC 17025/2005: General requirements for the competence of testing
and calibrating laboratories
14.2.12. ASTM A123/2015 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products
14.2.13. ASTM B 579-73/2015: Standard specification for Electrodeposited
Coatings of Tin-Lead Alloy. (Solder Plate)
14.2.14. ASTM B 580-79/2014: Standard specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings
on Aluminum
14.3. RATING
REQUIRED Item Item OFFERED
3.1 3.2 Item Item
3.1 3.2
SM ©
14.3.1. Arrester classification
IEC 60099-4
subcl.4.2
1.6
14.3.1.1. Thermal energy rating not less than[kJ/kV]
14.3.1.2. Repetitive charge transfer rating not less 7

than [C]
14.3.2. Continuous S.A. operating voltage (Uc )

[r.m.s.; kV] (It shall be chosen by the IEC 60099-4
Manufacturer in order to meet system data. See subcl.8.4
subcl. ‎10.1.1)
14.3.3. Rated S.A. voltage (Ur) [r.m.s. ; kV] 36 ©

(It shall be chosen by the Manufacturer in order to IEC 60099-4
meet system data. See subcl. ‎10.1.1) subcl.5.1
50 ©
14.3.4. Rated frequency [Hz]
IEC60099-4
subcl.5.2
10 ©
14.3.5. Nominal discharge current [8/20µs]
IEC 60099-4
[kA peak]
subcl.5.3
B - 264
3.1 3.2 Item Item
3.1 3.2
2©
14.3.6. Long duration Line Discharge class at least
IEC 60099-5
subcl.6.3.2.3
14.3.7. Minimum energy discharge capability for a 4

single impulse at least [kJ/kV]
14.3.8. Permissible temporary overvoltage (TOV) IEC60099-4

capability curve in per unit of rated voltage versus
subcl.6.12
time shall be supplied with the proposal.
≤10
14.3.9. Partial discharge at 1.05 Uc [pC]
IEC60099-4
subcl.6.4
14.4. PROTECTIVE LEVELS

3.1 3.2 Item Item
3.1 3.2
14.4.1. Maximum residual voltage at lightning impulse IEC60099-4
8/20 µs and peak current value subcl.8.3.3
14.4.1.1. 5kA [kV peak]

118 80
14.4.1.2. 10kA [kV peak]
© ©
14.4.1.3. 20kA [kV peak]
14.4.1.4. 40kA [kV peak]
14.4.2. Maximum residual voltage for switching impulse IEC60099-4

30µs and peak current value : subcl.8.3.4
14.4.2.1. 125kA [kV peak]
14.4.2.2. 500kA [kV peak]
14.4.2.3. 2kA [kV peak]
14.4.2.4. 1kA [kV peak]
14.4.3. Maximum residual voltage for steep impulse with IEC60099-4

1µs virtual front time and peak current value : subcl.8.3.2
14.4.3.1. 5kA [kV peak]
14.4.3.2. 10kA [kV peak]
14.4.3.3. 20kA [kV peak]
B - 265
3.1 3.2 Item Item
3.1 3.2
14.4.4. Maximum permissible varistor temperature after
current surges and in environmental conditions
described in sub-clause "Service conditions"
(‎10.1) for which there is no risk of thermal
runaway during the lifetime of the arrester [°C]

REQUIRED OFFERED
Item Item
3.1 3.2
14.5.1. GENERAL REQUIREMETS
14.5.1.1. Number of units per complete arrester
14.5.1.2. Rated voltage of each unit [kV]
14.5.1.3. In case the units are not identical, each unit

shall be clearly and permanently marked for
identification in the final arrester assembly
14.5.1.4. Indicate whether a grading ring is provided
14.5.1.5. Indicate whether the internal grading

capacitors are provided to control the voltage
distribution along the metal-oxide resistor stack
14.5.1.6. Filling medium of the S.A. (nitrogen, dry air,

etc.)
14.5.1.7. Indicate whether the S.A. provided with

pressure relief device
14.5.1.8. The S.A. shall be of a completely sealed type

against any atmospheric influence and
moisture penetration
Indicate method of sealing
14.5.1.9. The S.A. shall be suitable for installation on the

power transformers – taking into consideration ©
the transformer vibration
14.5.1.10. The S.A. shall be suitable for indoor and

©
outdoor installation
14.5.1.11. The S.A. shall be explosion-proof ©
14.5.2. TERMINALS
B - 266
REQUIRED OFFERED
Item Item
3.1 3.2
14.5.2.1. Aluminum or copper terminal on the line side
shall be provided
Indicate type and dimensions
14.5.2.2. Surface contact of line terminal [mm²]
14.5.2.3. Maximum permissible conductor size

connected to line terminal [mm²]
14.5.2.4. Earth copper terminal marked with appropriate

graphical symbol shall be provided
Indicate type and dimensions
14.5.2.5. The earthing connections shall be designed to

withstand a short time (2 sec) current of [kA]
14.5.2.6. Surface contact of earth terminal [mm2]
14.5.2.7. Maximum permissible conductor size

connected to earth terminal [mm2]
14.5.3. INSULATOR
14.5.3.1. The insulator shall material polymer type
14.5.3.2. Indicate offered type of the insulator
14.5.3.3. Manufacturer of the insulator

Brown or
14.5.3.4. Color of the insulator
gray
14.5.3.5. The insulators shall be of the Open or Anti-fog
profiles, with alternate or non-alternate shed
type (acc. to the enclosed drawing on page B-
271) permitting easy access for greasing and
cleaning to all surfaces
14.5.3.6. Heavy duty, high grade, high creepage path

type, insulator for outdoor and indoor
installation, suitable for the service conditions
as described under subclause ‎10.1
14.5.3.7. Pollution levels according to Desert and

Coastal-Industrial types of environments as
defined by IEC 60815-1 shall be provided
combination
14.5.3.8. Environmental type of pollution of
type A and
type B,
A-prevalent
B - 267
REQUIRED OFFERED
Item Item
3.1 3.2
e
14.5.3.9. Site pollution severity (SPS) class
(very heavy)
14.5.3.10. The Bidder shall submit all relevant test reports
from the neutral Laboratory authorized in
accordance with ISO 17025 (e.g. KEMA), to
prove that the offered polymer material is
suitable for the service conditions as described
under sub clause ‎10.1
14.5.3.11. The insulator shall be only "windformed" type,

not drop shaped type
14.5.3.12. Indicate all relevant dimensions and details on

the enclosed drawings (page B-271
Please supply with the proposal the
Manufacturer's insulator drawing
14.5.3.13. Minimum phase to ground external creepage

900 525
distance (25 mm/kVph):
14.5.3.14. Arcing distance not less than [mm]

In case of lower values than 350 mm the
impulse and power frequency test reports for
350
offered insulators shall be provided to prove
that the insulation withstand conditions are
fulfilled
14.5.3.15. Failing load bending (F) [N] 4000
14.5.3.16. Guaranteed mean value of failing load (120%

F) not less than [N]
14.5.3.17. Torsional strength [Nm] 4800
14.5.3.18. Indicate whether the protective gaps are

provided
14.5.4. STRESSES ON MOUNTED SURGE ARRESTER
14.5.4.1. Permissible values of loading on the terminal
14.5.4.2. Service load (sum of all loads occurring

simultaneously in service: conductor pull,
conductor weight, wind pressure on conductor)
1000
in any direction in space not less than [N]
In case this load value is not applicable in any
direction in space, please explain reason
B - 268
REQUIRED OFFERED
Item Item
3.1 3.2
14.5.4.3. Testing load for 60 sec., applied to the
midpoint of the terminal, perpendicularly to the 2000
insulator axis [N]
14.5.4.4. Short time load (sum of all loads occurring

simultaneously in case of service and short-
3000
circuit) in any direction in space not less than
[N]
14.5.4.5. Operating pressure of the pressure relief

device [N/cm²]
14.5.4.6. Ratio between operating pressure of the

pressure relief device and bursting pressure of
porcelain
14.5.4.7. Wind load at wind velocity 44 m/sec acc. to DIN 1055
14.5.4.8. Recommended rope pull [N]
14.5.5. NAMEPLATES
14.5.5.1. Each S.A. shall be provide with corrosion proof IEC 60099-4
and clearly legible nameplate of suitable Clause 4.1
material including the data indicated in
14.5.5.2. In addition the following data shall be provided
14.5.5.2.1. Line discharge class
14.5.5.2.2. Energy capability
14.5.5.2.3. Name and number of standard
14.5.5.3. The nameplate shall be subject to Purchaser's

approval
14.5.6. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
14.5.6.1. Number of attached dimensions drawing
14.5.6.2. Minimum clearances for correct operation:
14.5.6.2.1. Between S.A. phase-axes [mm]
14.5.6.2.2. Between S.A. phase-axis and earthed

metal [mm]
14.5.6.2.3. Between arrester and other equipment

[mm]
B - 269
REQUIRED OFFERED
Item Item
3.1 3.2
14.5.6.2.4. From the outermost circumference of the
grading ring (if applicable) to live metal of
the same phase [mm]
14.5.6.3. Net weight of complete surge arrester [kg]
B - 270
COMPOSITE INSULATOR DRAWING
REQUIRED OFFERED
ITEMS 3.1,3.2 ITEM 3.1 ITEM 3.2
S/P > 0.75 – 0.8 S/P = S/P =
C = mm C = C =
a 12° a = a =
Kd =1 Kd = Kd =
Dm < 300 mm Dm = Dm =
l = 25 mm/kV l = l =
L Item 3.1 = 900 mm L =
L Item 3.2 = 550 mm L =
L/A < 4 L/A = L/A =
ld/ d ld/ d = ld/ d =
Dti mm Dti = Dti =
Dte mm Dte = Dte =
Di mm Di = Di =
De mm De = De =
Kd = Factor to increase the creepage distance

Dm = (De +Di)/2; for 300mm < Dm < 500mm, kd=1.1
l = Minimum specific creepage distance per phase (related to highest
system voltage phase to phase)
A = Arcing distance
B - 271
14.6. TESTS & INSPECTIONS
REQUIRED OFFERED
14.6.1. Type Tests
14.6.1.1. Type tests shall be performed for all offered types

(Items 3.1, 3.2) of S.A. according to IEC 60099-4
14.6.2. Routine and Acceptance Tests
14.6.2.1. Contractor shall perform routine and acceptance

tests for all offered types (Items 3.1, 3.2) of S.A.
according to IEC 60099-4
14.6.2.2. Specify the range of the reference voltage at

reference current during routine tests at
Manufacturer's site:
14.6.2.3. Maximum level:
14.6.2.3.1. Item 3.1 [kV]
14.6.2.3.2. Item 3.2 [kV]
14.6.2.4. Minimum level:
14.6.2.4.1. Item 3.1 [kV]
14.6.2.4.2. Item 3.2 [kV]
B - 272
ITEM 4 – LV CUBICLES

REQUIRED OFFERED
15.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
15.1.1. Cubicles shall be provided on semitrailer “A” as

follows:
15.1.1.1. Item 4.1 - One cubicle for CONTROL AND

MEASURING EQUIPMENT FOR OPERATION OF
170kV SF6 SWITCHGEAR AND ALARM PANEL
15.1.1.2. Item 4.2 - One cubicle for PROTECTIVE

RELAYING EQUIPMENT OF POWER
TRANSFORMER
15.1.1.3. Item 4.3 - One cubicle for A.C. AND D.C. SUPPLY
15.1.1.4. Item 4.4 – One cubicle RTU to National Control

Center (NCC)
15.1.1.5. Item 4.5 One Cubicle for COMMUNICATION

EQUIPMENT
15.1.1.6. Item 4.6 Space for future Cubicle for Regional

Dispatch Center (RDC)
Indoor
15.1.2. All cubicles as well as the equipment in them shall be
for
15.1.2.1. And suitable for rough conditions as described

under in sub-clause ‎10.1 all operating conditions of
the mobile substation (accelerations, etc.)
15.1.3. The cubicles shall be mounted in “L.V. container”

(outdoor kiosk) provided with air conditioner controlled
automatically by thermostat
15.1.4. The type of environmental protection shall be as

follows:
B - 273
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.1.4.1. For cubicles 4.1 to 4.6

IP 54
15.1.4.1.1. Cubicle's environmental protection degree
shall be
15.1.4.1.2. Cubicle's RF shielded degree shall be

EM4677xx according to IEC-61000-5-7 clause
5 (table 1) and all the sub-clauses in Appendix
Y1 clause 1
15.1.4.2. The L.V. container (outdoor kiosk)

IP 65
15.1.4.2.1. Cubicle's environmental protection degree
shall be
15.1.5. The air conditioner shall cool and heat type

(denomination)
15.1.6. Power of air conditioner (kW)
15.1.7. The air conditioner shall be mounted on approximate

2m high
15.1.8. Electric control panel of air conditioner including

switches, thermostats, hygrometer, emergency sockets,
shall be provided
15.1.9. Internal lighting system of the container shall be

provided
15.1.10. Emergency lightning for L.V. container shall be

provided
15.1.11. The container shall be made of aluminum and

suitable to environmental condition according to sub-
clause.‎10.1
15.1.12. The container shall be coated according to

requirements in Appendix B6
15.1.12.1. Type of paint:

RAL7038
15.1.12.1.1. For L.V. container
RAL 7032
15.1.12.1.2. For cubicles
B - 274
REQUIRED OFFERED
ISO 2409
15.1.12.2. The tests for paint shall be according to grade 0
15.1.12.3. The Contractor shall provide for the Cubicles and

the L.V. Container painting certificates
15.1.12.4. The painting certificate shall include at least:
15.1.12.4.1. Identification number of the equipment
15.1.12.4.2. Testing code.
15.1.12.4.3. Prime and intermediate coat (description) and

type of paint
15.1.12.4.4. Spacing between coats
15.1.12.4.5. Thickness of coat and measuring instruments
15.1.12.4.6. Test results
15.1.13. All the insulation, cladding, materials, etc. of the

container shall not include polyvinylchloride (P.V.C)
15.1.14. Indicate type of insulating material and

thickness used in kiosk construction (ε/cm)
©
15.1.15. The container shall be vermin proof
©
15.1.16. The container shall be insulated against sun
radiation and shall ensure an indoor temperature
according to sub-clause ‎10.1
15.1.17. An insulating carpet shall be provided on

container floor
15.1.18. Door(s) with locking frame outside and free

opening from inside shall be provided for container
©
15.1.19. The container shall be so designed that no
condensation should appear in any part of container or
equipment
B - 275
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.1.20. The measuring, control and protection

equipment inside the cubicles shall be flush mounted on
a hinged frame to permit easy access for inspection and
maintenance
15.1.21. Handles, locking facilities (keys, locks) shall be

provided to ensure safe door locking during transport
and on site
15.1.22. The cubicles shall be supported by suitable

vibration damping device
15.1.23. Internal, automatically operated lighting of the

cubicle to ensure good working conditions shall be
provided
15.1.24. A special box shall be provided for Instructions

Books and all documentation of Mobile Substation
15.1.25. A fold down table affixed to the wall shall be

provided
15.1.26. Heating of the cubicle shall be provided:
15.1.26.1. The heaters shall be provided with thermostats for

temperature regulation
15.1.26.2. Number of heaters
15.1.26.3. Rated voltage (V AC single phase)
15.1.26.4. Rated power (W/heater)
15.1.26.5. Total power required by all heaters (W)
15.1.27. Any manually controlled equipment shall not be

mounted higher than 180cm or lower than 60 cm
15.1.28. Additional requirements:
15.1.28.1. Bottom closed with plates provided with cable

glands
15.1.28.2. Meshed ventilation louvers
B - 276
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.1.29. Time delayed, relay shall be manufacturer’s

choice
60V DC
15.1.30. Relay contacts shall be for V DC
40 msec
15.1.30.1. Time constant less than (msec)
1.5A
15.1.30.2. Rating current (A)
60 V DC
15.1.31. The alarm and trip signal circuits, as well
as the indicating and monitoring circuits will be
supplied at (V DC)
15.1.32. The cubicles shall be supplied wired and factory

tested
15.1.33. Details of the circuits in the control cubicle as

well as design details will be settled between Contractor
and purchaser
15.1.34. Wiring shall be in general according to enclosed

EPD-A.03 Standard (see Appendix A7) unless
otherwise required in this Specification
15.1.35. Approval of Manufacturer for mounting of all

protective relays in control cubicle taking into account
the environmental conditions described in this
specification
15.2. ITEM 4.1 – CUBICLE FOR CONTROL AND

MEASURING EQUIPMENT FOR OPERATION 170kV SF6
SWITCHGEAR AND ALARM PANEL
The Cubicle shall be in principle accommodate the

following minimum equipment ready wired and tested
15.2.1. A mimic diagram with all necessary position indicators

for SF6 switchgear and power transformer, so that clear
and complete indication is given at any time on the
position of the breaker, isolators and earthing switches
(see One Line Diagram drawing SP-1010-01)
15.2.2. Electrical position indicator for input 36/24 kV circuit

breakers shall be added on mimic diagram
B - 277
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.2.3. Control devices for all operating mechanisms of the

SF6 switchgear and power transformer, isolators and
breakers shall be included in the mimic diagram
15.2.4. Measurement and Metering:
15.2.4.1. One voltmeter (0 ÷ 190kV) with transfer switch
15.2.4.2. One voltmeter with two scales (0-36kV,0-24kV)

with transfer switch
15.2.4.3. Measuring (see Appendix C4) and

Transducers (see Appendix C5)
1
15.2.4.3.1. WATT/VAR Transducer ("Measuring" clause 1
and "Transducers" clause 12)
1
15.2.4.3.2. Three Phase Current Transducer ("Measuring"
clause 1 and "Transducers" clause 13)
1
15.2.4.3.3. Three Phase Voltage Transducer ("Measuring"
clause 3 and "Transducers" clause 15)
15.2.4.3.4. Transducer outputs shall be wired to NCC

cubicle (Item 4.4)
15.2.5. Ancillary Devices:
15.2.5.1. All auxiliary relays, fuses, L.V. switches, etc.

necessary for control alarm, measuring,
interlocking etc. circuits
15.2.5.2. Tele/Station selector switch to distinguish

between station control or NCC control
15.2.6. Alarm Panel
15.2.6.1. Centralized visual alarms including at least 60

Alarm windows as per Appendix C3
15.2.6.2. Legends shall be provided for each signal to permit

easy identification of source of trouble. The legends
shall be in English
B - 278
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.2.6.3. Two push buttons
15.2.6.3.1. Reset
15.2.6.3.2. Lamp lest
15.2.6.4. The Alarm Panel shall be equipped with a NO

aux contact. This contact will be wired to NCC
cubicle
15.2.7. Load Shedding Relay
15.3. ITEM 4.2 – CUBICLE FOR PROTECTIVE RELAYING

EQUIPMENT OF POWER TRANSFORMER
15.3.1. Cubicle Dimensions:

800
15.3.2. Width [mm]
2200
15.3.3. Height [mm]
650
15.3.4. Depth [mm]
15.3.5. Cubicle shall be equipped with front door opening

180 degrees to the right with door stay
15.3.6. The cubicle shall be equipped with roof-mounted

fan with filter
15.3.7. The cubicle shall be equipped with thermostat

operating at 60 V DC floating
15.3.8. The cubicle shall be equipped with slotted vents

in front and rear with mounted filter mat
15.3.9. The cubicle shall prewired to an auxiliary supply

(60 VDC, 230VAC)
15.3.10. The cubicle shall be shall fitted to 19"

equipment installation including all accessories
15.3.11. Equipment to be mounted in Control Room to

include but not limited to the following:
B - 279
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.3.12. Digital Differential Protection Relay
15.3.12.1. Manufacturer's name and address
15.3.12.2. Type designation

1
15.3.12.3. Number of relays
15.3.12.4. Operating Requirements

5
15.3.12.4.1. The differential relay shall be suitable for two
winding transformer, with rated current [A]
15.3.12.4.2. The differential relay will be used without

supplementary auxiliary current transformers
(ACT’s) for correcting phase shift as well as
different CT ratios on each side of transformer
15.3.13. Digital Overcurrent Protection Relay

1

5
15.3.13.4.1. The Overcurrent protection on the 161kV side
shall be in two stages, Instantaneous and time
delayed, with rated current [A]
15.3.13.4.2. The overcurrent relay shall be non-directional
15.3.13.4.3. The overcurrent relay shall have inverse time

characteristic
15.3.13.4.4. The instantaneous and time delayed units shall

have separate output contacts
15.3.14. Lockout relay with manual reset (LOR)
B - 280
REQUIRED OFFERED

2
15.3.14.4.1. Lockout relay LOR-1 (86-1) shall be

connected the output (trip) contacts of
15.3.14.4.1.1. Pressure relay valve
15.3.14.4.1.2. Oil-flow relay (on OLTC)
15.3.14.4.1.3. Buchholtz relay
15.3.14.4.2. Lockout relay LOR-2 (86-2) shall be

connected the output (trip) contacts of
overcurrent relay (161kV side (Instantaneous
and time delayed)
15.3.15. Auxiliary Relay (AUX)
15.3.15.3. Number of relays 1
15.3.15.4.1. The following protection relays shall have their

output contacts connected to the auxiliary
relay, according to AD-100
15.3.15.4.2. List of subcontractors shall be approved by

Purchaser
15.3.15.4.2.1. Thermal image
15.3.15.4.2.2. Zero sequence O/C relay
15.3.15.4.2.3. Breaker failure relay
15.3.15.4.2.4. O/C relay (36kV side)
B - 281
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.3.16. Transformer Temperature Monitoring device

according to sub-clause ‎13.4.16
15.3.17. Transformer Voltage Regulator according to

sub-clause ‎13.4.16‎13.4.4
15.3.18. Tripping Relays Type and Manufacturer
15.3.19. Peterson Coil Protective and Control

Equipment, according to sub-clause ‎19.4.2‎19.4.4
15.3.19.1. Automatic Resonance Controller, according to sub-

clause ‎19.4.3
15.3.19.1.1. Controller Analogue channel card 0-110V input

4-20mA output to be wired to NCC cubicle as
per Appendix C4 Measuring clause 9
15.3.19.2. Position Indicator, according to sub-

clause ‎19.4.1.11.6
15.3.19.3. Voltmeter, according to sub-clause ‎19.4.1.11.7
15.3.19.4. Lower and Raise Pushbuttons
15.3.19.5. Three (3) Indication Lamps

2
15.3.20. Double socket outlet connected to, and
including Miniature Circuit Breaker 6A "C"
15.4. ITEM 4.3 – CUBICLE FOR A.C. AND D.C SUPPLY
15.4.1. A.C supply shall include:

3x400 VAC
15.4.1.1. Busbars [V]
15.4.1.2. Suitable MCBs with auxiliary contacts for all circuit

3x400V
15.4.1.3. Switch for incoming cable with three positions /100A
15.4.1.3.1. External source (1)
15.4.1.3.2. Off
B - 282
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.4.1.3.3. External source (2)
15.4.1.4. Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) for AC supplies

as follows:
10
15.4.1.4.1. Station Supply (OLTC, fans, pumps, motors,
power sockets etc.) not less than [units]
3
15.4.1.4.2. Tele Supply (NCC cubicle, Communication
Cubicle, Regional Dispatch Center) not less
than [units]
15.4.1.4.3. MCB for external lighting of Mobile substation
15.4.1.4.4. MCB for emergency lighting including

operating in two positions Manual/Auto through
the photoelectric cell
4
15.4.1.4.5. Spare MCBs not less than [units]
15.4.1.5. The MCBs' characteristics:
15.4.1.5.2. type
15.4.1.5.3. Rated current [A]
15.4.1.5.4. Short circuit current [kA]
15.4.1.5.5. Number of auxiliary contacts
15.4.1.6. Voltmeter with transfer switch
15.4.1.7. Ammeter with transfer switch
15.4.1.8. Leakage protection for enclosure or container

auxiliary circuits (air conditioner, lighting, A.C.
supply for plugs, etc.(
15.4.1.9. Mimic diagram on cubicle face, reproducing one

line diagram, as designed by Manufacturer,
including the equipment indicated above
B - 283
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.4.1.10. No voltage and phase failure relay shall be

provided
15.4.1.11. Legends with destination of AC circuits shall be

provided. The legends shall be in English
15.4.2. 60V D.C. supply shall include:

60
15.4.2.1. Busbars [V]
15.4.2.2. Suitable MCBs with auxiliary contacts for all circuits
15.4.2.3. Circuit breaker for incoming cable from DC battery
15.4.2.4. Circuit breaker for incoming cable from

380VAC/60VDC RECTIFIER
15.4.2.5. Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) for 60V DC

supplies as follows:
12
15.4.2.5.1. Miniature CB’s for D.C. supplies (control
protection and alarm circuits, automatic switch
for lighting, emergency lighting, interlocking
circuits) not less than [units]
4
than [units]]
4
15.4.2.6.2. type
15.4.2.7. Voltmeter
B - 284
REQUIRED OFFERED
2
15.4.2.8. Ammeter [units]
15.4.2.9. DC monitor insulation relay

Bender or
15.4.2.10. System monitoring under voltage, over voltage and equivalent
ripple voltage

15.4.2.12. Legends with destination of DC supply shall be

15.4.3. 48V D.C. supply shall include

60/48
15.4.3.1. DC to DC converter [V/V]
1
15.4.3.2. Power of DC converter shall be not less than [kW]
48
15.4.3.3. Busbars [V]
15.4.3.4. Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) for 48V DC

6
than [units]
2
15.4.3.5.2. type
15.4.3.6. Voltmeter
B - 285
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.4.3.7. Ammeter

15.4.3.9. Legends with destination of DC supply shall be

15.4.4. 230V A.C. supply shall include

60VDC/
15.4.4.1. DC to AC converter [V/V] 230VAC
2
15.4.4.2. Power of DC converter shall be not less than [kW]
230VAC
15.4.4.3. Busbars [V]
15.4.4.4. Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) for 230V AC

4
15.4.4.4.1. Transducers, Fire Detection System etc., not
less than [units]
2
15.4.4.5.2. type
15.4.4.6. Voltmeter
15.4.4.7. Ammeter

B - 286
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.4.4.9. Legends with destination of AC supply shall be

15.4.5. A.C./D.C. Secondary Distribution boxes shall be

provided and mounted on semitrailer A & B
15.4.5.1. The A.C./D.C. distribution box shall be metal

construction
outdoor
15.4.5.2. The A.C./D.C. distribution box shall be suitable to
be installed in environmental condition according to
sub-clause ‎10.1
IP55
15.4.5.3. The distribution box shall be accommodate with
terminal blocks, sockets and all necessary wiring
15.4.5.4. The distribution box shall be coated according to

requirements in Appendix B6
15.5. ITEM 4.4 – CUBICLE FOR NATIONAL CONTROL

CENTER (NCC) RTU
15.5.1. The cubicle shall be built according to the suggested

cubicle layout drawing MK-60000.

800
15.5.2.1. Width [mm]
2200
15.5.2.2. Height [mm]
650
15.5.2.3. Depth [mm]
15.5.3. Cubicle shall be equipped with front door opening 180

degrees to the right with door stay
15.5.4. The cubicle shall be equipped with roof-mounted fan

with filter

15.5.6. The cubicle shall be equipped with slotted vents in

front and rear with mounted filter mat
B - 287
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.5.7. The cubicle shall prewired to an auxiliary supply (60

VDC, 230VAC)
15.5.8. The cubicle shall be shall fitted to 19" equipment

installation including all accessories
15.5.9. The cubicle shall be shall furnished with terminal

blocks for accommodating the commands which will be
accepted from NCC and wire them to the field
equipment, according to Command s list Appendix C1

blocks for accommodating the Indications which will be
sent to NCC and wire them to the field equipment,
according to Indications List Appendix C2

blocks for accommodating the Alarms which will be sent
to NCC, and wire them to Alarm Panel in cubicle Item
4.1, according to Alarms List Appendix C3

blocks for accommodating the Measuring which will be
sent to NCC, and wire them to appropriate transducers
and secondary equipment, according to Measuring List
Appendix C4
15.5.13. Manufacturer shall provide interposing

tripping/closing relays which shall be operated by single
command (+60VDC).
15.5.14. 5 (five) cable sleeves between NCC cubicle and

communication cubicle with PG21 cable glands for
future cables shall be supplied
15.5.15. 5 (five) cable sleeves between NCC cubicle and

RDC cubicle location with PG21 cable glands for future
cables shall be supplied
15.5.16. 5 (five) external cable sleeves from NCC cubicle

exiting the LV container with PG21 cable glands for
2
15.5.17. Double socket outlet connected to, and
including Miniature Circuit Breaker 6A "C"
B - 288
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.6. ITEM 4.5 – CUBICLE FOR COMMUNICATION

EQUIPMENT

800
15.6.1.1. Width [mm]
2200
15.6.1.2. Height [mm]
650
15.6.1.3. Depth [mm]
15.6.2. Cubicle shall be equipped with front door opening 180

degrees to the right with door stay
15.6.3. The front door shall be glazed with safety glass for
viewing installed equipment
15.6.4. The cubicle shall be equipped with roof-mounted fan

with filter

15.6.6. The cubicle shall be equipped with slotted vents in

front and rear with mounted filter mat
15.6.7. The cubicle shall prewired to an auxiliary supply (48

VDC, 60 VDC, 230VAC)
15.6.8. The cubicle shall be shall fitted to 19" 42U height

swinging frame including all accessories
15.6.8.1. Swing frame opening 135 degrees to the left with

door stay
150
15.6.8.2. Maximum load of equipment mounted on Swing
Frame [kg]
15.6.8.3. Electronic Equipment shall be accessed easily from

rear side when swing frame in open position
40
15.6.8.4. Clearance between outer door and swing frame
shall be greater [mm]
B - 289
REQUIRED OFFERED
15.6.8.5. 5 (five) cable sleeves between Communication

cubicle and NCC cubicle with PG21 cable glands
for future cables shall be supplied
15.6.8.6. 5 (five) external cable sleeves from Communication

cubicle exiting the LV container with PG21 cable
glands for future cables shall be supplied
2
15.6.9. Double socket outlet connected to, and including
Miniature Circuit Breaker 6A "C"
15.7. ITEM 4.6 – SPACE FOR CUBICLE REGIONAL

DISPATCH CENTER (RDC)
15.7.1. Space Dimensions required for Cubicle:

600
15.7.1.1. Width [mm]
800
15.7.1.2. Height [mm]
250
15.7.1.3. Depth [mm]
15.7.2. Cubicle will be wall mounted and installed by IECo
15.7.3. Auxiliary Supply (230VAC) cables shall be supplied

and laid from the 230 VAC Distribution to the space
provided for the RDC cubicle. The cables shall be wired
on the 230 VAC Distribution side and insulated on the
RDC cubicle side.
15.7.4. 5 (five) cable sleeves between RDC cubicle and NCC

cubicle with PG21 cable glands for future cables shall
be supplied
15.7.5. 5 (five) external cable sleeves from RDC cubicle

exiting the LV container with PG21 cable glands for
B - 290
B - 291
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.1. ITEM 5.1 – REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY
16.1.2. Type of designation (denomination)
16.1.3. General requirements:

EN-50272-2
16.1.3.1. The battery shall be mounted in a separate
compartment with ventilation controlled
automatically by thermostat The ventilation
system shall be according to
16.1.3.2. The battery compartment shall be installed in the

same L.V. air conditioned outdoor container
together with cubicles 4.1 to 4.6 (clause ‎15) and
the battery charger (subclause ‎16.2) and shall
maintain the RF Shielding according to Appendix
Y1 clause 1
16.1.3.3. To ensure an adequate ventilation, minimum two

fans with filters shall be provided,
Indicate number of fans and their power [W]
16.1.3.3.1. Ventilation shall be through a Waveguide-

Below Cutoff penetration that is integrated to
the LV Container RF shield shall be
16.1.3.4. Explosion proof lighting of the compartment,

according to security requirements shall be
provided
16.1.3.5. The compartment shall be provided with doors

from indoor side of the container and outdoor
access
B - 292
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.1.3.5.1. The outdoor access door shall be of RF

shielded design and will not compromise the
RF performance of the LV Container shall
be according to Appendix Y1 clause 1
16.1.3.6. All General Requirements under subclause ‎15.1

shall be met
OGI or GroE
16.1.3.7. The battery shall be of type (Plante) or
OpzS
battery
Lead Acid
DIN 40734
16.1.3.8. The battery shall be designed and manufactured
(for OGi)
according to DIN 40738
(for GroE)
DIN 40737
(for OpzS)
IEC-60896-
11
16.1.3.9. The battery shall be provided with electrolyte
16.1.3.10. The battery compartment shall be designed to

prevent battery movement during mobile
substation transport
16.1.3.11. Manufacturer shall provide battery safety

recommendations for mobile substation transport
16.1.3.12. The battery shall be connected by means of

suitable cable to D.C. distribution cubicles
busbar
acid-
16.1.3.13. The battery compartment flooring shall be resistant
covered with acid-resistant battery room floor battery
coating and adhere to EN-50272-2 room floor
coating
R in ohms
16.1.3.14. The battery compartment flooring shall be
covered with meet the resistance stipulated by
EN-50272-210.1f. The resistance (ohms):
16.1.4. Performance Data:

60
16.1.4.1. Rated voltage (V)
B - 293
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
64.5
16.1.4.2. The battery will be “fully float” operated at (V)
16.1.4.3. Number of cells
16.1.4.4. The battery shall be rated on 10 hour discharge

basis and on a final voltage of 52V assuming an
initial electrolyte temperature of 25˚C
70
16.1.4.5. Equalizing charge voltage shall be (V)
200
16.1.4.6. Rated capacity (Ah), as a function of necessary
loads
16.1.5. Design and Construction:
16.1.5.1. The battery shall be fully insulated
16.1.5.2. The battery shall be of “Low Maintenance” type

guaranteed to need no maintenance, checking,
etc., whatsoever during at least half a year at the
“full float” operating conditions, and constructed
for long life time of at least 15 years
16.1.5.3. Negative plates shall have life equal to or greater

than positive plates
16.1.5.4. The plates shall be rigidly constructed and shall

be supported by ledges in the jar walls
16.1.5.5. Cell jars shall be sealed type. Each cell shall be

numbered by label
16.1.5.6. Cell jars shall be of rigid construction, no

additional cases or braking required
16.1.5.7. The battery cell jars have to be semitransparent
16.1.5.8. Material of terminals
16.1.5.9. Material of inter-cell connectors
16.1.5.10. Special protection against corrosion and

creepage shall be provided
IEC 60896-
16.1.5.11. Rating plate and markings specified in 11(2002)
B - 294
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC 60896-
16.1.5.12. The DC battery shall be subjected to the tests as 11(2002)
specified in
16.1.5.13. Dimensions (length/width/height) [mm/mm/mm]
16.1.5.14. Weight (kg)
16.2. ITEM 5.2 – REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY

CHARGER
16.2.2. Type of designation (denomination)
16.2.3. General requirements:
16.2.3.1. The battery charger cubicle shall be installed in

the L.V. air conditioned container
16.2.3.2. The charger will be connected to the D.C.

system of an unattended substation or switching
station, and operate continuously (24 hours per
day) according to diagram EVK-6376
16.2.4. AC Input Data:

400 ± 10%
16.2.4.1. AC Voltage Power supply [V]
50
16.2.4.2. AC frequency [Hz] +1%,-3%
5%
16.2.4.3. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) in main voltage
up to 5 %
10
16.2.4.4. Short circuit current at chargers supply terminals
[kA]
16.2.5. DC Output Data:

©
16.2.5.1. Rated voltage [Vdc] 60±1%
©
16.2.5.2. Rated current [A] 45 ±2%
± 0.5
16.2.5.3. Stability of output voltage not more than [V]
B - 295
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.5.4. Automatic strong charge voltage (V/cell)
16.2.5.5. Floating charge (V/cell)
16.2.5.6. Manual strong charge voltage (V/cell)
16.2.5.7. Strong charge current (A)
16.2.5.8. Maximum power (kVA)

0.8
16.2.5.9. Power factor at full load (%)
92
16.2.5.10. Efficiency at full load (%)
16.2.6. Operating Characteristics
16.2.6.1. Floating Charge (normal operation) Mode

©
16.2.6.1.1. The charger shall be equipped with a
floating (trickle) charge mode
16.2.6.1.2. It supplies the load current and charges the

battery simultaneously with the maintenance
charging current, thus maintaining its full
capacity available
±1%
16.2.6.1.3. The voltage is maintained constant
16.2.6.1.4. On AC supply failure, the battery takes over

the supply of the load without break
16.2.6.1.5. On restoration of the AC supply, the charger

takes over the load and charges the battery
with the difference between charger rated
current and load current
Irated±2%
16.2.6.1.6. The current supplied by the charger to the
load and battery shall be limited to the rated
current of the charger, regardless of the
discharging degree of the battery
B - 296
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.6.1.7. The transients occurring upon the AC supply

restoration (inrush currents, current spikes
etc.) shall by no means affect the charger
operation, even in the case of an extremely
short supply interruption
16.2.6.1.8. When the charger reaches the preset

floating voltage, it starts to operate with the
constant voltage characteristics. The current
will decrease until the full capacity of the
battery is restored
16.2.6.1.9. Means of inrush current limitation will be

provided
16.2.6.1.10. The charger shall be stable at any point of

the operating characteristic
EVK-6375
16.2.6.1.11. The required operating characteristic
appears in drawing
©
16.2.6.1.12. Float charge voltage range (continuously 54÷67V
adjustable)
©
16.2.6.1.13. The current limitation must be [A] 45±2%
16.2.6.2. Equalizing Charge Mode

©
16.2.6.2.1. The charger shall be equipped with a
equalizing charge mode
16.2.6.2.2. An internally mounted manual selector

switch shall permit change over to the
equalizing charge mode of operation
16.2.6.2.3. The operating characteristic of the

equalizing charge will be IU characteristic,
as in float mode but with different voltage
16.2.6.2.4. The contractor shall supply the necessary

control circuit and connection terminals
16.2.6.2.5. In case of AC failure the charger shall return

to float charge mode
B - 297
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.6.2.6. In case of load changes all M.C.B. and C.B.

will not be affected by the transformer inrush
current
DIN 41773
16.2.6.2.7. All the operating characteristic shall be
according to
2.4V per cell
16.2.6.2.8. Equalizing charge, intended to bring all the
cells to equally charged condition, shall be
5÷7A per
16.2.6.2.9. The low current limit value shall be every
100Ah of a
battery
EVK-6375
16.2.6.2.10. The required operating characteristic
appears in drawing
©
16.2.6.2.11. Equalizing charge voltage range 67÷72V
(continuously adjustable)
©
16.2.6.2.12. The current limitation must be [A] 45±2%
16.2.6.3. Boost Charge Mode
16.2.6.3.1. The charger shall be equipped with a boost

©
charge mode
16.2.6.3.2. An internally mounted manual selector

switch shall permit change over to the boost
charge mode of operation
16.2.6.3.3. The operating characteristic of the boost

charge will be IU characteristic, as in normal
service, but with different parameters
16.2.6.3.4. A boost charge mode operation requires the

operation of the exhaust fans in the battery
room
16.2.6.3.5. If the exhaust fans power supply circuit is

interrupted, the charger will pass
automatically to the floating charge mode
with the last adjusted values
B - 298
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.6.3.6. Change-over will be initiated by the boost

charge blocking relay connected in the
exhaust fan circuit
16.2.6.3.7. Return to boost mode may only be

performed manually by an operator
16.2.6.3.8. The contractor shall supply the necessary

control circuit and connection terminals
16.2.6.3.9. In case of AC failure the charger shall return

to float charge mode
16.2.6.3.10. In case of load changes all M.C.B. and C.B.

will not be affected by the transformer inrush
current
DIN 41773
16.2.6.3.11. All the operating characteristic shall be
according to
16.2.6.3.12. The charger will include a timer that can be

pre-set to return from boost charge to float
charge
16.2.6.3.13. Boost charge voltage range (continuously 72÷81V

adjustable)
22.5A±2%
16.2.6.3.14. The current limitation (half of float mode
value) must be [A]
16.2.6.4. Transient Behavior of the Charger
16.2.6.4.1. The speed at which the charger reacts to

sudden load changes is very important to
the correct behavior of the charger in the DC
system
94%÷106%
16.2.6.4.2. After a sudden load change including short within
circuits, the voltage shall return to the values 200ms
of the operating characteristics within:
16.2.6.5. Start-up behavior of the Charger

106%
16.2.6.5.1. In all working modes the output voltage shall
not exceed
B - 299
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
2xIn
16.2.6.5.2. Start-up amplitude of AC current shall not
exceed
<30
16.2.6.5.3. Start-up time [sec]
16.2.7. Design and Construction:
16.2.7.1. The Battery Chargers, shall consist of free

standing, floor mounted Cabinet, made of
welded steel frame work, steel frontal doors and
panels, heavy duty industrial constructed. Doors
and panels shall be of at least 2 mm steel; frame
work shall be of at least 3 mm steel. Plates
smaller than 600 x 600mm may be manufactured
from 1.5mm steel plates
16.2.7.2. The ventilation of the unit will be by natural

ventilation only.
©
16.2.7.3. All the ventilation openings shall be front located.
No ventilation openings shall be located on
cubicle top unless protected by an additional
cover (roof).
16.2.7.4. Control switches and measuring instruments

shall be located on the front panel, not higher
than 1200 mm or lower than 600 mm.
16.2.7.5. The cubicle shall be provided with appropriate

lifting hooks for transport
16.2.7.6. The cubicle shall be protected against splash

water, 600mm from the floor.
IEC 60529
16.2.7.7. The charger degree of protection shall be IP54
until 600 mm and IP23 above 600mm according
to
16.2.7.8. The cubicles shall be cleaned and painted

according to Purchaser’s Appendix A2 and
Appendix B6 (in case of aluminum surfaces)
B - 300
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.7.9. The Battery Charger and control systems shall

be in modular construction for ease of
maintenance and to minimize downtime. They
will be reinforced in such a manner that they will
provide adequate rigidity and strength to
withstand all stresses which can occur during
transportation, installation, testing and operation,
without any distortion or damage of the cabinets
or components mounted inside the cabinets
16.2.7.10. All chargers modules shall be of the draw-out

type, removable from the front of the Battery
Charger
16.2.7.11. The Battery Charger shall permit easy access to

modules and assemblies for control and
maintenance. They will permit easy checking,
adjustment or maintenance without the removal
of any adjacent module or assembly
16.2.7.12. The Battery Charger Cabinet shall have all

instruments, status indicators, and controls
placed easily visible to the operator. All warning
labels shall be clearly visible when any of the
cabinet doors are open
16.2.7.13. Easy access to terminal blocks shall be

provided. Separating plate between terminals for
different voltages or functions shall be provided
©
16.2.7.14. Cable entrances into the Battery Charger cabinet
shall be done on the bottom side of the cabinet,
through removable plate. Necessary framework
and brackets for fixing the cables into the
cabinets will be supplied by the Manufacturer. All
the wiring and cables shall be installed in cable
ducts
16.2.7.14.1. The Cable entrances will be compatible with

RF shielding and fully enclosed in the LV
Container and shall be according to
B - 301
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.7.15. The cubicle shall be equipped with a copper

ground bus, of at least 50mm². All metallic parts
of electrical components, normally not under
voltage, but which can assign voltage as result of
a trouble should be grounded to this ground bus.
The contractor shall bolt the cubicle ground bus
to the station grounding via two 50mm² ground
cables.
16.2.7.16. Access to the electrical equipment mounted in

the cabinets shall be from the front. The cabinet
shall have a front door with 3 fastening points, at
least one point lockable with two sets of keys.
The doors shall have stainless steel hinges and
shall be easily removable from the cabinet.
16.2.7.17. All screws and mounting devices used for

fastening equipment and nameplates, inside /
outside the cabinets shall be of rustproof type.
Screws shall not penetrate outside faces of the
cabinet
16.2.7.18. Indicators LEDs denoting abnormal conditions

shall be visible by operator without removing
panels or opening cabinet doors. Main circuit
breakers shall be actuated preferable from front
side without opening cabinet's doors
16.2.7.19. All status, alarm and instrumentation displays

shall be arranged on the front panels, easily
visible and accessible to a person standing on
the floor. All factory adjustments or non-operator
controls should be located behind the lockable
cabinet doors. All alarms and signals shall be
remotely indicated by Potential Free contacts of
output relays
16.2.7.20. The Battery Charger shall have a modular

construction, permitting easy and fast
maintenance. Replacement of the faulty module
will be possible by opening connectors and
screws, without need of soldering. The
replacement shall be done only through the front
doors of the cabinet
IEC 60255-
16.2.7.21. Vibration withstanding according to 21-1, class 2
B - 302
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.7.21.1. Vibration response (energized): sinusoidal;

frequency 60 to 150 Hz; acceleration 1g;
sweep rate 1 octave/min; 1 cycle in 3
orthogonal directions
16.2.7.21.2. Vibration withstand (de-energized):

sinusoidal; frequency 60 to 150 Hz; constant
acceleration 2g; 40 cycle in 3 orthogonal
directions
16.2.7.21.3. Vibration during transportation: 2 g in each

of three mutually perpendicular axes swept
over range of 10 to 500 Hz for a total of six
sweeps, 15 min each sweep, without
structural damage or degradation of
performance
IEC 60255-
16.2.7.22. Seismic withstanding according to
21-3,
16.2.7.22.1. level 2, criteria acceptance A: X- and Y-

axes: 3g, 11[mm], 1÷50[Hz] Z-axis: 2g,
7.5[mm], 1÷50[Hz]
16.2.8. Electrical Design Requirements
16.2.8.1. The charger will be based on a full wave,

thyristor controlled rectifier, connected through
an isolating transformer, to the AC supply
16.2.8.2. A solid state control system shall provide the

rectifier with the required characteristic. The
rectifier shall be protected by automatic circuit
breaker with appropriate characteristics
16.2.8.3. A filtering and smoothing system shall assure

that the ripple of the output voltage measure at
the output terminals will be:
0.2%
16.2.8.3.1. With battery connected, the output r.m.s
voltage less than
1%
16.2.8.3.2. Without battery connected, the output r.m.s
voltage less than
B - 303
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.8.4. Appropriate filtering or other means shall prevent

voltage disturbances being fed by the charger to
the AC system
IEC 61204-3
16.2.8.5. Radio interference voltage level according to
IEC 61000-
16.2.8.6. Electromagnetic compatibility according to 3- 4 Class A
16.2.8.7. Interference suppression devices and filters shall

be provided in order to limit the electromagnetic
interference voltage levels from charger to power
system and from power system to charger
55dB
16.2.8.8. The maximum noise level at 1m distance shall
be no more than.
The noise test will be performed with the rated
voltage and at full load
©
16.2.8.9. The charger shall be natural air-cooled. The
55
maximum temperature rise of any component
shall be [C]
16.2.8.10. If the heat dissipater of the thyristor controlled

rectifier bridge reaches the temperature of 95ºC,
the Battery Charger's main switch shall be
tripped and an alarm shall be provided by a N.O.
dry contact in addition to indicator lamp (led) in
the front panel
16.2.9. Charger Components
16.2.9.1. Transformers and Reactors
16.2.9.1.1. Manufacturer Name and Model Number

IEC 60146-
16.2.9.1.2. The transformer shall comply with the 1-3
requirements of
16.2.9.1.3. Core type
16.2.9.1.4. The transformer core shall be of low losses

steel sheets [W/kg]
16.2.9.1.5. Maximum inrush current [A]
B - 304
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
F
16.2.9.1.6. The Insulation Class of the transformer
winding shall be at least
85
16.2.9.1.7. The Insulating Transformer's external
maximum temperature [ºC]. The measuring
can also be done with Infrared Thermometer
70
16.2.9.1.8. The electronic parts maximum temperature
[ºC]
16.2.9.2. Rectifier Bridge Unit
1200
16.2.9.2.2. Maximum voltage of SCR shall be not less
than [V]
16.2.9.2.3. Maximum D.C. current at +40C ambient

temperature [A]
16.2.9.2.4. Maximum over temperature at rated current

[C]
16.2.9.2.5. Maximum impulse current [A]
16.2.9.2.6. Impulse current duration [sec]
16.2.9.2.7. Rectifier Bridge must be equipped with

overvoltage protected elements
16.2.9.2.8. The rectifier bridge shall be of full wave type,

thyristor controlled, for three phase supply
16.2.9.2.9. The heat sink of the bridge shall be of the

cast or rolled aluminum type (as originally
supplied with the bridge)
85
16.2.9.2.10. Maximum allowable temperature of the heat
sink shall be is [ºC]
16.2.9.2.11. Heat sink must be protected from over

temperature by thermo switch connected to
control circuit
16.2.9.3. Electrolytic capacitors for DC filters
B - 305
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.9.3.2. Type
16.2.9.3.3. The capacitors shall be Heavy Duty Type,

industrial grad of at least 105[C]
temperature, and designed to operating life
of 20 years at 40[C] temperature
45 mΩ
16.2.9.3.4. ESR (Equivalent Series Resistance) of
electrolytic capacitor at 100 Hz and 20[C]
EPCOS,
16.2.9.3.5. These capacitors must be suitable for use Vishay,
with high ripple current and manufactured KEMET,
by, Nippon
Chemi-Con,
BHC
Aerovox,
Hitachi AIC
or
equivalent
16.2.9.3.6. A catalog shall be added to each kind of

capacitor
©
16.2.9.3.7. The Bidder shall include the calculations for
capacitors to be chosen
16.2.9.3.8. The calculations shall be also for life time at

work without battery
400VDC
16.2.9.3.9. The DC filter capacitors (electrolytic
capacitors) shall have not less than rated
voltage
630VAC
16.2.9.3.10. The AC filter capacitors (non-electrolytic)
shall have not less than rated voltage
16.2.9.4. Miniature Circuit Breaker

IEC 60898
16.2.9.4.1. The charger shall be equipped with at least
the following M.C.B.’s and according to
10kA
16.2.9.4.2. AC input M.C.B., for short circuit current of
at least …..
including N.C. auxiliary contact for alarm
B - 306
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
15kA
16.2.9.4.3. DC output M.C.B, for short circuit current of
at least …..
including N.C. auxiliary contact for alarm
16.2.9.4.4. M.C.B. of suitable characteristic (Z

characteristic) for main diodes (thyristor)
overload protection and for bridge protection
16.2.9.4.5. The main AC input and DC output M>C.B.’s

shall be operated from inside the cubicle
16.2.9.4.6. The bidder shall include a tripping

characteristic curve of each type of M.C.B.
16.2.9.4.7. Are there any fuses for protection of internal

circuits?
16.2.9.4.8. Main Rectifier Bridge Protection Units

Yes/No
16.2.9.4.8.1. Rectifier Circuit
16.2.9.4.8.2. M.C.B.
16.2.9.4.8.4. Rated current [A]
16.2.9.4.8.5. Short circuit current [kA]
16.2.9.4.8.6. A characteristic curve included
16.2.9.4.9. AC input M.C.B.

10
16.2.9.4.9.3. Short circuit current according to IEC-
60947-2 [kA]
16.2.9.4.10. DC output M.C.B.
B - 307
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED

15
16.2.9.4.10.3. Short circuit current according to IEC-
60947-2 [kA]
16.2.9.5. Damping Resistors
16.2.9.5.1.2. The battery charger shall connect the load

via damping resistors. The battery shall be
connected to full charger output and the
load connected after the damping resistor
to insure 60V DC output
16.2.9.5.1.3. In Floating Mode the damping resistor shall

lower the voltage from 67.2V DC to the
nominal 60V DC
16.2.9.5.1.4. In Equalizer Mode the damping resistor

shall lower the voltage from 72V DC to the
nominal 60V DC
16.2.9.5.1.5. In Boost Mode the damping resistor shall

lower the voltage from 81V DC to the
nominal 60V DC
16.2.9.6. Control Circuits

IPC-A-610,
16.2.9.6.1. Electronic control circuits and assemblies IPC-A-620
must be suit to requirements of IPC-TM-650
16.2.9.6.2. Boards will be protected by transparent

acrylic panel
16.2.9.7. Measuring Instruments
16.2.9.7.1. The measuring instruments should not be

part of the controller or the Display Panel
16.2.9.7.2. Output DC Digital Voltmeter
B - 308
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.9.7.2.2. Scale [V]
16.2.9.7.2.3. Size: 96 x 48mm (at least)

1%
16.2.9.7.2.4. Accuracy
16.2.9.7.2.5. The resolution need to be accurate to one

digit after the decimal point
16.2.9.7.2.6. Operating temperature: -5[C] to 40[C]
16.2.9.7.2.7. Digits: three and half (3.5) digits measuring

for 60V DC
16.2.9.7.3. Output DC Digital Ammeters
16.2.9.7.3.2. Scale [A]
16.2.9.7.3.3. Size: 96 x 48mm (at least)

1%
16.2.9.7.3.4. Accuracy
16.2.9.7.3.5. The resolution need to be accurate to one

digit after the decimal point
16.2.9.7.3.6. Operating temperature: -5[C] to 40[C]
16.2.9.7.3.7. Digits: three (3) digits measuring for 45A
16.2.9.8. Controlling Method
16.2.9.8.1. The charger shall be provided with the

following controls:
16.2.9.8.2. A three (3) positions selector switch for float

operation or equalizing charge operation or
boost charge operation (internally mounted),
or three (3) push buttons for operating mode
of operation
16.2.9.8.3. The charger shall have potential free

contacts, for charging mode indication (one
contact for each mode)
B - 309
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.9.8.4. The Charger shall have one potential free

contact, closed in boost charge position, for
customer’s use
16.2.9.8.5. Voltage regulating knob locked type or push

buttons for floating charge operation
(internally mounted)
16.2.9.8.6. Voltage regulating knob locked type or push

buttons for boost charge operation
(internally mounted)
16.2.9.8.7. In case of use of push buttons the

manufacturer will supply two pushbuttons for
each operation to insure double action for
operation
16.2.9.8.8. A 230VAC, 16A socket including an earth

leakage relay shall be installed in the cubicle
for auxiliary uses
16.2.9.9. Communication
16.2.9.9.1. All the Battery Charger shall be provided by

manufacturer with a communication adaptor
(SNMP-Simple Network Management
Protocol) to transfer all needed data such as
System Parameters, history of events,
identification and diagnostic, to the dispatch
center or client by using TCP/IP
communication protocol with MIB's standard
16.2.9.9.2. The SNMP adaptor is connected to Ethernet

networks using standard communications
cables. There will be no possibility of shut-
down or change of parameters from remote
station
16.2.9.9.3. SNMP Module
16.2.9.9.3.1. Using the SNMP module, the Battery

Charger is seen as a network device in the
WAN or LAN applications, and with this
way it can be monitored. Battery Charger
will be connected to the network (in future)
through site monitoring program
B - 310
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.9.9.4. SNMP Software
16.2.9.9.4.1. Battery Charger will be equipped by

manufacturer with SNMP agent. The
SNMP Agent should be configured
properly and Battery Charger Management
software should be installed in the
monitoring computer. The SNMP Agent
will be supplied with software CD which
contains the following programs and tools
16.2.9.9.4.2. SNMP Agent Operating manual in PDF

format
16.2.9.9.4.3. Configuration utility for SNMP Agent IP

address and firmware upgrade
16.2.9.9.4.4. SNMP monitoring soft ward – Battery

Charger management software for multi-
system Agent environment in Windows
operating systems
16.2.9.9.4.5. Battery Charger MIB – MIB Management

Information Base definition file for SNMP
management console
16.2.9.9.4.6. Time Server – Time calibration program for

SNMP Agent
16.2.9.10. Programmable Controller
16.2.9.10.2. Type
16.2.9.10.3. The Programmable Controller will be of

known manufacturer and type
16.2.9.10.4. Function of the programmable controller:
16.2.9.10.5. Operation, supervision and indication in

accordance with the functions of the charger
16.2.9.10.6. Control all operations of the battery charger
B - 311
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.9.10.7. Able to be connected to a portable personal

computer and supplied with PC based GUI
(Graphic User Interface) Windows supported
16.2.9.10.8. Able to be controlled from a remote control

center by using TCP/IP and communication
line with a friendly protocol
16.2.9.10.9. Able to transmit to the control center the

read parameters, trouble, alarms
16.2.9.10.10. The programmable controller operation

modes shall be:
16.2.9.10.10.1. Float charge
16.2.9.10.10.2. Equalizing charge
16.2.9.10.10.3. Boost charge
16.2.9.10.11. In case of programmable controller failure,

the control functions will be held by internal
controller PCB without charger interruption
16.2.9.10.12. If, prior to programmable controller failure,

charger was in equalizing/boost mode, it will
be switched to the float mode
16.2.9.10.13. Technical characteristics of the

Programmable Controller
16.2.9.10.13.1. The programmable controller shall be

connected to the charger and shall have a
memory at least for 500 events
16.2.9.10.13.2. The programmable controller shall be

supplied with at least with 20 inputs and 20
outputs in accordance with the
requirements of the battery charger
16.2.10. Alarms
16.2.10.1. The charger shall be provided with the following

alarms:
B - 312
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.10.2. Open of each circuit breaker
16.2.10.3. Boost charge
16.2.10.4. Float charge
16.2.10.5. Equalize charge
16.2.10.6. Low output voltage
16.2.10.7. Over temperature (95ºC on the tyrstor heat sink)
16.2.10.8. Over and under input AC voltage and phase

failure
16.2.10.9. High output voltage
16.2.10.10. Current limit
16.2.10.11. PC failure
16.2.11. Labeling
16.2.11.1. All the charger components, cables/wires and

their connections shall be clearly labeled for
easy identification
16.2.11.2. The front mounted components shall be labeled

with engraved 5[mm] high black letters on white
background
16.2.11.3. The labels shall be in Hebrew or English
16.2.11.4. Internally mounted components and wiring shall

also be labeled
16.2.11.5. The labeling technique is according to

manufacturer’s decision, but shall be approved
by Purchaser.
16.2.11.6. Dimensions of the Battery Charger:
16.2.11.6.1. Length [mm]
B - 313
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
REQUIRED OFFERED
16.2.11.6.2. Width [mm]
16.2.11.6.3. Height [mm]
16.2.11.7. Weight (kg)
16.2.12. Tests:
IEC- 60146-
16.2.12.1. The battery charger shall be tested according to 1-1 cl 7
standard
16.2.12.2. Type Tests for steady-state performance shall be

performed. It shall be conducted for load
variation, Line Voltage, D.C. voltage, power
factor, frequency and temperature.
16.2.12.3. Type Tests for dynamic performance shall be

performed. It shall be conducted for tripping the
main D.C. M.C.B., short circuiting the output
terminals and fuse clearing
16.2.12.4. Output voltage deviation shall not exceed 3.6%

of rated value even for fast dynamic changes of
full load range
B - 314
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
B - 315
ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY
B - 316
ITEM 6 – M.V. GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.1. MANUFACTURER

Manufacturer’s)
17.1.3. Type of the 36kV SF6 Switchgear (denomination)

17.1.8. The offered type of 36kV SF6 Switchgear shall be a

proven design (not a prototype) and high experience in ©
work (Manufacturer’s declaration)


Purchaser

components of the switchgear:
17.2.1. IEC 61869-1:2007 Instrument transformers – Part 1: General

requirements
17.2.2. IEC 61869-2:2012 Current transformers
17.2.3. IEC 61869-3:2011 Inductive voltage transformers
B - 317
17.2.4. IEC 60071(2014) Insulation co-ordination
17.2.5. IEC 60085:2007 Thermal evaluation and classification of electrical
insulation
17.2.6. IEC 60168:1994(AMD2:2000) Tests on indoor and outdoor post
insulators of ceramic material or glass for systems with nominal voltages
greater than 1000V.
17.2.7. IEC 60255-26:2013 Electrical relays.
17.2.8. IEC 60376:2005 Specification and acceptance of new sulphur
hexafluoride
17.2.9. IEC 60529:1989(AMD2:2013) Degrees of protection provided by
enclosure (IP code).
17.2.10. IEC 62271-1:2007 Common specification for high voltage switchgear and
control gear standards
17.2.11. IEC 60721-3-4:1995 Classification of environmental conditions.
17.2.12. IEC 61000(2016) Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
17.2.13. IEC 62271-100:2008 High voltage alternating current circuit breakers.
17.2.14. IEC 62271-102:2001(AMD2:2013) Alternating current disconnectors
and earthing switches.
17.2.15. IEEE SA - 693-2005 Recommended practice for seismic design of
substations
17.2.16. ISO 9001-2015 Quality management systems
17.2.17. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 General requirements for the competence of
testing and calibrating laboratories
17.2.18. ASTM A 123:2013 Standard specification for zing coating (hot-dip) on iron
and steel hardware
17.2.19. ASTM B 579:2015 Standard specification for electrodeposited coatings of
tin-lead alloy (solder plate)
17.2.20. ASTM B 580:2014 Standard specification for anodic oxide coatings on
aluminum
17.3. PROPERTIES
REQUIRED OFFERED

© 36
17.3.1.1. Rated voltage (kV):
© 70
17.3.1.2. Rated short duration power-frequency withstand
voltage, common value (kV r.m.s.)
80
voltage, across the isolating distance (kV r.m.s.)
© 170
17.3.1.4. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage,
common value (kV peak)
195
17.3.1.5. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage, across
the isolating distance (kV peak)
B - 318
REQUIRED OFFERED
© 50
17.3.1.6. Rated frequency (Hz)
17.3.1.7. Rated normal current (in accordance with

drawings SP-1010-01 at least
© 1250
17.3.1.8. Transformer bays (A)
© 630
17.3.1.9. Capacitor bay (A)
© 630
17.3.1.10. Line bays (A)
© 1250
17.3.1.11. Coupler bay (A)
© 1250
17.3.1.12. Busbars (A)
© 20
17.3.1.13. Rated short-time withstand current (kA r.m.s.)
50
17.3.1.14. Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)
©2
17.3.1.15. Rated duration of short-circuit (sec)
20/1
17.3.1.16. Total time until burn-through at line-to-ground
short-circuit current not less than (kA r.m.s/sec)
17.3.2. Auxiliary and Control Voltages

60
17.3.2.1. Rated supply voltage of closing and opening +10% -15%
devices of auxiliary and control circuits (V DC) ©
230
17.3.2.2. Rated supply voltage of heaters (V AC) +10% -15%
©
17.3.3. Temperature rise

©
17.3.3.1. The components of the equipment shall be able IEC 62271-1
to carry the specified rated normal current
continuously without exceeding the limit values of
temperature rise stated in the standard
17.3.3.2. Spring loaded contacts (indicate value and

material) (K)
17.3.3.3. Bolted connection (indicate value and material)

(K)
B - 319
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.3.3.4. Bus bars (indicate value and material) (K)........
17.3.3.5. Insulation materials (indicate value and material)

(K)
17.3.3.6. Accessible parts of the switchgear expected to be

touched in normal operation (K)
IEC 60529
17.3.4. Degree Of Protection
IP 3X
17.3.4.1. Indoor GIS
IP 55
IP 55
17.3.4.3. Control compartment
IP 55
17.3.4.4. Current termination boxes

REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.1. General requirement
17.4.1.1. The switchgear connections shall be of SF6

insulation type, designed for indoor installation
17.4.1.2. Welded and/or bolted connections of the

equipment steel structure are acceptable, but field
assembly of separate sections should be done by
bolting. Field welding is not acceptable
17.4.1.3. All electrical safety clearances shall conform to

IEC Recommendations as appropriate for the
system conditions described under clause ‎10
17.4.1.4. Each a/m item and component shall be defined as

a separate transportation unit which will be
assembled on site in order to create the whole
metal-enclosed switchgear
B - 320
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.1.5. A mimic diagram depicting one line diagram shall

be provided on the front of the metal-clad
switchgear.
17.4.1.6. Stable framework in each item

Indicate material and thickness
17.4.1.7. Rear, side, top and bottom covers in each item

Indicate material and thickness
17.4.1.8. Front doors in each item. Access to the internal

equipment shall be from the front only
17.4.1.9. Partition walls between items
17.4.1.10. Bottom plates equipped with cable glands in each

item. The bottom plate for customer cables shall
be removable
17.4.1.11. Solid copper earthing bar in each item.

Indicate cross section[mm2]
17.4.1.12. For repair and maintenance purposes each item

and component shall be provided with the
possibility to dismantle (by screws) the front, sides
and rear plates
17.4.1.13. Painting and corrosion protection shall be done

according to Appendix A2 and Appendix B6 (in
case of aluminum surfaces) in order to stands the
environmental conditions under clause ‎10.1
17.4.2. Metal Enclosure
17.4.2.1. Type of the enclosure material
17.4.2.2. Type of the enclosure manufacture (casting or

welding):
17.4.2.2.1. Circuit breaker
17.4.2.2.3. Current transformers
B - 321
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.2.2.4. Voltage transformers
17.4.2.2.5. Remaining sections of the switchgear
17.4.2.3. Wall thickness of the enclosure material:
17.4.2.3.1. Circuit breaker [bar]
17.4.2.3.2. Disconnectors and earthing switches [bar]
17.4.2.3.3. Current transformers [bar]
17.4.2.3.4. Voltage transformers [bar]
17.4.2.3.5. Remaining sections of the switchgear [bar]
17.4.2.4. Design pressure of the enclosure:
17.4.2.5. The maximum pressure (relative or absolute)

that the enclosure can withstand without damage
or distortion assuming that a pressure relief
device is not fitted or fails to operate:
17.4.2.6. Induced calculated current in the enclosure:
B - 322
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.2.6.1. Bus bar section (% of rated current)
17.4.2.6.2. Bay sections (% of rated current)
17.4.3. Protection against overpressure
17.4.3.1. Each item shall be provided with a pressure relief

device to relieve the pressure developed inside
the bay when an internal arcing occurs
17.4.3.2. Type of pressure relief device
17.4.3.3. Operating pressure of pressure relief device
17.4.3.4. Suitable guards and deflectors for the pressure

relief device shall be provided to protect operating
personnel who may be present at site
17.4.4. Associated Steelwork
17.4.4.1. All other metallic parts (supporting structures,

access platforms, etc.) shall be included in the
switchgear scope of supply
17.4.5. SF6 Gas

IEC 60376
17.4.5.1. The SF6 gas shall comply with provisions
according to
17.4.5.2. Manufacturer of SF6 gas
17.4.5.3. Density of SF6 gas at 20 (ºC) and 760 torr (g/l)
17.4.5.4. Critical temperature for liquefying by compression

of SF6 gas (ºC)
17.4.5.5. Dielectric strength at atmospheric pressure and

20ºC (kV/cm)
17.4.5.6. Dielectric dissipation factor at atmospheric

pressure and 20ºC (tan δ) (%)
17.4.5.7. Impurity of group of impurities as determined by

test according to:
B - 323
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.5.7.1. CF4 (concentration mass by mass) (%)
17.4.5.7.2. Oxygen + Nitrogen, air (%)
17.4.5.7.3. Water (ppm)
17.4.5.7.4. Acidity expressed as HF (ppm)
17.4.5.7.5. Hydrolyzable fluoride expressed as HF (ppm)
17.4.5.7.6. Oil content

Indicate concentration and method of
measurement
17.4.5.8. Division into compartments
17.4.5.8.1. The gas insulation system shall be divided

into independent gas compartments
17.4.5.8.2. Such subdivisions shall be accomplished with

gas tight segregating insulators, so that the
following requirements are observed:
17.4.5.8.2.1. The dielectric characteristics in one

when an adjacent compartment is at a
reduced pressure (due to leaks or
maintenance operations)
17.4.5.8.2.2. The dielectric strength of the insulation shall

not be reduced as a result of switching
operations during the service life
17.4.5.8.2.3. The quantity of gas to be evacuated and

operations shall be a minimum
17.4.5.8.2.4. Indicate volume (m3)
17.4.5.8.2.5. The extent of plant rendered inoperative as

a result of excessive leakage or for
maintenance operations shall be a minimum
B - 324
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.5.8.3. The electrical connections between the

various gas compartments shall preferably be
made by means of multiple contact
connectors so that electrical connection is
automatically achieved when bolting one
section to another
17.4.5.8.4. The surface of the connector fingers and

conductor tubes on such connections shall be
silvered
17.4.5.8.5. Please give details in case of other electrical

connections between gas compartments
17.4.5.8.6. Each gas compartment shall be provided with

means for eliminating decomposition products
and residual moisture
17.4.5.9. SF6 Gas Pressure Ratings:
17.4.5.9.1. Rated filling pressure in circuit breaker

compartment for insulation at 20 °C (bar)
17.4.5.9.2. Rated filling pressure in remaining

compartments for insulation at 20 °C (bar)
17.4.5.9.3. The critical pressure in circuit breaker

compartment at which an alarm signal will be
given at 20 °C (bar)
17.4.5.9.4. The critical pressure in remaining

compartments at which an alarm signal will
be given at 20 °C (bar)
17.4.5.9.5. The critical pressure in circuit breaker

compartment at which the affected part of the
switchgear must be isolated at 20 °C (bar)
17.4.5.9.6. The critical pressure in remaining

compartments at which the affected part of
the switchgear must be isolated at 20 °C (bar)
17.4.5.10. SF6 Gas Density Ratings:
17.4.5.10.1. Rated density in circuit breaker compartment

(g/l)
B - 325
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.5.10.2. Rated density in remaining compartments

(g/l)
17.4.5.10.3. The critical density in circuit breaker

compartment at which an alarm signal will be
given (g/l)
17.4.5.10.4. The critical density in remaining

compartments at which an alarm signal will
be given (g/l)
17.4.5.10.5. The critical density in circuit breaker

compartment at which the affected part of the
switchgear must be isolated (g/l)
17.4.5.10.6. The critical density in remaining

compartments at which the affected part of
the switchgear must be isolated (g/l)
17.4.5.11. Dielectric strength at rated density:
17.4.5.11.1. Circuit breaker compartment (kV/cm)
17.4.5.11.2. Remaining compartments of the switchgear

(kV/cm)
17.4.5.12. Dew point temperature of water vapor content in

SF6 gas in the installed equipment determined
according to IEC 60376 not more than (°C)
17.4.5.13. Maximum permissible water vapor content at

rated operating pressure at 20 °C (ppm)
17.4.5.14. Indicate whether gas refilling is provided

automatically in case of gas leakage
17.4.5.15. Permissible total SF6 gas losses in switchgear

(%/year)
17.4.5.16. Time between refilling in switchgear (years)
17.4.5.17. Mass of SF6 gas in each switchgear (kg)
17.4.5.18. Gas used during shipping of the switchgear (kg)
B - 326
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.5.19. Gas monitoring
17.4.5.19.1. The insulating capacity of the gas filled in the

switchgear shall be monitored simultaneously
with:
17.4.5.19.1.1. Temperature compensated gas density

monitors or sensors
17.4.5.19.1.2. Pressure monitoring devices
17.4.5.19.2. The devices shall provide continuous and

automatic monitoring of the state of the gas
17.4.5.19.3. The devices shall have alarm contacts setting

and trip contacts setting. The alarm contacts
are set to operate, as a warning to add more
gas, when a critical low gas pressure or
density is reached, due to gas losses.
If gas pressure or density continues to drop,
there will be an option to automatically trip, by
the trip contacts, the circuit breaker, and thus
isolate electrically the affected part of the
switchgear
17.4.5.19.4. The switchgear will preferably be equipped

with pressure-switches that will sense an
internal arc presence in the gas
compartments, in which they are located, due
to the overpressure created by the arc itself.
The pressure-switches will cause the tripping
of the circuit breakers feeding the internal arc.
The tripping is achieved through the
pressure-switch contacts. The pressure-
switch contacts are of stay-put type and they
stay in the changed-over (trip) position
independently of the internal arc time
duration. The reset is achieved by pushing a
release button
17.4.5.20. Gas treatment devices

moisture increase in SF6 gas or to remove
the impurities, if any:
B - 327
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.5.20.1.4. Driers
17.4.5.20.1.5. Other measures (please describe)

provided as permanent facilities, preferably
arranged so that they can be removed,
replaced or recharged without having to take
the switchgear out of service
17.4.5.21. Gas storage, filling and evacuation plant
17.4.5.21.1. SF6 gas supply system, if any, must be self-


a gas supply connection to permit evacuation
or refilling with gas

compartments shall be appropriate to connect
the mobile DILO gas refilling devices type 3-
019, 3-041, 3-020 and 3-061

necessary SF6 gas storage cylinders, as well
as those necessary for any other gases which
may be used during commissioning and
maintenance operations
17.4.5.21.5. The capacity of the temporary storage

facilities shall be at least sufficient for storing
the maximum quantity of gas that could be
removed when carrying out maintenance or
repair work on any parts of the switchgear
and associated equipment
B - 328
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.5.21.6. The equipment shall be provided with all the

necessary pipes, couplings, flexible tubes and
valves for coupling up to the equipment for
filling or evacuating all the gases to be used

connections etc. shall be of such a standard
that the leakage of SF6 gas during the filling
and evacuating processes is kept to an
absolute minimum
17.4.5.21.8. The arrangement of valves, coupling and pipe

work shall also be such as to prevent
17.4.5.21.9. Minimum time required for evacuating and

recharging the largest gas section (min)
17.4.5.21.10. The switchgear shall be filled up by SF6 gas

according to evacuation principles
17.4.5.22. Gas seals
17.4.5.22.1. All gas seals shall be designed to ensure that

leakage rates are kept to an absolute
conditions
17.4.5.22.2. The seals shall not deteriorate when exposed

to the gas and vapors as well as to
temperature variations and mechanical forces
that can be expected
17.4.5.22.3. Type of material of gas seals:

conductors

enclosures
17.4.5.22.3.3. Between enclosure flanges
17.4.5.23. Pipes and fittings
B - 329
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.5.23.1. Type of material of pipes
17.4.5.23.2. Type of material of fittings
17.4.5.24. Vent outlets
17.4.5.24.1. Vent outlets, if any, shall be arranged so as to

minimize the danger to an operator when
performing his duties, if gases or vapors are
escaping under pressure
17.4.5.25. Shut off valves
17.4.5.25.1. All shut off valves shall be equipped with

protective cover over the valve spindle to
guard against unauthorized operation
17.4.5.26. Visual alarm signals, as well as the control and

protection equipment associated with gas
density/pressure monitoring devices shall be
provided, together with any relays for the alarm,
indication, protection and control released to gas
monitoring. Provision shall be made for remote
signaling
17.4.5.27. The alarm and trip signals, as well as indications

and control on all SF6 gas monitoring circuits from
the various compartments shall be grouped
together at the front of the switchgear. Alarm and
trip signals shall be displayed separately
17.4.5.28. Legends shall be provided for each signal to

permit easy identification of source of trouble. The
legends shall be in English or in Hebrew
17.4.5.29. The control and protection circuits associated with

the gas monitoring devices shall be supplied with
the switchgear as part of this Contract
17.4.5.30. Complete scheme of SF6 gas monitoring, alarm,

indication, etc. circuits as well as the wiring
schemes to all devices involved in these circuits,
shall be supplied
B - 330
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.5.31. The gas system name plate shall be provided.

The name plate shall contain the following
minimum information including a schematic
physical representation of the gas system:
17.4.5.31.1. Each gas compartment and each gas

monitoring zone (if any) in the schematic
physical representation
17.4.5.31.2. Each gas barrier insulator
17.4.5.31.3. Each gas bypass (if any) and fill point
17.4.5.31.4. Rated density/pressure and reference

temperature for the pressure.
17.4.5.31.5. Maximum operated pressure and minimum

dielectric density/pressure.
17.4.5.31.6. Volume of each gas compartment or gas

monitoring zone.
17.4.6. Expansion and Flexible Connections
17.4.6.1.1. Expansion joints or flexible connections shall

be provided in the metal enclosures to absorb
the actual or relative thermal expansion and
contraction of the equipment, resulting from
variations in the temperature of the
switchgear as well as other externally applied
forces, without damage to the equipment
17.4.7. Prevention of Dielectric Strength Reduction
17.4.7.1. Surface Roughness:

5
[pC]
17.4.7.2. Moisture
B - 331
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.7.2.1. Particular attention shall be paid to the

penetration
17.4.7.3. General Contamination of Insulation
17.4.7.3.1. The design of hazarded insulation systems,

treatment, the assembly, transport, etc. shall
insulating capacity shall not be affected.
This also applies to dust/fibers left from
cleaning and traces of lubricant
17.4.8. Earthing
IEC 62271-1
17.4.8.1. The earthing of the switchgear shall be performed
according to
17.4.8.2. All metallic parts of the switchgear normally not

energized (enclosures, supports, bases, pipes,
doors, etc.) shall be included in the earthing circuit
17.4.8.3. The continuity of the earthing circuit shall be

electrical stresses caused by the fault current they
may have to carry
17.4.8.4. All necessary ground pads, flat copper and copper

rope conductors for switchgear earthing shall be
provided by the Contractor
17.4.8.5. The ground pads shall be copper faced
17.4.8.6. The earthing terminals shall be marked with

appropriate graphical symbols
17.4.8.7. The pad's location shall be marked in the

dimension drawing
17.4.8.8. The ground pads and the earthing connections

shall be designed to withstand a short time (2 sec)
current of (KA)
B - 332
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.8.9. The maximum potential difference between any

point of the equipment and nearest ground pad or
between any two points of adjacent equipment
shall not exceed for the maximum internal or
external design fault current (V)
17.4.8.10. The earthing system in the room the switchgear

shall be installed, shall be proposed by the
Contractor based on his equipment and design
arrangement, taking into account that the meshed
earthing system may improve EMC
17.4.8.11. If portable devices for temporary earthing for

carrying out maintenance works are considered
necessary, the Contractor shall propose such
devices in his technical proposal. In this case
ground pads for temporary earthing shall be
provided
17.4.9. Auxiliary and Control circuits
17.4.9.1. Internal wiring shall be performed according to

IECo standard EPD-A.03 (see Appendix A7)

supply:
230
17.4.9.2.1. Heating purposes (V AC single phase)
60 (+10% -
17.4.9.2.2. Rated control voltage (V DC) 15%)
60 (+10% -
17.4.9.2.3. Remote control circuits only for circuit breaker 15%)
from Dispatcher Center (V DC)
60 (+10% -
17.4.9.2.4. Alarm circuits (V DC)
15%)
60 (+10% -
17.4.9.2.5. Motor drives control circuits, coupling relays 15%)
and alarm circuits etc.
17.4.9.3. Heating of the electrical unit shall be provided, for

each operating mechanism and low-voltage
compartment according to the ambient
temperature condition as per clause‎10.1
B - 333
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.9.4. Contractor shall supply all cables for interlocking

purposes, for A.C. and D.C. supply between the
switchgear equipment
17.4.9.5. Current circuits and voltage circuits shall be in

separate cables
17.4.9.6. Control circuits to the two tripping coils shall be in

separate cables
17.4.9.6.1. Tripping coil cables will include an

appropriately sized MOV at the coil/cable
junction to protect against potentially
damaging RF pulse energy
17.4.9.7. All cables shall be of the shielded type and the

sheath shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause
2&4&5
17.4.9.8. All wiring for auxiliary equipment and operating

devices for connection to Purchaser's cables shall
be terminated at terminal blocks
17.4.9.9. All the terminals, cables and the wires will be

clearly labeled and numbered
17.4.9.10. Each terminal block shall be provided with not

less than 10% spare terminals.
17.4.9.11. Separated plates shall be used between +DC and

-DC terminal blocks
17.4.9.12. The blocks shall be spaced to allow ample

clearance on all sides
17.4.9.13. The terminals shall be with facility for plug

connection on both sides for circuit breakers and
isolators
Indicate type
17.4.9.14. Complete schemes of measuring, control, alarm,

interlocking, etc. circuits, as well as the wiring
schemes for switchgear shall be supplied
17.4.9.15. Legends (in English or Hebrew) shall be provided

for all schemes and for each signal
B - 334
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.9.16. The cubicle shall be designed bottom closed with

plates provided with cable glands
17.4.9.17. Any manual control, measuring equipment, relays

or terminals will not be mounted higher than
1800mm or lower than 600mm
17.4.9.18. Switchgear
17.4.9.18.1. Type of wires
17.4.9.18.2. Type of insulation
17.4.9.18.3. Rated insulation level of the wires (V)
17.4.9.18.4. Operating temperature of the wires (ºC)
17.4.9.18.5. Section of the wires of control and alarm

circuits (mm2)
17.4.9.18.6. Section of the wires of secondary circuits of

current transformers (mm2)
17.4.9.18.7. Indicate whether heaters are provided with

thermostats for temperature regulation or are
continuously switched on
17.4.9.18.8. Number of heaters for each operating

mechanism
17.4.9.18.9. Number of heaters for low-voltage

compartment
17.4.9.18.10. Rated power (W/heater)
17.4.9.18.11. Total power required by all heaters in a bay

(W)
17.4.9.18.12. Type of terminals for current circuits (6 mm2,

500V)
17.4.9.18.13. Type of terminals for voltage circuits (6 mm2,

500V)
B - 335
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.9.18.14. Type of terminals for control circuits (6mm2,

750V)
17.4.9.18.15. Type of terminals for alarm circuits (6mm2,

750V)
17.4.10. Interlocks
17.4.10.1. Interlocking between different items of switchgear

shall be carried out
17.4.10.2. The internal interlocking system of each bay of

switchgear shall fulfill the following conditions:
17.4.10.2.1. A complete mechanical interlocking system

between circuit breaker and three position
disconnector shall be provided
17.4.10.2.2. Bus bar isolator in each bay can only be

operated when circuit breaker is open and
bus bar is not earthed
17.4.10.2.3. Circuit Breaker cannot be closed when

position disconnector is in intermediate
position.
17.4.10.2.4. The disconnector and circuit breaker

operating (opening or closing) shall be
impossible when the cubicle door is in open
position.
17.4.10.2.5. The locking position shall be provided with

labels "open" and "closed respectively.
17.4.10.2.6. When the circuit breaker is used to earth the

circuit:
17.4.10.2.6.1. All the electrical tripping signals will be

interrupted
17.4.10.2.6.2. Only mechanical tripping / closing of the

circuit breakers will be possible
17.4.10.2.6.3. The mechanical tripping of the circuit

breakers shall be prevented against
accidental operation
B - 336
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.10.2.7. Blocking in case of hand operation shall be

identical to blocking in case of electrical
operation
17.4.10.3. The Contractor is requested to indicate if in his

opinion additional interlocks may be necessary.
17.4.11. Nameplates
17.4.11.1. Switchgear and its components (circuit breaker,

disconnectors, earthing switches, operating
mechanism) shall be provided with clearly legible
nameplates
17.4.11.2. The name plates shall be written in English or

Hebrew, with metric units, with all symbols in
accordance with the latest IEC Recommendations
17.4.11.3. The name plate material shall be non-corrosive

type stainless steel and they shall be mounted
with non-corrosive type stainless steel screws,
bolts or rivets. Mounting of the name plates with
adhesive is not acceptable
17.4.11.4. The following types of name plates shall be

provided:
17.4.11.4.1. One-line diagram name plate
17.4.11.4.2. Gas system name plate (for SF6 gas

insulated switchgear only)
17.4.11.4.3. Circuit name plates
17.4.11.4.4. Equipment name plates
17.4.11.5. The one-line diagram name plate shall be

centrally located, not more than 1.80m above floor
level and shall contain the following minimum
information:
17.4.11.5.1. One-line diagram with buses, circuit breakers,

disconnectors, earthing switches, voltage
transformers, current transformers,
transformer connections
B - 337
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.11.5.2. Legend and symbol table
17.4.11.5.3. Manufacturer's name or trademark and

country of origin
17.4.11.5.4. Manufacturer's type designation
17.4.11.5.5. Manufacturer's serial number and year of

manufacture
17.4.11.5.6. Project name, purchase order number of this

Specification
17.4.11.5.7. Rated voltage (maximum operating voltage)
17.4.11.5.8. Rated insulation level (lightning impulse,

withstand voltage, power frequency withstand
voltage)
17.4.11.5.9. A listing of current ratings
17.4.11.5.10. Rated frequency
17.4.11.5.11. Rated short-time withstand currents and fault

duration
17.4.11.5.12. Rated auxiliary voltages
17.4.11.5.13. Instruction book number(s)
17.4.11.6. The gas system name plate shall be mounted

adjacent to the one-line diagram name plate and
shall contain the following minimum information
including a schematic physical representation of
the gas system:

monitoring zone (if any), in the schematic
B - 338
REQUIRED OFFERED

temperature for the pressure
17.4.11.6.5. Maximum operating pressure and minimum

dielectric density/pressure

monitoring zone
17.4.11.7. Circuit name plate shall be provided for each high-

voltage circuit, as bus systems, transformers
connections, line connections, etc. containing the
circuit name.
Circuit names will be indicated by Purchaser.
Instead of name plates, painted inscriptions with
the same content may be provided.
Position, letter dimensions and color of the name
plates or inscriptions shall be agreed between
Contractor and Purchaser.
17.4.11.8. Equipment name plates shall contain the

information required in this Specification for each
type of the equipment.
The equipment name plates may be mounted on
the equipment itself, or only one name plate may
be provided for each type of equipment, mounted
adjacent to the one-line diagram name plate.
In this latter case, an identification symbol or
number shall be written on each apparatus and
name plate for identification
17.4.11.9. All the name plates shall be subject to Purchaser's

approval
17.4.11.10. The bays shall be numbered at both side,

according to the Purchaser's final one line
diagram
17.4.11.11. The phases shall be marked L1, L2, L3 on all

diagrams, name plates, cables and apparatus in
the cubicle
17.4.12. Busbars
B - 339
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.12.1. The busbar conductors connections to be

supplied for interconnecting the items of primary
equipment, shall be in accordance with the
following general requirements:
©
17.4.12.1.1. The busbar system shall be SF6 insulated
type
©
17.4.12.1.2. The busbar system shall be separated from
other compartments of the switchgear
17.4.12.1.3. Expansion joints shall be provided in the

busbar, conductor and connections wherever
they are necessary
17.4.12.1.4. The conductors shall be capable of carrying,

without overheating or otherwise
deteriorating, the rated current
17.4.12.1.5. All the conductors shall be sized so as to

withstand without any damage or distortion
the short-circuit forces
17.4.12.1.6. Conductors shall be supported by insulators

(or section barriers) spaced at such intervals
that under short-circuit fault current conditions
any transient reduction in the phase-to-phase
or phase-to-earth clearance of the conductors
(as a result of elastic bending or distortion)
shall not cause any faults
17.4.12.1.7. The diameter and surface finish of the

conductors shall be such as to reduce the
electrical surface stresses at maximum rated
voltage to less than minimum partial
discharges in the SF6 gas. This applies to
joints and connections as well
17.4.12.2. Type of bus bar conductors (denomination)

36
17.4.12.3. Rated bus bar voltage (kV)
70
17.4.12.4. Rated busbar short-duration power frequency
withstands voltage common value (kV r.m.s.)
B - 340
REQUIRED OFFERED
170
17.4.12.5. Rated busbar lightning impulse withstand voltage
1250
17.4.12.6. Rated busbar normal current (A)
20
17.4.12.7. Rated short-time (2 sec) withstand current
17.4.12.8. (kA r.m.s.)
17.4.12.9. Bus bar mounting (three phases in one enclosure

or each phase in separate enclosure)
17.4.12.10. Bus bar conductor material and cross-section
17.4.12.11. (material/mm2)
17.4.12.12. Phase distance between busbar conductors

(mm)
17.4.12.13. Maximum unsupported length of busbar

conductor between insulators (mm)
17.4.13. Circuit Breaker
17.4.13.1. General Requirements
17.4.13.1.1. Manufacturer's name and address
17.4.13.1.2. Circuit breaker type (denomination)

IEC 62271-
17.4.13.1.3. Circuit breaker shall be of SF6 insulated type 100
with vacuum or SF6 interrupter for indoor
installation, complying with the requirements
of
17.4.13.1.4. Circuit breaker shall be safe for protecting

and interrupting the circuit as specified in sub
clause ‎10.1.1 System data
17.4.13.1.5. Circuit breaker shall be able to break any

current up to the rated breaking current at any
voltage up to the maximum rated voltage
B - 341
REQUIRED OFFERED
Class C2
17.4.13.1.6. Circuit breaker shall be re-strike free (very
low probability of re-strike) during capacitive
current breaking duty as specified in IEC
62271-100 clause 3.4.115
Class M2
17.4.13.1.7. Circuit breaker shall have an extended
mechanical endurance capability according to
IEC 62271-100 clause 3.4.117
Class E2
17.4.13.1.8. Circuit breaker shall be designed for
extended electrical endurance test according
to IEC 62271-100 clause 3.4.113
17.4.13.1.9. Circuit breaker shall have a monitoring

system to ensure that all breaker poles in
each phase are either open or closed
17.4.13.1.10. The circuit breaker shall be operated by an

electrical operating mechanism. The closed
or open position of the main contacts shall not
change as a result of loss of the energy
supply or reapplication of energy supply
17.4.13.1.11. The circuit breaker shall be so constructed

that it cannot come out of it open or closed
position by external forces as gravity,
vibration, electromagnetic forces etc.
17.4.13.2. Electrical Data of Circuit Breaker

36
17.4.13.2.1. Circuit breaker rated voltage (kV)
17.4.13.2.3. Circuit breaker rated current:

1250
17.4.13.2.3.1. Switchgear named 1Q0, 2Q0 (see drawing
SP-1010-01) of transformer and coupler
bays (A)
630
17.4.13.2.3.2. Switchgear named 3Q0, 4Q0, 5Q0,
6Q0,7Q0 (see drawing SP-1010-01) (A)
17.4.13.2.4. Rated short-time withstands current of circuit

20
breaker (kA r.m.s.)
B - 342
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.13.2.5. Rated peak withstand current of circuit

50
breaker (kA peak)
17.4.13.2.6. Rated duration of short-circuit (three-phase

2
fault) (sec)
60
17.4.13.2.7. Rated supply voltage of closing and opening (+10%, -15%)
devices and auxiliary and control circuits
(VDC)
17.4.13.2.8. Rated SF6 gas pressure for insulation and

interruption at 20°C (MPa)
17.4.13.2.9. Minimum SF6 gas pressure for insulation and

interruption at 20°C (MPa)
17.4.13.2.10. Rated short-circuit breaking current (value of

AC component, not less than) (kA r.m.s.)
17.4.13.2.11. Rated short-circuit breaking current

(maximum permissible percentage of the DC
component at minimum opening time +10
msec shall be calculated for the standard
system time constant 45 msec) (%)
17.4.13.2.12. Rated short circuit making current (kA peak)

IEC 62271-
17.4.13.2.13. Rated operating sequence for circuit breakers 100, Cl.4-104
630A: O – 0.3s – CO – 60s – CO
IEC 62271-
17.4.13.2.14. Rated operating sequence for circuit breakers 100, Cl.4-104
1250A: CO – 15s - CO
IEC 62271-
17.4.13.2.15. Rated capacitive switching currents:
100, Table
9
10
17.4.13.2.15.1. Rated line charging breaking current (A
r.m.s.)
31.5
17.4.13.2.15.2. Rated cable charging breaking current
(A r.m.s.)
17.4.13.2.15.3. Rated single capacitor bank breaking 400

current (A r.m.s.)
B - 343
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.13.2.16. Rated time quantities:
17.4.13.2.16.1. Opening time (no load) (msec)
17.4.13.2.16.2. Break time (msec)
17.4.13.2.16.3. Closing time (no load) (msec)
17.4.13.2.16.4. Open-close time (no load) (msec)
17.4.13.2.16.5. Reclosing time (no load) (msec)
17.4.13.2.16.6. Close-Open time (msec)
17.4.13.2.16.7. Pre-insertion time (msec)

4/4
17.4.13.2.16.8. Operation time diversion between any
two phases on closing or tripping shall not
exceed: On/Off (msec)
17.4.13.2.17. Sound pressure level:

ANSI
17.4.13.2.17.1. Sound pressure level shall be
C37.082-
measured according to 1982 or DIN
45635-1
17.4.13.2.17.2. Sound pressure level at 0.5m distance

from tested circuit breaker during tripping
operation (dB)
17.4.13.2.17.3. Sound pressure level at 0.5m distance

from tested circuit breaker during closing
operation (dB)
17.4.13.3. Operating Mechanism of Circuit Breaker

spring
17.4.13.3.1. Type
17.4.13.3.2. Type (denomination)

1
17.4.13.3.4. Number of operating mechanisms per circuit
breaker
B - 344
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.13.3.5. The operating mechanism shall be designed

to absorb any shock incident to the operation
of the circuit breaker with minimum resultant
disturbance, jar and noise
17.4.13.3.6. The operating mechanism shall be designed

for successful local and remote electrical
control and local manual control. The manual
tripping device shall be protected against
accidental operation
17.4.13.3.7. The stored energy shall be sufficient to

provide for the performance of the rated
operating sequence at all currents up to the
rated short circuit current
17.4.13.3.8. In case the stored energy is not sufficient for

the completion of a closing or tripping
operation, the operating mechanism shall be
blocked and an alarm shall be given. Any
operation already started shall be carried out
to the end
17.4.13.3.9. Automatic recharging of the closing

mechanism shall be provided for renewed
operation immediately after completion of a
closing operation
17.4.13.3.10. The operation motor shall be protected with a

thermal magnetic type overload protection
device
17.4.13.3.11. The motor circuit shall be provided with

means for disconnecting the motor and the
protection devices from the power supply.
The disconnecting means shall be enclosed
in suitable housing, even if located inside the
operating mechanism cabinet
17.4.13.3.12. Local/Remote selector switch shall interrupt

all circuits, including those of the trip coil for
control purposes, but shall not interrupt the
circuits used for protection purposes
17.4.13.3.13. The selector switch Local/Remote shall have

two free close contacts at local position for
alarm
B - 345
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.13.3.14. Circuit Breaker shall be provided with an

electrical positioning indicating device with
the following functions:
17.4.13.3.14.1. Position 1 - CB closed
17.4.13.3.14.2. Position 2 - CB open
17.4.13.3.14.3. Position 3 – no voltage
17.4.13.3.15. Circuit Breaker shall be provided with a

mechanical positioning indicating device to
indicate clear whether a CB is in open or
closed position
17.4.13.3.16. The operating mechanism with its control

relays shall afford the equivalent of trip-free
and anti-pump features, and shall be so
connected that the closing mechanism will be
automatically become inoperative after and
while the breaker is closed, regardless of the
position of the control switch. The closing
mechanism will not become inoperative until
the breaker has had enough time to complete
the operation of closing. It shall be impossible
to operate the closing mechanism again, until
the operator has first moved the breaker
control switch to the manual position
17.4.13.3.17. Control relays supplied with the CB shall be

heavy-duty, plug-in-type, with dust tight
covers. Where practical, they shall be
arranged to break both polarities of the
control circuit
17.4.13.3.18. All the three poles shall be tripped

automatically if any one pole fails to close
following a closing pulse. Phase
disagreement relays or other devices shall be
provided by Manufacturer
17.4.13.3.19. Phase disagreement relays shall command

all trip coils
60 (-15%
17.4.13.3.20. Rated power supply voltage (V DC) +10%)
B - 346
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.13.3.21. The operating mechanism shall be capable of

operating for any value of supply voltage
between 85% and 110% of the rated value
17.4.13.3.22. Closing coils:
17.4.13.3.22.1. Number of closing coils per breaker
17.4.13.3.22.2. Maximum power rating per closing coil

at 60VDC (VA)
17.4.13.3.22.3. Maximum current required by closing

circuit at 60VDC (A)
17.4.13.3.22.4. Permissible duration of total current by

closing circuit (sec)
17.4.13.3.23. Tripping coils:
17.4.13.3.23.1. Number of tripping coils per breaker
17.4.13.3.23.2. Maximum power rating per tripping coil

at 60VDC (VA)
17.4.13.3.23.3. Tripping peak current required at

60VDC (A)
17.4.13.3.23.4. Permissible duration of total current by

tripping circuit (sec)
17.4.13.3.24. The following alarms shall be provided as a

minimum with one dry potential free contact:
17.4.13.3.24.1. Abnormal density of SF6 gas system

(low density, minimum breaking
density/pressure, minimum dielectric
density)
17.4.13.3.24.2. Abnormal spring stretching
17.4.13.3.24.3. Undervoltage in motor supply circuit

(with time delay)
17.4.13.3.24.4. Undervoltage for direct current control

circuits
B - 347
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.13.3.24.5. Failure of any essential part of the

operating mechanism and motor protection
17.4.13.3.25. Electrical motor:
17.4.13.3.25.1. Manufacturer's name and address
17.4.13.3.25.2. Rated power (kW)

60
17.4.13.3.25.3. Rated voltage (V DC)
17.4.13.3.25.4. Rated current (A)
17.4.13.3.25.5. Starting current/elapsed time until

steady current (A/msec)
17.4.13.3.25.6. Total running time required for spring

loading:
17.4.13.3.25.6.1. After one operation (sec)

IP 55
17.4.13.3.26. Degree of protection of the operating
mechanism cabinet
17.4.13.3.27. Spring mechanism shall be provided with

electrical and mechanical interlocks against
undesired operation resulting from a
mechanical fault
17.4.13.3.28. Heaters
17.4.13.3.28.1. Heaters shall be provided in operating

mechanism to prevent condensation

thermostat
17.4.13.3.28.4. Rated power (kW)
B - 348
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.13.3.28.5. Rated voltage (V AC)
17.4.13.3.28.6. Total power required by all heaters

(kW)
17.4.13.3.29. Auxiliary switches
17.4.13.3.29.1. Auxiliary switches shall be supplied

with and directly operated by each operating
mechanism to indicate positively each pole
of the circuit breaker is open or closed
8NO+8NC
17.4.13.3.29.2. The number of normally open (NO) and
normally closed (NC) contacts for
Purchaser's use shall not be less than
17.4.13.3.29.3. All these contacts shall be wired to

terminal block in the LV compartment
17.4.13.3.29.4. The contacts shall comply with IEC

60947-3 and shall be designed for:
60
17.4.13.3.29.4.1. Rated voltage (VDC)
20
17.4.13.3.29.4.2. Rated current (A)
8
17.4.13.3.29.5. Breaking current at 60 VDC and a
current time constant L/R=40 msec at least
(A)
20
17.4.13.3.29.6. Making current at 60 VDC at least (A)
17.4.13.3.29.7. Auxiliary switches shall be easily

accessible for connection, inspection and
adjustment
17.4.13.3.29.8. Auxiliary switches shall be clearly and

durably marked
17.4.13.3.29.9. Auxiliary circuit terminals shall comply

with IECo standard EPD-A.03 (see
Appendix A7)
17.4.13.3.30. Wiring
B - 349
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.13.3.30.1. All wiring for auxiliary and operating

devices for connection to Purchaser's cable
shall be terminated at termination blocks,
enclosed in the LV compartment
17.4.13.3.30.2. Wiring shall comply with IECo standard

EPD-A.03 (see Appendix A7) and will also
&4&5
17.4.13.3.30.3. The Purchaser reserve himself the right

to give his amendments during approval of
the electrical drawings
17.4.13.4. Nameplates
IEC 62271-
17.4.13.4.1. Each circuit breaker and its operating 100 Table 10
mechanism shall be provided with a corrosion
proof nameplate, of suitable material
including the data in according to
17.4.13.4.2. In addition the following data shall be

included:
17.4.13.4.2.1. Rated duration of short circuit
17.4.13.4.2.2. Rated cable-charging breaking current
17.4.13.4.2.3. Rated single capacitor bank breaking

current
17.4.13.4.2.4. Rated back-to-back capacitor bank breaking

current
17.4.13.4.2.5. Rated back-to-back capacitor bank inrush

making current
17.4.13.4.2.6. Date of manufacture
17.4.13.4.2.7. Classification
17.4.14. Current Transformer
B - 350
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.14.1.1. Type (denomination):
17.4.14.1.2. Manufacturer's name and address:

IEC 61869-2
17.4.14.1.3. Current transformer shall comply with the
requirements of
17.4.14.1.4. The change in ratio shall be made by

secondary reconnection
17.4.14.1.5. The secondary windings (including taps) shall

be wired to barrier type terminals
accommodated in a low voltage
compartment.
17.4.14.1.6. The terminals shall enable the connection of

two connectors of 6 mm2 per terminal
17.4.14.1.7. Provisions shall be made for earthing of the

secondary windings
17.4.14.1.8. Each current transformer shall be properly

identified with polarity marking
17.4.14.1.9. Cables to CTs shall be according to Appendix

Y1 clause 4
17.4.14.1.10. Appropriately sized MOVs shall be installed

on the CT conductors as needed to prevent
damage from RF energy
17.4.14.2. Electrical Data of Current Transformer

36
17.4.14.2.1. Current transformer rated voltage (kV)
50
17.4.14.2.2. Rated frequency (Hz)
20
17.4.14.2.3. Rated short-time withstands current of current
transformer (kA r.m.s.)
50
17.4.14.2.4. Rated peak withstand current of current
transformer (kA peak)
2
fault) (sec)
B - 351
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.14.2.6. Two (2) cores current transformers 200-

400/5/5A shall be mounted in capacitor bank
bays
17.4.14.2.6.1. Core 1 (measuring):

200-400/5
17.4.14.2.6.1.1. Rated ratio (A/A)
120
17.4.14.2.6.1.2. Extended current rating (%)
20
17.4.14.2.6.1.3. Rated output (VA)
0.5
17.4.14.2.6.1.4. Accuracy class
5
17.4.14.2.6.1.5. Instrument security factor
17.4.14.2.6.2. Core 2 (protection):

200-400/5
17.4.14.2.6.2.1. Rated ratio (A/A)
120
20
17.4.14.2.6.2.3. Rated output (VA)
5P
20
17.4.14.2.6.2.5. Accuracy limit factor (ALF)

400/5/5A shall be mounted in outgoing line
bays
17.4.14.2.7.1. Core 1 (measuring):

200-400/5
17.4.14.2.7.1.1. Rated ratio (A/A)
120
20
17.4.14.2.7.1.3. Rated output (VA)
0.5
5
B - 352
REQUIRED OFFERED

200-400/5
17.4.14.2.7.2.1. Rated ratio (A/A)
120
20
17.4.14.2.7.2.3. Rated output (VA)
5P
20

800/5/5A shall be mounted in coupler bay
17.4.14.2.8.1. Core 1 (measuring):

400-800/5
17.4.14.2.8.1.1. Rated ratio (A/A)
120
20
17.4.14.2.8.1.3. Rated output (VA)
0.5
5

400-800/5
17.4.14.2.8.2.1. Rated ratio (A/A)
120
20
17.4.14.2.8.2.3. Rated output (VA)
5P
20
17.4.14.2.9. Three (3) cores current transformers

1000/5/5A shall be mounted in transformer
bay
17.4.14.2.9.1. Core 1 (measuring):
B - 353
REQUIRED OFFERED
1000/5
17.4.14.2.9.1.1. Rated ratio (A/A)
120
30
17.4.14.2.9.1.3. Rated output (VA)
0.5
5

1000/5
17.4.14.2.9.2.1. Rated ratio (A/A)
120
30
17.4.14.2.9.2.3. Rated output (VA)
5P
20

1000/5
17.4.14.2.9.3.1. Rated ratio (A/A)
120
30
17.4.14.2.9.3.3. Rated output (VA)
5P
20
IEC 61869-2
17.4.14.3.1. Each current transformer shall be provided
with a corrosion proof nameplate, of suitable
material including the data in accordance with

included:
17.4.14.3.2.1. Rated short-time withstand current
B - 354
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.14.3.2.2. Rated peak withstand current
17.4.14.3.2.3. A diagram showing the use of each

secondary winding and its corresponding
terminal markings
17.4.14.3.2.5. Number of standard
17.4.15. Voltage Transformer
17.4.15.1.1. Type (denomination):
17.4.15.1.2. Manufacturer's name and address:

IEC 61869-3
17.4.15.1.3. Voltage transformer shall comply with the
requirements of
17.4.15.1.4. Voltage transformer shall be single phase,

connected between each phase and earth
17.4.15.1.5. The secondary windings shall be wired to

barrier type terminals accommodated in a low
voltage compartment
17.4.15.1.6. Terminals of voltage transformers and their

connections to the adjacent instrument
compartment shall have additional insulation,
as the protecting miniature circuit breaker is
mounted in those compartments
17.4.15.1.7. The frame of the voltage transformer shall be

connected to the earthing conductor of the
switchgear
17.4.15.1.8. Wiring to VT’s shall be according to Appendix

Y1 clause 4
17.4.15.1.9. An MOV of appropriate size and rating shall

be installed between the terminals of the VT
to exclude RF energy
B - 355
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.15.2. Electrical Data

36
17.4.15.2.1. Voltage transformer rated voltage:
50
17.4.15.2.2. Rated frequency (Hz)
36/√3
17.4.15.2.3. Rated primary voltage (kV)
17.4.15.2.4. Rated secondary voltage:

110/√3
17.4.15.2.4.1. Secondary winding 1 (V)
110/3
17.4.15.2.4.2. Secondary winding 2 (V)
17.4.15.2.5. Secondary windings and destination:

measuring
17.4.15.2.5.1. Secondary winding 1
Protection
17.4.15.2.6. Accuracy class of secondary windings:

0.2
3P
17.4.15.2.7. Rated output at a power factor of 0.8 lagging:

50
17.4.15.2.7.1. Secondary winding 1 (VA)
05
17.4.15.2.7.2. Secondary winding 2 (VA)
100
17.4.15.2.7.3. Total simultaneous load in specified
accuracy class (VA)
17.4.15.2.7.4. Each winding shall fulfill its respective

accuracy requirements within its output
range, while at the same time other winding
has an output of any value from 0 to 100%
of the upper limit of the output range
specified for the other winding
17.4.15.2.8. Rated voltage factor:
B - 356
REQUIRED OFFERED
1.2
17.4.15.2.8.1. Continuous not less than
1.9
17.4.15.2.8.2. 8 hours not less than
IEC 61869-3
17.4.15.3.1. Each voltage transformer shall be provided
with a corrosion proof nameplate, of suitable
material including the data in accordance with

included:

secondary winding and its corresponding
terminal markings
17.4.16. Disconnector and Earthing switches
17.4.16.1.1. Disconnector Type (denomination):
17.4.16.1.2. Disconnector Manufacturer's name and

address:
17.4.16.1.3. Earthing Switch Type (denomination):
17.4.16.1.4. Earthing Switch Manufacturer's name and

address:
IEC 62271-
17.4.16.1.5. Disconnectors and earthing switches shall 102
comply with the requirements of
17.4.16.1.6. The disconnectors and earthing switches

shall be so constructed that it cannot come
out of it open or closed position by external
forces as gravity, vibration, electromagnetic
forces etc.
B - 357
REQUIRED OFFERED

shall be operated manually from the front of
the switchgear.
Operating mechanism shall be designed for
successful local electrical and manual control
17.4.16.1.8. The frame of the disconnectors and earthing

switches shall be connected to the earthing
conductor of the switchgear

shall be provided with an indicating pointer
linked directly to the operating shaft of the
moving contact in order to indicate
unequivocal the open and close position
M2
17.4.16.1.10. Disconnector shall have an extended
mechanical endurance capability according to
IEC 62271-102 clause 3.4.101.3
E2
17.4.16.1.11. Earthing switch shall have a short-circuit
making capability according to IEC 62271-
102 clause 3.4.105.3
17.4.16.2. Electrical Data

36
17.4.16.2.1. Disconnectors and earthing switches rated
voltage (kV)
17.4.16.2.3. Disconnectors rated current:

1250
17.4.16.2.3.1. Switchgear named 1Q1, 2Q1 (see drawing
SP-1010-01) of transformer and coupler
bays (A)
630
17.4.16.2.3.2. Switchgear named 3Q1, 4Q1, 5Q1,
6Q1,7Q1 (see drawing SP-1010-01) (A)
17.4.16.2.4. Rated short-time withstands current of

20
disconnectors (kA r.m.s.)
17.4.16.2.5. Rated peak withstand current of

50
disconnectors (kA peak)
B - 358
REQUIRED OFFERED

2
fault) (sec)
60
17.4.16.2.7. Rated supply voltage of auxiliary and control (+10%, -15%)
circuits (VDC)
17.4.16.3. Auxiliary contacts
17.4.16.3.1. The operating mechanism shall be provided

with auxiliary contacts for signaling
17.4.16.3.2. The auxiliary contact block shall include

following NO and NC contacts for purchaser
use:
8NO+8NC
17.4.16.3.2.1. Disconnector
8NO+8NC
17.4.16.3.2.2. Earthing switch
17.4.16.3.3. Multiplication of contacts from the contacts for

Customer's use is acceptable but only by
monitored latching relay with two stable
positions mounted in control cubicle or by two
separate auxiliary relays, one operates by NO
main contact and the other operates by NC
contact. In that case the Contractor will
prepare via the contacts of these relays a
supervisory alarm which indicates no voltage
or faulty position
17.4.16.3.4. All auxiliary contacts shall be wired to the

terminal block in LV compartment
20
17.4.16.3.5. Rated carry and making current for auxiliary
contacts at 60 V DC shall be (A)
4
17.4.16.3.6. Breaking current at 60 V DC (L/R =40 msec)
shall be at least (A)
17.4.16.3.7. Nameplates
IEC 62271-
17.4.16.3.8. Each disconnector and earthing switch shall 102
be provided with a corrosion proof nameplate,
of suitable material including the data in
accordance with
B - 359
REQUIRED OFFERED

included:
17.4.17. Cables Connections
17.4.17.2. Incoming cables for connections toward Power

transformer and cables for connections toward
Capacitor bank will be single phase, of EPR type
and shall be part of the Contractor scope of
supply
17.4.17.3. Outgoing cables will be furnished by the

Purchaser. All the cables will be single phase,
18/30 kV 300 mm2 or 26/45 kV 240mm2, of XLPE
type of XLPE type.
17.4.17.4. Switchgear Cable connections shall be multi-use

plug-socket connection as follows:
17.4.17.4.1. Item 6.1 transformer bay shall be provided

with six (6) sockets for 26/45kV 240mm2 CU
EPR cables.
17.4.17.4.2. Item 6.2 coupler bay shall be provided with

six (6) sockets suitable for both 26/45kV 240
mm2 and 18/30 kV 300 mm2 CU XLPE
cables.
The contractor shall provide the plugs in one
of two alternatives:
Alt A - six (6) plugs suitable for both sizes of
cables (26/45kV 240 mm2 and 18/30 kV
300mm2)
Alt B - twelve (12) plugs: six (6) plugs suitable
for 26/45kV 240mm2 and six (6) plugs
suitable for 300mm2 cables.
17.4.17.4.3. Item 6.3 capacitor bay shall be provided with

three (3) sockets for 26/45kV 240mm2 CU
EPR cables.
B - 360
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.17.4.4. Items 6.4 ÷ 6.7 outgoing bays. Each bay shall

be provided with six (6) sockets suitable for
both 26/45kV 240 mm2 and 18/30 kV 300
mm2 CU XLPE cables.
The contractor shall provide the plugs in one
of two alternatives:
Alt A - six (6) plugs suitable for both sizes of
cables (26/45kV 240 mm2 and 18/30 kV
300mm2)
Alt B - twelve (12) plugs: six (6) plugs suitable
for 26/45kV 240mm2 and six (6) plugs
suitable for 300mm2 cables..
17.4.17.5. Voltage presence on the cable terminals shall be

permanently indicated by voltage indicator on
each phase. Three (3) indicators shall be visible
by the operator, who shall perform the plug in/plug
out or normal earthing operation and three (3)
voltage indicators shall be mounted on the front of
each bay. The voltage indicators shall be suitable
for performance test on power supply socket (230
VAC-50Hz)
17.4.17.6. In addition to plug and socket sets which shall be

provided by manufacturer, six (6) dummy plugs for
each switchgear for each bay
17.4.17.7. Manufacturer shall provide twelve (12) blind caps

for protection against electric-shock hazard for live
cable plugs
17.4.17.8. The structure of the switchgear shall enable the

connection and disconnection of the cables with
plugs to the switchgear, easily and without
dismantling the current transformers
PFISTERER or
17.4.17.9. Manufacturer's plugs and sockets: equivalent
17.4.17.9.1. Type of plug for Cu XLPE 26/45 kV 240 mm2

cable
17.4.17.9.2. Type of plug for Cu XLPE 18/30kV 300 mm2

cable
17.4.17.9.3. Type of plug suitable for both Cu XLPE

26/45kV 300mm2 and 18/30kV 300mm2
cables
B - 361
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.17.9.4. Type of plug for Cu EPR 26/45kV 240mm2

cable
17.4.17.9.5. Type of socket suitable for both Cu XLPE

26/45kV 300mm2 and 18/30kV 300mm2
cables
17.4.17.9.6. Type of socket for Cu EPR 26/45kV 240mm2

cable
17.4.17.9.7. Type of dummy plug suitable for both Cu

XLPE 26/45kV 240mm2 and 18/30kV
300mm2 cables
17.4.17.9.8. Type of dummy plug for Cu ERP 26/45kV

240mm2 cable
17.4.18. Loads on Semitrailer
17.4.18.1. Static (kN)
17.4.18.2. Dynamic impulse forces in all relevant directions

during switching operation of CB's (kN)
17.4.18.3. Number of drawing including diagram of forces

and explanations
17.4.18.4. Please indicate and describe recommended

methods to absorb shocks transmitted to floor of
the semitrailer
17.4.19. Dimensions and Weights:
17.4.19.1. Dimensions
17.4.19.1.1. for each bay (length*width*height)

[mm/mm/mm]
17.4.19.1.2. for MV container (length*width*height)

[mm/mm/mm]
17.4.19.2. Weights:
17.4.19.2.1. for each bay [kg]
B - 362
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.4.19.2.2. for empty MV container[kg]
17.5. TESTS & INSPECTIONS
REQUIRED OFFERED
17.5.1. Type Tests

©
17.5.1.1. Type tests shall be performed for all switchgear
components as defined in Standard IEC 62271-1
and all relevant standards
17.5.2. Routine Tests

©
17.5.2.1. Contractor shall perform routine tests for all
switchgear components as defined in Standard IEC
62271-1 and all relevant standards
17.6. ELECTROMAGNETIC PLUSE
REQUIRED OFFERED

Measures

measures at the MV Switchgear, Bidder shall supply
Manual Safe Operating Procedures in order to allow
operation of the MV switchgear in potential extreme
circumstances where normal safety measures,
sensors, controls, and protections are not available
B - 363
ITEM 7 – M.V. NEUTRAL SWITCHGEAR
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.1. MANUFACTURER

Manufacturer’s)
18.1.3. Type of the Neutral Switchgear (denomination)

18.1.8. The offered type of Neutral Switchgear shall be a



Purchaser

components of the switchgear:
18.2.1. IEC 61869-1:2007 Instrument transformers – Part 1: General

requirements
18.2.2. IEC 61869-2:2012 Current transformers
18.2.3. IEC 61869-3:2011 Inductive voltage transformers
B - 364
18.2.4. IEC 60071(2014) Insulation co-ordination
18.2.5. IEC 60085:2007 Thermal evaluation and classification of electrical
insulation
18.2.6. IEC 60168:1994(AMD2:2000) Tests on indoor and outdoor post
insulators of ceramic material or glass for systems with nominal voltages
greater than 1000V.
18.2.7. IEC 60255-26:2013 Electrical relays.
18.2.8. IEC 60376:2005 Specification and acceptance of new sulphur
hexafluoride
18.2.9. IEC 60529:1989(AMD2:2013) Degrees of protection provided by
enclosure (IP code).
18.2.10. IEC 62271-1:2007 Common specification for high voltage switchgear and
control gear standards
18.2.11. IEC 60721-3-4:1995 Classification of environmental conditions.
18.2.12. IEC 61000(2016) Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
18.2.13. IEC 62271-100:2008 High voltage alternating current circuit breakers.
18.2.14. IEC 62271-102:2001(AMD2:2013) Alternating current disconnectors
and earthing switches.
18.2.15. IEEE SA - 693-2005 Recommended practice for seismic design of
substations
18.2.16. ISO 9001:2015 Quality management systems
18.2.17. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 General requirements for the competence of
testing and calibrating laboratories
18.2.18. ASTM A 123:2013 Standard specification for zing coating (hot-dip) on iron
and steel hardware
18.2.19. ASTM B 579:2015 Standard specification for electrodeposited coatings of
tin-lead alloy (solder plate)
18.2.20. ASTM B 580:2014 Standard specification for anodic oxide coatings on
aluminum
18.3. PROPERTIES
REQUIRED OFFERED

© 36/√3
18.3.1.1. Highest system High Voltage (kV):
© 70
voltage, common value (kV r.m.s.)
© 170
18.3.1.3. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage,
© 400
18.3.1.4. Rated continuous current (A)
1500
18.3.1.5. Rated short time (5 sec) current (kA r.m.s.)
© 50
18.3.1.6. Rated frequency (Hz)
B - 365
REQUIRED OFFERED
20/1
18.3.1.7. Total time until burn-through at line-to-ground
short-circuit current not less than (kA r.m.s/sec)
18.3.2. Auxiliary and Control Voltages

60
18.3.2.1. Rated supply voltage of closing and opening +10% -15%
devices and of auxiliary and control circuits ©
(V DC)
230
18.3.2.2. Rated supply voltage of heaters (V AC) +10% -15%
©
18.3.3. Temperature rise

©
18.3.3.1. The components of the equipment shall be able
IEC 62271-1
to carry the specified rated normal current
continuously without exceeding the limit values of
temperature rise stated in the standard
18.3.3.2. Spring loaded contacts (indicate value and

material) (K)
18.3.3.3. Bolted connection (indicate value and material)

(K)
18.3.3.4. Busbars (indicate value and material) (K)........
18.3.3.5. Insulation materials (indicate value and material)

(K)
18.3.3.6. Accessible parts of the switchgear expected to be

touched in normal operation (K)
IEC 60529
18.3.4. Degree Of Protection
IP 3X
18.3.4.1. Indoor GIS
IP 55
IP 55
18.3.4.3. Control compartment
IP 55
18.3.4.4. Current termination boxes
B - 366
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.1. Metal Clad requirement
18.4.1.1. The switchgear connections shall be of air (at

atmospheric pressure) or SF6 insulation type
designed for indoor installation.
18.4.1.2. The metal-clad switchgear shall include the

following two cubicles (see drawing SP-1010-01):
Cubicle No 1 for connection toward Power
transformer and Petersen Coil.
Cubicle No 2 for connection toward substation
earthing system.
The Contractor can suggest another cubicle
configuration as an alternative connection
solution.
18.4.1.3. A mimic diagram depicting one line diagram shall

be provided on the front of the metal-clad
switchgear. The mimic diagram shall include
position indicators for the disconnector and circuit
breaker as well as voltage indicators to indicate
the presence of voltage on the cable terminals.
18.4.1.4. Each cubicle shall be designed with the following

features:
18.4.1.4.1. Stable framework.
18.4.1.4.2. Rear, side, top and bottom covers.
18.4.1.4.3. Front door with transparent window for

checking up the main contacts position of the
disconnector
18.4.1.4.4. Partition walls between units.
18.4.1.4.5. Bottom plates equipped with cable glands.

The bottom plate for customer cables shall
be removable.
18.4.1.4.6. Solid copper earthing bar.
B - 367
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.1.4.7. Access to the internal equipment shall be

from the front only.
18.4.1.4.8. For repair and maintenance purposes each

cubicle shall be provided with the possibility
to dismantle (by screws) the front and side
plates.
18.4.1.4.9. Each cubicle will be provided with painting

and corrosion protection.
18.4.1.4.10. Contractor is requested to mention if it is

necessary to provide cubicle ventilation
(natural or forced) in order to evacuate the
heat produced by current flow or by closing
the disconnector or current breaker.
18.4.1.5. Protection against overpressure:
18.4.1.5.1. Each cubicle shall be provided with a

pressure relief device to relieve the pressure
developed inside the cubicle when an
internal arcing occurs.
18.4.1.5.2. Suitable deflectors for the pressure relief

device shall be provided to protect operating
personnel who may be present at site.
18.4.1.6. Partition and support insulators
18.4.1.6.1. The support insulator shall have appropriate

strength to ensure that the connection bus
bar spacing and clearances are maintained
when faults occur.
18.4.1.6.2. The partition insulators shall ensure

withstanding the maximum pressure in the
cubicle when an internal arcing occurs.
18.4.1.7. Earthing
IEC 62271-1
18.4.1.7.1. The earthing of the switchgear shall be subcl. 5.3
performed according to
B - 368
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.1.7.2. All metallic parts of the metal-clad switchgear

normally not energized shall be included in
the earthing circuit.
18.4.1.7.3. The continuity of the earthing circuit shall be

electrical stresses caused by the fault current
they may have to carry.
18.4.1.7.4. All necessary ground pads, flat copper and

copper rope conductors for earthing shall be
provided by the Contractor.
18.4.1.7.5. Each cubicle of the switchgear shall be

provided with two (2) ground pads. The
ground pads shall be copper faced. The
pad's location shall be marked in the
dimension drawing.
1500
18.4.1.7.6. The ground pads and the earthing
connections shall be designed to withstand a
short time (5 sec) current [A]
18.4.1.8. Auxiliary and control circuits:
18.4.1.8.1. The wiring of the measuring and tripping

units shall be performed according to IECo
standard EPD-A.03 (see Appendix A7)
18.4.1.8.2. Heating of the tripping unit and circuit

breaker operating mechanism shall be
provided
18.4.1.8.3. The following power supply:
18.4.1.8.3.1. Heating purposes (230V AC single phase)
18.4.1.8.3.2. Motor of operating mechanism (60V DC)
18.4.1.8.3.3. Control circuits (60V DC)
B - 369
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.1.8.4. All wirings shall be terminated at terminal

blocks. Each terminal block shall be provided
with not less than 10% spare terminals and
shall be spaced to allow clearance on all
sides
18.4.1.8.5. All terminals will be clearly labeled and

numbered
18.4.1.8.6. The control boxes shall be designed bottom

closed with plates with cable glands
18.4.1.8.7. All manual control equipment or terminals will

not be mounted higher than 1800 mm or
lower than 600 mm
18.4.1.8.8. Control circuits and power circuits shall be in

separate cables
18.4.1.9. Busbars:
18.4.1.9.1. The busbar conductor shall be capable to

carry without over-heating the rated current
18.4.1.9.2. The busbar conductor shall be sized so to

withstand the dynamic forces due to short-
circuit current
18.4.1.9.3. The busbar conductor shall be supported by

insulators spaced at such intervals that under
short circuit forces any reduction in the
phase-to-ground distance shall not cause
any faults
18.4.1.10. Interlocks
18.4.1.10.1. The following interlocks between different

components of the equipment shall be
provided for reason of safety of the
equipment (see drawing SP-1010-01):
18.4.1.10.2. The disconnector NQ1 operating (opening or

closing) shall be impossible if the circuit
breaker NQ0 is in close position
B - 370
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.1.10.3. The disconnector and circuit breaker

operating (opening or closing) shall be
impossible when the cubicle door is in open
position
18.4.1.10.4. The Contractor is requested to indicate if in

his opinion additional interlocks may be
necessary
18.4.1.10.5. The locking position shall be provided with

labels "open" and "closed" respectively
18.4.1.10.6. Blocking in case of hand operation shall be

identical to blocking in case of electrical
operation
18.4.1.11. Nameplates:
18.4.1.11.1. Each cubicle and their components

(disconnector, circuit breaker, operating
mechanism) shall be provide with corrosion
proof and clearly legible nameplates
IEC 62271-1
18.4.1.11.2. The nameplates shall include the data
subcl. 5.10
according to
18.4.1.11.3. In addition each nameplate shall include the

following information:
18.4.1.11.3.1. Manufacturer's name
18.4.1.11.3.2. Type designation and serial number
18.4.1.11.3.3. Number of relevant standard
18.4.1.11.3.4. Number of Purchaser's technical

specification
18.4.1.11.3.5. Number of Purchaser's order
18.4.1.11.4. All the nameplates shall be subject to

Purchaser's approval
18.4.2. SF6 Insulated Switchgear
B - 371
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.2.1. Division into compartments
18.4.2.1.1. The gas insulation system shall be divided

into independent gas compartments
18.4.2.1.2. Such subdivisions shall be accomplished with

gas tight segregating insulators so that the
following requirements shall be observed:
18.4.2.1.3. The dielectric characteristic in one

when an adjacent compartment is reduced
pressure (due to leaks or maintenance
operation)
18.4.2.1.4. The dielectric strength of the insulation shall

not be reduced as a result of switching
operations during the service life.
18.4.2.1.5. The quantity of gas to be evacuated and

operations shall be a minimum.
18.4.2.1.6. The extent of plant rendered inoperative as a

result of excessive leakage or for
maintenance operations shall be a minimum
18.4.2.1.7. The electrical connections between the

various gas compartments shall preferably be
made by means of multiple contact
connectors so that electrical connection is
automatically achieved when bolting one
section to another
18.4.2.1.8. The surface of the connector fingers and

conductor tubes on such connections shall
be silvered
18.4.2.1.9. The Contractor shall give details in case of

other electrical connections between gas
compartments

means for eliminating decomposition
products and residual moisture
B - 372
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.2.2. SF6 gas requirements:

IEC 60376
18.4.2.2.1. The SF6 gas shall comply with provisions
according to
6.16(g/l)
18.4.2.2.2. Density of SF6 gas at 20 deg. and 760 torr
45.6 (˚C)
18.4.2.2.3. Critical temperature for liquefying by
compression of SF6 gas
IEC 60376
18.4.2.2.4. Impurity of group of impurities as determined
by test according to
0.05%
18.4.2.2.5. CF4 (concentration mass by mass)
0.05%
18.4.2.2.6. Oxygen + Nitrogen, air
15
18.4.2.2.7. Water (ppm)
0.3
18.4.2.2.8. Acidity expressed as HF (ppm)
1.0
18.4.2.2.9. Hydrolysable fluoride expressed as HF
(ppm)
18.4.2.3. Gas Monitoring
18.4.2.3.1. The insulating capacity of the gas filled in the

switchgear shall be monitored simultaneously
with:
18.4.2.3.1.1. Temperature compensated gas density

monitors or sensors
18.4.2.3.1.2. Pressure monitoring devices
18.4.2.3.2. The devices shall provide continuous and

automatic monitoring of the state of the gas
B - 373
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.2.3.3. The devices shall have alarm contacts setting

and trip contacts setting. The alarm contacts
are set to operate, as a warning to add more
gas, when a critical low gas pressure or
density is reached, due to gas losses.
If gas pressure or density continues to drop,
there will be an option to automatically trip,
by the trip contacts, the circuit breaker, and
thus isolate electrically the affected part of
the switchgear
18.4.2.3.4. The switchgear will preferably be equipped

with pressure switches that will sense an
internal arc presence in the gas
compartments, in which they are located, due
to the overpressure created by the arc itself.
The pressure-switches will cause the tripping
of the circuit breakers feeding the internal
arc. The tripping is achieved through the
pressure-switch contacts. The pressure-
switch contacts are of stay-put type and they
stay in the changed-over (trip) position
independently of the internal arc time
duration. The reset is achieved by pushing a
release button
18.4.2.4. Gas treatment devices

moisture increase in SF6 gas or to remove
the impurities, if any:
18.4.2.4.1.4. Driers
18.4.2.4.1.5. Other measures (please describe)
B - 374
REQUIRED OFFERED

provided as permanent facilities, preferably
arranged so that they can be removed,
replaced or recharged without having to take
the switchgear out of service
18.4.2.5. Gas storage, filling and evacuation plant
18.4.2.5.1. SF6 gas supply system, if any, must be self-


a gas supply connection to permit evacuation
or refilling with gas

compartments shall be appropriate to
connect the mobile DILO gas refilling devices
type 3-019, 3-041, 3-020 and 3-061

necessary SF6 gas storage cylinders, as well
as those necessary for any other gases
which may be used during commissioning
and maintenance operations
18.4.2.5.5. The capacity of the temporary storage

facilities shall be at least sufficient for storing
the maximum quantity of gas that could be
removed when carrying out maintenance or
repair work on any parts of the switchgear
and associated equipment

connections etc. shall be of such a standard
that the leakage of SF6 gas during the filling
and evacuating processes is kept to an
absolute minimum
18.4.2.5.7. The arrangement of valves, coupling and

pipe work shall also be such as to prevent
18.4.2.5.8. The switchgear shall be filled up by SF6 gas

according to evacuation principles
B - 375
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.2.6. Gas seals
18.4.2.6.1. All gas seals shall be designed to ensure that

leakage rates are kept to an absolute
conditions
18.4.2.6.2. The seals shall not deteriorate when exposed

to the gas and vapors as well as to
temperature variations and mechanical
forces that can be expected
18.4.2.7. Vent outlets
18.4.2.7.1. Vent outlets, if any, shall be arranged so as

to minimize the danger to an operator when
performing his duties, if gases or vapors are
escaping under pressure
18.4.2.8. Shut off valves
18.4.2.8.1. All shut off valves shall be equipped with

protective cover over the valve spindle to
guard against unauthorized operation
18.4.2.9. Visual alarm signals, as well as the control and

protection equipment associated with gas
density/pressure monitoring devices shall be
provided, together with any relays for the alarm,
indication, protection and control released to gas
monitoring. Provision shall be made for remote
signaling
18.4.2.10. The alarm and trip signals, as well as indications

and control on all SF6 gas monitoring circuits
from the various compartments shall be grouped
together at the front of the switchgear. Alarm and
trip signals shall be displayed separately
18.4.2.11. Legends shall be provided for each signal to

permit easy identification of source of trouble.
The legends shall be in English or in Hebrew
B - 376
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.2.12. The control and protection circuits associated

with the gas monitoring devices shall be supplied
with the switchgear as part of this Contract
18.4.2.13. Complete scheme of SF6 gas monitoring, alarm,

indication, etc. circuits as well as the wiring
schemes to all devices involved in these circuits,
shall be supplied
18.4.2.14. The gas system name plate shall be provided.

The name plate shall contain the following
minimum information including a schematic
physical representation of the gas system:

monitoring zone (if any) in the schematic

temperature for the pressure
18.4.2.14.5. Maximum operated pressure and minimum

dielectric density/pressure

monitoring zone
18.4.3. Prevention of Dielectric Strength Reduction
18.4.3.1. Surface Roughness:

5
[pC]
18.4.3.2. Moisture
B - 377
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.3.2.1. Particular attention shall be paid to the

penetration
18.4.3.3. General Contamination of Insulation
18.4.3.3.1. The design of hazarded insulation systems,

treatment, the assembly, transport, etc. shall
insulating capacity shall not be affected.
This also applies to dust, fibers left from
cleaning and traces of lubricant
18.4.4. Disconnector Requirements

©
18.4.4.1. Rated voltage (not less) (kV)
36/√3
©
©
18.4.4.3. Rated current for continuously operation (A)
400
©
18.4.4.4. Rated current for short time (5 sec) operation 1500
70
18.4.4.5. Rated short duration (1 min) power frequency
withstand voltage (kV r.m.s.)
170
18.4.4.6. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (kV
peak)
18.4.4.7. The frame of the disconnector shall be connected

to the earthing conductor of the switchgear
18.4.4.8. The disconnector shall be operated manually.

The operating handle shall be provided with
padlock for locking the disconnector in open or
close position
18.4.4.9. The operating handle shall be furnished with a

flexible grounding strap, long enough to allow the
rod rotation and span from the rod to a grounding
pad
B - 378
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.4.10. The disconnector shall be so constructed that it

cannot come out of it open or closed position by
external forces as gravity, vibration,
electromagnetic forces etc.
18.4.4.11. The disconnector shall be provided with an

indicating pointer linked directly to the operating
shaft of the moving contact in order to indicate
unequivocal the open and close position
18.4.4.12. Disconnector contacts:
18.4.4.13. Contacts shall be of the high pressure contact

type and shall open and close sufficient positive
action but shall not cause galling of the contact
surface
18.4.4.14. All contact surfaces shall be silver plated
18.4.4.15. Auxiliary contacts:

IEC 62271-
18.4.4.15.1. The operating mechanism shall be provided 102
with auxiliary contacts for signaling.
Signaling shall be performed according to
2NO+2NC
18.4.4.15.2. The auxiliary contact block shall include
contacts for purchaser use

operating mechanism terminal block
20 A
18.4.4.15.4. Rated carry and making current for auxiliary
contacts at 60 V DC shall be
4A
18.4.4.15.5. Breaking current at 60 V DC (L/R = 40 msec)
shall be at least
18.4.4.15.6. The disconnector shall have a name plate

including all relevant characteristics
18.4.5. Circuit Breaker Requirements

©
18.4.5.1. Rated voltage (not less) (kV)
36/√3
©
B - 379
REQUIRED OFFERED
©
18.4.5.3. Rated current for continuously operation (A) 400
©
18.4.5.4. Rated current for short time (A) 1500
70
18.4.5.5. Rated short duration (1 min) power frequency
withstand voltage (kV r.m.s.)
170
18.4.5.6. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (kV
peak)
©
18.4.5.7. Rated breaking current not less than (A) 1500
©
18.4.5.8. Rated breaking capacities not less than (kVA) 31170
18.4.5.9. Circuit breaker shall be able to break any current

up to the rated breaking current at any voltage up
to the maximum rated voltage
18.4.5.10. The frame of the circuit breaker shall be

connected to the earthing conductor of the
switchgear
18.4.5.11. The circuit breaker shall be operated by an

electrical operating mechanism. The closed or
open position of the main contacts shall not
change as a result of loss of the energy supply or
reapplication of energy supply
18.4.5.12. The circuit breaker shall be so constructed that it

cannot come out of it open or closed position by
external forces as gravity, vibration,
electromagnetic forces etc.
18.4.5.13. Operating mechanism:
18.4.5.13.1. Control shall be arranged for local (manual

and electrical) and remote control
18.4.5.13.2. It shall not be possible moving the main

contacts from the open to the close position
unless the operating mechanism spring
charge is sufficient for satisfactory completion
of the closing operation
B - 380
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.5.13.3. Once the electrical command of an operation

has been initiated, the power mechanism
shall complete the open or close operation
without requiring the electrical command to
be held closed
18.4.5.13.4. Local/remote selector switch shall be

provided on the front of the cubicle for
selecting the desired mode of operation of
the circuit breaker
18.4.5.13.5. A normally closed alarm contact in the "local"

position shall be provided and wired to the
terminals
18.4.5.13.6. The operating mechanism shall be provided

with push buttons located inside the
operating mechanism cabinet for local
opening and closing of the earthing switch
18.4.5.13.7. On the front of the cubicle an electrical

position indicating device shall be provided
with following functions:
18.4.5.13.7.1. Position 1 – closed
18.4.5.13.7.2. Position 2 – open
18.4.5.13.7.3. Position 3 – no voltage
18.4.5.13.8. The circuit breaker shall be provided with an

indicating pointer linked directly to the
operating shaft of the moving contact in order
to indicate unequivocal the open and close
position
18.4.5.13.9. Control relays supplied with the circuit

breaker shall be heavy-duty, with dust tight
cover
18.4.5.13.10. The electrical motor shall be protected with a

thermal-magnetic overload protection device
18.4.5.13.11. The electrical motor shall be provided with

means for disconnecting the motor and the
protection device from power supply
B - 381
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.5.13.12. The circuit breaker shall operate correctly

(opening and closing) when the supply
voltage is in the limits 85-110%
18.4.5.14. Circuit breaker contacts:
18.4.5.14.1. Contacts shall be of the high pressure

contact type and shall open and close
sufficient positive action but shall not cause
galling of the contact surface

shall be secured during reasonable over
travel and under travel of the mechanism

shall be secured during reasonable over
travel and under travel of the mechanism
18.4.5.15. Auxiliary contacts:

IEC 62271-
18.4.5.15.1. The operating mechanism shall be provided 100
with auxiliary contacts for signaling.
18.4.5.15.2. Signaling shall be performed according to
18.4.5.15.3. The auxiliary contact block shall include 4NO

+ 4NC contacts for purchaser use

operating mechanism terminal block
18.4.5.16. Heaters
18.4.5.16.1. Heaters shall be provided with thermostats
18.4.5.17. Nameplate
18.4.5.17.1. The circuit breaker shall have a name plate

including all relevant characteristics
18.4.6. Cable Connections Requirements
18.4.6.1. The connecting cables will be of EPR type rated

26/45 kV shall be furnished by the contractor
B - 382
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.4.6.2. The terminations for cable connections shall be

part of the Contractor's scope of supply
18.4.6.3. Cubicle No 1 shall be provided with 2 (two)

terminations for 26/45 kV cables
18.4.6.4. Cubicle No 2 shall be provided with 1 (one)

terminations for 26/45 kV cable
18.4.6.5. Blind caps for protection against electric socks

hazard for live cable terminations, shall be
provided
18.4.6.6. Three (3) measuring sockets to be mounted on

each cable for plugging in a continuous voltage
indicator DSA, shall be provided
18.4.6.7. Three (3) voltage indicators DSA shall be

suitable for performance test on a power supply
socket, shall be provided (VAC, 50Hz)
18.5. TESTS
REQUIRED OFFERED
18.5.1. Type Tests

©
18.5.1.1. Type tests shall be performed for all switchgear
components as defined in Standard IEC 62271-1
and all relevant standards
18.5.2. Routine Tests

©
18.5.2.1. Contractor shall perform routine tests for all
switchgear components as defined in Standard IEC
62271-1 and all relevant standards
18.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF MEASURES
REQUIRED OFFERED

Measures
B - 383
REQUIRED OFFERED

measures at the Neutral Switchgear, Bidder shall
develop Manual Safe Operating Procedures in order
to allow operation of the Neutral Switchgear in
potential extreme circumstances where normal
safety measures, sensors, controls, and protections
are not available
B - 384
ITEM 8 – NEUTRAL EARTHING SYSTEM
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.1. MANUFACTURER

Manufacturer’s)
19.1.3. Manufacturer's name and type (denomination) of

Petersen Coil (plunger core, indoor and outdoor
mounted, oil immersed) (Item 8.1)

Resistor Switching System cubicle (item 8.2)

Automatic Resonance Controller (Item 8.3)

Current Injection Unit (Item 8.4)
19.1.7. The offered type of Items 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 shall be a



Purchaser

components of the equipment.
B - 385
ASTM B579-73 (2009) Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Tin-
Lead Alloy (Solder Plate)
ASTM B580-79 (2009) Standard Specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings on

Aluminum
ASTM B633-13 Standard Specification for

Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel
ASTM D635-10 Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent
and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position
ASTM F1135-99 Standard Specification for Cadmium or Zinc Chromate

(2004) organic corrosion, Protective coating for fasteners
API STD 650-2011 Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage
ISO 2409:2007 Paints and varnishes - Cross cut test
IEC 61869-2 (2012) Instrument transformers - Part 2: Additional requirements for

Current transformers
IEC 60076-1 (2011) Power Transformers – General
IEC 60076-2 (2011) Power transformers – Part 2: Temperature rise for liquid-
immersed transformers
IEC 60076-3 (2013) Power transformers – Part 3: Insulation levels, dielectric

tests and external clearances in air
IEC 60076-6 (2007) Power Transformers – Reactors
IEC 60076-10 (2001) Power transformers - Part 10: Determination of sound levels
IEC 60137 (2008) Insulating bushings for alternating voltages above 1000V
IEC 60214-1 (2003) Tap-changers - Part 1: Performance requirements and test

methods
IEC 60296 (2003) Fluids for electro-technical applications – Unused mineral

insulating oils for transformers and switchgear
IEC 60721-3-4 (1996) Classification of environmental conditions - Part 3:

Classification of groups of environmental parameters and
their severities - Section 4: Stationary use at non-weather
protected locations
IEC 60085 (2007) Electrical insulation – Thermal evaluation and designation
IEC 60529 (2013) Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)
B - 386
IEC 60554 Cellulosic papers for electrical purposes – Part 1: Definitions
and general requirements
IEC 61439-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies – Part

1: General rules
IEC 60641-3-1 Pressboard and presspaper for electrical purposes – Part 3:

Specifications for individual materials
IEC 60815-1 (2008) Selection and dimensioning of high-voltage insulators

intended for use in polluted conditions – Part 1: Definitions,
information and general principles
IEC 60255-26(2013) Measuring relays and protection equipment – Part 26:

Electromagnetic compatibility requirements
IEC 60255-27(2013) Measuring relays and protection equipment – Part 27:

Product safety requirements
IEC 60255-21-1(1988) Electrical relays Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and
seismic tests on measuring relays and protection equipment
- Section 1: Vibration tests (sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2(1988) Electrical relays Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and
- Section 2: Shock and bump tests
IEC 60255-21-3(1993) Electrical relays - Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and
- Section 3: Seismic tests
IEC 60068-2-30 (2005) Environmental testing – Part 2-30: Tests – Test Db: Damp
heat, cyclic (12 + 12 h cycle)
IEC 60068-2-78(2012) Environmental testing – Part 2-78: Tests – Test Cab: Damp
heat, steady state
IEC 61000-4-2(2008) Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-2: Testing and

measurement techniques – Electrostatic discharge immunity
test

measurement techniques – Radiated, radio- frequency,
electromagnetic field immunity test

measurement techniques – Electrical fast transient/burst
immunity test
B - 387
measurement techniques – Surge immunity test

measurement techniques –Immunity to conducted
disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields

measurement techniques – Power frequency magnetic field
immunity test
IEC 61000-4-11(2004) Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-11: Testing

and measurement techniques – Voltage dips, short
interruptions and voltage variations immunity tests
IEC 61850 Communication networks and systems in substations
ISO 9001:2015 Quality management systems requirements
IEEE 693-2005 Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations
19.3. PROPERTIES
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.3.1.1. The Petersen Coil shall be provided with a main

winding and secondary winding (see also
drawing MA-105-V1)
19.3.1.2. The secondary winding shall be separate winding

50 
19.3.1.3. Rated frequency [Hz]
19.3.1.4. Main winding (D1-D2):

36/3 
19.3.1.4.1. Rated voltage [kV]
30÷150
19.3.1.4.2. Adjustable current range [A]
150 
19.3.1.4.3. Rated current for 1 (one) hour operation at
rated voltage [A]
3100
19.3.1.4.4. Rated power for 1 (one) hour operation [kVA]
B - 388
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.3.1.4.5. Allowed operation time at different coil

positions (without exceeding 80K winding
temperature rise):
19.3.1.4.5.1. At 60A position [hours]

20%36/3
19.3.1.4.6. Maximum continuous voltage [kV]

19.3.1.4.7. Maximum continuous current when the ≤30
reactor tuned at a minimum inductance,
without exceeding 80K winding temperature
rise for
IEC 60076-6
19.3.1.4.8. Temperature rise at rated current for
continuous operation shall not exceed,
according to:
80
19.3.1.4.8.1. Average winding temperature rise,
measured by resistance method [K]
75
19.3.1.4.8.2. Top oil temperature rise, measured by
thermometer [K]
19.3.1.4.8.3. Calculated hot spot temperature rise [K]

IEC 60076-6
19.3.1.4.9. Temperature rise at rated for 1 hour shall not
exceed, according to:
100
19.3.1.4.9.1. Average winding temperature rise,
measured by resistance method [K]
90
19.3.1.4.9.2. Top oil temperature rise, measured by
thermometer [K]
19.3.1.4.9.3. Calculated hot spot temperature rise [K]
19.3.1.4.10. Oil time constant [hours]
19.3.1.4.11. Winding time constant [minutes]
B - 389
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.3.1.5. Secondary winding (M2-N2) for resistor

connecting:
500 
19.3.1.5.1. Rated voltage [V]
19.3.1.5.2. Rated current for:

100
19.3.1.5.2.1. continuous operation [A]
19.3.1.5.2.2. 1 min [A]

≥560 
19.3.1.5.2.3. 10 seconds [A]
≥
19.3.1.5.2.4. 1 seconds [A]
Ir*100/Usc 
19.3.1.5.3. Rated power for:

50
19.3.1.5.3.1. continuous operation [kVA]
19.3.1.5.3.2. 1 min [kVA]

≥280 
19.3.1.5.3.3. 10 seconds [kVA]
19.3.1.5.3.4. 1 seconds [kVA]

≤6%
19.3.1.6. Impedance voltage between main winding and

secondary winding related to rated power of
secondary winding (%)
19.3.1.7. Rated impedance of Petersen Coil (in case of

order, tested values shall be provided according
to sub-clause ‎19.5.4.12 at:
19.3.1.7.1. Minimum rated current and applied voltage

Un []

0.05 * Un []
19.3.1.7.3. Maximum rated current and applied voltage

Un []

0.05 * Un []
B - 390
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC 60076-3
19.3.1.8. Insulation level according to:

19.3.1.8.1. For the terminal of Petersen Coil connected

to transformer neutral:
70
19.3.1.8.1.1. Rated short duration 1 min power
frequency withstands voltage [kV rms]
200
19.3.1.8.1.2. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage
[kV peak]
19.3.1.8.2. For the terminal of Petersen Coil connected

to earth:
70
19.3.1.8.2.1. Rated short duration 1 min power
frequency withstands voltage [kV rms]
200
19.3.1.8.2.2. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage
[kV peak]
19.3.1.9. Total active losses of the Petersen Coil at 75C

for:
19.3.1.9.1. Maximum current and applied voltage Un

[kW]
19.3.1.9.2. Maximum current and applied voltage

0.05*Un [kW]

Un[(kW]

0.05*Un[ kW]
ONAN
19.3.1.10. Cooling method taking into account indoor and

outdoor mounting
A
19.3.1.11. Thermal class of insulation according to IEC-

60085
19.3.1.12. Current Transformer CT1 mounted on primary

winding:
1
19.3.1.12.1. Number of cores
B - 391
REQUIRED OFFERED
Bushing,
19.3.1.12.2. Type Measuring
150/5
19.3.1.12.3. Rated ratio [A/A]
10
19.3.1.12.4. Rated burden [VA]
1
19.3.1.12.5. Accuracy class
5
19.3.1.12.6. Instrument security factor (FS)
1
19.3.1.12.7. Current error at rated primary current [%]
 60
[minutes]
19.3.1.12.9. The Manufacturer shall have two options for

CT1 connection and shall indicate which one
is use :
Yes/no
19.3.1.12.9.1. From transformer’s neutral side
Yes/no
19.3.1.12.9.2. From earth side
19.3.1.12.10. Depending on how CT1 is connected to the

coil, indicate the following data :
19.3.1.12.10.1. Highest voltage for equipment Um [kV]
19.3.1.12.10.2. Rated power frequency withstand

voltage for 1 minute [kV rms]
19.3.1.12.10.3. Rated lightning impulse voltage [kV]
19.3.1.13. Current Transformer CT2 mounted on secondary

winding:
1
19.3.1.13.1. Number of cores
Bushing,
19.3.1.13.2. Type Protection
500/5
19.3.1.13.3. Rated ratio [A/A]
600
19.3.1.13.4. Rated continuous thermal current 1.2*I1 [A]
B - 392
REQUIRED OFFERED
≥9000
19.3.1.13.5. Rated short time thermal current for 1sec [A]
10
19.3.1.13.6. Rated burden [VA]
5P
19.3.1.13.7. Accuracy class
20
19.3.1.13.8. Accuracy limit factor (ALF)
1
19.3.1.13.9. Current error at rated primary current [%]
 60
[minutes]
19.3.1.14. Linearity
IEC 60076-6
19.3.1.14.1. The reactor shall be linear reactor up to subcl. 11.4.8
1.1Ur of the ASR rated voltage at even if the
ASR is tuned to its maximum inductance
IEC 60076-6
19.3.1.15. Tolerances according to: subcl. 11.9
5
19.3.1.15.1. Current of main winding at minimum
inductance and rated voltage (% In)
10
19.3.1.15.2. Current at other settings (% of specified
values)
10
19.3.1.15.3. No load voltage of auxiliary windings at rated
current in the main winding (% of specified
values)
85
19.3.1.16. The total sound power level at rated voltage,

rated current and rated frequency, calculated
according to IEC 60076-10 shall not exceed
(dB[A])
B - 393
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1. Item 8.1 - Petersen Coil


19.4.1.1. The Petersen Coil shall be of the plunger core
type stepless adjustable (continuously
adjusted) by means of spindle and motor drive
19.4.1.2. Magnetic core
19.4.1.2.1. Type of plunger core
19.4.1.2.2. Material of the laminated sheets in the

return paths of the magnetic flux
19.4.1.2.3. Thickness of the laminated sheets [mm]
19.4.1.2.4. Number of return paths distributed round

the core
19.4.1.3. Windings
19.4.1.3.1. Main winding material (H.V.)
19.4.1.3.2. Secondary winding material


19.4.1.3.3. Thermally upgraded paper or equivalent
shall be used for winding insulation
19.4.1.3.3.1. Manufacturer's upgraded paper
19.4.1.3.3.2. Catalogue number

IEC 60554
19.4.1.3.3.3. Conforming standards IEC 60641-3-
1
19.4.1.4. Tank
19.4.1.4.1. The Petersen Coil (ASR) tank shall be of

welded steel plate construction, reinforced
in order to withstand the conditions of
operation and transport
B - 394
REQUIRED OFFERED
EN 10025
19.4.1.4.2. The steel grade shall be grade
S235 JR G2
or
equivalent
19.4.1.4.3. Other steel grades will be subjected to

Purchaser approval
API 650
19.4.1.4.4. All welding shall be according to standard or
European
equivalent
standards
(DIN, EN)
19.4.1.4.4.1. Details of welding: Tanks and their

structural attachments shall be welded by
the SMAW with basic E70 covered
electrodes conform to AWS A5.1, GTAW,
SAW, FCAW with E71T-5 electrode
conform to AWS A5.20. Use of any other
process shall be by agreement between
the Contractor and the Purchaser.
Welding shall be performed in a manner
that ensure complete penetration and
complete fusion in the vertical and
horizontal butt welds
19.4.1.4.4.2. Welders qualification: The Contractor

shall conduct tests for all welders
assigned to manual and semiautomatic
welding and all operators assigned to
automatic welding to demonstrate the
welders and operators ability to make
acceptable welds
19.4.1.4.5. The ASR tank shall be absolutely water

and hot-oil tight and provided with an oil 0.5
tight cover
The tank cover shall be leak tested at [bar]
19.4.1.4.6. The tank shall be designed to withstand an

overpressure of [MPa]
B - 395
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.4.7. The construction of the tank shall enable

easy installation or removal of bushings
and other accessories without disturbing
the leads, taking out the active part of the
ASR or removing its cover
19.4.1.4.8. The joints between the tank and the cover

and between various sections shall be
provided with suitable flanges and properly
spaced bolts and gaskets to make joints
oil-tight
19.4.1.4.9. The bottom of ASR shall have a steel base

with holes for fixing (indicate number of
holes and number of mounting drawing)
19.4.1.4.10. Provisions for blocking the ASR after its

installation shall be provided. The ASR
shall be fixed firmly through the blocking
system to the foundations. This blocking
shall avoid ASR moving in any direction in
case of a seismic event as defined under
subcl. ‎10.1.5
19.4.1.4.11. Three pockets shall be provided on

Petersen Coil cover :
19.4.1.4.11.1. Pocket for oil thermometer
19.4.1.4.11.2. Pocket for resistance bridge controller
19.4.1.4.11.3. Reserve pocket
19.4.1.4.12. Lifting eyes for ASR cover and lugs for

lifting completely assembled ASR shall be
provided
19.4.1.4.13. Four (4) jacking points shall be provided at

height not less than 350mm to ASR base
and shall be sufficient wide to permit a
tolerance from the center line of 150mm
Please indicate location and relevant

dimensions
B - 396
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.4.14. Two (2) grounding pads with tapped holes

shall be provided. Location shall be
indicated in relevant drawing
copper
19.4.1.4.15. Material of grounding pads
19.4.1.4.16. The tank shall also be provided with :
19.4.1.4.16.1. Oil drain valve, Indicate type
19.4.1.4.16.2. Oil filter valve, Indicate type
19.4.1.4.16.3. Oil sampling valve placed on the drain

side of the drain valve, Indicate type
19.4.1.4.17. All other necessary valves for vacuum and

filling, draining and filtration of oil shall be
provided
19.4.1.4.18. All the metal parts, exclusive of those

energized, shall be grounded
Option A
19.4.1.4.19. The galvanizing and painting of the tank
and conservator shall enable withstanding
the service conditions specified under
clause ‎10.1 and shall be carried out
according to (see option detail in Appendix
B7)
RAL7038
19.4.1.4.20. The finish painting of the inside and
outside of the tank and conservator shall
be gray color
19.4.1.5. Skids
19.4.1.5.1. The bottom of the Petersen Coil shall be

provided with a steel skid base, suitable
for skidding in directions parallel to both
center lines of the tank
19.4.1.5.2. Pulling eyes at base of the Petersen Coil

for skidding ASR parallel to either center
line of transformer shall be provided
B - 397
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.5.3. After notification of award the contractor

shall submit a drawing showing the bottom
of the Petersen Coil
19.4.1.6. Gaskets
19.4.1.6.1. The necessary gaskets shall be tight

under all conditions especially against the
hot oils. Means shall be provided to
prevent over compression of the gaskets
19.4.1.6.2. Material of gaskets shall be synthetic

rubber which shall not deteriorate under
the action of hot oil
19.4.1.6.3. Gaskets between metal surfaces shall be

set in grooves so that all parts are bolted
metal to metal
19.4.1.6.4. A full set of gaskets for Petersen Coil

bushings, radiators and all valves shall be
provided with instruction and drawings for
location, storage and identification of same
19.4.1.7. Oil and Oil Preservation System
19.4.1.7.1. The Petersen Coil oil shall meet the

requirements indicated in I.E.Co.
Laboratory Specification for inhibited
mineral insulating oil No. 52/6.90/93 ( see
Appendix B3)
19.4.1.7.2. In addition the Contractor (Manufacturer)

is requested to fill in all data in the a.m.
Appendix B3

19.4.1.7.3. Oil Manufacturer and type, one of the
types listed in Appendix B3
19.4.1.7.4. The Petersen Coils oil certificate shall be

approved by Purchaser before delivery
B - 398
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.7.5. Oil preservation system shall be provided

for protecting the oil against atmospheric
moisture and oxygen
19.4.1.7.6. Oil preservation system should be

Manufacturer's standard, excluding any
system, which permits direct contact
between oil and air. All necessary
accessories shall be supplied by
Manufacturer
19.4.1.7.7. Type of oil preservation equipment:
19.4.1.7.7.1. Conservator shall be provided with

flexible separator. Indicate type.
19.4.1.7.7.2. The conservator shall be provided with a

silica gel air drier breather :
19.4.1.7.7.2.1. Type
19.4.1.7.7.2.2. Manufacturer
19.4.1.7.7.2.3. Standard or Specification shall be

attached
19.4.1.7.7.2.4. In addition Manufacturer is

requested to fill in all data in the enclosed
Appendix B4
19.4.1.7.7.2.5. The silica gel air drier breather shall

be clearly visible through a glass and shall
be mounted for each conservator at 1.5m
approximately above ground level
19.4.1.7.8. Israel Electric Corporation shall be allowed

to mount the silica gel air drier breather
2m away from the Petersen Coil if it is
required by the substation layout
19.4.1.7.9. The tank and the conservator shall be

provided with all necessary accessories,
piping system for oil filling, connections
etc.
B - 399
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.7.10. The paint, insulation materials and all

other materials in contact with Petersen
Coil oil shall not contain any substance
that may, to any extent, influence its
dielectric properties or result in chemical
reactions with the oil, or any way lead to a
deterioration of oil quality
19.4.1.7.11. First filling of oil shall be provided by

Manufacturer
19.4.1.8. Cooling System
19.4.1.8.1. All radiators (coolers) on Petersen Coils

shall be equipped with valves to permit the
removal of any radiator without draining
the oil from the ASR
19.4.1.8.2. Vent holes with plugs shall be provided in

the top and drain holes with plugs in the
bottom of each radiator
19.4.1.8.3. Number of radiators.

Menk or
19.4.1.8.4. Cooler’s Manufacturer. Schmieg
19.4.1.8.5. The studs, as well as their threaded holes,

used in various subassemblies in contact
with the atmosphere shall be silicone
greased before fastening
Option A
19.4.1.8.6. The galvanizing and painting of the cooling
system shall enable withstanding the
service conditions specified under
clause ‎10.1 and shall be carried out
according to (see option detail in Appendix
B7)
RAL7038
outside of cooling system shall be gray
color.
19.4.1.9. Operating Mechanism
B - 400
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.9.1. The Petersen Coil shall be provided with a

motor drive for adjustment of the plunger
core (for reactance adjustment) with
emergency manual drive and with
mechanical position indicator
19.4.1.9.2. Control of motor drive mechanism shall be

arranged for local (by manual and
electrical) and remote control
19.4.1.9.3. The motor drive shall be designed for

continuous, stepless adjustment and shall
be suitable to operate together with an
earth fault compensation resonance
Controller

provided with 2 (two) potentiometers
having a resistance of 20010% and limit
switches (with a free potential change-
over contact) for Purchaser’s use :
19.4.1.9.5. One potentiometer will be connected to

the remote position indicator (see
subcl.‎19.4.1.11.6)
19.4.1.9.6. The second potentiometer will provide

Petersen Coil position information for an
Automatic Resonance Controller device
19.4.1.9.7. Manufacturer and type
19.4.1.9.7.1. Rated power [kW]

230/400
19.4.1.9.7.2. Rated Voltage [VAC] +10% to -
15%
19.4.1.9.7.3. Number of phases
19.4.1.9.7.4. Rated frequency [Hz]
19.4.1.9.7.5. Start-up current [A]
19.4.1.9.7.6. Synchronous speed [rpm]
B - 401
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.9.7.7. Operating time for full adjustment range

[minute]
19.4.1.9.7.8. Rated torque on the drive shaft [Nm]
19.4.1.9.7.9. Number of revolutions of the hand crank

per one revolution of the operating
spindle
19.4.1.9.7.10. Number of revolutions of the operating

spindle to cover the whole range of
adjustment
19.4.1.9.8. All necessary mechanical and electrical

parts shall be housed in weatherproof hot
dip galvanized or aluminum enclosure with
doors provided with gaskets and locks
IEC 60529
19.4.1.9.9. The housing of operating mechanism shall IP 54
be provided with environmental protection
according to
19.4.1.9.10. The bottom of the housing of the operating

mechanism shall be provided with plates
for the cable entries (indicated number)
including cable glands
19.4.1.9.11. Gearing of motor drive unit shall include

transmission gear and control gear
19.4.1.9.12. Hand crank with plastic handle shall be

provided
19.4.1.9.13. The housing of operating mechanism shall

be fixed on tank by means of 4 (four)
corner lugs
19.4.1.9.14. The housing of operating mechanism shall

be provided with 2 (two) eyebolts for lifting
and handling
19.4.1.9.15. Material and thickness of the housing of

operating mechanism
B - 402
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.9.16. The housing shall be provided for

terminating the conduits and wiring for
Purchaser's connection
19.4.1.9.17. Drain holes shall be provided at low points

of box and conduits
19.4.1.9.18. The housing shall be supported by

suitable vibration damping device
19.4.1.9.19. Heaters 230VAC with thermostats shall be

provided :
19.4.1.9.19.2. Rated power [Watt per heater]
19.4.1.10. Wiring
19.4.1.10.1. Wiring shall be provided according to

enclosed Appendix A7 unless otherwise
required explicitly in this Specification
19.4.1.10.2. All small wiring for control or accessory

equipment shall be installed in standard
galvanized rigid steel conduits, or
electrical metallic tubing or ducts, with
water tight joints (indicate type)
19.4.1.10.3. All small wiring enclosures shall be

grounded
19.4.1.10.4. Wiring shall be carried out with flexible

conductors with a preferred cross section
not less than:
1.5
19.4.1.10.4.1. For control circuits [mm2]
4
19.4.1.10.4.2. For current circuits [mm2]
19.4.1.10.5. Type of terminals shall be :

Phoenix
19.4.1.10.5.1. Up to 10mm2, 500V UK6N
B - 403
REQUIRED OFFERED
Phoenix
19.4.1.10.5.2. 16mm2 to 35mm2, 500V UK35
19.4.1.10.6. All control and instrument wiring, alarm

leads for connection to Purchaser's cables
shall be terminated at terminal blocks
IP54
19.4.1.10.7. The secondary wiring terminal block shall
be accommodated in a box having the
environmental protection degree
19.4.1.10.8. The terminal blocks shall be spaced to

allow clearance on all sides according to
clause 5.8 in Appendix A7. Liberal space
shall be provided for training and crossing
Purchaser's incoming leads

19.4.1.10.10. The assembled control equipment and

wiring connections shall be subjected to
one (1) minute test of 2000VAC at the
factory after fabrication and assembly is
complete
ASTM D635
19.4.1.10.11. All wiring insulation and terminal blocks
shall be flameproof protected according to
19.4.1.11. Accessories
19.4.1.11.1. All accessories will provided with a label

including the main technical data, part
number, Manufacturer name

19.4.1.11.2. Oil level indicator :
Qualitrol
19.4.1.11.2.1. Manufacturer (or equivalent)
magnetic
19.4.1.11.2.2. Type
19.4.1.11.2.3. Manufacturer’s designation (order No.)
19.4.1.11.2.4. Manufacturer’s Catalogue number
B - 404
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.11.2.5. Scale diameter [mm]
19.4.1.11.2.6. Oil-level indicator shall be provided with

one low level alarm contact
19.4.1.11.2.7. Number and type of contacts (normally- 1NO+1NC

open, normally closed, changeover)
19.4.1.11.2.8. The contacts shall be wired to barrier

type terminals accommodated in a
terminal box mounted direct on
transformer tank
19.4.1.11.2.9. Make/break current of the alarm contact

for 60VDC and time constant of 4ms[A/A]
19.4.1.11.2.10. Switching capacity of the alarm

contact [W]
2
19.4.1.11.2.11. Test voltage to ground 50Hz, 1min
[kVrms]
19.4.1.11.2.12. Shock and vibration proof up to

[m/sec2], in frequency range [Hz to Hz]
IP 55
19.4.1.11.2.13. Degree of protection

19.4.1.11.3. Pointer thermometer for local measuring of
oil temperature:
MESSKO
(TRASY 2
19.4.1.11.3.2. Manufacturer’s designation (order No.) MT-ST 160F)
(635082)
19.4.1.11.3.3. Catalogue number
dial
19.4.1.11.3.4. Type
(174800)
19.4.1.11.3.5. The pointer thermometer shall include
Thermo well. Indicate Its Part No.:
19.4.1.11.3.6. Thermometer case welded into DIN 42554

transformer according to
B - 405
REQUIRED OFFERED
-20 to +140
19.4.1.11.3.7. Measuring range [C]
class 1
19.4.1.11.3.8. Tolerance of indication DIN 16203
19.4.1.11.3.9. The oil temperature indicator shall have

appropriate contacts for alarms and
tripping
19.4.1.11.3.10. Number/type of adjustable alarm 4/

contacts (normally-open, normally-
closed, changeover)
5A 220VAC
19.4.1.11.3.11. Switching capacity of the contacts 0.1A
250VDC
6m/23
19.4.1.11.3.12. Capillary (length/type)
4/2
19.4.1.11.3.13. Number of cable glands/ type
2
19.4.1.11.3.14. Test voltage to ground 50Hz, 1 min
[kVr.m.s.]
2g
19.4.1.11.3.15. Shock and vibration proof up to 5 - 15
[m/sec2], in frequency range (Hz to Hz)
IP 55
DIN 40050
on off on off
19.4.1.11.3.17. Manufacturer recommendations for
temperature values:
19.4.1.11.3.17.1. Alarm [C]
19.4.1.11.3.17.2. Trip [C]


19.4.1.11.4. Adjustable thermal monitor :
19.4.1.11.4.2. Type
19.4.1.11.4.3. Scale limits [C/C]
19.4.1.11.4.4. Sensor length [mm]
B - 406
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.11.4.5. Switching temperature difference [C]
IP 55
1CO
19.4.1.11.4.7. Number and type of contacts
19.4.1.11.4.8. Switching capacity of contacts at 60VDC

with:
19.4.1.11.4.8.1. Purely resistive load [A]
19.4.1.11.4.8.2. Inductive load [A]


19.4.1.11.5. Twin-float Buchholz relay :
EMB
19.4.1.11.5.2. Manufacturer designation
19.4.1.11.5.3. Type
19.4.1.11.5.4. Vent valve for taking gas sample shall be

provided
2
19.4.1.11.5.5. Number and type of contacts (normally
open, normally close, changeover)
2/2
19.4.1.11.5.6. Make/break current for 60VDC [A/A]
Indicate also time constant [msec/msec]
19.4.1.11.5.7. Switching capacity of contacts [W]

2
19.4.1.11.5.8. Test voltage to ground 50Hz 1min.
[kVrms]
19.4.1.11.5.9. The relay shall be tested for leaks at :
19.4.1.11.5.9.1. Pressure [bar]
19.4.1.11.5.9.2. Time [min.]
B - 407
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.11.5.10. Shock and vibration proof up to

[m/sec2] In frequency range [Hz to Hz]
IP 55
trip alarm
19.4.1.11.5.12. Manufacturer recommendations for
alarm and trip:
19.4.1.11.5.12.1. Oil level above pipe center [mm 

tolerance]
19.4.1.11.5.12.2. Gas accumulation or oil loss [cm3 

tolerance]
19.4.1.11.5.12.3. Oil flow velocity referred to nominal

pipe size [cm/s  %]

19.4.1.11.6. The motor drive shall be delivered with a
remote position indicator indoor type
(96x96mm) for flash mounting on
switchboard. The remote position indicator
shall be calibrated according to the coil
inductive current

19.4.1.11.7. The Petersen Coils shall be delivered with
a voltmeter, indoor type for flush mounting
on switchboard. The scale range shall be
0÷60V with scale extension until 120V and
dimension of 96x96mm. Indicate type.
19.4.1.12. Bushings
19.4.1.12.1. The Petersen Coils connections between

transformer's neutral point and ground as
well as connection to secondary windings
will be achieve by bushings
19.4.1.12.2. The arrangement of the main bushings

(ITEM A - for connection to transformer
neutral and ITEM B - for connection to
ground) should be in accordance with
annexed drawing EVK-8459
B - 408
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.12.3. The bushings shall be designed for live-

washing (automatic and manual) taking
into account service conditions described
under sub-clause ‎10.1
IEC 60137
19.4.1.12.4. The bushings shall be designed for the
service conditions stated in sub-
clause ‎10.1 and tested according to IEC 62155
IEC 60137
19.4.1.12.5. The bushings shall have temperature cl. 10
limits according to:
19.4.1.12.6. Manufacturer :
Preferred
19.4.1.12.6.1. ITEM A - Bushing for connection to Micafil or
transformer neutral point Haefely or
Siemens or
Zapel or
equivalent
Preferred
19.4.1.12.6.2. ITEM B - Bushing for connection to
Micafil or
ground Haefely or
Siemens or
Zapel or
equivalent
19.4.1.12.6.3. ITEM C - Bushing for connection the

secondary windings
19.4.1.12.7. Manufacturer's type designation and

catalogue for :
19.4.1.12.7.1. ITEM A
19.4.1.12.7.2. ITEM B
19.4.1.12.7.3. ITEM C
brown
19.4.1.12.8. Material and color
19.4.1.12.9. Rated voltage :

36
19.4.1.12.9.1. ITEM A [kV]
36
19.4.1.12.9.2. ITEM B [kV]
B - 409
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.12.9.3. ITEM C [kV]
19.4.1.12.10. Rated current :

500
19.4.1.12.10.1. ITEM A [A]
500
19.4.1.12.10.2. ITEM B [A]
19.4.1.12.10.3. ITEM C [A]
19.4.1.12.11. Dry lightning impulse withstand voltage

1.2/50 sec :
200
19.4.1.12.11.1. ITEM A [kV peak]
200
19.4.1.12.11.2. ITEM B [kV peak]
19.4.1.12.12. Power frequency withstand voltage dry

and wet :
70
19.4.1.12.12.1. ITEM A [kV rms]
70
19.4.1.12.12.2. ITEM B [kV rms]
19.4.1.12.12.3. ITEM C [kV rms]
19.4.1.12.13. Outdoor heavy duty, high grade, high

creepage path type, porcelain insulators
atmospheric conditions as described
under clause ‎10.1 shall be provided.
19.4.1.12.14. The insulator will be normal sheds type

(preferred dimensions according to the
enclosed drawings on pages B-449, B-
450) permitting easy access for greasing
and cleaning to all surfaces
IEC 60815-1
19.4.1.12.15. Insulator's Pollution level suitable for
Desert and Coastal area environments
according to
combination
19.4.1.12.15.1. Environmental type of pollution of type A and
type B
B - 410
REQUIRED OFFERED
D (heavy)
19.4.1.12.15.2. Site pollution Severity (SPS)
19.4.1.12.16. Please indicate on enclosed drawing on

pages B-449, B-450 all dimensions
19.4.1.12.17. Minimum external creepage distance :

900
19.4.1.12.17.1. ITEM A [mm]
900
19.4.1.12.17.2. ITEM B [mm]
19.4.1.12.17.3. ITEM C [mm]
19.4.1.12.18. Arcing distance not less than :

500
19.4.1.12.18.1. ITEM A [mm]
500
19.4.1.12.18.2. ITEM B [mm]
19.4.1.12.19. Failing load bending :
19.4.1.12.19.1. ITEM A [Nm]
19.4.1.12.19.2. ITEM B [Nm]
19.4.1.12.20. Failing load torsion :
19.4.1.12.20.1. ITEM A [Nm]
19.4.1.12.20.2. ITEM B [Nm]
19.4.1.12.21. Rated thermal short-time current (Ith) at

2sec [kA rms]
2.5*Ith
19.4.1.12.22. Rated dynamic current [kA peak]
19.4.1.12.23. Stresses on mounted bushings :
19.4.1.12.23.1. Guaranteed value of failing load DIN 48113

120% F 27 as follows, according to
27
F = minimum failing load. Manufacturer is requested to indicated values of loading which offered bushing is
capable to bear.
B - 411
REQUIRED OFFERED
3000
19.4.1.12.23.1.1. ITEM A not less than [N]
3000
19.4.1.12.23.1.2. ITEM B not less than [N]
19.4.1.12.23.2. Permissible values of loading for

terminals according to
19.4.1.12.23.3. Service load (40%F) 28 (sum of all

loads occurring simultaneously in
service: conductor pull, conductor weight
and wind) in any direction in space :
1000
1000
19.4.1.12.23.4. Testing load for 60sec. applied to

the midpoint of the terminal,
perpendicular to the bushing axis
(70%F):
1750
19.4.1.12.23.4.1. ITEM A [N]
1750
19.4.1.12.23.4.2. ITEM B [N]
19.4.1.12.23.5. Short-time load F (sum of all loads

occurring simultaneously in case of
short-circuit) in any direction in space :
2500
2500
DIN 1055
19.4.1.12.23.6. Wind load [N] according to
19.4.1.12.24. Material of the conductor terminal :

copper
19.4.1.12.24.1. ITEM A
copper
19.4.1.12.24.2. ITEM B
19.4.1.12.25. Diameter of the conductor terminal :
28
In case stress value is not applicable in any direction in space explain reason.
B - 412
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.12.25.1. ITEM A [mm]
19.4.1.12.25.2. ITEM B [mm]

terminal :
19.4.1.12.26.1. ITEM A [mm2]
19.4.1.12.26.2. ITEM B [mm2]
19.4.1.12.27. Indicate whether the protective gaps are

provided for bushings
IEC 60137
19.4.1.12.28. Nameplate shall be according to: clause 10.3
In addition the following data shall be
provided on nameplate:
19.4.1.12.28.1. Creepage distance
19.4.1.12.28.2. Cantilever withstand service load
19.4.1.12.28.3. Total weight (including flanges) [kg]
19.4.1.13. CT's Terminal Box
19.4.1.13.1. The secondary winding shall be wired to

bushing type terminals mounted directly
on Petersen Coil tank Indicate type
IP 55
19.4.1.13.2. Degree of protection of terminal box
2.5
19.4.1.13.3. Test voltage of terminal box for 1minute
AC separate source [kV rms]
19.4.1.14. Nameplates and Marking

IEC 60076-6
19.4.1.14.1. Each Petersen Coil shall be provided with sub clause
a rating plate made of waterproof material, 11.7
fitted in a visible position, including the
data according to

provided:
B - 413
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.1.14.2.1. Rated current for 1 (one) hour operation
19.4.1.14.2.2. Rated current for continuous operation
19.4.1.14.2.3. Minimum operation current
19.4.1.14.2.4. Allowed operation time for different coil

positions
19.4.1.14.2.5. Short-circuit impedance between main

winding and secondary winding
19.4.1.14.2.6. Rated impedance of Petersen Coil at

maximum rated current and applied
voltage Un
19.4.1.14.2.7. Insulation material class
19.4.1.14.2.8. Main data of secondary winding (voltage,

current, power, time, terminal marking
etc.)
19.4.1.14.2.9. Main data of each Current transformer

(type, rated current, rated burden,
accuracy class, ALF/FS, terminal
marking, etc.)
19.4.1.14.2.10. Oil type
19.4.1.14.2.11. Main data of Operating mechanism

winding and the corresponding terminal
markings
19.4.1.14.2.13. Removable part weight
19.4.1.14.2.14. I.E.Co. Order number, Technical

Specification number and year of
manufacture
19.4.1.15. Dimensions:
B - 414
REQUIRED OFFERED
2800
19.4.1.15.1. Height during transport [mm]
© 2800
19.4.1.15.2. Assembled height, not more than [mm]
2000
19.4.1.15.3. Assembled depth (D) [mm]
2100
19.4.1.15.4. Assembled width (W) [mm]
19.4.1.15.5. Shipping volume [m3]
19.4.1.16. Weights:
19.4.1.16.1. Core and coils [kg]
19.4.1.16.2. Tank and fittings [kg]
19.4.1.16.3. Oil [kg]

© 5800
19.4.1.16.4. Total weight, not more than [kg]
19.4.1.16.5. Heaviest piece to be handled [kg]
19.4.1.16.6. Un-tanking weight [kg]
19.4.1.16.7. Shipping weight [kg]
19.4.2. Item 8.2 – Resistor Switching System
19.4.2.1. The Resistor Switching System is provided to

disconnect/reconnect the resistor R1 to the
secondary winding (500V) in a switching
sequence as described at sub-clause
‎19.4.2.4‎19.4.2.4
19.4.2.2. The Resistor Switching System shall be

includes all equipment according to drawing
MA-106-V1
19.4.2.3. Resistor Descriptions
19.4.2.3.1. Manufacturer’s name
19.4.2.3.2. Type designation
B - 415
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.3.3. Material of resistor

0.9 
19.4.2.3.4. Resistance at 25C []
500 
19.4.2.3.5. Rated voltage for 10 seconds [V]
60
19.4.2.3.6. Maximum continuous voltage [V]
19.4.2.3.7. Permissible rated current for the R1

resistor:
100
19.4.2.3.7.1. For continuous [A]
19.4.2.3.7.2. For 1 min [A]

560
19.4.2.3.7.3. For 10 seconds [A]
19.4.2.3.7.4. For 1 seconds [A]
19.4.2.3.8. The resistor shall be mounted to the upper

part of the cubicle
19.4.2.4. Automatic Switching Sequence
19.4.2.4.1. R1 Resistor is connected to secondary

winding as long as the voltage on the
Petersen Coils does not exceed 12%*Un
(Utrig)
19.4.2.4.2. When abnormal voltages (above 12%*Un

in case of Unom=24kV, above 8%*Un in
case of Unom=36kV) persist on the
secondary winding, and do not disappear
after a settable time delay (settable from
0.5 to 10 sec) resistor R1 is switched of,
activating alarm signal and blocking ASC
19.4.2.4.3. The automatic switching system shall be

provided with the necessary contacts in
order to connect the open delta voltage of
the Power Network System to the watt-
metric relays of the line protection only
when the R1 resistor is connected to the
secondary (500V) winding
B - 416
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.4.4. Local and remote resetting for automatic

switching system shall be provided
19.4.2.5. ALARMS for automation shall be provided
19.4.2.5.1. Uo higher than Utrig - operated by the

Digital Residual Over-voltage relay 'e2'
19.4.2.5.2. R1 connected
19.4.2.5.3. R1 disconnected
19.4.2.5.4. Automatic blocked
19.4.2.5.5. High Speed Earthing Switch (HSES)

closed by time delay (relay d7)
19.4.2.5.6. Loss of 60 VDC supply
19.4.2.5.7. Loss of 230 VAC supply
19.4.2.5.8. Loss of 110 VAC supply
19.4.2.6. Cubicle design
19.4.2.6.1. All necessary automatic control, protective

relays, contactors etc. for automatic
switching of resistor, shall be provided by
Contractor and assembled in a dust proof
and weatherproof galvanized METAL
CUBICLE, factory wired and tested.
outdoor and
19.4.2.6.2. The Metal Cubicle shall be installed
indoor
19.4.2.6.3. The equipment of the automatic switching

shall be installed in a cubicle having two
compartments. The top compartment shall
accommodate the resistor and the bottom
compartment shall accommodate all other
equipment
19.4.2.6.4. Access to the internal equipment of the

cubicle shall be from the front only
B - 417
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.6.5. Any manually controlled equipment shall

not be mounted higher than 180cm or
lower than 60cm
19.4.2.6.6. The top part of the cubicle shall be

provided with natural air ventilation to
IP 51 
permit heat dissipation, having a degree of
protection of
19.4.2.6.7. Filters shall be provided behind the

ventilation apertures
19.4.2.6.8. The bottom part of the cubicle shall be of

tropical design having a degree of IP 54 
protection of
19.4.2.6.9. Minimum two (2) lifting eyes shall be

provided for lifting completely cubicle
19.4.2.6.10. All cables shall enter the cubicles from the

bottom. The cubicle shall be designed
bottom closed with plates provided with
cable glands. The bottom plate for
Purchaser’s cables shall be removable
19.4.2.6.11. The cubicle shall be provided with internal

lighting operated by a door limit switch and
also with heaters
19.4.2.6.12. All metal parts of the relays, which can

accidentally become live, shall be earthed.
The doors shall be earthed through flexible
copper connection
19.4.2.6.13. Two grading pads shall be provided for

cubicle.
Indicate material for the grading pads
19.4.2.6.14. All steel components of the cubicles shall

be electrolytically galvanized according to
the requirements laid down in ASTM 25 m
B633, or equivalent. The thickness of this
coating shall be not less than
B - 418
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.6.15. In addition, the cubicles shall be painted

according to painting specification CL-716
in Appendix A2.
The method, type and thickness of
painting shall be sub-clause 3.2 of painting
specification CL-716

RAL7038
outside of cubicles shall be gray color
19.4.2.6.17. The wiring shall be carried out according

to Appendix A7
19.4.2.6.18. Required type of terminals blocks:
19.4.2.6.18.1. The terminals for external connections

shall be made of thermosetting plastic
material (melamine)
19.4.2.6.18.2. Current circuits terminals shall be of

bridge type provided with the possibility
to short circuit either one of the current Phoenix
inputs for connecting wires up to 10mm2, UGSK/S
type
19.4.2.6.18.3. Control circuits, alarm circuits and

Phoenix SSK
voltage circuits for connecting wires up to
UK6N
4mm2, type.
19.4.2.6.19. Equivalent terminals may be used,

subjected of Purchaser approval.
19.4.2.6.20. Compression type (solder-less) lugs or

ferrules shall be applied on the ends of all
stranded wired for connection to terminal
block or to relays.
For connection to screw type terminals,
ring tongue tin plated lugs shall be used

19.4.2.6.22. The blocks shall be spaced to allow ample

clearance on all sides. Cable supports
shall be provided for Purchaser’s wiring
B - 419
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.6.23. The terminal blocks shall not be mounted

lower than 30cm from the bottom glands
plate
19.4.2.6.24. Terminals associated with individual items

of equipment shall be grouped for
convenient cable connection
19.4.2.6.25. Any non-metallic components such as

terminal blocks, wired ducts, wired
troughs, wired cleats, cable ties, etc. shall
be manufactured from non-burning
materials as defined by ASTM D635
19.4.2.6.26. Identification labels for wiring indicating

destination, address (at both ends) shall
be provide
19.4.2.6.27. Wired and wired groups shall be installed

in plastic wire ducts or packed in neatly
formed bundles securely clamped or tired
together and supported form the cubicle
framework. Not more than 30 wires shall
be bundled together in wire hinge loops
19.4.2.6.28. No more than one conductor shall be

connected to any one terminal point of a
terminal block
19.4.2.6.29. All spare contacts from the auxiliary relays

and control switches shall be wired to the
terminal blocks
19.4.2.6.30. Additional details of the circuits in the

cubicles as well as design details will be
settled between Contractor and Purchaser
later
19.4.2.7. Cubicle Equipment
19.4.2.7.1. Operating voltage for the automatic

60
switching system (VDC)
B - 420
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.7.2. DIGITAL RESIDUAL OVERVOLTAGE

RELAY (e1) will start the automatic
switching system - above Utrig. The relay
will be connected to zero sequence
voltage [Uo]:
19.4.2.7.2.1. Manufacturer’s name
19.4.2.7.2.2. Type designation
19.4.2.7.2.3. Number of relays 1
19.4.2.7.2.4. Number of contacts 3*NO
19.4.2.7.2.5. Setting range [Un%] 2 to 100
19.4.2.7.2.6. Operating time [sec] 0.05 to 100
19.4.2.7.3. DIGITAL RESIDUAL OVERVOLTAGE

RELAY (e2). The relay will be connected
to zero sequence voltage and will issue an
alarm signal:
19.4.2.7.3.4. Number of contacts 1*NO
19.4.2.7.3.5. Setting range [Un%] 2 to 100
19.4.2.7.4. OVERCURRENT RELAY (e3) shall be

connected to the current transformer CT2,
to protect the Petersen Coil against
overloading:
B - 421
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.7.4.4. Low set stage setting range [*In] 0.01 to 2
19.4.2.7.4.5. Operating time for low set stage [sec] 0.05 to 100
19.4.2.7.4.6. High set instantaneous stage [*In] 0 to 20
19.4.2.7.5. MONITORING RELAY (d4) for

transmitting of alarm signals:
1*CO auto
19.4.2.7.5.4. Number of contacts and hand
reset
19.4.2.7.5.5. The relay will be with flag on LED
19.4.2.7.6. AUXILIARY RELAY (d3, d6):
19.4.2.7.6.4. Number of contacts 10*CO
19.4.2.7.7. TIME DELAYED DROP-OUT RELAY with

auxiliary supply (d2):
19.4.2.7.7.6. Number of selectable ranges 8
B - 422
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.7.7.7. Voltage supply [Vdc] 60
19.4.2.7.8. TIME DELAYED PICK-UP RELAY (d1):
19.4.2.7.8.6. Number of selectable ranges 8
19.4.2.7.9. TIME DELAYED PICK-UP RELAY (d7):
19.4.2.7.9.5. Operating time [hours] 0.5 to 3
19.4.2.7.10. THREE-PHASE CONTACTOR fitted to

resistor R1 loading (a1):
19.4.2.7.10.3. Number of contactors 1
19.4.2.7.10.4. Number of contacts 2*NO+1*NC
19.4.2.7.10.5. Rated power [kW] 90kW
19.4.2.7.11. All auxiliary contacts shall be designed for

making and breaking capacity at 60VDC
B - 423
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.7.12. TWO POLE M.C.B. for protection the

60VDC supply circuit:
19.4.2.7.12.2. Number of MCB. 1
19.4.2.7.12.4. Operating voltage [VDC]
19.4.2.7.12.5. Number of auxiliary contacts 1*NC+1*NO
19.4.2.7.13. ONE POLE M.C.B. for protection the

230VAC supply circuit :
19.4.2.7.13.2. Number of MCB 1
19.4.2.7.13.4. Operation voltage [VAC]
19.4.2.7.14. ONE POLE M.C.B. for protection the

110VAC supply circuit :
19.4.2.7.14.2. Number of MCB 1
19.4.2.7.14.5. Operating voltage [VAC]
19.4.2.7.15. HEATERS:
19.4.2.7.15.2. Number 2
B - 424
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.7.15.3. Rated power for each heater
19.4.2.7.15.4. Operation voltage [VAC] 230
19.4.2.7.16. HUMIDITY CONTROLLER:
19.4.2.7.16.2. Number of controllers 1
19.4.2.8.1. Each Cubicle of Resistor Switching

System shall be provided with Name
Plates (60x150mm) made of waterproof
material, fitted in a visible position on outer
side of the door, including the following
data:
19.4.2.8.1.1. Manufacturer’s name, “Resistor

Switching System Cubicle for Petersen
Coil 24/36kV, 150A”

manufacture
19.4.2.8.1.3. Electrical scheme with denomination of

each relay and also components, on
inner side of the door
19.4.2.9. Dimension and weight
Dimensions and weights for Resistor Switching

System, included in the Cubicle, for indoor and
outdoor installation:
19.4.2.9.1. Dimensions:
19.4.2.9.1.1. Assembled height [mm]
19.4.2.9.1.2. Assembled depth [mm]
19.4.2.9.1.3. Assembled width [mm]
B - 425
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.2.9.1.4. Shipping volume [m3]
19.4.2.9.2. Weights :
19.4.2.9.2.1. Total weight [kg]
19.4.2.9.2.2. Shipping weight [kg]
19.4.3. Item 8.3 – Automatic Resonance Controller
19.4.3.1. The Automatic Resonance Controller is

intended to communicate with Petersen Coil in
24kV and 36kV network
19.4.3.2. Manufacturer name of Resonance Controller

rack 19"
19.4.3.3. Type of Resonance Controller for indoor version
installation (denomination)
©
19.4.3.4. The Automatic Resonance Controller shall be
of computerized digital type
19.4.3.5. The input signals of the Controller shall

include:
19.4.3.5.1. Zero sequence voltage Uo [V]
19.4.3.5.2. Coil current IL [A]
19.4.3.5.3. Auxiliary contacts of limit switches of the

Petersen Coil operating mechanism
19.4.3.5.4. Position potentiometer connected to the

Petersen Coil operating mechanism.
19.4.3.6. For outside connections, the controller shall

not require shielded cables
19.4.3.7. The Controller shall be supplied by a universal

(AC/DC)/DC power supply converter
19.4.3.8. Mutually interlocked push buttons for local and

remote actuation of the Petersen Coil shall be
built into the Controller. The manual command
shall be handled with priority.
B - 426
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.3.9. The Controller shall ensure switching ON and

OFF of automatic adjustment both local and
via the remote control.
IP20
19.4.3.10. The Controller shall be designed for indoor
installation having protection degree.
19.4.3.11. Sustained short-term over-voltages and over-

currents in the controller input circuits shall not
exceed 150% of the rated values.
19.4.3.12. The Controller shall include earthing system,

and all metallic parts which does not energized
normally shall be earthed
19.4.3.13. The auxiliary DC power supply shall be

provided through DC/DC converter.
60
19.4.3.13.1. Rated DC supply voltage [V] ©
+10 to –20
19.4.3.13.2. Voltage operating range [%] ©
19.4.3.13.3. Power consumption quiescent [W]
19.4.3.13.4. Power consumption pick-up W]
19.4.3.13.5. Bridging time during failure or short-circuit

50
of DC supply voltage (ms)
19.4.3.14. Input quantities :

5
19.4.3.14.1. Rated current of CT's [A]
©
50
19.4.3.14.2. Rated frequency [Hz]
19.4.3.14.3. Load carrying capacity of current input 2xIn

continuous [A]
19.4.3.14.4. Load carrying capacity of current input for

1 sec. [A]
110
19.4.3.14.5. Rated zero sequence voltage Un [V] ©
1.2xUn
19.4.3.14.6. Continuous over voltage in voltage circuit
[V]
B - 427
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.3.14.7. Rated burden for voltage circuit [VA]
19.4.3.14.8. Rated burden for current circuit not more 0.5

than [VA/phase]
19.4.3.15. Signaling outputs :
19.4.3.15.1. Type of signaling output: static or

electromechanical
19.4.3.15.2. Number of optical signal annunciation

[LED]
19.4.3.15.3. Number of signaling relays
19.4.3.15.4. N.O. contacts per relay
19.4.3.15.5. Maximum operating time of signaling relay

[ms]
19.4.3.15.6. Thermal ratings of contacts carry for 0.5

sec
300
19.4.3.15.7. Make power at 60VDC [W]
0.1
19.4.3.15.8. Breaking current for electromechanical
signaling output at 60VDC and L/R less
than 40 msec [A]
19.4.3.16. Optocoupler inputs :
19.4.3.16.1. Number of optocoupler inputs
19.4.3.16.2. Operating time [ms]

60
19.4.3.16.3. Rated voltage for optocoupler [VDC] ©
19.4.3.16.4. Input signal voltage low/high [V/V]
19.4.3.16.5. Maximum signal current [mA]
19.4.3.17. Analog output
19.4.3.17.1. Number of Analog channels
B - 428
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.3.17.2. Signal current range [mA]
19.4.3.18. Synchronization
IRIG B input
19.4.3.18.1. The internal real-time clock of the unit
shall be synchronized via an input by an
external synchronizing system
19.4.3.18.2. The accuracy of time synchronizing shall

be of 1msec.
19.4.3.19. Communication
©
19.4.3.19.1. Terminal interface shall be supplied serial USB/RJ45
interface for communication with a PC
terminal (type)
©
19.4.3.19.2. Serial interface for communication with a IEC 61850
Substation Control System or for
communication over telephone networks
using a modem. The transmission protocol
for communication with the substation
control system shall comply with the
requirement of.
RJ45/
19.4.3.19.3. Data transfer interface connection type RS485
19.4.3.19.4. Data transfer interface connection

transmission speed (baud)

transmission distance (m)
19.4.3.20. Software
19.4.3.20.1. The Controller shall have a built in

automatically operated test for alerting in
case of internal failure.
19.4.3.20.2. The Controller shall provide relevant

signals in case of faults in its external
circuits like, power supply interruptions,
open or short-circuits in coil control units
19.4.3.20.3. All settings (or most of them) shall be done

by software
B - 429
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.3.20.4. The Controller shall memorize every

retuning event and pertaining information,
including:
19.4.3.20.4.1. Retuning date and time
19.4.3.20.4.2. Petersen Coil current in the exact tuning

position
19.4.3.20.4.3. Uo value on the retuning completion
19.4.3.20.4.4. Detuning (v) and damping (d) value
19.4.3.20.5. The Controller shall be provided with a

setting of the type of compensation over or
under, in the range of up to 20%
19.4.3.20.6. The Controller has to compute a correction

to Petersen Coil position, taking into
account the Petersen Coil non-linearity in
order to provide experimental “impedance-
voltage” curves depending on the actual
Petersen Coil.
19.4.3.20.7. The full range adjustment time of

operating mechanism (moving time from
one end coil position to the other end) and
the Controller delay time must be mutually
coordinated
19.4.3.20.8. The Coil position shall be indicated by a

potentiometer in the operating mechanism
and can also be obtained by computation
the ratio Uo/Io.

counter to accumulate the number of
automatic adjustments
19.4.3.20.10. The Controller shall ensure setting of the

maximum adjustable current of the
Petersen Coil
©
19.4.3.20.11. At each retuning the Controller shall
compute and display the state parameters
of the compensated network:
B - 430
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.3.20.11.1. Detuning v
19.4.3.20.11.2. Damping d
19.4.3.20.11.3. Asymmetry k
19.4.3.20.12. The following signals shall be provided by

the Controller:
19.4.3.20.12.1. Insufficient input voltage
19.4.3.20.12.2. Too high asymmetry
19.4.3.20.12.3. Earth fault
19.4.3.20.12.4. Insufficient Petersen Coil capacity
19.4.3.20.12.5. Excessive insulation leakage
19.4.3.21. Human Machine Interface
19.4.3.21.1. The HMI operating language shall be

English.
19.4.3.21.2. The HMI facilities shall be used for

Controller setting, for data exchange with
a switching station control, for reading of
events, for reading of primary system data
(voltages, currents, etc.) and for diagnostic
purposes.

LCD screen for displaying setting, data
exchange, events reading and diagnostic
data.
19.4.3.21.3.1. Indicate screen size [mm]
19.4.3.21.3.2. Indicate screen resolution [pixels]
19.4.3.21.4. The Controller unit shall be equipped with

pushbuttons for setting and displaying by
menu assisted
B - 431
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.3.21.5. The Controller unit shall be equipped with

alarm and trip front-plate signals, user
configurable .
19.4.3.21.6. User interface application program shall

be included for Controller unit setting, data
read out and configuration intended to be
installed on PC.
Indicate application software denomination
19.4.3.21.7. User interface application program shall

be based on Windows 7 O.S. on English
platform. All drivers for the application
program shall be included in scope of
supply
Indicate requirements for PC hardware
19.4.3.21.8. Setting, data read out and configuration of

Controller unit shall be possible also from
a substation control computer by the
program. Access shall be password
protected.
19.4.3.22. Tuning Control Method
19.4.3.22.1. The coil current shall be adjustable

continuously in range of rated current with
step less adjustable plunger core coil
©
19.4.3.22.2. The Controller shall be able to find the
correct tuning position of the coil even in
very symmetrical networks with non-
negligible disturbances, by current
injection into auxiliary winding of Petersen
coil
19.4.3.22.3. The Controller shall also operate normally

if a fixed (non-adjustable) Petersen Coil is
connected in parallel with the adjustable
one. In this case, the fixed coil parameters
are set into the Controller.
19.4.3.22.4. The Petersen Coil tuning in normal

operation regimes while zero sequence
voltage Uo applied to the Petersen Coil is,
as a rule, less than 5% of its maximum
value.
B - 432
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.3.22.5. In additional to the automatic mode, a

manual Petersen Coil tuning mode shall
be provided. Change-over of these modes
shall be performed with the aid of the
Controller’s keyboard and through a binary
input for remote change-over.
19.4.3.22.6. The Petersen Coil tuning shall be triggered

when the absolute value of a phasor
deviation Uo of the zero sequence
voltage Uo exceeds a preset level
Utrigger during a preset time interval
Ttrigger delay: lUol = lUo – Uo8(previous
tuning)l>Utrigger
19.4.3.22.7. The mentioned above settings are chosen

in the following ranges :
0.5 to 25
19.4.3.22.7.1. Utrigger [V]
10 to 200
19.4.3.22.7.2. Ttrigger delay [sec)]
19.4.3.22.8. The returning process shall be also

triggered in the beginning of the controller
operation or after a change-over from
manual to automatic control
0.5 to 20
19.4.3.22.9. If UN exceeds a preset level Uearth,
during a time interval of 5 seconds or
more, the Petersen Coil tuning shall be
stop and current Injection is aborted and a
signal “Earth fault” shall be provided
Indicate Uearth range [V]
19.4.3.22.10. If UN has decreased below a preset level
UN-min during a preset time interval, TU-
min, the controller shall provide a signal
“Insufficient input voltage” and the
Petersen Coil position shall remain
unchanged. This is used in very
symmetrical networks. The setting ranges
are:
0.1 to 5
19.4.3.22.10.1. UN-min (V)
8
Uo (previous tuning) – zero sequence voltage obtained in the last coil tuning.
B - 433
REQUIRED OFFERED
0.5 to 20
19.4.3.22.10.2. TU-min (min)
2 to 25
19.4.3.22.11. If UN exceeds a preset level UN-max, the
Petersen Coil tuning shall be terminated
and a signal “Too high asymmetry” shall
be provided
Indicate UN-max range (V)
19.4.3.22.12. If the coil position changes in the process
of tuning and the condition for generation
of the signal “Insufficient input voltage” is
not fulfilled but to reach the preset
deviation value is impossible, then a signal
“Insufficient Petersen Coil capacity” shall
be provided and the coil shall be set in its
maximum current position
19.4.3.22.13. If damping exceeds a preset value (which

can be set in a range of 0.03-0.40) a
signal “Excessive insulation leakage” shall
be provided
19.4.3.22.14. Tuning with Current Injection shall be

calculate cyclic by using UOPEN-DELTA
ICURRENT-INJECTION and after changing control
form manual to remote control
± 0.1
19.4.3.22.15. The Petersen Coil tuning accuracy under
earth-fault conditions shall be not less than ± 20
(%)
With possibility of its detuning to a preset
deviation value in the range of [%]
The deviation value shall be displayed
19.4.3.22.16. The mentioned accuracy shall be kept

under fluctuations of Uo voltage when its 0.1 to 2.0
amplitude fluctuates in the limits of ±15%,
with a frequency in the range of (Hz)
19.4.3.22.17. The Controller shall be non-sensitive to

power network load changes
19.4.3.23. Dimensions and Weights

Panel
19.4.3.23.1. The type of mounting mounting
B - 434
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.3.23.2. Dimension (Height/Width/Depth) [mm]
19.4.3.23.3. Weight [Kg]
19.4.4. Item 8.4 – Current Injection Unit
19.4.4.1. Manufacturer name of Current Injection Unit

outdoor/ind
19.4.4.2. Type of Current Injection Unit (denomination) oor cubicle
19.4.4.3. The Current Injection Unit shall be installed in

cubicle according to subcl. ‎19.4.2.6‎19.4.2.6
requirements
19.4.4.4. Current Injection Unit working in very

symmetrical network
19.4.4.5. Current Injection can be switched on

continuously or intermittently
19.4.4.6. Sustained short-term over-voltages and over-

currents in the input circuits shall not exceed
150% of the rated values
20
19.4.4.7. Maximal injected current [A]
19.4.4.8. The frequency range injected currents output

into Power Auxiliary Winding [Hz]
19.4.4.9. Maximum time for detuning calculation [msec]

5%
19.4.4.10. Maximum influence on Zero Sequence voltage
produced by injection current [U0%]
19.4.4.11. Maximum Influence on positive sequence

voltage produced by injection current [Un%]
19.4.4.12. Maximum Influence on loading of Power

Auxiliary Winding produced by injection current
[PPAW%]
19.4.4.13. Minimum current injected continuously or

periodically at a very symmetrical network for
supervision network purposes.
B - 435
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.4.14. Minimum power consumption of the Current

Injection unit [kW]
19.4.4.15. DC Power Supply :
19.4.4.15.1. The auxiliary power supply shall be

provided through DC/DC converter.
60
19.4.4.15.2. Rated DC supply voltage [V]
+10 to –20
19.4.4.15.3. Voltage operating range [%]
19.4.4.15.4. Power consumption quiescent [W]
19.4.4.15.5. Power consumption operative [W]
19.4.4.15.6. Bridging time during failure or short-circuit

50
of DC supply voltage [ms]
19.4.4.16. Current Input quantities:

5
19.4.4.16.1. Rated current of CT's [A] ©
50
1.2 x In
19.4.4.16.3. Load carrying capacity of current input
continuously [A]
0.5
19.4.4.16.4. Rated burden for current circuit [VA]
19.4.4.17. Voltage Input Quantities:

230
19.4.4.17.1. Rated of synchronized voltage [VAC]
Indicate the number of phases(1 or 3)
110
19.4.4.17.2. Rated Zero Sequence voltage Un [VAC} ©
50
1.2 Un
19.4.4.17.4. Continuous over voltage in voltage circuit
[V]
19.4.4.17.5. Rated burden for voltage circuit [VA]
B - 436
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.4.18. Signaling outputs :
19.4.4.18.1. Number of optical signal annunciation

[LED]
19.4.4.19. Binary inputs:
19.4.4.19.1. Number of optocoupler inputs
19.4.4.19.2. Operating time [ms]

60
19.4.4.19.3. Rated voltage for optocoupler [VDC] ©
19.4.4.19.4. Input signal voltage low/high [V/V]
19.4.4.19.5. Maximum signal current [mA]
19.4.4.20. Binary output:
19.4.4.20.1. Number of binary relay output
19.4.4.20.2. Number of N.O. contacts per relay
19.4.4.20.3. Maximum operating time of relay [ms]
19.4.4.20.4. Thermal ratings of contacts carry for 0.5

sec
19.4.4.20.5. Make power at 60VDC [W]
19.4.4.20.6. Breaking current for relay contact at

60VDC and L/R less than 40 msec [A]
19.4.4.21. Serial interfaces :
19.4.4.21.1. Data transfer to a central data unit
19.4.4.21.2. Data transfer interface connection type

transmission speed [baud]

transmission distance [m]
B - 437
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.4.4.22.1. Each Cubicle of Current Injection Unit

shall be provided with Name Plates (at
least 60x150mm) made of waterproof
material, fitted in a visible position on outer
side of the door, and also including the
following data:

manufacture
19.4.4.22.1.2. Electrical scheme with denomination of

each relay and also components, on
inner side of the door
19.4.4.23. Dimensions and weights
19.4.4.23.1. Dimension (Height/Width/Depth) [mm]
19.4.4.23.2. Weight [Kg]
19.5. TESTS
REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.1. Type tests for Petersen Coil
19.5.1.1. The type test reports shall be performed for the first
delivered Petersen Coil.
IEC
19.5.1.2. The type test reports shall include tests as follows, 60076-6
according to: subcl.
11.8.3
IEC
19.5.1.3. Measurement of current over the whole adjustment 60076-6
range at nominal voltage, according to subcl.
11.8.5
B - 438
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC
19.5.1.4. Temperature rise test at a nominal current as 60076-6
follows, according to : subcl.
11.8.7 &
IEC
60076-2
19.5.1.4.1. Temperature rise at continuous rating:
19.5.1.4.1.1. H.V. winding temperature measured by

resistance method, temperature rise [K] 80
19.5.1.4.1.2. Top oil temperature measured by

thermometer, temperature rise [K] 75
19.5.1.4.2. Temperature rise at 1 hour rating :
19.5.1.4.2.1. H.V. winding (temperature rise measured by

resistance) [K] 100
19.5.1.4.2.2. Top oil temperature measured by 90

thermometer, temperature rise [K]
IEC
19.5.1.5. Lightning impulse test, according to: 29
60076-6
subcl.
11.8.8 &
IEC
60076-3
cl.13
200
19.5.1.5.1. The test voltage (kV peak)
IEC
19.5.1.6. Testing of current transformers, type tests according 61869-2
to
IEC
19.5.1.7. Testing of bushings, type tests according to 60137
19.5.1.8. Tank welding test shall be provided

Appendix
19.5.1.9. Chemical oil test shall be provided B3
Appendix
19.5.1.10. Tests of Silica gel air drier breather, Flexible
B4
separator Pronal (if any) and Buchholz relay shall be
provided from Sub-suppliers
29
Arc Suppression Reactor shall be set for minimum current
B - 439
REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.2. Type tests for Resistor Switching System
IEC
19.5.2.1. Type Tests for resistor shall be provided according 61439-1
to Clause
10

19.5.3. Type tests for Automatic Resonance Controller
and Current Injection Unit
IEC
19.5.3.1. Test of degree of protection test according to 60529
IEC
19.5.3.2. Impulse voltage test with 2.5kV impulses waveform
60255-27
1.2/50 s on all inputs and outputs circuits according
to
IEC
19.5.3.3. Dielectric test with 2.5kV-50Hz, 1min. of all inputs
60255-27
and outputs circuits according to
IEC
19.5.3.4. Radiated radio frequency electromagnetic field test 61000-4-
of enclosure port according to 3
IEC
19.5.3.5. Electrostatic discharge test of enclosure port 61000-4-
according to 2
IEC
19.5.3.6. Power frequency magnetic field test of enclosure 61000-4-
port according to 8
IEC
19.5.3.7. Conducted disturbance induced by radio-frequency
fields test of power supply, input/output and 61000-
communication ports and functional earth according 4-6
to
IEC
19.5.3.8. Fast transient test of power supply, input/output,
communication ports and functional earth according 61000-
to 4-4
IEC
19.5.3.9. Surge test of power supply, input/output and
communication ports according to 61000-
4-5
IEC
19.5.3.10. AC and DC voltage dips and interruption tests of
power supply ports according to 61000-
4-11
IEC
19.5.3.11. DC voltage gradual shutdown/start-up of power
supply ports according to 60255-
26
B - 440
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC
19.5.3.12. Damp heat steady state test, according to
60068-
2-78
IEC
19.5.3.13. Cyclic Temperature with humidity test, according to
60068-
2-30
IEC
19.5.3.14. Vibration test class 1, according to
60255
PT21-1
IEC
19.5.3.15. Shock and Bump test class 1, according to
60255
PT21-2
IEC
19.5.3.16. Seismic test class 2, according to
60255
PT21-3
19.5.3.17. Power consumption and overload test
19.5.3.18. Accuracy test for measuring elements and timers

depending on frequency and amplitude of power
supply and ambient temperature
19.5.3.19. Operating and resetting time test
19.5.3.20. Tests to prove all basic and additional functions of

the required equipment

19.5.4. Routine tests for Petersen Coil
19.5.4.1. Contractor shall perform all routine tests for each

Petersen Coil according to the provisions of IEC
Recommendation except where indicated otherwise
and submit all test reports
19.5.4.2. Contractor shall submit the routine test reports to

Purchaser for approval, one month prior to delivery
19.5.4.3. The equipment can be delivered only after approval

of routine test reports
IEC
19.5.4.4. The Routine Test Reports shall include tests, 60076-6
according to, as follows : subcl.
11.8.2
B - 441
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC
19.5.4.5. Measurement of winding resistance, according to 60076-6
subcl.
11.8.2
&
IEC
60076-1
subcl.
11.2
19.5.4.5.1. Temperature during the test (C)
19.5.4.5.2. H.V. winding ()
19.5.4.5.3. Secondary winding ()
19.5.4.5.4. Current transformer primary/ secondary winding

(/)
IEC
19.5.4.6. Measurement of current over the whole adjustment 60076-6
range at nominal voltage, according to subcl.
11.8.5
IEC
19.5.4.7. Measurement of no-load voltages of secondary 60076-6
windings over the whole adjustment range, subcl.
according to 11.8.6
IEC
19.5.4.8. Dielectric tests, (during dielectric tests the Petersen 60076-6
Coil shall be equipped with the bushings) as follows, subcl.
according to 11.8.8
IEC
19.5.4.8.1. Separate-source AC withstand voltage test, 60076-3
according to 30 cl. 10
70
19.5.4.8.1.1. The voltage test for main winding (kV r.m.s.)
IEC
19.5.4.8.2. Induced AC withstand test, according to
60076-3
cl. 11
2 * Un
19.5.4.8.2.1. The voltage test (kV)
{31}
19.5.4.8.2.2. Frequency (Hz)
19.5.4.8.2.3. Duration (sec)
30
Arc Suppression Reactor shall be set for minimum current
31
Un - Rated voltage
B - 442
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC
19.5.4.9. Voltage test (3kVr.m.s./1 min.) for secondary 60076-6
windings according to subcl.
11.8.2 &
IEC
60076-3
cl. 10
IEC
19.5.4.10. Operation test of air–gap mechanism according to 60076-6
subcl.
11.8.2 &
IEC
60076-1
subcl.
11.7
a,b.c
IEC-
19.5.4.11. Measurement of impedance voltage between main
60076-1
winding and secondary winding related to rated subcl.
power of secondary winding (see sub-clause 11.1.2.1
19.3.1.6 c
IEC-
19.5.4.12. Measurement of rated impedance of Petersen Coil, 60076-1
for the whole regulating range; test in steps (see subcl
sub-clause‎‎19.3.1.7) at : 11.4
19.5.4.12.1. Minimum rated current and applied voltage Un

[]

0.05 * Un []
19.5.4.12.3. Maximum rated current and applied voltage Un

[]

0.05 * Un []
IEC
19.5.4.13. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor at 60076-1
nominal voltage (tan ) in the following conditions : subcl.
11.1.2.2
c
19.5.4.13.1. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor

shall be made on fully assembled Petersen Coil
B - 443
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.5.4.13.2. The voltage shall be applied on Petersen Coil in

increasing steps (of 0.2 Un) up to rated coil
voltage and reduced in similar steps
19.5.4.13.3. The dielectric dissipation factor shall be

recorded for each voltage step on both
increasing and reducing voltage
<1
19.5.4.13.4. Guaranteed value of tan() [%]
IEC
19.5.4.14. Measurement of the Polarization Index (the ratio of 60076-1
apparent insulation resistance after 60 sec to that subcl.
after 15 sec after the application of testing voltage): 11.1.2.2
b
5
19.5.4.14.1. between HV winding and tank, and secondary
windings [kV DC]
2
19.5.4.14.2. between secondary and tank [kV DC]
IEC
19.5.4.15. Measurement of Insulation Resistance between 60076-1
main winding and ground, between main winding subcl.
and secondary winding 11.1.4 h
IEC-
19.5.4.16. Oil leak Pressure test (Tightness test) of Petersen 60076-1
Coil including radiators and all accessories, subcl.
according to Manufacturer Standards (see also sub- 11.1.2.1
clause ‎19.4.1.4‎19.4.1.4) g
19.5.4.16.1. Pressure [MPa]
19.5.4.16.2. Temperature [C]

24
19.5.4.16.3. Duration [hours]
19.5.4.17. Testing of radiators, from radiators Manufacturer

Routine test report shall include also pressure test
IEC
19.5.4.18. Tests of oil - the test shall be provided per oil filling, 60296
according to
19.5.4.19. Testing of motor drive mechanism, including:

IEC
19.5.4.19.1. Mechanical test according to 60214-1
subcl.
8.3.1
B - 444
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC
19.5.4.19.2. Insulation test according to 60214-1
subcl.
8.3.2
VDE
19.5.4.19.3. Protection test against electric shock according 0106
to
IEC
19.5.4.20. Testing of current transformers, routine tests 61869-2
according to
IEC
19.5.4.21. Testing of bushings, routine tests according to: 60137
ISO 2409
19.5.4.22. The Contractor shall provide tests for painting of all
and
components (Petersen Coil tank, cover, conservator, Appendix
radiators, cubicle, etc.) according to including at B7
least :
19.5.4.22.1. Identification number of the equipment
19.5.4.22.2. Testing code
19.5.4.22.3. Prime and intermediate coat (description) and

type of paint
19.5.4.22.4. Spacing between cuts
19.5.4.22.5. Thickness of coat and measuring instruments

RAL7038
19.5.4.22.6. Type of color
19.5.4.22.7. Test results
19.5.4.23. For each unit of Petersen Coil, an Acceptance

(routine) test shall be provided from sub-suppliers
for the following accessories: Buchholtz relay, Oil
thermometer and Combi well, Thermal monitor,
Motor drive, Gear, Remote position indicator,
Voltmeter

19.5.5. Routine tests for Resistor Switching System
IEC
19.5.5.1. Routine Tests for resistor shall be provided 61439-1
according to Clause
11
B - 445
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.5.6. Routine tests for Automatic Resonance

Controller and Current Injection Unit
©
19.5.6.1. Dielectric test with 2.5kV-50Hz, 1min. of all inputs
and outputs circuits according to IEC 60255-27
19.5.6.2. Checking of all hardware and software functions
19.5.6.3. Measurement of pick-up values
19.5.6.4. Measurement of tolerances and errors for pick-up

values and timers
19.5.6.5. Functional tests including test of input and output

circuits

19.5.7. Special tests for Petersen Coil
19.5.7.1. In addition to the tests mentioned above,

Manufacturer shall perform the following tests on the
first (unless specified otherwise) delivered unit of the
Petersen Coil and supply test reports and curves
accordingly :
IEC
19.5.7.2. Measurement of Losses, according to:
60076-6
subcl.
11.8.9
19.5.7.2.1. The following currents through the ASR (A) : 30,

45, 60, 75, 90, 105, 120, 135 and 150
19.5.7.2.2. Manufacturer shall submit a curve of active

losses versus current in adjustment range
19.5.7.2.3. Active losses for 1 hour at maximum current

operation [W]
IEC
19.5.7.3. Measurement of linearity, on each delivered unit, by
60076-6
applying voltage up to 1.1 times Un, at maximum subcl.
and minimum current, for the following values: 11.8.10
The measured current at any point on the curve
shall not deviate by more than 5% from the straight
line from the zero through the point determined at
rated voltage
B - 446
REQUIRED OFFERED
19.5.7.3.1. The following applied voltage values, up to 1.1

Un (V): 50, 200, 500, 1000, 2100, 4200, 6200,
8300, 10400, 12500, 14500, 16600, 18700,
20785 and 22900.
IEC
19.5.7.4. Measurement of acoustic sound level to prove the 60076-6
guaranteed value under sub-clause subcl.
‎19.3.1.16‎19.3.1.16 according to 11.8.11
IEC
60076-10
IEC
19.5.7.5. Endurance test is required with running in of the 60076-6
mechanical part for 1000 regulation operations subcl.
according to 11.8.12
IEC
19.5.7.6. Demonstration of the ability to withstand the 60076-6
dynamic effects at rated current subcl.
11.8.13
19.5.7.7. The Manufacturer is required to provide an

“Estimated (by extrapolation) voltage current
characteristic up to 2.0 times Un, for different coil
position within the adjustable current range”, for the
following values:
19.5.7.7.1. The following currents through the ASR : 30,

45, 60, 75, 90, 105, 120, 135, and 150 [A]
19.5.7.7.2. The following applied voltage values, up to 2.0

Un (V): 24940, 27020, 29100, 31180, 33260,
35340, 37410, 39490 and 41570.
0.3
19.5.7.8. Tightness pressure test of the gear box for 1hour
duration, no load operation under specific pressure
in the tank of [bar]

19.5.8. Equipment qualification to prove seismic
withstands (additional requirements to subcl.
‎11.1.2)
IEEE 693
19.5.8.1. The equipment performance level is defined clause
according to 9.3.2 and
Fig. 5
B - 447
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEEE 693
19.5.8.2. The equipment shall be tested or analyzing for the clause
Required Response Spectrum according to 9.4 and
Fig. A.2
IEEE 693
19.5.8.3. Required qualification method for Petersen Coil: Annexur
eD
Static
19.5.8.3.1. Seismic withstand capability for Petersen Coil analysis
shall be demonstrated by load path
calculatio
ns
Static
19.5.8.3.2. Seismic withstand capability for ceramic pull test
material insulators shall be demonstrated by
19.5.8.4. After performing the tests‎or analysis the Contractor

is requested to submit for approval the following
documents:
IEEE 693
19.5.8.4.1. Seismic analysis qualification report according Annexur
to e R
IEEE 693
19.5.8.4.2. Seismic test qualification report according to
Annexur
eS
19.5.9. Test after erection on site
19.5.9.1. The field tests will be performed by the Purchaser in

the presence (if requir7ed) and under responsibility
of Contractor’s delegate according to Appendix B5
19.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF RESILIENCE MEASURES
REQUIRED OFFERED

Measures

measures at the Neutral Earthing System, Bidder
shall develop Manual Safe Operating Procedures in
order to allow operation of the Neutral Control
System in potential extreme circumstances where
normal safety measures, sensors, controls, and
protections are not available
B - 448
P1
P1 \2
P2
d1 l1
S1
C
S
l2
d2
l2
Dt
Ds2
Ds1
REQUIRED OFFERED
P1-P2 > 15 mm P1-P2 =

S/P1 > 0.65 S/P1 =
C > 40 mm C =
 = 5-10  =
Kad =1 Kad =
Da < 300 mm Da =
RUSCD = 53.7 mm/kV l =
L = 5280 mm L =
L/A < 4.7 L/A =
l1/d1 < 4.5 l1/d1 =
l2/d2 < 4.5 l2/d2 =

A = Arcing distance
B - 449
P
P \2
C=d
S
Dt
Ds
REQUIRED OFFERED
S/P > 0.65 S/P =

C > 25 mm C =
 = 5-10  =
Kad =1 Kad =
Da < 300 mm Da =
L = 5280 mm L =
L/A < 4.7 L/A =
l/d < 4.5 l/d =

Da = (Dt+Ds1)/2
A = Arcing distance
B - 450
ITEM 9 – M.V. CAPACITORS BANK
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.1. MANUFACTURER

Manufacturer’s)
20.1.3. Type (denomination) of Capacitor Bank of 36 [kV], 2 x

4 [MVAr] – see drawings No.1 (Item 9)
20.1.4. Type (denomination) of Special Tool for removing and

replacing the capacitor units
©
20.1.5. The offered type of Item 9 shall be a proven design
(not a prototype) and high experience in work

20.1.7. List of subcontractors shall be approved by Purchaser

IEC 60076-6 Power transformers – Part 6: Reactors
IEC 60137 (2008) Insulated bushings for alternating voltages above 1000V
IEC 60529 (2013) Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP code)
IEC 61869-2 (2012) Instrument transformers – Part 2: Additional

requirements for current transformers
B - 451
IEC 60871-1 (2014) Shunt capacitors for a.c. power systems having a rated
voltage above 1000V – Part 1: General
IEC 62271-102 (2013) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 102:
Alternating current disconnectors and earthing switches
IEC 62271-200 (2011) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 200: AC

metal-enclosed switchgear and controlgear for rated
voltages above 1kV and up to and including 52kV
ISO 9001-2015 Quality management systems.
IEEE Std. 693:2005 Recommended practice for seismic design of substations
20.3. PROPERTIES
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.3.1.2. Type (denomination)


20.3.1.3. Steady-State Condition Ratings
36
20.3.1.3.1. Rated Voltage [kV]
50
2 x 4.0 +/- 0.1
20.3.1.3.3. Continuous output power at 36kV, 50Hz
[MVar]

20.3.1.4. Insulation level of the bank module
39.6
20.3.1.4.1. Maximum Highest Voltage
70
20.3.1.4.2. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage
(PFWV) [kV rms]
170
20.3.1.4.3. Lightning Impulse Withstand Level (LIWL)
[kV peak]
20.3.1.5. Short-circuit capability

12.5
20.3.1.5.1. Rated short - time withstand current for 1
[sec] – at least [kA rms]
B - 452
REQUIRED OFFERED
31.5
20.3.1.5.2. Rated peak withstand current – at least [kA,
peak]

REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.1. Capacitor Bank
20.4.1.1. All modules of each Capacitor Bank System shall

have identical internal structure and components
20.4.1.2. The capacitor bank outdoor application
20.4.1.3. Every capacitor bank shall contain the following

main components (see drawings No. 1)
20.4.1.3.1. Capacitor bank enclosure structure
20.4.1.3.2. One (1) capacitor bank for reactive power

compensation with or without internal fuses
20.4.1.3.3. Two (2) three-pole line disconnector for the

capacitor bank
20.4.1.3.4. One (1) current transformer (CT) for

unbalance protection
20.4.1.3.5. Support insulators
20.4.1.3.6. One Eight (8) phase earthing switch with

manual operating mechanism for short-
circuiting and grounding the capacitor bank
20.4.1.3.7. Capacitive indicator of voltage presence
20.4.1.3.8. Bus-bars, joints, grounding system and all

necessary appurtenances for normal
operation
B - 453
REQUIRED OFFERED
©
20.4.1.4. The degree of protection for the module base on
enclosure structure shall be at least IP23 or IP20
by using woven fence made from AWG No. 14
galvanized coated steel wire with holes between
wires not great than 15 [mm]
20.4.1.5. Ability to operate continuously and satisfactorily

under the climatic and environmental conditions
specified in clause ‎10.1 for Outdoor location and
the maximum anticipated temperature inside the
capacitor compartment shall not exceed +50˚C
20.4.1.6. The bank module shall be design for natural air

cooling
20.4.1.7. The capacitor bank roof shall include lifting lugs

for ease of the bank placement
20.4.1.8. Also the manufacturer shall supply all the means

to place the bank with forklift
20.4.1.9. The module housing consist a self-supporting

structure framework with (see clause ‎10.1.4
20.4.1.9.1. Material of structure framework shall be

made of aluminum or hot deep galvanized
steel
20.4.1.9.2. Metal Panels enclosure that shall be made of

aluminum or electrolytically zinc plated
20.4.1.10. Roof:
20.4.1.10.1. The roof of the module shall be sloped
20.4.1.10.2. The width & length of the roof shall be longer

at least 15 [cm] more than the width & length
of bank module
©
20.4.1.11. Panels, floor, door and window(s):
20.4.1.11.1. The metal housing shall be provided with

screwed panels to allow access to the line
disconnectors, earthing switch, capacitor
units and other equipment
B - 454
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.1.11.2. The metal housing shall be provided with full

screwed floor panels. The floor panels shall
be supplied with openings for the HV power
cables
4
20.4.1.11.3. The walls shall have shatterproof window(s)
for viewing the position of poles of the
earthing switch and the line disconnectors
from outside of the bank. Number of windows
shall be
5
20.4.1.11.4. The thick of window(s) shall be at least [mm]
20.4.1.11.5. The metal housing shall be with a door /

panel to allow an easy access to the
incoming 36kV cable terminals
©
20.4.1.12. Special windows for Infra-Red (IR) and visual
inspections:
4
20.4.1.12.1. Number of windows shall be
90
20.4.1.12.2. Optic Diameter of each window shall be at
least [mm]
20.4.1.12.3. Quick Access Hinged Cover – Simple thumb

screw releases the permanently-hinged IR
window cover:
20.4.1.12.3.1. Easy, flip-open hatch for faster scans
20.4.1.12.3.2. Inside label for permanent identification
20.4.1.12.4. Broadband Crystal IR Window – Lens

encased in rugged, anodized aluminum
frame allows indoor & outdoor scans:
20.4.1.12.4.1. Transmits short wave, mid wave and long

wave IR images
20.4.1.12.4.2. Supports visual inspections and fusion

features
20.4.1.12.5. The windows shall be located around the

module for optimal visual inspection
B - 455
REQUIRED OFFERED
©
20.4.1.13. Capacitor unit position and removal
20.4.1.13.1. The bank shall be designed so as each

single capacitor shall be in its standing
position and can be removed without
removing bus work or other capacitor unit
©
20.4.1.14. Ventilation:
20.4.1.14.1. The module shall be design for natural air

cooling
20.4.1.14.2. The contractor shall make every effort in the

module design to reduce the temperature
inside the cubicle in order to comply with the
temperature conditions specified in
clause ‎10.1
20.4.1.14.3. Maximum anticipated temperature inside the

capacitor compartment shall not exceed
+50˚C
20.4.1.14.4. Anticipated value of power losses [kW] inside

the module
©
20.4.1.15. Heaters:
20.4.1.15.1. Heaters shall be provided to minimized

condensation. The heaters located in the
capacitor cubicle shall be controlled by
contact of the switch together with
hygrometer
20.4.1.15.2. All heaters shall have guards to prevent

injury to personnel
20.4.1.15.3. All heaters shall be rated 250 [VAC] but shall

be operated at 220 [VAC], single phase
20.4.1.15.4. All heaters shall be supplied with high

temperature wire
20.4.1.15.5. Number of heaters
20.4.1.15.6. Rated power of each heater [W]
B - 456
REQUIRED OFFERED
©
20.4.1.16. Lighting:
20.4.1.16.1. All the interior lights are provided with

protective guards
20.4.1.16.2. Lighting enables to see the position of

earthing switch poles at night
©
20.4.1.17. Grounding system:
20.4.1.17.1. The material shall be Copper with:
20.4.1.17.1.1. Cross section [mm2]
20.4.1.17.1.2. Dimensions [mm / mm / mm]

200
20.4.1.17.2. Continuous current carrying capacity shall be
at least [A]
20.4.1.17.3. Short-circuit capability according to

clause ‎20.3.1.5
20.4.1.17.4. Ground bus extension for the full length of

the module
20.4.1.17.5. Two (2) Copper ground pads, with two (2)

holes (1/2”) drilled shall be welded at the
bottom of the module at diagonal corners
20.4.1.17.6. All panels, doors shall be connected to the

ground bus with extra-flexible wires sized 16
[mm2] at least
20.4.1.17.7. Devices connected to the ground bus
20.4.1.17.7.1. Earthing switch
20.4.1.17.7.2. Provision for connecting grounding leads to

the cable terminals
©
20.4.1.18. Connections:
20.4.1.18.1. All connections shall be flexible
20.4.1.18.2. The material shall be Copper with:
B - 457
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.1.18.2.1. Cross section [mm2]
20.4.1.18.2.2. Dimensions [mm / mm / mm]
20.4.1.18.3. Continuous current carrying capacity shall be

at least 200 [A]
20.4.1.18.4. Insulation level according to clause ‎20.3.1.4

clause ‎20.3.1.5
330
20.4.1.18.6. The minimum clearance between live parts
shall be at least [mm]
20.4.1.18.7. The flexible connections shall be sized so as

to withstand without any damage or distortion
the above mentioned short-circuit currents
20.4.1.18.8. Where bus connections are made, the bars

shall be silver plated, brazed or welded to
give proper contact surfaces
20.4.1.18.9. High strength bolts of bronze or stainless

steel having a minimum diameter of 1/2” shall
be used for each connection.
The numbers of bolts shall be at least 2
20.4.1.18.10. At any point where clearances are not

adequate to maintain LIWL of 170 [kV peak],
the bus shall be insulated and/or phase
barriers installed. The insulation shall be
flame retarding, anti -hygroscopic and track
resistant
20.4.1.18.11. At insulated bus connection points,

removable insulating boots shall be provided.
These insulating boots shall be bolted with
plastic bolts and not taped
20.4.1.18.12. The anchorage design of each module on a

concrete foundation (floor) should be in
accordance with the recommendations of
IEEE standard 693/2005 clause 5.8 and
Annex A clause A4, for moderate level
B - 458
REQUIRED OFFERED
©
20.4.1.19. Cable Terminals:
20.4.1.19.1. Medium Voltage cables will be directly

connected to the bank’s terminals
20.4.1.19.2. Each phase shall have its own bullet for

earthing the capacitor bank with a mobile
short-circuit device
20.4.1.19.3. Capacitive insulators (for voltage presence)

on each phase
20.4.1.19.3.1. Type and manufacturer of capacitive

insulators (for voltage presence):
20.4.1.19.4. Every capacitive insulator shall be marked

with embedded markup by the manufacturer
with manufacturer name/symbol and
capacitive insulator type
20.4.1.19.5. Voltage indicators on each phase by means

of lamps:
20.4.1.19.5.1. Type and manufacturer of voltage

indicators
20.4.1.19.6. The voltage indicator shall be visible by the

operator, who shall perform the plug in, plug
out or normal earthing operation
20.4.1.19.7. Location of voltage indicators shall be on the

front of the enclosure
20.4.1.19.8. Continuous current carrying capacity for

cable terminal of 300 [A]
20.4.1.19.9. The terminal shall be design so it can drive

two (2) additional modules
20.4.1.19.10. The cable terminal of the module shall be

sized so as to withstand without any damage
or distortion the above mentioned short-
circuit currents
20.4.1.19.11. Insulation level according to clause ‎20.3.1.4
B - 459
REQUIRED OFFERED

clause ‎20.3.1.5
©
20.4.1.20. Connection scheme of capacitor bank
20.4.1.20.1. The capacitor units' type shall be fuse-less or

internally fused
20.4.1.20.2. Bank connection scheme (with indication on

neutral point operation) shall be ungrounded
symmetrical double-Wye
12 units
20.4.1.20.3. The Number of capacitor units shall be (see
drawing No. 1)
20.4.1.20.4. The neutral point treatment shall be

ungrounded
©
20.4.1.21. Low voltage terminal blocks:
10
20.4.1.21.1. The distance between two terminal blocks
shall be at least [cm]
10
20.4.1.21.2. The distance between any terminal block and
metal plate that is above him or below him
shall be at least [cm]
20.4.1.21.3. The terminal block shall be fingers proof or

protected by a transparent shield
©
20.4.1.22. Painting:
20.4.1.22.1. Painting is performed in compliance with

Appendix A2 and Appendix B6 (in case of
aluminum surface)
20.4.1.22.2. The Contractor shall provide complete

information about the paint system as well as
about the detailed paint procedures
RAL7038
20.4.1.22.3. The finish coat shall be light gray
20.4.1.22.4. The rear and lateral sides of the module

present a similar appearance to the front
B - 460
REQUIRED OFFERED
©
20.4.1.23. Seismic qualification:
20.4.1.23.1. Seismic qualification according to IEEE

693/2005 Annex O shall prove that the
anchorage of the capacitor bank satisfy the
requirements of clause A.1.4 – required
moderate level
moderate
20.4.1.23.2. Seismic qualification according to IEEE level
693/2005 Annex O shall prove that the
capacitor module including all accessories
will operate fully satisfactory during and after
earthquake – required.
20.4.1.24. Maximum overall dimensions and weight of the

bank module
2500
20.4.1.24.1. Width [mm]
3000
20.4.1.24.2. Length [mm]
2200
20.4.1.24.3. Height [mm]
20.4.1.24.4. Weight [kg]
20.4.2. Capacitor Unit
20.4.2.2. Type (denomination)
20.4.2.3. General
20.4.2.3.1. Capacitor units shall be with fuse-less or with

internal fuses
20.4.2.3.2. Protection against contact with the live parts

of the capacitor units shall be ensured
IEC 60871-1
20.4.2.3.3. The capacitor unit standard shall comply with or
standard according to IEEE 18-
2002
B - 461
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.2.3.4. Can capacitor operate satisfactory inside the

module if ambient temperatures outside the
module are as described in clause ‎10.1
©
20.4.2.4. Ratings
20.785
20.4.2.4.1. Capacitor rated voltage shall be at least at
50Hz [kV r.m.s.]
667
20.4.2.4.2. The capacitor reactive power rated at rated
voltage and frequency [kVAr]
0-10%
20.4.2.4.3. The tolerances of capacitance (F)
measured at 25˚C shall be [%]
yes/no
20.4.2.4.4. Capacitor unit’s ability to withstand peak
transient current 100Inom twice per year
yes/no
20.4.2.4.5. If the capacitor unit container is grounded,
the capacitor unit insulation system shall be
able to withstand 2 hours, when 36 kV is
applied between the terminal and container
20.4.2.4.6. Insulation level of the capacitor unit (between

terminal and container):
36
20.4.2.4.6.1. Maximum operating voltage at least [kV]
20.4.2.4.6.2. Insulation level according to clause ‎20.3.1.4
20.4.2.5. For Capacitor Unit With Internal Fuses Only

9kA /
20.4.2.5.1.1. The inrush current and frequency due to the
3.3kHz
switching operation
11kA /
20.4.2.5.1.2. The outrush current and frequencies due to
3.3kHz
the switching operation
20.4.2.6. Capacitor Bushing

composite
20.4.2.6.2. Type of insulator. Submit catalogue
B - 462
REQUIRED OFFERED
2
20.4.2.6.3. Number of bushings in one (1) capacitor unit ©
shall be
IEC 60815-1
20.4.2.6.4. Bushing's Pollution levels shall be according (2008)
to Desert and Coastal types of environments, clause 8.3
as defined by IEC 60815-1(2008). The
bushings shall have site pollution severity
(SPS) class d (heavy) as defined at
31
20.4.2.6.5. The bushing creepage shall be according to ©
IEC 60815-1(2008) ((or IEEE Standard 18 –
2002 Clause 4.1) minimum creepage
distance shall be at least [mm/kV])
20.4.2.6.7. Terminal
20.4.2.6.7.1. Type
20.4.2.6.7.2. Material
20.4.2.6.7.3. Dimensions (mm / mm / mm)

©
20.4.2.6.8. Drawing shall be enclosed
20.4.2.7. Design Data of Capacitor Unit
20.4.2.7.1. Overall dimensions and Weight of the

capacitor unit:
20.4.2.7.1.1. Height including bushings (mm)
20.4.2.7.1.2. Height without bushings (mm)
20.4.2.7.1.3. Length (mm)
20.4.2.7.1.4. Depth (mm)
20.4.2.7.1.5. Weight (kg)

©
20.4.2.7.2. Capacitor unit drawings shall be enclosed
20.4.2.7.3. Internal structure of the capacitor unit:
B - 463
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.2.7.3.1. Number of elements in parallel in one row

(p; parallel elements)
20.4.2.7.3.2. Number of rows in series (s, series)
20.4.2.7.3.3. Total number of elements in one capacitor

unit
©
20.4.2.7.4. Internal connection scheme of the capacitor
unit showing the rows and columns and their
interconnection is enclosed
©
20.4.2.7.5. The temperature category into which the
capacitor unit is classified in accordance with
the temperature groups shown in (Temp.
Category -5/D) IEC 60871-1, Clause 4.1 or
IEEE 18 (2002) Clause 4.1
20.4.2.7.6. Dielectric material:
20.4.2.7.6.1. The capacitor shall be of all-film dielectric

type
©
20.4.2.7.6.2. Number of PP-film layers wound between
the metal foil electrodes of one element
20.4.2.7.6.3. PP-film dielectric constant (at 25˚C)
20.4.2.7.7. Impregnating liquid:
20.4.2.7.7.1. Commercial name
20.4.2.7.7.2. Main chemical components

© NON PCB
20.4.2.7.7.3. The impregnating liquid is neither PCB, nor
contain PCB derivatives
20.4.2.7.7.4. Dielectric Constant
20.4.2.7.7.5. Breakdown Voltage (kV/2.5 mm gap)

Please indicate if otherwise determined
20.4.2.7.7.6. Flash point (˚C)
20.4.2.7.7.7. Quantity in each capacitor unit
B - 464
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.2.7.7.8. Quantity which may leak out from each

capacitor when damaged
20.4.2.7.7.9. Poisonous effect - if any - when spread on

the ground
20.4.2.7.7.10. Are there special protective means

necessary in order to avoid the above-
mentioned effects? If yes, please elaborate
20.4.2.7.7.11. Are there special protective means

necessary in order to avoid the possible
effects of an ignition? If yes, please
indicate them
©
20.4.2.7.7.12. Material Safety Data Sheets shall be
enclosed
20.4.2.7.7.13. Disposal procedure for defective capacitor

units are enclosed
20.4.2.7.8. Discharge Inception Voltage (DIV) ratio to

operating stress (%), at room temperature
shall be more than 180%
20.4.2.7.9. A Partial Discharge Inception curve versus

dielectric temperature is enclosed
20.4.2.7.10. Capacitor Unit’s Tank characteristics
20.4.2.7.10.1. The material of the tank:

Yes/no
20.4.2.7.10.1.1. Carbon steel protected with zinc
Yes/no
20.4.2.7.10.1.2. Stainless steel
20.4.2.7.10.2. The tank is rust and corrosion resistant and

does not require repainting during expected
life of the capacitor unit
20.4.2.7.10.3. Energy capability or Joule rating of the

capacitor unit (energy capability - maximum
parallel stored energy, the tank must be
capable of handling without rupture hazard
less than 20 [kJ]
B - 465
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.2.7.10.4. Tank rupture curves:
20.4.2.7.10.4.1. Capacitor unit I2t discharge from the

peak rated voltage [A2*sec]
20.4.2.7.10.4.2. Maximum hot spot temperature of

the container when capacitor is
operated at rated voltage and
frequency [˚C]
20.4.2.7.11. Discharge Device
20.4.2.7.11.1. Resistance (MegaOhm)

©
20.4.2.7.11.2. Discharge time (from crest value of rated yes/no
voltage - to 50V) shall be less than 300
[sec]
20.4.2.7.12. Capacitor unit losses:
20.4.2.7.12.1. Losses in discharge resistor [W]
20.4.2.7.12.2. Dielectric and other losses [W]
20.4.2.7.12.3. Total specific losses {W/kVAr]
20.4.2.7.12.4. Compliance with Standard: IEC 60871 -1 or

IEEE 18 (2002)
20.4.3. Damping reactor (for outdoor usage)
20.4.3.2. Type and Catalogue Number of the damping

reactor
20.4.3.3. The damping reactor shall be Single-phase unit

applied in three-phase sets, dry-type, natural
cooled reactors with air core
©
20.4.3.4. Electric Rating
36
150
B - 466
REQUIRED OFFERED
200
20.4.3.4.3. Rated inductance [µH]
0-10%
20.4.3.4.4. Inductance tolerance at the frequency of 3.3
[kHz] shall be
20.4.3.4.5. Insulation level of the damping reactor:

70
20.4.3.4.5.1. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage
(PFWV) shall be at least [kV rms]
170
20.4.3.4.5.2. Lightning Impulse Withstand Level (LIWL)
shall be at least [kV peak]
20.4.3.4.6. Short-circuit capability

12.5
20.4.3.4.6.1. Rated short - time withstand current for 1
[sec] shall be at least [kA rms]
31.5
20.4.3.4.6.2. Rated peak withstand current shall be at
least [kA, peak]
20.4.3.4.7. The damping reactor shall withstand the

inrush currents (peak value of 9 kA and
frequency of 3.3 kHz) and outrush currents
(peak value of 11 kA and frequency of 3.3
kHz) without any damage or accelerating
aging during its lifetime
20.4.3.5. Design Data
20.4.3.5.1. The damping reactors inside the modules

shall be designed, manufactured and tested
in accordance with the requirements of the
following standard: IEC Standard Publication
60076-6, Clause 9
20.4.3.5.2. The damping reactor is capable to operate

reliably under the climatic and environmental
conditions specified under clause ‎10.1
B - 467
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.3.5.3. The damping reactor is capable to withstand

the maximum steady-state current, maximum
inrush and maximum outrush currents listed
in Clause Error! Reference source not
found.‎20.4.3.4.7 without any damage or
accelerated aging during the capacitor bank
life expectancy
20.4.3.5.4. Conductor material; please specify
20.4.3.5.5. Damping Reactor losses at damping reactor

rated current [W]
20.4.3.5.6. Damping Reactor losses at capacitor bank

rated current [W]
20.4.4. Line Disconnector (for outdoor usage)
20.4.4.2. Type and Catalogue Number of the line

disconnector
©
36
50
20.4.4.3.2. Rated Frequency [Hz]
150
20.4.4.3.4. Insulation level of the line disconnector:

70
(PFWV) at least [kV rms]
170
at least [kV peak]
20.4.4.3.5. Short-circuit capability:

12.5
[sec] at least [kA rms]
B - 468
REQUIRED OFFERED
31.5
20.4.4.3.5.2. Rated peak withstand current at least [kA,
peak]

©
20.4.4.4.1. The line disconnector shall be:
20.4.4.4.1.1. Operated from outside manually
20.4.4.4.1.2. Interlocked with the enclosure compartment

doors
20.4.4.4.1.3. Mechanical Interlocked with the earthing

switch inside the module
20.4.4.4.2. An external indication of the position of the

line disconnector shall be provided
20.4.4.4.3. The line disconnector is capable to operate

20.4.5. Earthing Switch (for outdoor usage)
20.4.5.2. Type and Catalogue Number of the earthing

switch
20.4.5.3.1. The earthing switch shall be eight (8) poles

type
36
20.4.5.3.2. Rated Voltage [kV] ©
50
20.4.5.3.3. Rated Frequency [Hz] ©
20.4.5.3.4. Rated current, manufacturer's choice [A]

©
20.4.5.3.5. Insulation level of the earthing switch:
70
(PFWV) at least [kV rms]
B - 469
REQUIRED OFFERED
170
at least [kV peak]
©
20.4.5.3.6. Short-circuit capability:
12.5
[sec] at least [kA rms]
31.5
20.4.5.3.6.2. Rated peak withstand current at least [kA,
peak]

©
20.4.5.4.1. The earthing switch shall be:
20.4.5.4.1.1. Operated from outside manually
20.4.5.4.1.2. Interlocked with the enclosure compartment

doors
20.4.5.4.1.3. Mechanical Interlocked with the line

disconnector inside the module
20.4.5.4.2. An external indication of the position of the

earthing switch shall be provided
20.4.5.4.3. The earthing switch is capable to operate

20.4.6. Current Transformer For Unbalance

Protection (for outdoor usage)
20.4.6.2. Type and Catalogue Number of the current

transformer for unbalance protection
©
36
20.4.6.3.1. Rated Voltage [kV] ©
50
20.4.6.3.2. Rated Frequency [Hz] ©
©
20.4.6.3.3. Insulation level of the current transformer
B - 470
REQUIRED OFFERED
70
(PFWV) least [kV rms]
170
least [kV peak]
20.4.6.3.4. Electric parameters that shall be set

according to the Manufacturer choice
20.4.6.3.4.1. Rated Burden [VA]
20.4.6.3.4.2. Rated primary current [A rms]
20.4.6.3.4.3. Rated secondary current [A rms]
20.4.6.3.4.4. Primary maximum continuous current [A

rms]
20.4.6.3.4.5. Rated short time thermal withstand current

for 1 [sec] [kA rms]
20.4.6.3.5. Accuracy class shall be 0.5 IEC or 0.6 ANSI
20.4.6.3.6. Knee point voltage at rated burden and rated

current [V]
20.4.6.3.7. Instrument security factor [FS]
20.4.6.3.8. Secondary winding resistance [Ω]

yes/no
20.4.6.3.9. Current error at rated primary current shall be
+/- 0.5%
yes/no
shall be +/- 30[min]
20.4.6.4. Design data
20.4.6.4.1. Manufacturer shall take into account the

following note:
B - 471
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.6.4.1.1. The current transformer must be designed

to ensure a reliable operation under outrush
and short - circuit currents in the neutral of
the capacitor bank resulting from the failure
of a capacitor unit
20.4.6.4.1.2. The failure of a capacitor unit may cause

transient over-voltages across the primary
side of the current transformer
20.4.6.4.1.3. A crest value of these over-voltages may

reach 29.4 kV In order to limit the over-
voltages and to prevent primary turn-to-turn
breakdown, a protective device such as rod
gap, surge arrester or variable resistor shall
be connected across the primary terminals
of the current transformer
20.4.6.4.1.4. The protective device shall be selected

with due account of transients in the neutral
of the capacitor bank resulting from the
failure of a capacitor unit
3
20.4.6.4.1.5. A residual voltage across the protective
device terminals, when a surge current with
peak value 10 kA flows through the
protective device, shall not exceed [kV]
20.4.6.4.1.6. A protective device shall be also connected

across the secondary winding of the current
transformer
20.4.6.4.1.7. The protective device across the secondary

winding should be chosen to limit the CT
secondary voltage so that the voltage does
not exceed the insulation voltage rating
IEC 61869-2
20.4.6.4.2. Compliance with Standards:
20.4.6.4.3. Total weight [kg]

A
20.4.6.4.4. Class of insulation shall be class
20.4.6.4.5. Protection against transient over-voltages

©
20.4.6.4.6. Secondary winding protective device
B - 472
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.6.4.6.1. Type
20.4.6.4.6.3. Spark over Voltage [kV]

yes/no
20.4.6.4.6.4. Performance characteristics enclosed
20.4.6.4.7. The current transformer is capable to operate

20.4.7. Support Insulators (for outdoor usage)
20.4.7.2. Type and Catalogue Number of the support

insulator
36
20.4.7.3. Rated Voltage [kV]
©
©
20.4.7.4. Insulation level of the support insulator
70
20.4.7.4.1. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (PFWV)
at least [kV rms]
170
20.4.7.4.2. Lightning Impulse Withstand Level (LIWL) at
least [kV peak]
20.4.7.5.1. Detailed drawing shall be provided.

Indicate number of drawing
20.4.7.5.2. The support insulator is capable to operate

31
20.4.7.5.3. The creepage shall be according to IEC ©
60815-1 (2008), minimum creepage distance
shall be at least [mm/kV]
20.4.7.5.4. Type of terminal
20.4.7.5.5. Dimensions of terminal [mm/mm/mm]
B - 473
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.4.7.5.7. Static terminal load [N]
20.4.7.5.8. Short time load [N]

©
20.4.7.5.9. Every support insulator shall be marked with
embedded markup by the manufacturer with
manufacturer name/symbol and insulator
type
20.4.8. Special Tools
20.4.8.1. Manufacturer shall design and manufacture a

special mechanical tool for removing, replacing
and install the capacitor units in a safe and
secure mode to and from the bank
20.4.8.2. The tool shall be design to ensure the safe and

secure of the workers in its operation according to
the European "Guide to application of the
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC" or other
international standard or Israel standard
20.4.8.3. The Manufacturer shall provide with the proposal

the tool preliminary drawing
20.4.8.4. The final design shall be agreed between the

manufacturer and the purchaser and shall be
approved by purchaser
20.5. TESTS
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.5.1. Type tests for Capacitor and Switching Module 
20.5.1.1. Dielectric tests at power frequency voltage including IEC

tests on auxiliary circuits shall be carried out in 62271-
accordance with: 200
The tests can be done with "fictive" capacitor units Clause
(empty container + bushings). 6.2
B - 474
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC
20.5.1.2. Lightning impulse voltage tests shall be carried out
62271-
in accordance with
200
The tests can be done with "fictive" capacitor units Clause
(empty container + bushings). 6.2
IEC
62271-
20.5.1.3. Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit
200
shall be carried out in accordance with Clause
6.4
20.5.1.4. Temperature rise tests shall be carried out in

IEC
accordance with
62271-
The tests can be done with "fictive" capacitor units
200
(empty container + bushings + resistance elements Clause
representing the equivalent capacitor heating 6.5
losses).
IEC
62271-
20.5.1.5. Short-time and peak withstand current tests shall be
200
carried out in accordance with Clause
6.6.
IEC
20.5.1.6. Tests to prove the satisfactory operation of included 62271-
switching devices and removable parts shall be 200
6.102
IEC
20.5.1.7. Tests to verify the protection of persons against 62271-
dangerous electrical effects shall be carried out in 200
accordance with Clause
6.104
IEC
20.5.1.8. Tests to verify the protection of the equipment 62271-
against external effects due to weather shall be 200
6.105
62271-
20.5.1.9. Tests to verify the protection of equipment against
200
mechanical impact shall be carried out in Clause
accordance with IEC. 6.7
IEC 60529
20.5.1.10. Tests for protection against access to hazardous
Clause
parts shall be carried out in accordance with 12.
20.5.1.11. Tests for protection against solid foreign objects IEC 60529
shall be carried out in accordance with Clause 13
B - 475
REQUIRED OFFERED
20.5.1.12. Tests for protection against water shall be carried IEC 60529
out in accordance with Clause 14
20.5.1.13. Type tests on capacitor unit shall be performed in

accordance with either IEC 60871-1 Clause 6.3 or
IEEE 18 (2002) Clause 7.1.2
IEC
62271-
20.5.1.14. Type tests for line disconnector
102
clause 6
IEC
62271-
20.5.1.15. Type tests for earthing switch
102
clause 6
20.5.1.16. Type tests and Special tests Sample tests for

current transformer according to IEC 61869-2 clause
7 or IEEE C57.13 (2008) sub-clause 4.7.3 and 4.7.4
20.5.1.17. Type tests and sample tests for Insulator/bushing

according to relevant IEC/IEEE standards
20.5.1.18. Type tests performed in accordance with IEC Std.

60076-6 sub clause 9.10.3 or IEEE Std. C57.16-
1996 subclause 6.1.2.
20.5.1.19. Type tests for Special Tool according to relevant

standards
20.5.1.20. Reports of any additional type tests executed by

manufacturer shall be submitted to the Purchaser
20.5.2. Routine tests for Capacitor and Switching


Module
20.5.2.1. Dielectric tests on the main circuit shall be carried

out in accordance with:
IEC
The test circuit shall include capacitors connected by
62271-
one of their terminals to the main circuits (with
200 sub
shorted terminals). Clause
The manufacturer shall have all the equipment to 7.1
test the module at Power Frequency Withstand
Voltage for 60 seconds.
B - 476
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC
62271-
20.5.2.2. Dielectric tests on auxiliary and control circuits shall
200 sub
be carried out in accordance with Clause
7.2
IEC
62271-
20.5.2.3. Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit
200 sub
shall be carried out in accordance with Clause
7.3
IEC
62271-
20.5.2.4. Tightness test shall be carried out in accordance
200 sub
with Clause
7.4
IEC
62271-
20.5.2.5. Design and visual checks shall be carried out in
200 sub
7.5
IEC
62271-
20.5.2.6. Mechanical operation tests shall be carried out in
200 sub
7.102
IEC
62271-
20.5.2.7. Test of auxiliary electrical devices shall be carried
200 sub
out in accordance with Clause
7.104
20.5.2.8. Routine tests on capacitor unit shall be performed in

accordance with either IEC 60871-1 Clause 6.2 or
IEEE 18 (2002) Clause 7.1.1

δ) of the capacitor unit shall be done between the
shorted terminals to the container.
The voltage test Un±10%, or 10kV±10%, using a
method that excludes errors due to due to
harmonics. The accuracy of the measuring system
shall be reported.
The dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) results shall
be less than 0.5%
IEC
62271-
20.5.2.10. Routine tests for each line disconnector
102
clause 7
B - 477
REQUIRED OFFERED
IEC
62271-
20.5.2.11. Routine tests for each earthing switch
102
clause 7
20.5.2.12. Routine tests for each current transformer according

to IEC 61869-2 clause 7 or IEEE C57.13 (2008) sub-
clause 4.7.2
20.5.2.13. Routine tests for each Insulator/bushing according to

relevant IEC/IEEE standards
20.5.2.14. Routine tests for each damping reactor IEC Std.

60076-6 sub clause 9.10.2 or IEEE Std. C57.16-
1996 subclause 6.1.1.
20.5.2.15. Routine tests for each Special Tool according to

relevant standards
20.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF RESILIENCE MEASURES
REQUIRED OFFERED

Measures

measures at the Capacitor Bank, Bidder shall
develop Manual Safe Operating Procedures in order
to allow operation of the Capacitor Bank in potential
extreme circumstances where normal safety
measures, sensors, controls, and protections are not
available
B - 478
Drawing No. 1
B - 479
ITEM 10 – ELECTRICAL POWER PROTECTIONS
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.1. MANUFACTURER
21.1.1. Contractor's name and address (if it is different

from Manufacturer’s)

IEC-61000-4-2:2008 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-2: Testing and

measurement techniques - Electrostatic discharge immunity
test
IEC-61000-4-3:2007 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-3: Testing and

measurement techniques - Radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field immunity test
IEC-61000-4-4:2012 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-4: Testing and

measurement techniques – Electrical fast transient/burst
immunity test
IEC-61000-2-1:1990 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 2: Environment -

Section 1: Description of the environment - Electromagnetic
environment for low-frequency conducted disturbances and
signaling in public power supply systems
IEC-61000-2-2:2002 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 2-2:

Environment - Compatibility levels for low-frequency
conducted disturbances and signaling in public low-voltage
power supply systems
Environment - Compatibility levels for low-frequency
conducted disturbances and signaling in public low-voltage
power supply systems
IEC-61000-4-8 :2009 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-8: Testing and

measurement techniques - Power frequency magnetic field
immunity test
B - 480
IEC–60255-26:2013 Measuring relays and protection equipment - Part 26:
Electromagnetic compatibility requirements
IEC-60255-27:2013 Measuring relays and protection equipment - Part 27:

Product safety requirements
ANSI/IEEE C37.90 Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Protective

Relays and Relay Systems
IEC-60255-21-1:1988 Electrical relays - Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and

- Section One: Vibration tests (sinusoidal)
IEC 60068-2-6:2007 Environmental testing - Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration
(sinusoidal)
IEEE Std. 693:2005 Recommended practice for seismic design of substations
IEC 60529:2013 Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP code)
IEC 61850 Communication networks and systems in substations

REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.1. Relay configuration
21.3.1.1. The Control and Protection relays should be

multi-function stand-alone devices which support
different protection, control, automation,
metering, and communication features for the
bay equipment and for the overall MV
switchgear.
21.3.1.2. Relays should be placed in RF protected

cubicles or a RF protected Container with
Engineered penetrations for Power,
Communications, signals, controls, ventilation,
see Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

21.3.1.3. The Control and Protection relays structure is to
conform to IEC standard 61850
21.3.1.4. Basic LN information (according to IEC 61850-7-

4)
B - 481
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.1.5. IED Capability Description, ICD (according to

IEC 61850-6)
21.3.1.6. The Contractor has to submit, for the Control

and Protection relays, conformance test against
IEC 61850-10.
21.3.2. Self-Monitoring
21.3.2.1. The Control and Protection relays shall perform

continuous self- monitoring and self-testing of its
hardware firmware and software with fault
diagnostic display.

21.3.2.2. Upon detection of a hardware fault, the relay
shall block itself and issue an alarm signal.
21.3.2.3. In case that a software fault is detected, the

device shall reset and restart. If restarting does
not eliminate the fault, the relay operation has to
be blocked.
21.3.2.4. In case of faulted Control and Protection

relays, visual indication will appear on the front
panel and signaling potential-free "watchdog"
contacts will change position to "relay-fail"
status.
21.3.2.5. In case that a power supply fault is detected,

despite the redundancy, visual indication will
appear on the Control and Protection relays
front panel and a signaling potential-free
"watchdog" contacts will change position to
"power supply-fail" status.
21.3.3. Communication ports
21.3.3.1. USB-2 or RJ45 serial data communication

interface for local connection with a laptop. A
steady communication is required, especially
during the Unit's Firmware update.
21.3.3.2. Communication cables permanently installed in

RJ45 and/or USB ports shall be according to
B - 482
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.3.3. The up-to-date drivers USB-2 or RJ45

communication ports shall be included. Those
drivers will support the latest Microsoft OS at
delivery date, as well as its two earlier versions.
21.3.3.4. Two interfaces for FO data communication

TCP/IP bus IEC-61850- at least Addition 2
protocol embedded.
21.3.3.5. Time-synchronization port according to

Appendix D2
21.3.4. Password protection
21.3.4.1. The data in the Control and Protection relays

Units will be protected by three access levels.
21.3.4.2. The enabled level of access determines which of

the Control and Protection relays settings can be
changed according to the following:
21.3.4.2.1. Access level 0: Reading of settings, alarms,

event records and fault records.
21.3.4.2.2. Access level 1: as level 0 plus the following

control commands:
21.3.4.2.2.1. Reset of fault and alarm conditions
21.3.4.2.2.2. Reset LEDs
21.3.4.2.2.3. Clearing of event and fault records
21.3.4.2.3. Access level 2: As level "1" plus all other

settings
21.3.5. Time synchronization
21.3.5.1. The Control and Protection relays shall acquire

all bay-level process data and tag them at a
resolution of at most 1 [ms], Time
synchronization of the Control and Protection
relays will be according to Appendix D2.
21.3.6. Event Recorder and Fault Recorder
B - 483
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.6.1. The Control and Protection relays shall be

provided with the needed non-volatile memory
for storage of at least:
21.3.6.2. 200 time-tagged event records.
21.3.6.3. Records of the last 5 faults
21.3.7. Disturbance Recorder
21.3.7.1. The Control and Protection relays shall be

provided with a non-volatile memory for storage
of at least: 16 analog, 64 digital and one (1) time
channels
21.3.7.2. Data will be sampled at least 12 times a cycle.

The memory volume shall be enough for storage
of 10 disturbances of 10 seconds or more
duration each. All channels and trigger sources
shall be user configurable
21.3.8. Inputs/Outputs of Protection relays:
21.3.8.1. Protection Relays for MV protection shall be

placed in RF shielded cabinets wherever
possible. Inputs and outputs shall traverse either
a filter or a penetration cabinet to ensure that
MV protective relays remain operational during
and after a RF interference event, according to
21.3.8.2. Binary inputs

60V DC
21.3.8.2.1. Rated voltage
2W
21.3.8.2.2. Power consumption, less than
21.3.8.3. Signal and alarm outputs

60V DC
5A
21.3.8.3.2. Permissible continuous current
5A
21.3.8.3.3. Make and carry for 0.5 sec, at inductive load
(L/R=0.04s)
B - 484
REQUIRED OFFERED
0.1A
21.3.8.3.4. Breaking capacity, at inductive load
(L/R=0.04s)
21.3.8.3.5. Loaded contact: 10,000 operations

minimum
21.3.8.3.6. Unloaded contact: 100,000 operations

minimum.
21.3.8.4. Trip and control outputs

60V DC
5A
21.3.8.4.2. Permissible continuous current
10A
21.3.8.4.3. Make and carry for 0.5 sec, at inductive load
(L/R=0.04s)
0.5A
21.3.8.4.4. Breaking capacity at inductive load
(L/R=0.04s)
4 msec
21.3.8.4.5. Response time/drop out time, less than
21.3.8.4.6. Loaded contact: 10,000 operations

minimum
21.3.8.4.7. Unloaded contact: 100,000 operations

minimum.
21.3.8.5. Current inputs

5A
21.3.8.5.1. Rated current
0.5 VA
21.3.8.5.2. Power consumption per phase less than
21.3.8.5.3. Overload thermal capability:

100 X In
21.3.8.5.3.1. for 1 sec
3X
21.3.8.5.3.2. In continuous
250 X In
21.3.8.5.3.3. Dynamic (impulse current) : (half cycle)
21.3.8.6. AC voltage inputs
B - 485
REQUIRED OFFERED
110V
21.3.8.6.1. Rated voltage (phase to phase)
1.5 X Un
21.3.8.6.2. Continuous overload capacity
2 X Un
21.3.8.6.3. Surge withstand capability
21.3.9. Transformer Protections comprises the

following Relays:
21.3.9.1. Transformer Differential Protection:
21.3.9.1.1. One (1) Numerical Differential Protection

(full digital)
21.3.9.1.2. Each three (3) phases biased differential

protection will be:
21.3.9.1.2.1. Digital type
21.3.9.1.2.2. Suitable for 19" rack mounting
21.3.9.1.2.3. Provide high-speed protection against the

following faults:
21.3.9.1.2.3.1. Internal faults
21.3.9.1.2.3.2. Phase to phase faults
21.3.9.1.2.3.3. Earth faults
21.3.9.1.2.3.4. Winding, layer and inter-turn faults
21.3.9.1.2.3.5. Faults in the leads between the

current transformers and power
transformers
21.3.9.1.2.4. Contain a means of compensating for

vector group and current transformer
differences without the use of auxiliary
interposing current transformers
21.3.9.1.2.5. Have high-speed operating times even

with small fault currents
B - 486
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.9.1.2.6. Possess high through fault stability also

during conditions of CT saturation
21.3.9.1.2.7. Be stabilized against errors of the current

transformer ratios in the event of external
short circuits
21.3.9.1.2.8. Be stabilized against magnetizing inrush

current when the transformer is energized
21.3.9.1.2.9. Be stabilized against over-fluxing
21.3.9.1.2.10. Possess a standard wiring diagram

regardless of power transformer vector
group
21.3.9.1.2.11. Contain at least 2 independent trip relays

with normally open trip contacts and 3
independent alarm relays with normally
open alarm contacts
21.3.9.1.2.12. Provide the means for indicating the

faulted phase
21.3.9.1.2.13. Be provided with suitable testing and

monitoring points
21.3.9.2. Transformer Back-Up Phase Time Overcurrent

Protection:
21.3.9.2.1. One (1) Numerical Overcurrent Protection

(HV Side) (full digital)
21.3.9.2.2. Each three (3) phases overcurrent

protection will be:
21.3.9.2.2.1. Digital type
21.3.9.2.2.2. Suitable for 19" rack mounting
21.3.9.2.2.3. Possess the following current setting

ranges for the rated current:
21.3.9.2.2.3.1. Normally inverse unit: 0-30 PU
B - 487
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.9.2.2.3.2. Instantaneous unit: 0.1-30 PU
21.3.9.2.2.4. Provide a means of indicating the faulted

phase
21.3.9.2.2.5. Contain at least 2 independent trip relays

with normally open trip contacts and 3
independent alarm relays with normally
open alarm contacts
21.3.9.2.2.6. Be provided with suitable testing and

monitoring points
21.3.9.3. Lock Out Relays
21.3.9.3.1. Two (2) Lock-out Relays
21.3.9.3.2. Each lock out relay will:
21.3.9.3.2.1. Electrically operated manual reset type
21.3.9.3.2.2. High-speed trip type (approx. 8ms operate

time)
21.3.9.3.2.3. Used as an auxiliary relay for control

purposes
21.3.9.3.2.4. Suitable for 60V D.C. operation
21.3.9.3.2.5. Contain at least 12 normally open and 6

normally closed contacts in the reset
position
21.3.9.3.2.6. The Contacts of the Lockout relays will

have the following characteristics:
60
21.3.9.3.2.6.1. Rated voltage: [V DC]
5
21.3.9.3.2.6.2. Permissible continuous current [A]
30
21.3.9.3.2.6.3. Make and carry for 0.5 sec, Inductive
load (L/R=0.04s) [A]
0.5
21.3.9.3.2.6.4. Breaking capacity, Inductive load
(L/R=0.04s) [A]
B - 488
REQUIRED OFFERED
4
21.3.9.3.2.6.5. Response time/drop-out time: less
than [msec]
10,000
21.3.9.3.2.6.6. Loaded contact minimum operations
100,000
21.3.9.3.2.6.7. Unloaded contact minimum
operations.
21.3.9.3.2.7. Contain visual means for indicating state

of relays
21.3.10. MV control and protection units:
21.3.10.1. Inputs/Outputs of Protection units:
21.3.10.1.1. The minimum number and type of required

inputs and outputs of the MVCPU 24/36 KV
are according to Table No 1 I/O of MVCPU
in Appendix D1
21.3.10.1.2. Power supply for the MVCPU
21.3.10.1.2.1. The MVCPU includes two redundant

Power Supply Units
60 VDC ±
21.3.10.1.2.2. Voltage range of the Power Supply Unit of
20%.
the MVCP Units is
21.3.10.1.3. Control functions

The following bay-level function are executed in the
MVCPU:
21.3.10.1.3.1. Interlocking
21.3.10.1.3.2. Sequences of commands
21.3.10.1.3.3. Calculation of rms values of currents and

voltages, active and reactive power,
frequency, power factor, summed up
currents, etc
21.3.10.1.4. MV Local Control
21.3.10.1.4.1. The local control of the MV switchgear is

performed by its control switches.
B - 489
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.10.1.4.2. Local control is possible only when the

Local/Remote selector switch of the
switchgear, is in the "Local" position.
21.3.10.1.4.3. In that position the MVCPU shall receive a

Local indication to an opto-coupler input.
21.3.10.1.4.4. When this input will be active, no control

signals from the MVCPU to the switchgear
should be sent.
21.3.10.1.5. MV Remote control
21.3.10.1.5.1. When the Local/Remote selector switch of

the switchgear is in the "Remote" position
two sources of control to the switchgear
are possible:
21.3.10.1.5.1.1. Station – control panel (station

level).
21.3.10.1.5.1.2. Tele - Control from the

dispatch center.
21.3.10.1.6. MV Process Control
21.3.10.1.6.1. The process control of each of the

MVCPU includes continuous monitoring of
current and voltage inputs, plausibility
check of position indications of
isolating/earthing switches and circuit
breakers, and supervision on correct
execution of control commands.
21.3.10.1.6.2. Each MVCPU also includes the required

logic for the bay-level Interlocks.
21.3.10.1.6.3. Part of the required data is to be acquired

from HVCUs and MVCPUs
21.3.10.1.6.4. Implementation of interlocks within the HV

level and between the HVCUs and
MVCPUs is done by direct communication
(GOOSE messages).
21.3.10.2. Protection functions
B - 490
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.10.2.1. MVCPU 24/36KV protection functions

allocation is according to Appendix D1
Table No. 2 - Protection Functions 24/36KV
and Appendix D4: MV Bay Protection
Functions
21.3.10.2.2. Overcurrent time protection (50/51).

Protect against phase-to-phase faults, with
three (one per phase), overcurrent,
inverse-time units, and three (one per
phase) overcurrent instantaneous units.
21.3.10.2.3. Residual (leakage) overcurrent protection

(51N).
21.3.10.2.3.1. Protection against earth faults in the

solidly grounded operation mode. The
protection is connected to the feeder's CT
in a residual scheme.
21.3.10.2.3.2. The protection shall include:
21.3.10.2.3.2.1. Inverse time overcurrent unit.
21.3.10.2.3.2.2. Instantaneous overcurrent unit.
21.3.10.2.4. Overcurrent protection settings for

Capacitor Bank bay
21.3.10.2.5. Instantaneous unit blocking of Outgoing

Feeders
21.3.10.2.5.1. The instantaneous unit of the protections

shall permit blocking after the first rapid
reclosing step, to count for the selectivity
between the feeder protection and the
distribution transformer fuses.
21.3.10.2.6. Instantaneous unit blocking of Infeed, and

Coupler.
21.3.10.2.6.1. The MVCPU of these bays shall permit

instantaneous blocking by a signal from
each Outgoing feeder protections, to
assure full selectivity for close-in faults.
B - 491
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.10.2.7. Directional Earth Fault (Wattmetric)

protection (32N)
21.3.10.2.7.1. A separate core of the CT will supply the

residual current.
21.3.10.2.7.2. A VT will supply the zero-sequence (open

delta) residual voltage. The Wattmetric
protection has a 0° characteristic angle.
21.3.10.2.7.3. Maximum sensitivity is obtained when the

measured current is in phase with the
polarizing voltage. For other phase angles,
the relay operates when Ix*cosφ≥Is. See
Figure 1 Appendix D1
21.3.10.2.7.4. The protection will be enabled according

to terms of Table No.3 and No.4 Appendix
D1
21.3.10.2.7.5. For a period of time, typically up to 5

seconds, during which the current active
component increasing resistor is
connected to the secondary winding of the
Petersen coil.
21.3.10.2.8. Auto-reclosing function (AR):
21.3.10.2.8.1. The feeder's circuit breaker will be

reclosed by the feeder's MVCP Unit when
tripped by one of its protection functions
(Overcurrent, Leakage, Wattmetric).
21.3.10.2.8.2. The feeder's MVCPU shall be able to

produce up to four "shots" prior to AR
locking out.
21.3.10.2.8.3. The time of each reclosing shot shall be

configured in the feeder's MVCPU, within
time range of 0-900 [sec] and resolution of
10 [msec]
B - 492
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.10.2.8.4. Each MVCPU shall include a user-

programmable logic to determine, for each
protection function, the reclosing blocking-
stage (i.e. it will be possible to determine,
for each protection function, after which
stage, the AR function will be locked out).
21.3.10.2.8.5. A two-position selector switch is installed

for each MVCPU, in order to select
between:
21.3.10.2.8.5.1. AR blocked
21.3.10.2.8.5.2. AR de-blocked
21.3.10.2.8.6. The selector-switch shall be wired to

MVCPU's opto-coupled input.
21.3.10.2.8.7. The AR function will operate only if the

MVCPU has issued a trip command.
21.3.10.2.8.8. The reclosing function shall be provided

with a two separate counters for the
reclosing attempts: one for rapid reclosing,
and another for delayed reclosing.
21.3.10.2.8.9. The reclosing function shall issue an alarm

after the last unsuccessful reclosing
attempt (definite trip).
21.3.10.2.8.10. The "OFF" (blocked) state of the

reclosing shall be locally signaled and
remotely indicated.
21.3.10.2.8.11. If the CB has been tripped manually

or by other functions
(i.e. load shedding) these are regarded as
external operations, which do not activate
the AR function.
21.3.10.2.8.12. The AR function is disabled in the

following cases:
21.3.10.2.8.12.1. AR block/de-block selector-switch

is in “block” position.
B - 493
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.10.2.8.12.2. The CB was manually tripped

(Block reclosing function will be
canceled by manual closing of the
circuit breaker).
21.3.10.2.8.12.3. Remote “Block Reclosing

command” from the Station’s
Control HMI or/and from the
dispatch center.
21.3.10.2.8.12.4. After operation of Breaker Failure

Protection.
21.3.10.2.8.12.5. After Load Shedding Tripping.
21.3.10.3. Special functions of MV section of Substation
21.3.10.3.1. Breaker Failure Protection (BFP)
21.3.10.3.1.1. In case of CB failure, trip commands will

be sent to the Couplers, Infeed and
Feeder CBs, connected to the same bus-
section, and will block the reclosing of all
the Feeder CBs connected to the faulty
busbar
21.3.10.3.1.2. Each of the bays will be equipped with a

BFP block/unblock selector-switch,
installed in the Bay Control Cabinet, and
wired to MVCPU inputs
21.3.10.3.1.3. The trip and blocking commands shall be

issued if the following conditions are
simultaneously fulfilled:
21.3.10.3.1.3.1. A MVCPU issued a trip command
21.3.10.3.1.3.2. A time delay, adjustable between

0-1s has elapsed.
21.3.10.3.1.3.3. A current of a certain adjustable

magnitude is still present in one of
the phases or the circuit breaker is
still closed.
B - 494
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.10.3.1.3.4. If the double indication of the CB

and/or the bus disconnector is 00
or 11, they are considered in the
"closed" logic status
21.3.10.3.1.4. The current detectors shall have a fast

resetting in order to avoid malfunction
21.3.10.3.1.5. See Legend 1 Appendix D1
21.3.10.3.2. Earthing State
21.3.10.3.2.1. Two different methods of earthing system

are used, including a Petersen coil and an
earthing switch:
21.3.10.3.2.2. The Petersen coil and the earthing switch

are connected directly to the neutral point
(see one line diagram on page 170)
21.3.10.3.3. Leakage Relay and Wattmetric Relay

Function
21.3.10.3.3.1. The logic should also include the feature

to set simultaneous operation of both
functions.
21.3.10.3.3.2. For this purpose two operations that can

be activated from the front of infeed bay
MVCPU should be configured:
21.3.10.3.3.2.1. Operation 1: both functions are set
21.3.10.3.3.2.2. Operation 2: the function is set

depending on system earthing
method.
21.3.10.3.3.3. These operations should Set and Reset an

internal variable that enables or disables
the protection functions.
21.3.10.3.3.4. In this logic, an undefined state of the

switchgear is taken as "open".
21.3.10.3.4. Earth Fault (Wattmetric) protection
B - 495
REQUIRED OFFERED
Line Wattmetric protection function shall be activated upon

the following conditions:
21.3.10.3.4.1. If the fault voltage on the Peterson coil
reaches set point V01 as per ‎19.4.2.4,
Peterson Alarm shall be activated
21.3.10.3.4.2. If the fault voltage on the Peterson coil

reaches set point V02 as per ‎19.4.2.4,
Wattmetric relay activated
21.3.10.3.4.3. The wattmetric function shall be active for

t1 seconds (normally set for 5 sec)
21.3.10.3.4.4. If the fault voltage continues to be at V02

after t1 seconds, the wattmetric protection
shall be de-activated, the resistor R1 shall
be disconnected, Peterson lock alarm set,
and flag relay set as per ‎19.4.2.4.
21.3.10.3.4.5. In addition, the wattmetric function of each

feeder shall be activated only if both its
busbar disconnector is in the line position
and the infeed CB is closed
21.3.10.4. Load shedding
21.3.10.4.1. The frequency relay must fulfill requirement

of Appendix D3
21.3.10.4.1.1. Three (3) protection stages for combined

frequency drop and frequency rate of
change are set.
21.3.10.4.1.2. Each stage corresponds to a priority in the

feeder bays:
21.3.10.4.1.2.1. Priority 1: Low frequency and/or

Frequency rate of set point 1
21.3.10.4.1.2.2. Priority 2: Very low frequency

and/or Frequency rate of set point
2
21.3.10.4.1.2.3. Priority 3: Extremely low frequency

and/or rate of set point 3
B - 496
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.10.4.1.3. When a frequency has eventually dropped

below a pre-defined value, or above a
frequency rate of change level, the under-
frequency relay will send a trip command
to all feeder MVCPUs.
21.3.10.4.1.4. Once the trip signal is received, it shall be

compared to the feeder priority. If they
match, the feeder MVCPU should trip the
CB and set an internal variable to enable
the Load Shedding to restore it.
21.3.10.4.1.5. The under-frequency relay can measure

the frequency of the HV busbar,
21.3.10.4.1.6. The under frequency functions for the

three priority levels are defined as in
Appendix D1 Table No.5 Frequency
protection functionality for the three priority
levels
21.3.10.4.1.7. If the feeder MVCPU is in “Local” mode,

the load shedding will trip the CB, but it
won't close with the restoration function
(this interlock is done in the feeder bay
itself).
21.3.10.4.1.8. The minimum number and type of required

inputs and outputs of the frequency relay
are according to the following Appendix
D1 Table No. 6 I/O OF FREQUENCY
RELAY
21.3.10.4.2. Feeder bay
21.3.10.4.2.1. The priority of each Feeder bay shall be

independent and selected by a selector
switch on the MV switchgear
21.3.10.4.3. Feeder Restoration
21.3.10.4.3.1. Feeder reclosing is done when the

frequency is above the under-frequency
level 1.
B - 497
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.10.4.3.2. All the feeders with the same priority

should close at the same time.
21.3.10.4.3.3. The first that will close will be priority 3

feeders: the under-frequency relay will
send the closing order to the first MVCPU
of the busbar and the CB will close if the
following conditions are fulfilled:
21.3.10.4.3.3.1. The priority of the feeder matches

with the closing order priority.
21.3.10.4.3.3.2. The circuit breaker has tripped by

Load Shedding protection.
21.3.10.4.3.3.3. The frequency remains over the

under-frequency level.
21.3.10.4.3.4. The restoration process will finish with

priority 1. The time shift between the
reclosing of the different priorities will be
configured in the under-frequency relay
logic (T12, T13, T14 in the following
Appendix D1 Table No. 7 Time shifts
between the priorities)
21.3.10.4.3.5. In case of having a Load Shedding

Reclosing process in progress, if a "Load
Shedding OUT" command to the under-
frequency relay is activated, it should be
executed after the reclosing process is
finished.
21.3.10.5. MV Capacitor Bank Switching

See Appendix D1 Figure No 2 Capacitor Bank
21.3.10.5.1. Additional Capacitor Bank MVCPU Inputs
21.3.10.5.1.1. "Unbalance ALARM" - Unbalance current

in Capacitor Bank
21.3.10.5.1.2. "Unbalance TRIP" - the Capacitor Bank

Unbalance Protection issued a trip
command. These inputs are allocated for
unbalanced conditions SCPS event
recording and display.
B - 498
REQUIRED OFFERED
21.3.10.5.1.3. "Lock-out Trip Indication" – The Lock-Out

relay of the Capacitor Bank Unbalance
Protection is in "locked" state.
21.3.10.5.1.4. In case of undefined state of any

switchgear element involved in the
Capacitor Bank special function logic, it
will be considered as closed.
21.3.10.5.2. Additional Capacitor Bank MVCPU Outputs
21.3.10.5.2.1. "Lock-Out Trip" – trip command to the

Lock-Out relay. It will be closed if the
Capacitor Bank bay MVCPU issued a trip
command to the Capacitor Bank bay
Circuit Breaker.
21.3.10.5.2.1.1. This output shall be coupled with

"Unbalance TRIP" input.
21.3.10.5.2.2. "CB closing permission" - will close when

there are no conditions to block the closing
of the Capacitor Bank bay Circuit Breaker,
i.e. all the following conditions should be
fulfilled:
21.3.10.5.2.2.1. The Capacitor Bank bay Circuit

Breaker is in "OPEN" position for
at least 300 seconds
21.3.10.5.2.2.2. The MV busbar voltage is NOT

above the Capacitor Bank MVCPU
overvoltage function upper limit or
below the under-voltage function
lower limit
21.3.10.5.2.2.3. Input "Lock-Out Trip Indication" is

not activated. See Appendix D1
Figure No. 3 Capacitor Bank CB
Close permission
B - 499
ITEM 11 – FIRE PROTECTION MEASURES
REQUIRED OFFERED
22.1. MANUFACTURER

Manufacturer’s)
22.2. PROPERTIES
REQUIRED OFFERED
22.2.1. General Requirements
22.2.1.1. Fire detection system in each container of the

mobile substation
22.2.1.2. Fire detection by smoke detectors in an explosive

region in the batteries cabin
22.2.1.3. Fire detection shall be installed in electricity

cabinets in which the infeed is 63A and more
22.2.1.4. Fire detection and fire extinguishing by FM200

gas in electricity cabinets with infeed that
exceeds 100A.
22.2.1.5. The electrical power to electricity cabinets (that

are not vital) with infeed that exceeds 63A shall
be disconnected upon detection of fire
22.2.1.6. Operation and cut-off of the air-conditioning and

smoke removal systems
22.2.1.7. Fire alarm control system with local and remote

alarms shall be mounted in M.V. and L.V. kiosks
B - 500
REQUIRED OFFERED
22.2.1.8. Automatic GSM dialer with operating frequency

850, 900, 1800, 1900MHz
22.2.1.9. Catalog and technical specifications for the entire

equipment
22.2.1.10. Meeting the requirements of Israeli and

international standards of the entire equipment
22.2.1.11. Qualification of quality assurance standard ISO

9001:2015 issued by a certified institution
22.2.1.12. Detailed drawings and plans of the fire detection

and fire extinguishing systems at individual level
(each item separately)
22.2.1.13. Detailed description of the communications setup

among all the components of the system
Hochiki
22.2.1.14. The fire alarm system shall be one of the Cerberus
following approved manufactories or approved Simplex
equivalent according to Israeli Standard 1220, Telefire
Parts 1 to 11. Shark
22.2.1.15. The control panel labels shall be in Hebrew
22.2.1.16. All the equipment, its installation, the inspections,

the delivery and the certifications of designing,
execution and maintenance shall be in
accordance with the standards that are detailed
below:
22.2.1.16.1. Israeli Standard 1220, Parts 1 to 11, the last

versions and any other part that will be
published until the delivery of the systems to
the purchaser
22.2.1.16.2. NFPA-72/99 A, B, C, D, E, F – National Fire

Protection Association
22.2.1.16.3. International standards: all the equipment

shall be approved by the UL and FM
international entities
22.2.1.16.4. EN 61000 – 2.4.8 – Endurance of

Electromagnetic Interference
B - 501
REQUIRED OFFERED
22.2.1.16.5. EN 50161 – Endurance of Radio Frequency

Interference
22.2.1.16.6. NFA 70/99: "National Electric Code"
22.2.1.16.7. The Law of Electricity
22.2.1.16.8. Israeli Standard 5210 for aerosol
22.2.1.16.9. The cables shall be fire proof in accordance

with IEE-383 Standard
22.2.1.16.10. The obligatory standard for the fire

extinguishing systems by flooding with gas is
NFPA 2001/100
B - 502
ITEM 12 – SECURITY ALARM SYSTEM
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.1. MANUFACTURER

Manufacturer’s)
23.2. PROPERTIES
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.1.1. The security alarm system will cover the Mobile

Substation and all around the station. The system
is supposed to alert and display intrusion and
location thereof
98%
23.2.1.2. Probability of detection required from the intrusion
system at least
23.2.1.3. Percentage of false alarms will not change from

summer to winter
23.2.1.4. The system will include a means of disabling

against the following interference:
23.2.1.4.1. EMI (Electromagnetic Interference)
23.2.1.4.2. RFI (Radio Frequency Interference),

lightning, etc
23.2.1.5. The system will keep working following the

intrusion of small objects, birds, animals and so
on
23.2.1.6. All the zones of the system will be monitored
B - 503
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.2. System features

The system will perform the following operations:
23.2.2.1. Complete or partial operation based on control
panel programming
23.2.2.2. Automatic operation
23.2.2.3. Manual operation
23.2.2.4. Full and ongoing control over all parts of the

system and system integrity
23.2.2.5. User friendly programming and control
23.2.2.6. Adequate Inputs for 40 zones for external use.

12 contacts
23.2.2.7. Programmable dry contacts for operation different
systems e.g. flashing lights and a CCTV
system(future)
23.2.2.8. Automatic dialer will adhere to the requirements

of the Israel Ministry of Communication)
23.2.2.9. Determining sequence of operations in advance
23.2.2.10. Intrusion Detections display on LCD and stored

on log
1
23.2.2.11. Administrator and User Level protected by administrato
passwords r and 10
users
23.2.2.12. Service code and Quick Start code
23.2.2.13. An indelible / nonvolatile memory when power

fails, etc. (EEPROM)
23.2.2.14. Transfer of alarms to a remote location (by NO /

NC contact and / or constant voltage or signal if
required)
B - 504
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.2.15. When 'disabling' the alarm system during system

testing and other work at the station, the alarm
system shall transmit an alert to the remote
center.
23.2.2.16. Designed to work with addressed detectors

(detector with address)
23.2.2.17. Connection to laptop computer including cable,

software, plugs
150 events
23.2.2.18. Event history shall be saved by date and year
127 DB
23.2.2.19. Siren oscillator with the option to speak in three
languages (preferably Hebrew)
23.2.3. The components of the security alarm system
23.2.3.1. Control panel
23.2.3.2. Magnetic door detectors

105 DB
23.2.3.3. Alert sirens with red flashing light with rising and measured at
falling sound and intensity of 105 decibels An distance of
audio message will be sounded upon intrusion one meter
detection
23.2.3.4. Keypad with LCD screen
23.2.3.4.1. The system shall include 2 keypads with LCD

screen. The primary Keypad shall be installed
control cubicle in the control room.
IP65
23.2.3.4.2. The secondary keypad will be installed in a
water proof protective metal box according to
23.2.3.4.3. The keypad will be used to perform all

operations done from the control panel:
program, disable, turn on the system, disable
and re-enable zones and detectors, etc.
23.2.3.5. A Cellular modem transmitter will perform the

remote transmission
B - 505
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.3.6. Internal or external antenna to transmit signals to

the IECo Security Center
23.2.3.7. Calling card
23.2.3.7.1. The contractor shall provide calling card

authorized and approved by Bezeq Company
23.2.3.7.2. Message length that can be saved in the

calling card (in addition to the four phone
numbers) would include the name of the
station and location of the intrusion and will
inform on the intrusion, if possible
23.2.3.7.3. It also will be able to accumulate messages

in the station area
23.2.3.8. The system will be connected to the 230VAC, 50

Hz station UPS distribution and will have 12 volt
at least 17AH battery backup.
23.2.3.9. Cables
23.2.3.9.1. Cables installed outside the building will be

with cross-section of at least 1.5mm²
23.2.3.9.2. Cables installed inside the building will be

1mm² and at least 0.5mm².
23.2.3.9.3. Cables with cross-section of 0.5mm² will be

twisted
23.2.3.9.4. All cables will be shielded and fireproof
23.2.3.10. Control Cabinet and Alarm System
23.2.3.10.1. The control system will be installed in a steel

control cubicle located in the control room. All
cubicle shelves shall be metal.
23.2.3.10.2. The control cabinet will be equipped with a

door and lock
23.2.3.10.3. All equipment will be installed inside the

cabinet and not on the door
B - 506
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.3.10.4. This cabinet should be approved before

installation
23.2.3.10.4.1. The control panel and control cubicle labels

shall be in Hebrew or English
23.2.3.10.4.2. The panel will contain memory for saving of

operations and events related to the system
with date and name of the operator
230 VAC
23.2.3.10.4.3. The panel input voltage
23.2.3.10.4.4. Operating voltage of the system: 12V DC.

The system contains a fuse on the 12V side
230VAC/
23.2.3.10.4.5. The panel will contain four programmable 60VDC
auxiliary dry contacts for alarms, and will 2A
support voltage of up to (for customer
usage)
23.2.3.10.5. The panel will comply with the following

requirements:
23.2.3.10.5.1. Shall display detection areas. It will be

possible to expand the areas of detection
23.2.3.10.5.2. Transmit signals to operate the systems
23.2.3.10.5.3. Shall display detection in the area (audio

visual) and / or display a particular
detector's detection
23.2.3.10.5.4. Shall display fault in the area (audio visual)

and / or in the detector
23.2.3.10.5.5. Shall contain system for areas cross-

referencing
23.2.3.10.5.6. Shall signal an alert by activating an

automatic dialer
23.2.3.10.5.7. Shall transmit an alarm signal to a horn /

siren and blinker as defined
B - 507
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.3.10.5.8. Shall test areas / detectors (TEST) also in

the synoptic charts
23.2.3.10.5.9. Shall show indication if the detector is

activated
23.2.3.10.5.10. Shall activate for each area an

intrusion alarm LED and fault alarm LED
23.2.3.10.5.11. Shall verify continuously and regularly

the state of detectors sensitivity
23.2.3.10.5.12. In case of disconnection, short, pulling

out detectors, battery voltage drop and
batteries not charged as required, audible
fault alarm Shall be activated in the control
panel and by horns. The alert will be
transmitted to the IECo Security Center
23.2.3.10.5.13. Visually alerts when detector is

removed from its base for maintenance or
repair and in case of malfunction
23.2.3.10.5.14. Alerts when system is disabled during

maintenance
23.2.3.10.5.15. Disabling of detectors according to its

address (if necessary for maintenance)
23.2.3.10.5.16. Shall activate internal buzzer for alarm

in case of fault and alert
23.2.3.10.6. System Testing (Test Mode):
23.2.3.10.6.1. In this mode, the siren will be disabled from

the control panel.
23.2.3.10.6.2. The system will RESET within few seconds

after activating each detector.
23.2.3.10.6.3. The control panel will be equipped with

system LEDs testing (LAMP - TEST)
23.2.3.10.6.4. Changing to the TEST mode will not affect

the reception of alarms and / or other
detectors
B - 508
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.3.10.7. The control panel will include operating unit

by keypad and it will be possible to program
detection zones or disable them
23.2.3.10.8. Each area will have a switch to disable the

area, regardless of the rest of the areas, or
the detectors
23.2.3.10.9. The panel will be protected against sabotage

and tampering
23.2.3.10.10. Near the panel, digital auto dialer will be

installed which will be capable to transmit a
message to 4 addresses or to communication
card in the switchboard. The Israel Ministry of
Communications should approve the dialer
23.2.3.10.11. All alerts will be audiovisual, and will

transmitted using a calling card to 4 phone
numbers. The first number will be of the
regional center and additional 3 according to
the customer's decision. The panel will
include the option of transmitting alarms by
pulses. Operating voltage of the coil will be
12 volts
23.2.3.10.12. Auxiliary relay will be installed on the panel

and will remain always connected to the input
voltage (230 VAC) of the system. Lack of AC
supply will cause the auxiliary contact of the
relay to close and to send a fault alarm. The
dry auxiliary contacts will work on 60VDC, 2A
23.2.3.10.13. Control Cubicle would be of protection type

IP30 and with louvers for natural ventilation
23.2.3.10.14. Wiring will be as required by N.F.P.A.,

standards 72E & 70
23.2.3.10.15. Emergency batteries will be installed with 12

VDC and automatic charger in Control
Cubicle,
B - 509
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.3.10.16. The batteries will be charged from the

network using a battery charging equipment.
The switch from the network to the batteries
and back will be automatic. The charging
equipment shall be capable of charging an
empty battery within 24 hours. Charging fault
will cause malfunction alert
23.2.3.10.17. Batteries capacity will be for 48 hours of

current shutdown. The batteries will be of dry-
type, nickel-cadmium or jelly. The batteries
will be able to supply the required current for
alarming for an additional hour after the
completion of 48 hours
23.2.3.10.18. The control panel will be connected to the

existing UPS located in the Mobile Substation
23.2.3.10.19. The batteries quality will prevent any damage

to the panel
23.2.4. Detectors requirements
23.2.4.1. The detectors will be approved by the Standards

Institution of Israel and by Israeli Standard No.
1337, or other similar institutes abroad (U.L. F.M.
V.D.S. B.S. etc.)
23.2.4.2. The detectors types will be PIR, IR beam,

magnetic and microwave
23.2.4.3. The detectors will have the possibility of

installation on plaster
23.2.4.4. The detectors will be delivered with their bases

and all the other parts for their installation,
connection and operation, as required by the
device manufacturer
23.2.4.5. All detectors will be connected firmly to the

designated walls or ceilings using supports or
other means
B - 510
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.4.6. All parts of the system shall be approved by the

U.L., VDS, BS or any other institution approved
by the customer. These certifications will be
submitted to the customer during the bidding
23.2.4.7. The detectors will be numbered. The numbering

will be on the detectors base so that one can
identify the detector and read the number while
standing on floor. This number will be the same
as the number that appears on the control panel
23.2.4.8. The detector will include LED indicator that blinks

during the operation of the detector
23.2.4.9. Detectors base will be installed to withstand

pushing, pulling or rotation
23.2.4.10. The detectors will be protected against

environmental conditions such as moisture, dust,
soot etc.
23.2.4.11. All detectors will have address to work with the

control panel using address units
23.2.4.12. Types of detectors
23.2.4.12.1.1. Door limit switch (Magnet)
23.2.4.12.1.2. Electric magnet made of two parts
23.2.4.12.1.3. It is mounted on the side of the door

opening and connected by wire to the
control panel
23.2.4.12.1.4. During normal operation, opening of the

magnet will activate the alarm system
23.2.4.12.1.5. It will be a magnetic switch for current of 2A

at least
23.2.5. Operation mode of the security alarm system
23.2.5.1. The alarm system shall be divided into areas. In

each area, a door limit switch (Magnet) shall be
installed
B - 511
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.5.2. Upon detection of intrusion in the protected area,

the detector will be activated and will transmit
alarm to the control panel:
23.2.5.2.1. Red alarm light "intrusion" in the panel will

illuminate
23.2.5.2.2. Siren alarm in the panel will be activated
23.2.5.2.3. The alarm siren in the detection area will be

activated
23.2.5.2.4. The alarm will be sent using the auto-dialer to

the determined IECo security center
23.2.5.3. If one or more detectors switched to an alarm

mode, and turn on the system, this action will not
affect other areas. This in case of intrusion
detection in number of different areas at the same
time
23.2.5.4. In case of detector activation due to a failure, the

following will be activated in the intrusion
detection system:
23.2.5.4.1. Malfunction warning light on the control panel
23.2.5.4.2. Malfunction buzzer in the control panel
23.2.5.4.3. Activation of the automatic dialer to inform

the control center about the problem
23.2.5.4.4. The fault will be transferred via a wireless

transmitter to the regional center of the
Security Department
23.2.5.4.5. Option of remote fault transmission in a way

determined by the customer (contact changer
or other)
23.2.5.4.6. The system will ensure that removal of

detector from base for repairs or
maintenance will not disable the rest of the
detectors and appropriate alarm will be
displayed in the control panel about the
removal of the detector
B - 512
REQUIRED OFFERED
23.2.6. Security alarm system equipment list

Rokonet.
23.2.6.1. Control panel with addresses and 40 zones as PROSYS 128
described in the bill of materials for the security or
alarm system. Including emergency batteries, equivalent
automatic charger and power supply. Digital
keypad unit, auxiliary contacts and all
functionalities required for the correct operation of
the system (to work with addressable detectors)
includes a display in Hebrew includes
communication card for connection to TCP/IP
network
Rokonet
23.2.6.2. Digital keypad unit with buttons to operate the RP128KCL01
system from remote, installed in a cabinet LA or
described below equivalent
Rokonet
23.2.6.3. Power supply unit and transformer for offered
RP296EPS or
security alarm system equivalent
Rokonet
23.2.6.4. Address unit for the detector and the control panel RP296EZ08
made or
equivalent
Central
23.2.6.5. Tamper proof limit switch for protection of doors 2505 model
and air conditioners – by 2A magnet or
equivalent
Rokonet
23.2.6.6. Cellular modem unit RP128GSXM
00A or
equivalent
Rokonet
23.2.6.7. Dialer + Audio message unit RP128EV00IL
A or
equivalent
Rokonet /
23.2.6.8. Siren including an audio-visual alarm with power PROSOUND
of 105 DB. Water proof or
equivalent
B - 513
ITEM 13 – CABLES
24.1. PRPERTIES OF M.V. CABLES

REQUIRED OFFERED
24.1.1.2. Type designation of flexible cable
24.1.1.2.1. Cables should include a RF Shield that can

be earthed to a RF ground before the
transformer secondary bushing, the MV
Switchgear and capacitor bank conductors,
see Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5
24.1.1.2.2. Item 13.1 - Cables connection between

power transformer and MV transformer bay
24.1.1.2.3. Item 13.2 - Cables connection between

outgoing line bay and capacitors bank
24.1.1.2.4. Item 13.3 - Cable connection between neutral

point of power transformer bay and neutral
earthing switchgear

earthing switchgear and Petersen coil
24.1.1.2.6. Item 13.5 - Cable connection between

Petersen coil and earthing of substation.

earthing switchgear and earthing of
substation.
24.1.1.3. Type designation/number of outdoor termination:
24.1.1.3.1. For Item 13.1 outdoor termination at one end

(transformer side) and plug in the other end
(MV GIS side)
B - 514
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.1.1.3.2. For Item 13.2 plug in termination at one end

and plug in the other end

and plug in the other end

and outdoor the other end


IEC 60840
24.1.1.4. The cables shall be made by EPR flexible single
core cables with cooper conductors according to
24.1.1.5. Cables shall be mounted (rolled) on motorized

reels (see sub-clause 18.3) when the mobile
substation is not in operation except for transport
they shall be unrolled and connected to 36kV side
of power transformer on the second semitrailer
24.1.1.6. Cables Item 13.2 shall have the possibility to be

connected anyone of outgoing line bay
24.1.1.7. The cables shall be able to withstand often

repeated bending in all directions, as well as
rolling and unrolling in accordance with possible
operating conditions of the mobile substation. No
damage shall occur to the cables or any part
thereof as a result of such operating conditions
24.1.1.8. The cable shall be supplied with all necessary

accessories including terminations at both ends
as follows:
24.1.1.8.1. Cable connection for Item 13.1 between

power transformer and 36kV transformer bay:
IEC 60840
24.1.1.8.1.1. Outdoor termination mounted on supporting
structure close to the transformer as far as
applicable according to
24.1.1.8.1.2. Plug in terminations in transformer bay
B - 515
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.1.1.8.2. Cable connection for Item 13.2 between

outgoing line bay and capacitor bank:
24.1.1.8.2.1. Plug in terminations
24.1.1.8.3. Fire hazard shall be taken into account in

establishing cable and termination type
24.1.1.8.4. All details concerning cable stresses,

mounting, routing, curvature radius, type of
termination etc. shall be arranged by
cooperation cables manufacturer and
Contractor's designer of mobile substation.
Such cooperation shall also include
performing together factory tests and on site
tests, defining fields of responsibilities for all
work executed under coordination
agreements between the two parties and all
other necessary activities for carrying out the
connection
24.1.1.8.5. Cooperation between cables manufacturer

and 36kV switchgear manufacturer is also
necessary to ensure suitable and safe plug in
terminations in all bays
24.1.2. Reels Requirements
24.1.2.2. Type designation of reel for cables
24.1.2.3. Stand-type reel with two flanges and one shaft
24.1.2.4. Four (4) bearing mounting reels independent and

motorized
24.1.2.5. Each motorized driven shall be provided with:
24.1.2.5.1. Electrical motor sealed IP55, 4 poles

(1450rpm) 2200W 400V A.C. 50Hz
24.1.2.5.2. Worm reduction unit
24.1.2.5.3. Chain type final drive
B - 516
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.1.2.5.4. Crank for manual operation
24.1.2.6. Each reel shall be divided into three (3) sections

to accept three (3) cables
24.1.2.7. Each section shall also be fitted with niche

housing and fastening the cable ends. The cable
termination shall be fixed during transportation on
semitrailer's floor
24.1.2.8. The shoulders shall be obtained from iron

sections lined with hot galvanized plates
24.1.2.9. The reel shall be shaped from hot galvanized

plain plates
24.1.2.10. The main shaft shall made of carbon steel
24.1.2.11. Stand type holding unit shall be made of hot

galvanized iron section, fitted with fastening
holes, diameter 20 [mm]
24.1.2.12. Bolts and nuts shall be according to our

requirements under sub-clause ‎10.1.4
24.1.2.13. The units shall be delivered already tested
24.1.2.14. The reel shall be covered during transport and

storage
24.1.2.15. Each motorized reel shall be completed of

rotating limit switch that automatically signals
when the drum is empty and when it is full load it
switches off the relative motor
24.1.2.16. A sealed control electric panel of 4 motors and

relative limit switches shall be provided
24.1.2.17. Each motor shall be independent controlled

possibility of winding and unwinding
24.1.2.18. Overall dimensions for each motor
24.1.3. Ratings
B - 517
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.1.3.1. Cables shall be designed for continuous operation

in air with rated loading at least as follows:
1250
24.1.3.1.1. Item 13.1 [A]
630
24.1.3.1.2. Item 13.2 [A]
400
24.1.3.1.3. Item 13.3 [A]
400
24.1.3.1.4. Item 13.4 [A]
400
24.1.3.1.5. Item 13.5 [A]
400
24.1.3.1.6. Item 13.6 [A]
16/3
24.1.3.2. Rated short time withstand current [kA/s]
50
24.1.3.3. Rated peak withstand current [A]
170
24.1.3.4. Lightning impulse withstand voltage between
conductor and screen as well as between
terminations and earth, not less than [kV]
70
24.1.3.5. Power frequency withstand voltage between each
conductor and screen or sheet for which cables
and accessories including termination are
designed [kV]
24.1.3.6. Power frequency withstand voltage between two

conductors for which cables and accessories
including termination are designed [kV]
24.1.3.7. Maximum power frequency withstand voltage

between any two conductors for which cables and
accessories including termination are designed
[kV]
24.2. Design and Construction
24.2.1.1. Cables and accessories including terminations

shall be designed for environmental condition as
specified under sub-clause ‎10.1
90
24.2.1.2. Maximum temperature of conductor at normal
operation shall be [˚C]
B - 518
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
250
24.2.1.3. Maximum temperature of conductor at short
circuit (3 sec) shall be [˚C]
24.2.1.4. Maximum temperature of conductor under

emergency conditions shall be 130 [˚C] for 8
[hours] continuously. The total conditions shall not
exceed 100 [hours] per year
IEC 60228
24.2.1.5. Cable conductors shall be of tinned annealed class 5
cooper according to
24.2.1.6. Cable insulation shall be EPR compound or

equivalent
24.2.1.7. The metallic screen to be applied over the

nonmetallic semi-conducting insulation screen,
shall consist of tinned annealed copper braiding
or wired wound helically around the core
24.2.1.8. The cable outer sheet shall consist of poly-

chloroprene or equivalent and shall be highly
flexible and withstand high ambient temperature,
direct exposure to sunrays, prolonged immersion
in seawater and shall be of heat resistance and
flame retardant type
black
24.2.1.9. The color of outer sheet shall be
24.2.1.10. Maximum thickness of semi-conductor layer over

the conductor :
0.6
24.2.1.10.1. Item 13.1 [mm]
0.6
24.2.1.10.2. Item 13.2 [mm]
24.2.1.10.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]
24.2.1.10.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]
24.2.1.11. Maximum thickness of semi-conductor layer over

the insulation :
0.6
24.2.1.11.1. Item 13.1 [mm]
0.6
24.2.1.11.2. Item 13.2 [mm]
B - 519
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.2.1.11.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]
24.2.1.11.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]
24.2.1.12. Nominal thickness of the insulation:

10.5
24.2.1.12.1. Item 13.1 [mm]
10.5
24.2.1.12.2. Item 13.2 [mm]
24.2.1.12.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]
24.2.1.12.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]
24.2.1.13. Minimum diameter of each wire of the screen:

0.5
24.2.1.13.1. Item 13.1 [mm]
0.5
24.2.1.13.2. Item 13.2 [mm]
24.2.1.13.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]
24.2.1.13.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]
24.2.1.14. Total cross section of metallic screen:

25
24.2.1.14.1. Item 13.1 [mm2]
25
24.2.1.14.2. Item 13.2 [mm2]
24.2.1.14.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm2]
24.2.1.14.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm2]
24.2.1.15. Outdoor termination creepage distance, not less

than:
980
24.2.1.15.1. Item 13.1 [mm]
980
24.2.1.15.2. Item 13.2 [mm]
24.2.1.15.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]
24.2.1.15.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]
B - 520
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.2.1.16. Cross section conductor and screen:
24.2.1.16.1. Item 13.1 [mm2]
24.2.1.16.2. Item 13.2 [mm2]
24.2.1.16.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm2]
24.2.1.16.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm2]
24.2.1.17. Cable outer diameter:
24.2.1.17.1. Item 13.1 [mm]
24.2.1.17.2. Item 13.2 [mm]
24.2.1.17.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]
24.2.1.17.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]
24.2.1.18. Permissible bending radius:
24.2.1.18.1. Item 13.1 [mm]
24.2.1.18.2. Item 13.2 [mm]
24.2.1.18.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]
24.2.1.18.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]
24.2.1.19. One phase route of each item of cable shall be:

30
24.2.1.19.1. Item 13.1 [m]
30
24.2.1.19.2. Item 13.2 [m]
24.2.1.19.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [m]
24.2.1.19.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [m]
24.2.1.20. Net weight of cable shall be:
24.2.1.20.1. Item 13.1 [kg/m]
B - 521
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.2.1.20.2. Item 13.2 [kg/m]
24.2.1.20.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [kg/m]
24.2.1.20.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [kg/m]
24.2.1.21. Expected cable life span [years]
24.2.2. Marking
24.2.2.1. Throughout the whole cable length, at a distances

not exceeding 50cm, the following marks shall be
embossed:
24.2.2.1.1. Manufacturer's name and trademark
24.2.2.1.2. Cable identification marks
24.2.2.1.3. Year of production
24.2.2.1.4. "Property of ISRAEL ELECTRIC

CORPRATION LTD."
24.2.3. Packing
24.2.3.1. The cables shall be furnished ready mounted on

semitrailer
24.2.3.2. The following information shall be supplied on a

printed tag firmly attached to each cable
24.2.3.2.1. Manufacturer's name
24.2.3.2.2. I.E.Co. order number
24.2.3.2.3. Manufacturing date
24.2.3.2.4. Cable title
24.2.3.2.5. Cable length
24.2.3.2.6. Gross weight
24.2.3.2.7. Cable standard/specification
B - 522
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.3. Tests
24.3.1. General requirements for tests under sub-

clause ‎10.1 shall be met
IEC 60840
24.3.2. Electrical and mechanical tests on cable and
terminations shall be done at both ends according to
24.3.3. Type tests and all other manufacturer's test reports

shall be supplies with tender for proposed cables. Non
IEC tests should be listed with short description
24.3.4. Routine tests and special tests shall be performed

without extra price.
24.3.5. A list of cables indicating type denomination, number

of conductor cross section, length, destination at both
ends, utilization (measuring, line protection,
transformer protection, etc.) shall be supplied
24.3.6. A drawing indicating cable routing with cables

referred to the list under sub-clause ‎24.3.5
24.4. PRPERTIES OF H.V. 170KV CABLES

REQUIRED OFFERED
24.4.1.1. XLPE insulated single core cables with copper

conductors and their terminations between GIS
and transformer will be supplied by manufacturer
24.4.1.2. The supplied 161 kV cable shall consist of all the
principal layers (such as swelling tape, bitumen,
semi-conductive layers, anti-corrosive material
etc.), provided that the construction will include all
necessary measures against corrosion, water
ingression, etc.
24.4.1.3. The cables shall be applicable according to IEC

60840 & IEC 60228
B - 523
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.4.1.4. The cables shall be able to withstand often

repeated bending in all directions in accordance
with possible operating conditions of the mobile
substation. No damage shall occur to cables or
any part thereof as a result of such operating
conditions
24.4.1.6. Type designation of:
24.4.1.6.1. 161kV power cable
24.4.1.6.2. Outdoor termination to 170kV GIS
24.4.1.6.3. Outdoor plug in termination to power

transformer
24.4.1.7. Fire hazard shall be taken into account in

establishing cable and terminations type
24.4.1.8. Cooperation between cable manufacturer and

170kV switchgear manufacturer Is also necessary
to ensure suitable and safe plug In terminations
24.4.1.9. All details concerning cable stresses, mounting,

routing, curvature radius, type of terminations,
etc. shall be arranged by cooperation between
cable manufacturer and Contractor’s designer of
the mobile substation
24.4.1.10. The cables should be supplied with all necessary

accessories including termination at both ends
24.4.2. Ratings (Cables and terminations):
24.4.2.1. continuous operation current in air with a rated

450
loading (A)
24.4.2.2. Rated short time withstand current (kA/sec) 50/0.5
24.4.2.3. Rated peak withstand current (A) 125
B - 524
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.4.2.4. Peak value of lightning impulse voltage between

conductor and screen, as well as between 750
terminations and earth, not less than (kV peak)
24.4.2.5. Rated r.m.s. power frequency voltage between

each conductor and screen or sheath for which
cables and accessories, including terminations,
are designed (kV)
24.4.2.6. Rated r.m.s. power frequency voltage between

any two conductors for which cables and
accessories, including termination, are designed
(kV)
24.4.2.7. Maximum r.m.s. power frequency voltage

between any two conductors for which cables and
accessories, including termination, are designed
(kV)
24.4.3. Design and construction:
24.4.3.1. Cables and accessories, including terminations,

shall be designed for environmental conditions as
specified under sub-clause ‎10.1
24.4.3.2. Maximum rated conductor temperature in normal

90
operation shall be [˚C]
24.4.3.3. Maximum rated conductor temperature in case of

250
short circuit (3 sec) shall be [˚C]
24.4.3.4. Maximum conductor temperature under

emergency conditions (shall not exceed 1000 105
hours during the service life of the cable)
24.4.3.5. Cable conductors shall be of stranded compacted

high quality electrolytic copper according to IEC
60228
24.4.3.6. The insulation shall be one layer extruded cross-

linked polyethylene (XLPE).
24.4.3.7. The semiconducting both inner and outer layers

shall be continuous and have a nominal thickness
of 5% of the average thickness of the insulation
(each layer).
B - 525
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.4.3.7.1. The ratio between maximum and minimum

thickness measured in each layer, shall not
exceed 2.
24.4.3.7.2. The outer semi- conducting layer shall be

non-peelable.
24.4.3.7.3. The electric resistivity both before and after

ageing of the layers at temperature shall not
exceed: 1000 m (for the conductor screen)
& 500 m (for the insulation screen).
24.4.3.8. The cross section of the metallic screen over the

insulation semi-conducting layer shall be
calculated to withstand the short-circuit current
given in sub-clause ‎24.4.2.2
24.4.3.9. The outer protective jacket shall be an extruded

layer of black HDPE ST - 7 According to IEC
60840.
24.4.3.10. Cross section of conductor (mm2)
24.4.3.11. Cable outer diameter (mm)
24.4.3.12. Net weight of cable (kg/m)
24.4.3.13. Expected cable life span (years)
24.4.3.14. The cable's accessories (the inner termination of

an inlet type into switch-gear and the outdoor
termination for connecting the cables to the
transformers(‎should be supplied by manufacturer:
24.4.3.14.1. All the accessories shall be prefabricated and

pre-tested.
24.4.3.14.2. The accessories shall incorporate

countermeasure against vibrations and
earthquakes.
24.4.3.14.3. Mechanical loads
24.4.3.14.3.1. Specific mechanical load (SML) [N]
B - 526
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.4.3.14.3.2. Max. mechanical load (MML) [N]
24.4.3.14.3.3. Damaged limit [N]
24.4.3.14.4. Creepage distance of terminations not less

31kV/mm
than
24.4.3.14.5. Testing of the Terminations shall be in

accordance with IEC 60840
24.4.4. Marking:
24.4.4.1. Throughout the whole cable length, at distances

not exceeding 50cm, the following marks shall be
indelibly marked, preferably embossed
24.4.4.1.1. Manufacturer’s name or trademark
24.4.4.1.2. Year of production
24.4.4.1.3. “Property of ISRAEL ELECTRIC

CORPORATION LTD”
24.4.4.2. The cable shall be furnished ready mounted on

semitrailer
24.4.4.3. The following information shall be supplied printed

on a tag firmly attached to each cable
24.4.4.3.1. Manufacturer’s name
24.4.4.3.2. IECo order No
24.4.4.3.3. Manufacturing date
24.4.4.3.4. 161kV, diameter (mm2), Copper
24.4.4.3.5. length
24.4.4.3.6. weight
24.4.4.3.7. standard/specification
24.4.5. Tests:
B - 527
ITEM 13 – CABLES
REQUIRED OFFERED
24.4.5.1. Electrical and mechanical tests on cable and

cable terminations (type tests and routine tests)
shall comply at least with IEC provisions, as far as
applicable
24.4.5.2. The tests shall also include the tests according to

manufacturer’s or other standards and which are
usually performed by Manufacturer on proposed
type of cable
24.4.5.3. Type test and all other Manufacturer test reports

shall be supplied with tender for proposed type of
cable Non IEC tests should be listed with a short
description
24.4.5.4. In case of contract, the routine, special,

acceptance and sample tests shall be performed
without extra price
24.4.6. Documents
24.4.6.1. Description and drawings of 161kV cable and

terminations should be supplied
B - 528
ITEM 14 – EARTHING
25. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EARTHING - ITEM 14

REQUIRED OFFERED
25.1.1. The earthing shall include all the metallic parts of the
switchgear, power transformer and Petersen Coil which are
normally not energized (enclosure, supports, bases, pipes,
doors, windows, heaters, etc)
25.1.2. All relevant parts of the electrical circuits shall be earthed

and connected to a common earth on each semitrailer, which
will be Contractor’s responsibility
25.1.3. The common earth for earthing conductors of 170kV and

36kV SF6 switchgear, power transformer, Petersen Coil,
cubicles, etc. will be connected to the substation earth, which
will be Purchaser’s responsibility
25.1.4. Ground pads shall be provided along general earth conductor

of mobile substation for connection to Purchaser’s earthing
system:
25.1.5. All necessary ground pads for earthing the mobile substation
equipment and trailers shall be provided by Contractor
25.1.6. The ground pads shall be copper faced
25.1.7. The continuity of the earthing circuits shall be ensured taking

into account the thermal and electrical stresses caused by the
current they may have to carry
25.1.8. All ground connections, including ground pads, shall be rated

for the 3 sec and 50kA short circuit current
25.1.9. The earthing system shall be designed to permit an easy

access on the semitrailer
25.1.10. The earthing system scheme of the mobile substation

shall be proposed by the Contractor with the proposal
B - 529
ITEM 14 – EARTHING
REQUIRED OFFERED
25.1.11. Portable devices for earthing shall be provided by

Contractor
25.1.12. The maximum potential difference between any point

on the equipment and the nearest ground pad shall not exceed
for the maximum design fault current, the value of 60V
25.1.13. Manufacturer is required to supply his

recommendations for steps to be taken before mobile
substation operation to ensure safety for personnel
25.1.14. Manufacturer shall indicate in his offer steps taken to

mitigate transient ground rise effects on isolator operation
25.1.15. The Contractor shall provide ten (10) portable wheels,

each with 2x15m, 95 mm2 of copper cables without insulation,
to interconnect the copper bar installed around both
semitrailers to grounding electrodes. Each cable shall be
provided with connections on both ends
25.1.16. The grounding electrodes shall be provided by

Purchaser
25.1.17. To assure safe service of the Mobile Substation in the

open-field conditions, the Contractor shall provide a detailed
design of Lightning Protection against direct strikes to the
equipment. The design will be based on the IEC-62305-2006
and IEEE-998-2012 guidelines
B - 530
ITEM 15 – SEMITRAILERS
26. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SEMITRAILERS - ITEM 15
REQUIRED OFFERED
26.1. General Requirements
26.1.1. The semitrailers shall be supplied according to

Appendix TR-031
26.1.2. Bidder shall fill in the questionnaire in Appendix TR-

031
26.2. On Semitrailer “A”
26.2.1. A protection net fence with a minimum height of

1400 mm on the entire width of semitrailer, with two
doors and locking system, between 170kV G.I.S. and
170kV SF6-air bushings. Warning plates shall be
mounted on the net
26.2.2. Pipe safety rails with a minimum height of 800mm

(pipe of 1÷1.25 inch), around the semitrailer.
Minimum two spaces shall be provided on the a.m.
fence, for mounting and access on the semitrailer.
The painting of the rails shall be performed with the
same color like the semitrailer
26.2.3. A metallic ladder with a minimum width of 550 mm,

for an easy mounting to the semitrailer platform
26.3. On Semitrailer “B”
26.3.1. Pipe safety rails with a minimum height of 800mm

(pipe of 1÷1.25 inch), on the front side of the
semitrailer. Spaces shall be provided on the a.m.
fence, for mounting and access on the semitrailer
26.3.2. A metallic ladder with a minimum width of 550 mm,

for mounting
B - 531
ITEM 15 – SEMITRAILERS
REQUIRED OFFERED
26.3.3. A metallic mounting platform with railing and flight,

with minimum width of 800 mm for easy access and
work at 36kV G.I.S
26.3.4. Warning plates close to Low, Medium and High

voltages
B - 532
INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING
27. INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING
OFFERED
REQUIRED
All alt.
27.1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the commissioning of

all equipment covered under his contract
27.2. The Contractor shall prepare and submit three (3) months prior
to the start of commissioning, a detailed Commissioning Program
including time schedule for approval by Purchaser
27.3. The Commissioning Program shall include indications for:
27.3.1. Commissioning inspection to detect faults which have

occurred during transportation, storing or during assembly at
its final location
27.3.2. Preparation for use and procedures to describe the

activities required to prepare systems for testing and operation
27.3.3. Checking of rated data, connection, loading, etc. of the new

equipment and necessary interface with the existing
equipment supplied by others
27.3.4. Checking of indicating meters, relays, control and

communications equipment and similar functions associated
with the existing equipment
27.3.5. Checking of station auxiliaries associated with the new

equipment as A.C. supply, batteries and chargers etc.
27.3.6. Testing as detailed in tests on site program, including the

following:
27.3.6.1. The test objective
27.3.6.2. Test intent
27.3.6.3. Required performance data
27.3.6.4. Prerequisites
27.3.6.5. Sequence of activities
B - 533
OFFERED
REQUIRED
All alt.
27.3.6.6. Acceptance criteria
27.3.7. Putting the equipment into service
27.3.8. Final check
27.3.9. The critical limits of each criteria for which the equipment
should be drawn out from service
27.4. Changes and modifications to the Commissioning Program will

be accepted only after Purchaser's approval
27.5. Contractor shall provide during the commissioning, technical

support, including drawings, documentation, special tools and all
materials necessary for commissioning
27.6. Indicate if special equipment is required during commissioning
27.7. Commissioning results shall be witnessed by the Purchaser

and documented on forms to be agreed upon by the Contractor.
The record shall include other such as omissions or
unsatisfactory test results
27.8. The Contractor shall maintain an up-to-date record of all

inspections and tests, which shall be handed over to the
Purchaser at the completion of the site testing and commissioning
27.9. The Contractor shall be responsible for making available to

Purchaser a minimum of 2 (two) complete sets of marked-up "as
built" drawings before leaving the site. Contractor shall correct
and reissue the original drawings as soon as possible
27.10. The Purchaser shall be responsible for connection and

disconnection of the new equipment to and from system,
including first energization of the new equipment, but with the
advice and technical assistance of the Contractor (if required)
27.11. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying

commissioning personnel with a good knowledge in all relevant
operations prior and for commissioning and will be requested to
submit a list giving name, experience and proposed duration on
site (if required)
27.12. The Contractor shall be responsible for safety of personnel

(where personnel ours or his own) involved in commissioning and
shall take all possible precautions and be fully aware of the
dangers involved in testing
B - 534
OFFERED
REQUIRED
All alt.
27.13. Contractor's personnel should also be insured against death,

personal accident and health while in Israel and be covered by
Employers Liability insurance applicable in their country of origin
27.14. Major failure or damage to equipment will require either its

return to the factory or assignment of a special crew to carry out
repairs
27.15. Minor failure as failures in metering, relaying control and

communications equipment shall be repaired by commissioning
personnel
27.16. All expensive in connection with damages and repairs,

including updating of relevant documentation, as described above
shall be paid by Contractor
27.17. The Contractor shall submit updates/corrections to software as

required. Update modules shall be field tested and validated by
Manufacturer
B - 535
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
28. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
OFFERED
REQUIRED
170kV 36kV
28.1. SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear
28.1.1. All electrical and mechanical installations, systems,

mechanism devices, couplings contacts etc. shall be pre-
adjusted and tested at the factory so that no such work is
necessary in the field
28.1.2. Manufacturer shall send for supervision on erection a

specialist with a good knowledge in all relevant operations
prior to commissioning
28.1.3. Specify which individual part should be adjusted, regulated

or tested in the field before and during assembling
Indicate adjustment methods, tolerances, etc., for operations
28.1.4. Necessary maintenance work (please give details).
28.1.5. Time (in normal service conditions) between successive

SF6 gas replacement [months]

checking of contacts of:
28.1.6.1. Circuit breakers [months]
28.1.6.2. Disconnectors [months]
28.1.6.3. Low speed earthing switches [months]
28.1.6.4. High speed earthing switches [months]
28.1.7. Checking of contacts:
28.1.7.1. Value of resistance of main circuit contacts for:
28.1.7.1.1. Circuit breakers (Ω)
28.1.7.1.2. Disconnectors (Ω)
B - 536
OFFERED
REQUIRED
170kV 36kV
28.1.7.1.3. Low speed earthing switches (Ω)
28.1.7.1.4. High speed earthing switches (Ω)
28.1.7.1.5. Combined disconnector (if applicable) (Ω)
28.1.7.2. Value of resistance of main circuit contacts at which

contact maintenance shall be performed for:
28.1.7.2.1. Circuit breakers (Ω)
28.1.7.2.2. Disconnectors (Ω)
28.1.7.2.3. Low speed earthing switches (Ω)
28.1.7.2.4. High speed earthing switches (Ω)
28.1.7.2.5. Combined disconnector (if applicable) (Ω)

checking of operating mechanism of:
28.1.8.1. Circuit breakers [months]
28.1.8.2. Disconnectors [months]
28.1.8.3. Low speed earthing switches [months]
28.1.8.4. High speed earthing switches [months]
28.1.8.5. Combined disconnector (if applicable) [months]
28.1.9. Time between successive cleaning, painting and rust

proofing of metal parts
28.1.10. Number of interruptions or cycles (CO) after which CB's

contacts should be changed at following fault currents:
28.1.10.1. At 50 kA r.m.s.
28.1.10.2. At 40 kA r.m.s.
28.1.10.3. At 30 kA r.m.s.
28.1.10.4. At 20 kA r.m.s.
B - 537
OFFERED
REQUIRED
170kV 36kV
28.1.10.5. At 10 kA r.m.s.
28.1.10.6. At 5 kA r.m.s.
28.1.10.7. At 1.25 kA r.m.s.
28.1.11. Maximum permissible cumulative switching currents for

checking of contacts (indicate the method of calculation)
28.1.12. Indicate when breaking chamber should be replaced
28.1.13. Number of makings on to short-circuit of high speed

earthing switches after the contact should be inspected
28.1.14. Length of time under service conditions before an overhaul

is required
28.1.15. Recommended maintenance works for silicon rubber

bushings (please give details):
28.1.15.1. Intervals between checking's (years).

Indicate the characteristics which will be checked and
maximum permissible values.
28.1.15.2. Intervals between cleaning (years).

Indicate also the method (automatic or manual)
28.1.15.3. Number of man-hours for checking and cleaning
28.1.16. Taking into consideration the washing method, indicate the

reduction of hydrophobic properties during washing and ability
to recover it after washing
28.1.17. Recommended resistivity of water in order to minimize the

reducing withstand voltage during the washing
28.1.18. Recommended method to detect on site the defective

insulators
28.1.19. Expected man-hours required for periodical inspection and

maintenance (CB/others) (hours/hours)
28.1.20. Life duration of:
28.1.20.1. GIS equipment (years)
B - 538
OFFERED
REQUIRED
170kV 36kV
28.1.20.2. Silicon rubber bushings (years)
28.2. Power Transformer
28.2.1. All electrical and mechanical installations, systems,

mechanism devices, couplings contacts etc. shall be pre-
adjusted and tested at the factory so that no such work is
necessary in the field
28.2.2. Specify which individual part should be adjusted, regulated

or tested in the field before and during assembling
28.2.3. Indicate adjustment methods, tolerances, etc., for

operations
28.2.5. Average sound pressure level of transformer energized at

rated voltage and under no load
28.2.5.1. In the immediate vicinity of the transformer [dB]
28.2.5.2. At a distance of 50 m from the transformer [dB]
28.2.6. Average sound pressure level of transformer energized at

rated voltage and under full load by measuring and calculation
28.2.6.1. In the immediate vicinity of the transformer [dB]

checking of:
28.2.7.1. Oil tightness [months]
28.2.7.2. Oil levels
28.2.7.3. Oil properties:
28.2.7.3.1. Breakdown strength
B - 539
OFFERED
REQUIRED
170kV 36kV
28.2.7.3.2. Dielectric losses (tan δ)
28.2.7.3.3. Neutralization number
28.2.7.3.4. Gas content in oil
28.2.7.4. Air vent
28.2.7.5. Valve position
28.2.7.6. Buchholz relay operation
28.2.7.7. Accessories operation
28.2.7.8. Insulation resistance and polarization index
28.2.7.9. Operating mechanism of on load tap changer
28.2.7.10. Active parts
28.2.8. Number of months between successive cleaning, painting

and rust proofing of metal parts
28.2.9. Number of months between successive lubrication of fan

bearing and drives
28.2.10. Number of months between successive cleaning of

bushings and apparatus cubicle

is required
28.2.12. Expected man-hours required for:
28.2.12.1. Periodical inspection [hours]
28.2.12.2. Periodical maintenance [hours]
28.2.13. The transformer shall be designed for live-washing

(automatic and manual) taking into account service conditions
described under sub-clause ‎10.1
28.3. Petersen Coil
B - 540
OFFERED
REQUIRED
170kV 36kV
28.3.2. Number of months between successive check
28.3.3. Number of months between successive cleaning of motor

drive mechanism
28.3.4. Number of years between successive checking of moisture

of the oil
28.3.5. Number of years between successive replacing of oil of

gear
28.3.6.1. Periodical inspection [hours]
28.3.6.2. Periodical maintenance [hours]
28.3.7. The Petersen Coil shall be designed for live-washing

(automatic and manual) taking into account service conditions
described under sub-clause ‎10.1
28.4. Other equipment

is required
28.4.2.1. Periodical inspection:
28.4.2.1.1. Surge arrester [hours]
28.4.2.1.2. 36kV post insulator [hours]
28.4.2.1.3. 36kV insulator with HRC fuses [hours]
28.4.2.1.4. 36kV cables [hours]
28.4.2.1.5. Protective relays [hours]
28.4.2.1.6. L.V. cubicles [hours]
28.4.2.1.7. D.C. Supply (Batteries and Chargers) [hours]
28.4.2.1.8. Capacitor Bank [hours]
B - 541
OFFERED
REQUIRED
170kV 36kV
28.4.2.2. Periodical maintenance:
28.4.2.2.1. Surge arrester [hours]
28.4.2.2.2. 36kV post insulator [hours]
28.4.2.2.3. 36kV insulator with HRC fuses [hours]
28.4.2.2.4. 36kV cables [hours]
28.4.2.2.5. Protective relays [hours]
28.4.2.2.6. L.V. cubicles [hours]
28.4.2.2.7. D.C. Supply (Batteries and Chargers) [hours]
28.4.2.2.8. Capacitor Bank [hours]
28.4.3. The equipment shall be mounted on two semitrailers in

such a way that easy access for checking and maintenance
work is ensured while observing all necessary clearances for
safe operation
B - 542
SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS
29. SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS
REQUIRED OFFERED
29.1. Manufacturer shall ensure spare parts for all supplied

equipment for life duration
29.2. The manufacturer shall propose detailed list of spare parts and
their storage conditions recommended for:
29.2.1. Commissioning
29.2.2. The first five (5) years operation
29.2.3. Long term operation -10 years
29.2.4. Long term operation - 20 years
29.3. The list of spare parts shall include for each item:
29.3.1. Item designation
29.3.2. Type
29.3.3. Recommended possible manufacturers
29.3.4. Catalogue data for separate order
29.3.5. Quantity
29.3.6. Price
29.3.7. If the supply is from stock or by manufacturing after order
29.3.8. Lead time before supply (including transport time to Israel)
29.3.9. Storage conditions
29.4. For items manufactured by a third party: vendor's spare parts

lists will specify the name of the item's manufacturer and the
manufacturer's part number
29.5. TOOLS
B - 543
SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS
REQUIRED OFFERED
29.5.1. The manufacturer shall propose detailed list of tools and

their storage conditions recommended for:
29.5.1.1. Installation
29.5.1.2. Commissioning
29.5.1.3. The first five (5) years operation
29.5.1.4. Long term operation -10 years
29.5.1.5. Long term operation - 20 years
29.5.2. The list of tools shall include for each item:
29.5.2.1. Item designation
29.5.2.2. Type
29.5.2.3. Recommended possible manufacturers
29.5.2.4. Catalogue data for separate order
29.5.2.5. Price
29.5.2.6. Storage conditions
B - 544
NAMEPLATES AND MARKING
30. NAMEPLATES AND MARKING
REQUIRED OFFERED
30.1. General Requirements
30.1.1. The nameplates shall be written in English, with metric

units, with all symbols in accordance with the latest IEC
Recommendations
30.1.2. The nameplate material shall be no corrosive stainless

steel and they shall be mounted with no corrosive type
stainless steel screws, bolts or rivets. Mounting of the
nameplates with adhesive is not acceptable.
30.1.3. The nameplate shall be engraved by laser
30.1.4. The nameplates shall be protected against UV

radiation, and withstand the environmental condition
described at sub-clause ‎10.1
30.1.5. Equipment nameplates shall contain the information

required in this Specification for each type of equipment
30.1.6. Phases shall be identified with phase referencing
30.1.7. Each density/pressure monitor shall be provided with a

label identifying the parameter it is reading
30.1.8. Each valve carries a label identifying its gas zone
30.1.9. The equipment nameplates may be mounted on the

equipment itself, or only one nameplate may be provided for
each type of equipment, mounted adjacent to the one line
diagram nameplate. In this latter case, an identification
symbol or number shall be written on each apparatus and
nameplate for identification
30.1.10. The cubicles shall be provided with labels for cubicle

destination as well as for all main cubicle components
30.1.11. All components/accessories shall carry plates with

identification and characteristics
B - 545
REQUIRED OFFERED
30.1.12. Cable connection (if applicable), the nameplate shall

be according to IEC 62271-209 (2007)
30.1.13. All the nameplates shall be subject to Purchaser's

approval
30.2. Power Transformer nameplate:
30.2.1. Nameplates shall be indelibly marked and provided

according to the IEC 60076-1 cl. 8 including subcl. 8.3
30.2.2. In addition they shall include sound pressure level in

full load and no load according to IEC-60076-10
30.3. Petersen Coil nameplate:
30.3.1. Nameplates shall be indelibly marked and provided

according to the IEC 60076-6 subcl. 121.7
30.3.2. In addition they shall include sound pressure level in

full load and no load according to IEC-60076-10
30.4. One line diagram nameplate on GIS:

The one line diagram plate shall be centrally located, not more than
1.80m above floor level and shall contain the following minimum
information:
30.4.1. Legend and symbol table
30.4.2. Manufacturer's name or trademark and country of

origin
30.4.3. Manufacturer's type designation
30.4.4. Manufacturer's serial number and year of manufacture
30.4.5. Rated voltage (maximum operating voltage)
30.4.6. Rated insulation level (lightning impulse withstand

voltage, power frequency withstand voltage)
30.4.7. A listing of current ratings
30.4.8. Rated frequency
B - 546
REQUIRED OFFERED
30.4.9. Rated short-time withstand currents and fault duration
30.4.10. Rated auxiliary voltage
30.4.11. Instruction book number
30.5. SF6 Gas system nameplate:

The gas system nameplate shall be mounted adjacent to the one line
diagram name plate and shall contain the following minimum
information including a schematic physical representation of the gas
system:
30.5.1. Each gas compartment and each gas monitoring zone
in the schematic physical representation
30.5.2. Each gas barrier insulator
30.5.3. Each gas bypass and fill point
30.5.4. Rated density/pressure for insulation and for operation,

and reference temperature for the pressure
30.5.5. Alarm pressure/density for insulation and for operation
30.5.6. Minimum functional pressure/density for insulation and

for operation
30.5.7. Volume of each gas compartment or gas monitoring

zone
30.6. Circuit breaker nameplates:

Each circuit breaker shall be provided with a nameplate, of suitable
material including the data, acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl. 5.10 and
table 10
In addition the following data shall be included:
30.6.1. Year of manufacture
30.6.2. Rated frequency
30.6.3. Rated duration of short circuit
30.6.4. DC component of rated short circuit breaking current
B - 547
REQUIRED OFFERED
30.6.5. First pole to clear factor
30.6.6. Rated out of phase breaking current
30.6.7. Mass of SF6
30.6.8. Classification (C2, M2)
30.6.9. Name and number of standards
30.6.10. Each operating mechanism shall be provided with a

nameplate acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) table 10
30.6.11. In addition the following data shall be included:
30.6.11.1. Rated filling pressure for operation
30.6.11.2. Rated supply voltage of auxiliary circuits
30.7. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches nameplate:

Each Disconnectors, earthing switch and their operating devices shall
be provided with a nameplate, acc. to IEC 62271-102 (2013) cl. 5.10
and Annex. B,C,E
30.7.1. Name and number of standard (publication)
30.7.2. Rated duration of short-circuit
30.7.3. Bus transfer current making and breaking capability of

Disconnectors
30.7.4. Class designation for induced currents switching

capability of earthing switches
30.7.5. Class of mechanical endurance for Disconnectors
30.7.6. Class of electrical endurance for earthing switches
30.8. Current transformers nameplates:

All current transformers shall carry the markings specified in
IEC 61869-2 (2012) cl.6.13.202
B - 548
REQUIRED OFFERED
30.8.1. A diagram showing the use of each secondary winding

and its corresponding terminal markings
30.8.3. Extended current rating (%)
30.9. Voltage transformers nameplates:

All voltage transformers shall carry the markings specified in IEC
61869-3 (2011) cl.6.13.302.3
30.9.1. A diagram showing the use of each secondary winding
and its corresponding terminal markings
30.10. Composite insulator nameplate:

Composite insulator nameplate acc. to IEC 60137
30.10.1. Rated (1 sec) short-time current
30.10.2. Creepage distance
30.10.3. Rated pressure and reference temperature for the

pressure
30.10.4. Maximum mechanical load (MML)
30.11. Surge Arresters nameplates:

All Surge Arresters shall carry the markings specified in IEC 60099-4
(2014) subcl. 3.1
30.11.1. SF6 pressure for insulation at 20 C
30.11.2. Total leakage current at Uc
30.11.3. Energy capability
30.11.4. Name and number of standard
B - 549
REQUIRED OFFERED
30.12. Capacitor Units:
30.12.1. All Capacitor Unit shall carry the markings specified in

IEC 60871-1 clause 25, or according to IEEE 18-2002
clause 6.7
30.13. Capacitor Banks:
30.13.1. All Capacitor Bank shall carry the markings specified in

IEC 60871-1 clause 26, or according to IEEE 18-2002
clause 6.7
30.14. L.V. Cubicles:
30.14.1. All L.V. Cubicles shall carry the markings specified in

IEC 60439-1 clause 5 and also including the following data:
30.14.1.1. I.E.Co. Order number, Technical Specification

number and year of manufacture
30.14.1.2. Electrical scheme with denomination of each relay

and also components, on inner side of the door
B - 550
PACKING AND DELIVERY
31. PACKING AND DELIVERY

REQUIRED OFFERED
31.1. With regard to the shipment and handling of all equipment to

be provided by the Contractor to the Purchaser, Contractor shall
be responsible for ensuring that shipment and handling shall be
wholly in conformance with the relevant Tender's commercial
annexures
31.2. In addition to the provisions of the relevant Tender's

commercial annexures, Contractor shall package all shipment in
such manner as required to prevent any damage to equipment
during prolonged storage (2-3 years) and transportation under
the climatic and environmental conditions described at sub-
clause ‎10.1
31.3. Any components or accessories not included in the main

shipment shall be shipped by Air Mail, by Air Express or by Air
Freight at Contractor's expense. Such shipment shall be
addressed to The Israel Electric Corporation Ltd. P.O. Box 10,
Haifa, Israel
31.4. Each shipping container shall contain a packing list and in

addition shall be clearly marked with the following information:
31.4.1. Descriptive names of the equipment or supplies contained
31.4.2. Quantity of each item packed in container
31.4.3. Serial numbers, if any, of the equipment contained
31.4.4. Contract number
31.4.5. Contractor's name and address (city and country)
31.4.6. Gross weight of container
31.4.7. Cubic volume of container
31.4.8. Complete destination marking
B - 551
REQUIRED OFFERED
31.5. If Transformer/Petersen Coil will be shipped with oil over core

and coil, the transformer shall be fitted with oil level shipping
gauges
31.6. If the oil will be shipped separately, indicate weight [t]
31.7. Transformers/Petersen Coils shipped partly oil filled to

Purchaser, shall be completed with gas under pressure.
31.7.1. Gas type shall be nitrogen or dry air
31.7.2. Gas pressure at 15˚C shall be ensured until oil completion at

5 [Psi]
31.7.3. Gas pressure shall be monitored continuously until refilling

with oil
31.7.4. In case of gas leakage alternatively standby means shall be

provided to restore immediately any loss of gas
31.8. Manufacturer shall take all necessary steps to prevent any oil
leakage, both during transport to site and during operation.
Such steps should include, for example: instructions for
loading the equipment on trailer, instructions for ensuring
protection of the equipment against inertial forces in all
directions during transport, instructions for unloading, etc. as
well as instructions for prevention of damage during installation,
instructions for prevention of damage in operation with
permanent vibrations caused by working conditions, and with
wind loading under dynamic conditions, etc.
31.9. Bushing shall be delivered in Manufacturer original package,

and bushing inner terminal shall be hermetically sealed. The
package shall be provided with means of moisture monitoring
for long term storage
31.10. During shipment, SF6 Switchgear shall be filled with

gas according to Manufacturer's practice.
31.11. A maximum amount of shop assembly consistent with

export shipping requirements is required in order to reduce field
erection work. The equipment shall be factory assembled to
ensure proper fit of all components and shall be disassembled
to whatever extent is necessary for shipping. The extent of
disassembly shall be in accordance with the recommendations
of the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Purchaser
B - 552
REQUIRED OFFERED
31.12. All components or accessories shipped dismantled for

field mounting or field assembly shall be suitably tagged to show
identification and service. Tags shall be exceptionally durable
and securely tied to items by wire or other approved methods
31.13. The spare parts and special tools shall be packed

separately
31.14. Contractor shall prepare a detailed tabulation of all field

mounted items with at least the following information:
31.14.1. Item number, if designated in Proposal Documents,
31.14.2. Contractor's shop order number (if any),
31.14.3. Number of items,
31.14.4. Manufacturer and/or supplier, if other than Contractor,
31.14.5. Type or catalogue number, if listed,
31.14.6. Short description including maintenance prescriptions

and full instructions for correct mounting,
31.14.7. Shipping date,
31.14.8. Shipping details
31.14.9. Total shipping weight [kg]
31.14.10. Total shipping volume [m3]
31.15. The main shipping components shall be provided with

shock detectors in all directions, with minimum recorded shock
acceleration level [g]
31.16. During transportation of the equipment on road, the

expected accelerations, as a result of non-stationary vibrations
and shocks, on the equipment transported may be:
31.16.1. Longitudinal acceleration: 2.0g
31.16.2. Transversal acceleration: 1.2g
B - 553
REQUIRED OFFERED
31.16.3. Vertical acceleration: 1.2g
31.17. The Contractor will be required to undertake to arrange

on behalf of the Purchaser and in consultation with and at the
expense of the Purchaser for the shipment in due time of the
equipment to be supplied hereunder, on a vessel suitably
equipped for loading the said equipment at the port of origin, for
carrying the same and for unloading same at port of destination
in Israel, and the Contractor shall further be required to
undertake to have the equipment properly stowed on the said
vessel, at Contractor's expense
B - 554
STORAGE AND HANDLING
32. STORAGE AND HANDLING
REQUIRED OFFERED
32.1. Contractor shall submit detailed storage instructions for the

specially designated equipment and other items, which cannot
be stored outdoors. Such information shall be available to the
Purchaser in ample time to prepare the required facilities.
32.2. The Contractor shall consider that equipment may not be

stored inside the Purchaser's warehouse before erection, it will
be exposed for 2÷3 years to climatic and environmental
conditions described in sub-clauses ‎10.1
32.3. Storage limit temperature:
32.3.1. Maximum +50 [C]
32.3.2. Minimum -5 [C]
B - 555
NOTES
33. NOTES
33.1. Evaluation
33.1.1. The Bidder is requested to fill in the offered data in the Specification “Word”
format file received on CD from I.E.Co. Supply & Stores Division
33.1.2. The Bidder Proposal containing the Technical Specification “Word” format
file filled in with Manufacturer answers as well as all documents intended to
complete the Bid shall be submitted at the Proposal submission term, in two
different formats, as required in the Tender/inquiry documents
 Hard copies
 Magnetic media copy on Compact Discs
33.1.3. Bidder’s offered data and parameters as well as answers or comments will
be evaluated from technical point of view according to their compliance level.
Every evaluated answer will be multiplied by its technical weight by using
expert evaluation computer program
33.1.4. The technical weight of every sub clause is stated in the Evaluation Criteria
document. The Evaluation Criteria document will be attached to the tender
documents, and it is identical for every bidder
33.1.5. The computer program uses a pair-wise comparison technique based on
statistical analysis to evaluate criteria importance and to rank proposals from
technical point of view
33.1.6. The offered "equivalent" equipment, instead of the required figure shall pass
the IECo. qualification and approval
33.1.7. The bidder's proposal, for this specification, will be almost certainly
disqualified, whether the proposal clauses, indicated by the symbol ©, will not
comply with the specification requirements
33.1.8. Furthermore IECo. (Israel Electric Cooperation) keeps the right to disqualify
the bidder's proposal which will not meet the other technical requirements of
this specification
33.1.9. For evaluation purposes the Bidder is requested to fill in, in the next
paragraphs, the offered data and parameters against purchaser’s required
values as well as in the absence thereof, in the free columns of the right hand
side. A definite answer (yes or no) or appropriate comments shall be given to
all other requirements
33.1.10. IECo. keeps the right to demand any clarification and/or technical
documentation to demonstrate any answer of your offer
B - 556
NOTES
33.2. Comments by Contractor on Annexure “B”
B - 557
NOTES
33.3. Deviations from Requirements

Manufacturer is invited to describe or indicate deviations of the equipment and accessories
from all requirements in this Specification.
In case no deviations are mentioned it will be understood that Manufacturer’s offer entirely
complies with all requirements in this Specification
B - 558
NOTES
33.4. Conformity with Proposal Documents
33.4.1. Contractor hereby certifies he agrees to all provisions of the Proposal
Documents unless exceptions are specifically and clearly listed in the
proposal and identified as Exceptions
33.4.2. Contractor printed terms and conditions are not considered specific
exceptions. Any exceptions which Contractor has taken are listed on sub-
clause ‎33.3 aforementioned.
33.4.3. Contractor hereby certifies that he agree to all conditions of the cover letter
of the Israel Electric Corporation Limited which accompanied the Proposal
Documents
Signature of Contractor
Print name and the title of signing officer
Date of Proposal
B - 559

Anx - B - Technical Specification, No. SR-152 PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Anx - B - Technical Specification, No. SR-152 PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD

PLANNING DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNOLOGY DIVISION

7.2. QUALITY CONTROL 14

20.2. STANDARDS AND CODES 451

30.1. General Requirements 545

A2 SPECIFICATION FOR PAINTING ON GALVANIZED SURFACES BY WET OR

A3 TYPE TEST REPORTS

A4 ON-SITE HV TEST PROGRAM FOR 170 KV GIS FOR MOBILE SUBSTATION

A5 LIST OF MINIMUM CONTROL, FAULT SIGNALS AND ALARMS

A7 EPD-A.03 CONTROL CUBICLE ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS

A8 STATIC CALCULATION OF STRESSES ON SILICON RUBBER SF6/AIR BUSHING

A9 MAIN ANTI-CORROSION COATINGS IN GIS

B2 RELIABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF 33MVA POWER

B3 MINERAL INSULATING OIL SUPPLIED FOR/WITHIN ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

B4 SELF INDICATING ORANGE SILICA GEL FOR USE AS DESICCANT IN

B6 SPECIFICATION FOR COATING GALVANIZED TIN OR ALUMINUM CABINETS BY

B7 SPECIFICATION FOR COATING REQUIREMENTS OF POWER TRANSFORMERS

B8 REPORT OF SOUND PRESSURE/INTENSITY LEVEL MEASUREMENT AND SOUND

B9 CONTRACTOR’S TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

B10 PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING OF NON-CONFORMANCES

B11 DESIGN REVIEW FOR TRANSFORMER ENGINEERING

D4 MV BAY PROTECTION FUNCTIONS

TR031 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PURCHASE OF SEMITRAILERS FOR

Y1 PROTECTIVE REQUIREMENTS' DESIGN FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH

4.3. ITEM 3 – M.V. Surge Arrester (see clause ‎13‎14):

4.4. ITEM 4 – Cubicles installed in air conditioned outdoor L.V. Container on

Item 8.3 – Automatic Resonance Controller (ARC) for automatic tuning of

4.10. ITEM 10 – Electrical Power Protections (See Clause ‎21)

4.11. ITEM 11 – Fire Protection Measures (See Clause ‎22)

4.12. ITEM 12 – Security Alarm System (See Clause ‎23)

4.13. ITEM 13 – Earthing System(See Clause ‎24)

4.14. ITEM 14 – Cables (See Clause ‎25)

4.15. ITEM 15 – Semitrailers "A" and “B” (See Clause ‎26)

4.16. SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS (see Clause ‎29)

4.17.1. Contractor's name and address (if it is different from

4.17.2. Manufacturer's name and address

4.17.3. Type of the Mobile Substation (denomination)

4.17.4. Manufacturer’s offer number

4.17.5. Contractor’s proposal number

4.17.6. Validity of proposal

4.17.7. Period time of supplying which begins on order

4.17.8. The offered type of Mobile Substation shall be a proven

4.17.9. List of all subcontractors or sub suppliers including

4.17.10. List of subcontractors shall be approved by

5. TERMINAL POINTS & TERMINAL CONNECTION

6. CYBER & INFORMATION SECURITY

7. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND QUALITY CONTROL

8. STANDARDS AND CODES

9.1.1. This document contains proprietary information of

9.1.3.1. Each proposed Engineers must have at least

9.1.3.2. IEC reserves the right, at its sole discretion to

9.1.3.3. In case of replacement of the proposed

9.1.5. All dimensions shall be in metric units

9.1.6. All documents shall be submitted in DOCX or PDF

9.1.7. All drawings shall be submitted in DWG or PDF

9.1.8. All descriptive materials (lists, instruction books,

9.1.9. Indicate for all requirements, number of drawing,

9.1.10. During the tender process, IECo, on its own

9.2. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS ATTACHED TO

9.2.1. Documentation for all Items:

9.2.1.1. Dimension drawings giving principal

9.2.1.2. Description and drawing of cubicles and wiring

9.2.1.3. Description and explosion drawings of the